Star Trek: Voyager (20) | Shakira - Dare (La La La). | Britt Robertson

Volume II - Beirut Arab University

Loading...
Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Volume II

Table of Contents I. Architecture ............................................................................................................................................... 3 Architecture: An Overview ................................................................................................................................. 3 The Role of Architecture ..................................................................................................................................... 3 Aim and Objectives ............................................................................................................................................. 3 Career Opportunities for Architects ................................................................................................................... 3 Admission Requirements: ................................................................................................................................... 4 Degrees Offered ................................................................................................................................................. 4 Graduation Requirements .................................................................................................................................. 4 Program Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO’s) ................................................................................................... 4 Program Planning Sheet ..................................................................................................................................... 8 Course Coding and Prerequisites ...................................................................................................................... 26 Architecture Academic Program Sheet ............................................................................................................ 28 II. Interior Design Program ........................................................................................................................... 29 Mission.............................................................................................................................................................. 29 Objectives ......................................................................................................................................................... 29 Career Opportunities for Interior Design .......................................................................................................... 29 Admission Requirements .................................................................................................................................. 29 Degrees Offered ............................................................................................................................................... 29 Graduation Requirements ................................................................................................................................ 30 Program Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO’s) ................................................................................................. 30 Program Planning Sheet ................................................................................................................................... 31 Course Coding and Prerequisites ...................................................................................................................... 42 Interior Design Program Academic Program Sheet .......................................................................................... 43 III. Graphic Design Program ........................................................................................................................... 44 Mission.............................................................................................................................................................. 44 Objectives ......................................................................................................................................................... 44 Career Opportunities for Interior Design .......................................................................................................... 44 Admission Requirements .................................................................................................................................. 44 Degrees Offered ............................................................................................................................................... 44 Graduation Requirements ................................................................................................................................ 44 Program Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO’s) ................................................................................................. 45 Program Planning Sheet ................................................................................................................................... 46 Course Coding and Prerequisites ...................................................................................................................... 56 Graphic Design Program Academic Program Sheet .......................................................................................... 57 IV. Fashion Design Program ........................................................................................................................... 58 Mission.............................................................................................................................................................. 58 1

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Objectives ......................................................................................................................................................... 58 Career Opportunities for Fashion Designers .................................................................................................... 58 Admission Requirements .................................................................................................................................. 58 Degrees Offered ............................................................................................................................................... 58 Graduation Requirements ................................................................................................................................ 58 Program Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO’s) ................................................................................................. 59 Program Planning Sheet ................................................................................................................................... 60 Course Coding and Prerequisites ...................................................................................................................... 71 Fashion Design Program Academic Program Sheet .......................................................................................... 72 V. Course File Summary ................................................................................................................................ 73 Architecture ...................................................................................................................................................... 74 Interior Design Program Course Summary ..................................................................................................... 302 Graphic Design Program Course Summary ..................................................................................................... 376 Fashion Design Program Course Summary ..................................................................................................... 421

2

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

I.

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Architecture

Architecture: An Overview The Faculty of Architecture – Design & Built Environment is committed is to foster a challenging learning environment and to continually compete as well as lead advances in architectural education, in order to prepare innovative, critical and industrious graduates able to improve, through their future careers, the quality of the built environment.

The Role of Architecture Consistent with the University strategy, the Faculty of Architecture – Design & Built Environment is committed to delivering a professional architectural education necessary for those seeking to enter the architectural practice. The Faculty's academic mission is to further develop the discipline and practice of architecture through a seamless program of undergraduate and postgraduate studies respecting individualism and diversity, and fostering for creativity and rationalism in design and construction process. The Faculty seeks to educate diligent architects who practice their career in a responsive manner towards the society, culture and environment at the local, regional and international level.

Aim and Objectives The Faculty of Architecture – Design and Built Environment at Beirut Arab University (BAU) has an international position and identity, sited in a distinguished Campus located in Debbieh – Mount Lebanon. The Faculty is one of the largest and oldest schools of Architecture in Lebanon. Our aim is to assert our position as one of the regional leading schools of Architecture. The school attracts a high number of applicants from regional countries and has an increasing number of overseas students. Courses are offered by the faculty and the applied teaching methodology sets BAU faculty of Architecture – Design and Built Environment apart from other universities in the area. Firstly, the Faculty incorporates engineering courses which are not offered in any architecture program in Lebanon. It is believed that architecture should be taught along with relevant subjects in the Engineering field since both disciplines are strongly interrelated when it comes to practice. Hence, the students’ exposure to such engineering subjects serves as a good background to their own practice of architectural design. The second feature is the student centred learning approach in the teaching process. Students are required to study assigned topics and they are given the chance to teach and lecture their classmates, which helps in enhancing students’ independence. They are capable of reading new material that has not been taught to them by the professor, take notes and lecture their classmates, which help in enhancing students’ communication and critical thinking skills.

Career Opportunities for Architects Given the evolving nature of the profession, and the rapidly changing conditions in which architects currently practice, the traditional expertise, capacities and authority are increasingly being challenged. A new complexity is operating and altering both the traditional institutional structure and their delivery systems. Modern professional practice seems to require additional training and emphasis on specific domains, in order to effectively and responsibly address the profession’s development and evolving needs. Faculty graduates are prepared for careers as practicing architects either in the private sector or in public agencies. Graduates are well trained to carry out multiple architectural tasks from architectural programming to project execution, from encountering users and environmental constraints to the development of a coordinated set of construction documents. They are also qualified to pursue further studies at the postgraduate level in prestigious universities overseas. The Bachelor of Architectural Engineering at BAU is approved by the Ministry of Education and Higher Education in Lebanon, and accredited by the Royal Institute of British Architects. This enables the Faculty graduates to work toward professional registration as architects, and to become members of the Orders of Engineers and Architects in Lebanon upon graduation. Most of the Bachelor degree graduates pursue careers in architectural practice where work require expertise in several fields including: Residential design, Public buildings, Building and environmental technology, Interior design and fabrication, urban design, Historic restoration and adaptation, Project management, and Real estate development. 3

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Graduates may practice in diverse settings, including: Private architecture consultancy and / or contracting office, Small and medium-sized architectural firms, Corporations with branches around the world, Government and public institutions, Companies with large real estate holdings

Admission Requirements: To be accepted for an undergraduate degree, applicants must:  Hold the official Lebanese Secondary School Certificate in a branch relevant to the chosen undergraduate field of specialization, or an official equivalent;  Successfully pass an entrance exam to measure the level of proficiency in English Language (or provide evidence of English Language abilities such as TOEFL, ILETS.  All applicants are required to attend a written exam an Interview / Oral Exam and submit a portfolio.

Degrees Offered The faculty offers a Bachelor of Architectural Engineering Degree (BArch. Eng.) where the standard duration of study is 10 semesters, and a Master in Architectural Engineering Degree (MArch. Eng.) where the standard duration of study is 2 semesters.

Graduation Requirements The Bachelor in Architecture degree (BArch.) requirements consist of a total of 170 credit hours taken as follows: 1. The completion of 170 credit hours within a minimum period of 5 years (10 Semesters) and not exceeding 10 years. 2. Within the 170 credit hours, students must fulfill: o 136 credit hours for Mandatory Courses. o 22 credit hours for Elective Courses:  4 credit hours for 200’s Level Courses  6 credit hours for 300’s Level Courses  6 credit hours for 400’s Level Courses  6 credit hours for 500’s Level Courses o 12 credit hours for University Courses:  5 credit hours for University Mandatory Courses (Arabic Language – 2Crs., English Language – 2Crs., and Human Rights – 1Cr.).  7 credit hours for University Elective Courses (selected from a list of courses offered by the various faculties of the university). 3. Student must also fulfill the university requirements by earning the ICDL certificate within the first four semesters of his/her study (applied on first and second year students). 4. The final CGPA grade must be at least 2.00 in order to attain the relevant academic degree. Otherwise, students must repeat one or more courses to get their CGPA up to at least 2.00. The Master in Architecture degree (MArch.) requirements consist of a total of 28 credit hours taken as follows: 1. Mandatory Courses: 24 Cr. 2. Faculty Elective Courses: 4 Cr. (600’s Level Courses)

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO’s) For the past twelve months, the architectural program has been reviewed and developed in response to the guidance given through RIBA reports and exchanged communication. The Faculty has actively reviewed the entire range of modules, their contents, delivery methods and intended learning outcomes. This effort has been carried out with a view to ensure full compliance with the RIBA General Attributes (GAs) and General Criteria (GCs) both for Part 1 and for Part 2. The following is a concise overview of the outcome. The contents are presented and categorized under four sections as follows: A- Knowledge and Understanding, B- Cognitive (Intellectual or Thinking) Skills, C- Practical (Professional or 4

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Subject) Skills, and D- Transferable (Graduate and Employability) Skills; as commonly adopted by a wide range of academic institutions internationally. The final section of this report consists of an overall mapping of ILOs across modules and the six sequential levels of the academic programme. This process has been guided and informed by the following references and resources: 1. QAA Quality Code for Higher Education Part A- Setting and Maintaining Academic Standards. 2. QAA Quality Code for Higher Education Part B- Assuring and Enhancing Academic Quality. 3. Prescription of qualifications: ARB Criteria at Parts 1, 2 and 3. 4. RIBA Procedures for Validation and Validation Criteria for UK and International Courses and Examinations in Architecture (Second Revision 2 May 2014). 5. BAU Guidelines for Effective Student Assessment. 6. BAU General Guidelines for Quality Assurance 7. National Qualifications Framework of Lebanese Ministry of Education and Higher Education A. Knowledge and Understanding Design ILO’S ILO’S DESCRIPTION CODE

CONTRIBUTION TO RIBA CRITERIA

A1

Recognize the theories of urban planning and design.

GC4.1

A2

Identify the needs and objectives of building users, principles of sustainability related to architectural design and environmental impact, and the relation between buildings and their context.

GC5.1 GC5.2 GC5.3

A3

Define the requirements to assess examples relevant to functional, formal, and technological approaches of design proposals; recall the need to consider and prepare diversified building briefs, to outline requirements and the appropriateness of the intervention related to site and context; recognize the methods of investigation for the preparation of briefs and the contribution of architects and co-professionals required.

GC7.1 GC7.2 GC7.3

A4

Review the role of the architect in the construction industry and the professional qualities needed for decision making in circumstances that are complex and unpredictable.

GC1.2 GC6.2

Technology ILO’S CODE

ILO’S DESCRIPTION

A5

Demonstrate ability of investigation and appraisal in the selection of alternative structural, constructional and material systems relevant to architectural design; define strategies for building construction and showing ability to integrate knowledge of structural principles and construction techniques; recognise characteristics and physical properties of building materials, components, systems, and their environmental impact.

A6

Recall environmental principles related to visual, thermal and acoustic in design, in addition to systems related to sustainable design.

Cultural Context ILO’S CODE A7

ILO’S DESCRIPTION Recognise cultural, social and intellectual histories, theories and technologies that inspire architectural design, and associate the

CONTRIBUTION TO RIBA CRITERIA GC8.1 GC8.2 GC8.3

GC9.1 GC9.2

CONTRIBUTION TO RIBA CRITERIA GC2.1 GC2.2 5

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

influence of history and theory to the social, spatial, and technological aspects of architecture. A8

Identify how the theories, applications and technologies of the arts affect architectural design, and recognize the fine arts creative application relevance and impact in architecture.

GC3.1 GC3.2

A9

Review the influence of the design on the past and contemporary built city environments.

GC4.2

Professional Studies ILO’S CODE

ILO’S DESCRIPTION

CONTRIBUTION TO RIBA CRITERIA

A10

Recognize the current planning policy and development regulations including social, environmental and economic aspects, and their relevance to the design development.

GC4.3

A11

Recognise the principles of professionalism, duties and responsibilities of architects towards clients, building users, constructors, co-professionals and the wider society; appraise the role of the architect within the design team and construction industry, recognising the importance of current methods and trends in the construction of the built environment; identify the potential impact of building projects on existing and proposed communities.

GC6.1 GC6.2 GC6.3

A12

Identify the fundamental responsibilities of the architect in relation to regulations and procedures for approval of architectural designs; contractual and organisational procedures based on professional interrelationships involved in the procurement and delivering architectural projects.

GC11.1 GC11.2

A13

Extend awareness of the basic management theories and business principles related to running practice and projects, recognising current and emerging trends in the construction industry.

GC11.3

B. Cognitive (Intellectual or Thinking) Skills ILO’S CODE

C.

ILO’S DESCRIPTION

B1

Evaluate evidence, arguments and assumptions in order to make and present sound judgments within a structured discourse relating to architectural culture, theory and design.

B2

Analyse problems, and use innovation, logical and lateral thinking in their solution. Be flexible and adaptable in the approach to and development of an issue, problem or opportunity.

CONTRIBUTION TO RIBA CRITERIA GC1.3 GC2.3 GC3.2 GC7.2 GC7.3 GC8.1 GC10.1

Practical (Professional or Subject) Skills Design ILO’S CODE

ILO’S DESCRIPTION

CONTRIBUTION TO RIBA CRITERIA

C1

Generate design proposals using logic based on knowledge, academic architectural principles, and contemporary professional practice.

GC1.1

C2

Prepare and present building design projects of diverse scale, complexity, and type in a variety of contexts, using a range of media, and in response to a brief; develop a conceptual and critical approach to architectural design that integrating proper aesthetic aspects and the technical requirements, and functional needs.

GC1.1 GC1.3

C3

Demonstrate a reflective and critical approach in the application of appropriate theoretical concepts to studio design projects.

GC2.3 6

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

C4

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Device creative application of the fine arts in the conceptualisation and representation of the studio design projects.

GC3.3

Technology ILO’S CODE

ILO’S DESCRIPTION

CONTRIBUTION TO RIBA CRITERIA

C5

Explore and employ constructional and structural systems, environmental strategies and regulatory requirements that apply to the design and construction of a comprehensive design project; examine the use of alternative materials, processes and techniques that apply to architectural design and building construction.

GC1.2 GC1.3

C6

Develop strategies for building services, showing ability to apply them in the design project integration.

GC9.3

Communication Skills ILO’S CODE C7

ILO’S DESCRIPTION Apply the principles of architectural representation to two and threedimensional illustration and to computer and physical models.

CONTRIBUTION TO RIBA CRITERIA GC1.1 GC3.3

Professional Skills ILO’S CODE

ILO’S DESCRIPTION

CONTRIBUTION TO RIBA CRITERIA

C8

Examine critically the financial factors implied in a series of building types, constructional systems, and specification choices, and their effect on architectural design; apply cost control mechanisms related to project development.

GC10.1 GC10.2

C9

Prepare designs that will comply with users' requirements and regulations, abiding by standards and health and safety requirements.

GC10.3

D. Transferable (Graduate and Employability) Skills ILO’S CODE

ILO’S DESCRIPTION

D1

Work autonomously in a self-directed manner, managing and appraising working practices for the development of a reflective practitioner and an independent learner.

D2

Work in teams and manage teamwork.

D3

Apply a variety of communication methods to present design proposals using clear and effective approaches.

D4

Identify needs for individual learning and understand duties and requirements for further professional education.

CONTRIBUTION TO RIBA CRITERIA

7

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Program Planning Sheet Bachelor of Architecture (170 Credit Hours) Semester One

Cr

ARCH

271*

Architectural Design Fundamentals: Visual Studies

6

ARCH

273*

Building Construction I

2

ARCH

275

History of Architecture I

2

ARCH

277

CAD Drawing

2

ARCH

279

Architectural Sketching

2

Elective (General)

1

2

Elective (General)

1

2

Total

18

Semester Two

Cr

ARCH

272*

Architectural Design Fundamentals: Physical Studies

5

ARCH

274*

Building Construction II

3

ARCH

276

Theory of Architecture I

2

ARCH

278

Computer Graphics

2

ARCH

280

Academic Writing

2

Elective (General)1

2

1

2

Elective (General) Total

18

Semester Three ARCH 291* Architectural Design I

5

ARCH

293* Building Construction III

3

ARCH

295

History of Architecture II

2

ARCH

297

Theory of Colors

2

CVEE

231

Theory of Structures for Architects Elective (General)

1

Cr

2 2

Elective2

2

Total

18

Semester Four

Cr

ARCH

292*

Architectural Design II

5

ARCH

294*

Building Construction IV

3

ARCH

296

Theory of Architecture II

2

ARCH

298

Indoor Environmental Controls

2

CVEE

232

Concrete and Steel Structures

2

Elective (General) Elective2 Total

1

2 2 18 8

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Semester Five

Cr

ARCH

331*

Architectural Design III

5

ARCH

333*

Execution Design I

3

ARCH

335

History of Architecture III

2

ARCH

338

City and Town Planning

2

MECH

431

HVAC and Sanitation For Architects

2

3

2

3

2

Elective Elective Total

18

Semester Six

Cr

ARCH

332* Architectural Design IV

5

ARCH

334* Execution Design II

3

ARCH

336 Theory of Architecture III

2

ARCH

337 Interior Design

2

ARCH

339 Environmental Design

2

Elective3

2

Elective4

2

Total

18

Semester Seven ARCH 431* Architectural Design V

5

ARCH

433* Execution Design III

3

ARCH

435

Urban Design

2

ARCH

437

Project Management

2

CVEE

331

Soil Mechanics & Foundations, and Material Properties & Testing

2

4

Elective Total

Cr

2 16

Semester Eight

Cr

ARCH

432* Architectural Design VI

5

ARCH

434* Execution Design IV

3

ARCH

436

Research and Programming

2

ARCH

438

Specifications and Quantities

2

CVEE

332

Surveying for Architects

2

Elective4

2

Total TOTAL

16 RIBA Part 1 – (Semester 1 to 8)

140

9

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Semester Nine

Cr

ARCH

537

Architectural Design VII

5

ARCH

539

Graduation Project Programming

3

ARCH

534

Graduation Dissertation

2

ARCH

535

Building Regulations and Professional Practice

2

ARCH

541

Architecture Internship

0

5

Elective

2

Elective5

2

Total

16

Semester Ten

Cr

ARCH

540

Graduation Project

8

ARCH

533

Architectural Criticism

2

ARCH

536

Design and Building Economics

2

Elective5

2

Total

TOTAL

14 BArch. Eng. – (Semester 1 to 10)

170

1 A total of 12 credits is required as General University Requirements; 5 credits are selected from the University Mandatory Courses list including ARAB 001 (2Cr.), ENGL 001 (2Cr.), BLAW 001 (1Cr.) and another 7 credits are selected from the University Elective Courses list. 2 Selected from the list of Faculty Elective Courses offered at the “200 Level”. 3 Selected from the list of Faculty Elective Courses offered at the “300 Level”. 4 Selected from the list of Faculty Elective Courses offered at the at the “400 Level”. 5 Selected from the list of Faculty Elective Courses offered at the “500 Level”. * These core modules are separated and independently graded courses. Students failing the first module (Fall Sem.) are not allowed to register in the second one (Spring Sem.).

10

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Level One

ARCH271 ARCH273 ARCH275 ARCH277 ARCH279

Architectural Design Fundamentals: Visual Studies * Building Construction I * History of Architecture I CAD Drawing Architectural Sketching University General Elective University General Elective

Grading

L

St

Se

Hr

T

W

O

Total Grade

Exam Duration

Teaching Hours

Credits

Course Title

Prerequisite

Code

Semester One

-

6

2

8

-

6

70

30

-

100

-

2 2 2 2 2 2 18

1 2 1 -

2 4 -

2 -

2 2 2 2 2 2

70 70 70 70 60 60

30 40 30 30 40 40

-

100 100 100 100 100 100

TOTAL CREDIT HOURS

ARCH272 ARCH274 ARCH276 ARCH278 ARCH280

Architectural Design Fundamentals: Physical Studies * Building Construction II * Theory of Architecture I Computer Graphics Academic Writing University General Elective University General Elective

Grading

L

St

Se

Hr

T

W

O

Total Grade

Exam Duration

Teaching Hours

Credits

Course Title

Prerequisite

Code

Semester Two

ARCH271

5

-

10

-

6

70

30

-

100

ARCH273 ARCH277 -

3 2 2 2 2 2 18

1 2 1 2 -

4 -

2 -

4 2 2 2 2 2

70 60 70 60 60 60

30 40 30 40 40 40

-

100 100 100 100 100 100

TOTAL CREDIT HOURS

L: LECTURE St: STUDIO Se: SECTION T: TUTORIAL WORK W: WRITTEN EXAM O: ORAL EXAM

* These core modules are separated and independently graded courses. Students failing the first module (Fall Sem.) are not allowed to register in the second one (Spring Sem)

11

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Level Two

ARCH291 ARCH293 ARCH295 ARCH297 CVEE231

Architectural Design I * Building Construction III * History of Architecture II Theory of Colors Theory of Structures for Architects University General Elective 200 Level Faculty Elective

Grading

L

St

Se

Hr

T

W

O

Total Grade

Exam Duration

Teaching Hours

Course Title

Credits

Prerequisite

Code

Semester Three

ARCH272 ARCH274 -

5 3 2 2

1 2 1

10 2

4 -

2 2

60 60 60 70

40 30

40 40 -

100 100 100 100

-

2

1

-

2

2

70

30

-

100

-

2 2 18

-

-

-

2 2

60 60/70

40 40/30

-

100 100

TOTAL CREDIT HOURS

ARCH292 ARCH294 ARCH296 ARCH298 CVEE232

Architectural Design II * Building Construction IV * Theory of Architecture II Indoor Environmental Controls Concrete and Steel Structures University General Elective 200 Level Faculty Elective

ARCH291 ARCH293 -

TOTAL CREDIT HOURS

5 3 2 2 2 2 2 18

Grading

L

St

Se

Hr

T

W

O

1 2 2 1 -

10 4 -

2 -

2 2 2 2 2

60 60 60 60 70 60 60/70

40 40 30 40 40/30

40 40 -

Total Grade

Exam Duration

Teaching Hours

Credits

Course Title

Prerequisite

Code

Semester Four

100 100 100 100 100 100 100

L: LECTURE St: STUDIO Se: SECTION T: TUTORIAL WORK W: WRITTEN EXAM O: ORAL EXAM

* These core modules are separated and independently graded courses. Students failing the first module (Fall Sem.) are not allowed to register in the second one (Spring Sem)

12

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Level Three

ARCH331 ARCH333 ARCH335 ARCH338 MECH431

Architectural Design III * Execution Design I * History of Architecture III City and Town Planning HVAC and Sanitation for Architects 300 Level Faculty Elective 300 Level Faculty Elective

Grading

L

St

Se

Hr

T

W

O

Total Grade

Exam Duration

Teaching Hours

Credits

Course Title

Prerequisite

Code

Semester Five

ARCH292 ARCH294 -

5 3 2 2

1 2 1

10 4 2

-

2 2

60 60 60 70

40 30

40 40 -

100 100 100 100

-

2

2

-

-

2

60

40

-

100

-

2 2 18

-

-

-

2 2

60/70 60/70

40/30 40/30

-

100 100

TOTAL CREDIT HOURS

ARCH332 ARCH334 ARCH336 ARCH337 ARCH339

Architectural Design IV * Execution Design II * Theory of Architecture III Interior Design Environmental Design 300 Level Faculty Elective 400 Level Faculty Elective

ARCH331 ARCH333 -

TOTAL CREDIT HOURS

5 3 2 2 2 2 2 18

Grading

L

St

Se

Hr

T

W

O

1 2 1 1 -

10 4 2 2 -

-

2 2 2 2 2

60 60 60 70 70 60/70 60/70

40 30 30 40/30 40/30

40 40 -

Total Grade

Exam Duration

Teaching Hours

Credits

Course Title

Prerequisite

Code

Semester Six

100 100 100 100 100 100 100

L: LECTURE St: STUDIO Se: SECTION T: TUTORIAL WORK W: WRITTEN EXAM O: ORAL EXAM

* These core modules are separated and independently graded courses. Students failing the first module (Fall Sem.) are not allowed to register in the second one (Spring Sem.)

13

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Level Four

ARCH431 ARCH433 ARCH435 ARCH437 CVEE331

Architectural Design V * Execution Design III * Urban Design Project Management Soil Mechanics & Foundations, and Material Properties & Testing 400 Level Faculty Elective

Grading

L

St

Se

Hr

T

W

O

Total Grade

Exam Duration

Teaching Hours

Credits

Course Title

Prerequisite

Code

Semester Seven

ARCH332 ARCH334 -

5 3 2 2

1 1 2

10 4 2 -

-

2 2

60 60 70 60

30 40

40 40 -

100 100 100 100

-

2

1

2

-

2

70

30

-

100

-

2 16

-

-

-

2

60/70

40/30

-

100

TOTAL CREDIT HOURS

ARCH432 ARCH434 ARCH436 ARCH438 CVEE332

Architectural Design VI * Execution Design IV * Research and Programming Specifications and Quantities Surveying for Architects 400 Level Faculty Elective

ARCH431 ARCH433 -

TOTAL CREDIT HOURS

5 3 2 2 2 2 16

Grading

L

St

Se

Hr

T

W

O

1 1 1 1 -

10 4 2 2 2 -

-

2 2 2

60 60 60 70 70 60/70

30 30 40/30

40 40 40 -

Total Grade

Exam Duration

Teaching Hours

Credits

Course Title

Prerequisite

Code

Semester Eight

100 100 100 100 100 100

L: LECTURE St: STUDIO Se: SECTION T: TUTORIAL WORK W: WRITTEN EXAM O: ORAL EXAM

* These core modules are separated and independently graded courses. Students failing the first module (Fall Sem.) are not allowed to register in the second one (Spring Sem.)

14

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Level Five

ARCH537 ARCH539 ARCH534 ARCH535 ARCH541

Architectural Design VII Graduation Project Programming Graduation Dissertation Building Regulations and Professional Practice Architecture Internship 500 Level Faculty Elective 500 Level Faculty Elective

Grading

L

St

Se

Hr

T

W

O

Total Grade

Exam Duration

Teaching Hours

Credits

Course Title

Prerequisite

Code

Semester Nine

ARCH432

5

-

10

-

-

60

-

40

100

ARCH432

3

1

4

-

-

60

-

40

100

-

2

1

2

-

2

60

-

40

100

-

2

2

-

-

2

60

40

-

100

-

0 2 2 16

-

-

-

2 2

60/70 60/70

40/30 40/30

-

100 100

TOTAL CREDIT HOURS

ARCH540

Graduation Project

ARCH533

Architectural Criticism Design and Building Economics 500 Level Faculty Elective

ARCH536

Grading

Total Grade

Exam Duration

Teaching Hours

Credits

Course Title

Prerequisite

Code

Semester Ten

L

St

Se

Hr

T

W

O

8

-

16

-

-

60

-

40

100

2

2

-

-

-

60

40

-

100

-

2

-

-

-

2

60

40

-

100

-

2

-

-

-

2

60/70

40/30

-

100

ARCH537 ARCH539 ARCH434 -

TOTAL CREDIT HOURS

14

L: LECTURE St: STUDIO Se: SECTION T: TUTORIAL WORK W: WRITTEN EXAM

15

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Courses Description

Semester One ARCH271. ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN FUNDAMENTALS: VISUAL STUDIES (6 CR.: 2LEC, 8STU) Introductory course including fundamentals of architectural drafting techniques, two dimensional representation, and orthographic projections. Studies of artistic expression and inventive composition. Principles and rules of visual composition. Vocabulary of visual composition, relationships and aesthetics. Experimentation, diverse tools and materials used to visually interpret artwork and design concepts. Practical considerations and applications. ARCH273. BUILDING CONSTRUCTION I (2 CR.: 1LEC, 2STU) Introduction to the elements and components of construction, and the basic building construction materials including bricks, masonry, lime, cement, mortar and concrete. Study of structural systems and their major elements: structural frame, exterior and interior bearing walls, nonbearing walls and partitions, and floor and roof assemblies. General fundamentals site preparation, foundation types and selection. ARCH275. HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE I (2 CR.: 2LEC) Core module of history of art and architecture in various civilizations, including Pre-historic, Ancient Egyptian, Mesopotamian (Assyrian and Babylonian), Greek and Roman. Different approaches to the presentation of history: visual images, cultural material, and text-based communication. ARCH277. CAD DRAWING (2 CR.: 1LEC, 2LAB) Basic computer aided drafting skills using the latest release of CAD software including: file management, Cartesian coordinate system, drawing set-ups, drawing aids, layer usage, drawing 2D geometric shapes, editing objects, array, text applications, dimensions and dimension variables, paper space and viewports, templates, external references, and printing/plotting. 3D AutoCAD features and commands including: wireframe construction, surface modeling, solid modeling, extrusions, Boolean operations, 3D editing, and 3D views. ARCH279. ARCHITECTURAL SKETCHING (2 CR.: 0LEC, 4STU) Developing graphic language by which an architect explains buildings and other objects using a range of fundamental drawing skills and media. Exercises in freehand representational drawing using charcoal, graphite, and conte crayon with emphasis on line, proportion, values, and composition. Portfolio of drawings based on observation of the physical world, in particular the built world. Studies progress from geometric to non-geometric forms.

Semester Two ARCH272. ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN FUNDAMENTALS: PHYSICAL STUDIES (5 CR.: 0LEC, 10STU) Series of Exercises leading to the development of manual drawing and delineation skills. Study of human activity, dimensions of human figure and ergonometric as means of designing usable space. Representation of building elements in plans, elevations and sections. Projection techniques for shade shadow construction. 3 Dimensional drawings of building interior and exterior. Applications leading to the understanding of model types, materials and techniques of preparation. Managing different types of models and levels of detailing. Prerequisite: ARCH271. ARCH274. BUILDING CONSTRUCTION II (3 CR.: 1LEC, 4STU) Further developing knowledge about the fundamentals and preliminary principles of reinforced concrete and steel construction. Review of typical building elements and special treatments within buildings including: structural joints, damp proofing, thermal insulation and fire protection. Prerequisite: ARCH273. ARCH276. THEORY OF ARCHITECTURE I (2 CR.: 2LEC) Introduction to basic design theories and strategies related to the development of spatial concepts in architectural design, including composition, color, form, relationship of elements, and development of 2-D and 3-D design projects. More emphasis on concept generation and evaluation. ARCH278. COMPUTER GRAPHICS (2 CR.: 1LEC, 2LAB) Photoshop application for architectural rendering and the creation, modification and manipulation of images. SketchUp modeling for the conceptual phases of design. 3D rendering and animation using AUTODESK 3D Studio software. Emphasis on 3D geometry, texture mapping, lighting, camera placement, shading, photo-realistic rendering, animation techniques, and walk through animations. 16

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Prerequisite: ARCH277 ARCH280. ACADEMIC WRITING (2 CR.: 2LEC) Methods and tools needed to prepare academic and professional documents are reviewed. Basic knowledge about various steps, stages, and process of production of complete research papers and technical reports, the principles of writing, standards, requisites, considerations, phases, and subject-related requirements. The final assessment in this course is to be carried out internally (e.g. oral discussion and/or within exam).

Semester Three ARCH291. ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN I (5 CR.: 0LEC, 10STU) Fundamentals of Architectural Design Process. Design projects requiring theoretically informed and practically viable architectural design solutions. Designs in response to specific aims including modular design, architectural space grouping, articulation of spaces and functional relationships. Prerequisite: ARCH272. ARCH293. BUILDING CONSTRUCTION III (3 CR.: 1LEC, 4STU) Review of various systems of floor, wall, roof, openings, and stairs including the study of structural properties, and construction techniques and materials. Indoor finishing materials and development of finishing schedule. Exercise based class simulating the understanding of construction including analysis and applications of standards, relationships, and material review and selection. Development of construction drawings and detailing. Prerequisite: ARCH274. ARCH295. HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE II (2 CR.: 2LEC) Study and review of Early Christian architecture, Byzantine architecture, Medieval architecture, Romanesque and Gothic architecture, and Renaissance architecture in Europe through the 15 th and 16th Centuries. ARCH297. THEORY OF COLORS (2 CR.: 1LEC, 2STU) Color theories including a variety of concepts, as well as many practical uses of color within architecture. Color Aspects: psychology of visual perception, human response to visual imagery and communication using color. Designer's Methods to develop and best utilize color within environments. Informed application of practical color theory principles to student projects selecting colors wisely and deliberately. CVEE231. THEORY OF STRUCTURES FOR ARCHITECTS (2 CR.: 1LEC, 2TUT) Theory and concepts of structures to emphasize an intuitive comprehension of the fundamental principles of structural behavior including loading, shear and bending moments. Calculation of internal forces in simple structures such as cantilevers, simple beams, and overhanging beams. Calculation of internal forces in truss members.

Semester Four ARCH292. ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN II (5 CR.: 0LEC, 10STU) Design projects leading to the development of Design Process starting from the site analysis. Detailed knowledge of different aspects of design presented and evaluated both graphically and orally. Portfolio of designs in response to specific aims comprising the study of outer and inner spaces relationship, building and site relationship, and landscaping. Contextual design reflecting environmental, social and cultural imperatives. Prerequisite: ARCH291. ARCH294. BUILDING CONSTRUCTION IV (3 CR.: 1LEC, 4STU) Materials and techniques for internal and external finishes including internal partitions, wooden openings, façade systems (curtain walls, double skin façade, etc.). Types and details of skylights. Landscape detailing and street furniture. Analysis and applications of standards, material review and selection. Development of construction drawings and detailing. Prerequisite: ARCH293. ARCH296. THEORY OF ARCHITECTURE II (2 CR.: 2LEC) This course explores the form, space and scale: form defining space, qualities of architectural space, articulation and organization of form and space, circulation elements and building approaches. It investigates the intentions in architecture: design process, architectural concept and unity. It also reviews the principles of aesthetics: vocabulary of architectural compositions, visual and aesthetic relationships. The course includes analysis of design principles and their applications in various architectural examples. ARCH298. INDOOR ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS (2 CR.: 2LEC) 17

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Principles of lighting (daylight and artificial) in buildings, Reducing noise and enhancing sound for communication. Regulating heat transfer for occupant thermal comfort. Description of passive means for environmental control, including presentation of scientific explanations and design guidelines for utilizing these means. Design guidelines for use in the preliminary schematic design phase. CVEE232. CONCRETE AND STEEL STRUCTURES (2 CR.: 1LEC, 2TUT) Combined Course addressing two technical fields: Review of concrete and steel structure systems. Reinforced concrete fundamentals reviewing basics of reinforced concrete behavior and introducing methods of design used in current engineering practice. Basic mechanics of structural concrete introduced in examining bending, shear, and axial forces. Topic areas including beams, slabs systems, columns, foundations, retaining walls, and an introduction to pre-stressed concrete. Based on a statics and strength of materials, Review of tension, compression and bending steel members designed into truss or column and beam structural systems.

Semester Five ARCH331. ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN III (5 CR.: 0LEC, 10STU) Design projects leading to the development of architectural concepts. Developmental processes of design are presented and critically evaluated, both graphically and orally. Constructivist design studio emphasizing on structural systems. Portfolio of designs in response to specific aims comprising formal structural and universal space concept. Prerequisite: ARCH292. ARCH 333. EXECUTION DESIGN I (3CR.: 1LEC, 4STU) Principles of preparing a complete portfolio of architectural tender drawings. Application on a building or project initially designed by the student in ARCH232. Principles of producing integrated portfolio of tender drawings. Analysis and applications of standards, material review and selection. Prerequisite: ARCH294. ARCH 335. HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE III (2CR.: 2LEC) Overview of Islamic architecture. Roots and early beginnings. Trends and development of Islamic architecture: features and values. Umayyad and Abbasid architecture. Early and classic architecture in North Africa and the Middle East. Evolution of Islamic architecture: Fattimid, Ayyubid, Bahari Mamluk, Circassian Mamluk, and Ottoman architecture. ARCH 338. CITY AND TOWN PLANNING (2CR.: 1LEC, 2STU) Town Planning theories, practices and ideas. Definitions, objectives and levels of Planning. Origins and evolution of historical and contemporary ideas underlining planning practice in its various forms. Relevant topics: land use, housing, human settlements and urban environments. Current challenges and concerns of urban development or planning, aspects of the planning profession. MECH 431. HVAC AND SANITATION FOR ARCHITECTS (2 CR.: 2LEC) Course addressing two technical fields: HVAC: Introduction to air conditioning and mechanical installations in buildings and indoor spaces. Various heating and cooling systems. Ventilation and air conditioning of various building types. Installations and control of systems. Sanitation: Sanitary engineering issues. Building site selection. Dampness: sources and methods of insulation. Water supply treatment and distribution. Sanitary fixtures, installation and connections. Treatment of soiled water. Rainwater drainage and storm sewers. Biological purification of sewerage. Solid waste and refuse disposal.

Semester Six ARCH 332. ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN IV (5CR.: 0LEC, 10STU) Design studio emphasizing on the urban context as a generator of architecture. Developmental processes of design are presented and critically evaluated, both graphically and orally. Portfolio of designs in response to specific aims comprising advanced study of urban context, development of master plan including design of public spaces and landscaping. Creation of architectural character and identity in the design of spaces and buildings’ complex. Prerequisite: ARCH331. ARCH 334. EXECUTION DESIGN II (3CR.: 1LEC, 4STU) Preparations of an integrated portfolio of architectural working drawings related to the project assigned to the student in ARCH333. Execution drawings various architectural details (internal and external) interpreting building 18

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

components relationships. Information relevant to the construction materials, color schemes, execution methods and processes. Prerequisite: ARCH333.

ARCH 336. THEORY OF ARCHITECTURE III (2CR.: 2LEC) The formative aspects of architecture from the Renaissance to the to the present day. Emphasis on new trends and associated activities in the field of architecture. Detailed studies of various periods within broad spectrum. Issues of spatial organization, construction, architectural theory, and architectural grammar. Physical, social and economic context of building. Role of the architect in society. ARCH 337. INTERIOR DESIGN (2CR.: 1LEC, 2STU) Interior design theories covering diverse issues and topics as relevant to indoor environments, components of interior design, considerations, characteristics, and relationship with architectural design, methods and processes, contemporary trends and approaches to interior design, values, interpretation and formulation of concepts. ARCH339. ENVIRONNEMENTAL DESIGN (2 CR.: 1LEC, 2STU) Fundamental theories about environmental sustainability, definitions, concerns and processes. Introduction to building assessment systems including LEED, Green Globes, Green Point Rated, etc. Green building Applications on green building design process and sustainable features such as: water conservation systems; recycling, re-use, waste management, green material selection; and indoor environmental control strategies.

Semester Seven ARCH 431. ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN V (5 CR.: 0LEC, 10STU) Projects leading to the development of a Holistic Design Process. Detailed knowledge of a specialist aspect of design presented and critically evaluated, both graphically and orally. Portfolio of designs aiming to develop environmental conscious buildings, study and analyze environmental, social, and economic aspects of sustainability in architecture. Prerequisite: ARCH332. ARCH 433. EXECUTION DESIGN III (3CR.: 1LEC, 4STU) Development and preparation of complete sets of tender drawings for a building initially designed in ARCH332. Preparation of electro-mechanical working drawings (sanitary, lighting, power supply, and HVAC). Advanced study, analysis and interpretation of composite processes, techniques and treatments. Prerequisite: ARCH334. ARCH 435. URBAN DESIGN (2CR.: 1LEC, 2STU) Contemporary theories of urban design. Urban environments: Keywords and definitions. Modes of critique related to the design of urban public realm. Urban environments: Scope, complexities, and responses to economic, cultural, political, social, aesthetic and natural forces. Urban design issues, methodologies and current practices. Analytical and design skills. Generating and testing alternative approaches of urban design, development of specific sites and role of urban design within particular spatial, social, economic and political contexts. Case studies and assignments in urban design methodologies, synthesis of theoretical knowledge, and communication of urban design ideas. ARCH437. PROJECT MANAGEMENT (2CR.: 2LEC) Introduction to management principles of architectural projects. Survey of the techniques and procedures of construction management as it relates to architectural design professional practice. Overview of the organization of the building team, the collaborative design process, cost control, project scheduling, purchasing, accounting, and field supervision. Introduction to the concepts of Value Engineering, partnering, and Total Quality Management. CVEE331. SOIL MECHANICS & FOUNDATIONS, AND MATERIAL PROPERTIES & TESTING (2 CR.: 1LEC, 2TUT) Combined Course addressing two technical fields: Introduction to soil mechanics: Soil formation and soil structure; Soil composition; Grain size analysis; Plasticity of soils; Effective stress concept; shear strength, stress distribution; Bearing capacity of shallow foundation; Theory of consolidation; Settlement; Soil exploration. Foundations: shallow, deep foundations, and pile caps. Introduction to Testing and properties of materials: strength characteristics of building materials and material assemblies; stress and strain; rigidity and deformation; temperature effects; torsion effects; combined loading of elements and systems.

Semester Eight 19

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

ARCH 432. ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN VI (5CR.: 0LEC, 10STU) A single project demonstrating the student’s readiness and capacity to engage responsibly and creatively in the profession of architecture. Conceptualization and implementation of comprehensive architectural design is drawn upon previous coursework in order to thoroughly develop a project from a detailed program. Portfolio of designs aiming to integrate and synthesize structural and construction assemblies with social, economic and environmental principles of sustainability. Prerequisite: ARCH332. ARCH 434. EXECUTION DESIGN IV (3CR.: 1LEC, 4STU) Composite drawings illustrating particular execution details of sustainable features considered in a project designed in ARCH431. Preparation of Specification and quantities report for the execution of a part of the project completed in ARCH433. Prerequisite: ARCH433. ARCH 436. RESEARCH AND PROGRAMMING (2CR.: 1LEC, 2STU) Overview of architectural programming and pre-design stages. Review of principals, theories, methods, techniques, and tools of architectural programming. Preparation of a complete document (not less than 10,000 words in length) aiming to develop a comprehensive architectural program for a project, including assessment of client and user needs, a critical review of appropriate examples, an analysis of site conditions, a review of the relevant laws and standards and assessment of their implication on the project, and a definition of site selection and design assessment criteria. ARCH 438. SPECIFICATIONS AND QUANTITIES (2CR.: 1LEC, 2STU) Introduction to quantity surveying. Methods of measurement and calculations. Preparation of comparative tables of prices and bids and their evaluation. Specification writings. General conditions of contract between architect, client and contractor. Specifications for materials and various constructional works and execution procedures. Preparation of contract document for various trades and works for bids. CVEE332. SURVEYING FOR ARCHITECTS (2 CR.: 1LEC, 2LAB) Technology Discussion of the major topics in surveying engineering technology including field instrumentation, boundary surveying, topographic surveying. Measurement of distances, directions and angles, using the tape, level, compass, transit and theodolit. Computation of areas and traverses, lines and grades. Also, an introduction to construction surveys, and an introduction to GPS measurement.

Semester Nine ARCH537. ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN VII (5 CR.: 0LEC, 10STU) Portfolio of designs aiming to study the physical, social, economic, and environmental aspects of urban design, land uses, housing, circulation, densities, and local identity seen from a global perspective.Advanced design problems are approached by applying knowledge and skills acquired from previous design studios. Students are expected to demonstrate technical competencies, knowledge, critical thinking and creative synthesis skills relative to a precise theoretical and practical hypothesis or proposition, communicate intentions and results clearly. Prerequisite: ARCH432. ARCH539. GRADUATION PROJECT PROGRAMMING (3CR.: 1LEC, 4STU) A research studio-seminar course aiming to develop student independence in defining an Architecture Senior Project. Student must simultaneously address and integrate all aspects of the design/research proposal in a comprehensively developed dissertation. This written document should incorporate research, program development, site definition and analysis of contextual constraints that discusses all design decisions to be considered in the design stage. Prerequisite: ARCH432. ARCH534. GRADUATION DISSERTATION (2CR.: 1LEC, 2STU) This module provides the student with an opportunity to investigate a specific topic within the realm of architecture (history and theory, technology, environment, architectural design, etc). The student will undertake sustained and indepth research and present a coherently argued, fully referenced and appropriately illustrated piece of academic writing not less than 10,000 words in length. The module will develop research methods relevant to writing a dissertation, and student's intellectual curiosity and critical thinking relating to the dissertation topic. ARCH 535. BUILDING REGULATIONS AND PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE (2CR.: 2LEC) Introduction to building legislation and codes. Theoretical and analytical investigation of methods available to architects. Legal, ethical and professional obligations. Clients and other parties affected by both the practice and business of architecture. Overview of construction industry. Office practice including accounting and financial reporting, employment, procurement of buildings, tendering, building contract administration. Control of cost, time 20

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

and quality, quality assurance. Programs and regulatory constraints, building legislations, building law and ordinances, urban planning legislation and housing laws, syndicate regulations, servitude and labor union laws. ARCH 541. ARCHITECTURE INTERNSHIP (0CR.: 0LEC) A supervised 8 weeks summer training period at an approved Architecture firm (consulting, contracting, etc.) intended to provide students with hands-on experience at the work place. This training may involve office work, field trip, site supervision, or an architectural design workshop that is jointly organized by the Faculty and other local or international institutions / universities. In either option, evaluation is based on: daily performance, supervisors input, student’s report, and a short presentation; students are required to submit comprehensive summer training reports together with the necessary proof of documents.

Semester Ten ARCH 540. GRADUATION PROJECT (8 CR.: 0LEC, 16STU) This Final Design studio is an opportunity for students to develop an individual senior project addressing various factors in the design process. Syntheses should demonstrate understanding and resolution of different issues analyzed in the design of the building, from the understanding of context, to structural and environmental systems, down to the details of construction. Project outcomes are developed with consideration given to social, cultural, ethical, environmental, accessibility, safety, and reliability factors. Detailed representation of complete project aims to interpret comprehensive understanding of architectural design as a holistic approach. Prerequisite: ARCH434, ARCH537, ARCH539. ARCH533. ARCHITECTURAL CRITICISM (2 CR.: 2LEC) Lectures and group seminars addressing the evaluation of architectural works, ideologies and approaches. Critical review and assessment of design, interpretation, and responses by different actors. Criteria and methods of analysis and criticism. Appraisal of the delivery process and architectural product. ARCH536. DESIGN AND BUILDING ECONOMICS (2CR.: 2LEC) Overview of factors influencing design and building costs, and approaches to managing costs from initial project definition through construction and use. Techniques for project budgeting, cost estimating, and life cycle cost analysis. Feasibility, cost and value, economic analysis, real estate market. Cost and benefit ratio analysis, and control of cost and depreciation, cost estimating, including determination of materials, labor, equipment, overhead, profit, and other construction costs.

21

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Faculty Elective Courses

Level

Code

ARCH363

Introduction to Painting History of Arts Architectural Photography Perspective and Rendering Architecture and Environment Social Studies in Architecture Theory of Housing

ARCH364

Virtual Reality

ARCH365

Graphic Design

200 Level

ARCH261 ARCH262 ARCH263 ARCH264

300 Level

ARCH361 ARCH362

ARCH461

400 Level

ARCH462 ARCH463 ARCH464 ARCH465 ARCH466 ARCH561 ARCH562

500 Level

Course Title

ARCH563 ARCH564 ARCH565 ARCH566 ARCH567

Landscape Architecture Vernacular Architecture Intelligent Buildings Geographic Information System Building Information Modeling Environmental Psychology History of Islamic Arts Conservation of Historic Buildings Regionalism in Architecture Site Planning Urban Morphology Environmental Impact Assessment Topics in Architecture

Prerequ isite

Teaching Hours

Credits

Exam Dur.

Grading

Total Grade

L

St

Se

Hr

T

W

O

-

2

1

2

-

2

70

30

-

100

-

2

2

-

-

2

60

40

-

100

-

2

1

2

-

2

70

30

-

100

-

2

1

2

-

2

70

30

-

100

-

2

2

-

-

2

60

40

-

100

-

2

2

-

-

2

60

40

-

100

ARCH 138 ARCH 138

2

2

-

-

2

60

40

-

100

2

1

-

2

2

70

30

-

100

2

1

-

2

2

70

30

-

100

-

2

2

-

-

2

60

40

-

100

-

2

2

-

-

2

60

40

-

100

-

2

2

-

-

2

60

40

-

100

-

2

1

-

2

2

70

30

-

100

-

2

1

2

-

2

70

30

-

100

-

2

2

-

-

2

60

40

-

100

-

2

2

-

-

2

60

40

-

100

-

2

2

-

-

2

60

40

-

100

-

2

2

-

-

2

60

40

-

100

-

2 2

1 2

2 -

-

2 2

70 60

30 40

-

100 100

-

2

2

-

-

2

60

40

-

100

-

2

2

-

-

2

60

40

-

100

22

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Courses Description

o 200 LEVEL ELECTIVE COURSES ARCH261. INTRODUCTION TO PAINTING (2CR.: 1LEC, 2STU) Study of painting language through color, form, materials, and techniques. Aspects of traditional and modern pictorial composition including proportion, space, and color theory through the representation of a variety of subjects. ARCH262. HISTORY OF ARTS (2CR.: 2LEC) Tracing the evolution of arts through historical periods. Review of different movements and schools. Contexts, values, and cultural influences. Principal features, designs and characteristics. Analysis and comparative studies. ARCH263. ARCHITECTURAL PHOTOGRAPHY (2CR.: 1LEC, 2STU) Basic elements and processes of architectural photography to include camera controls, exposure technique, photo processing, and fundamental principles of photographing architecture. In-depth photo essays relating to architecture, the urban movement, or landscape design following the introduced principles. ARCH264. PERSPECTIVE AND RENDERING (2CR.: 1LEC, 2STU) Theoretical principles of perspective: one vanishing point, two vanishing points, three vanishing points, interior perspective. Rendering techniques, architectural delineation, principles of shade and shadow. Exercises on architectural applications, drawing perspective views using conventional and computer methods.

o 300 LEVEL ELECTIVE COURSES ARCH361. ARCHITECTURE AND ENVIRONMENT (2CR.: 2LEC) Basic theories and interpretations of environmental studies in relation to the built environment. Review of environmental concerns and their scope. Environmental problems, pollution, threats and impacts of human actions. Design of the built environment engaged with the natural environment. Influence of natural elements on the making of architecture. Relationship of architecture to site and landscape. ARCH362. SOCIAL STUDIES IN ARCHITECTURE (2CR.: 2LEC) Introduction to the field of sociology, definitions and scope of social studies. Social and cultural characteristics in different societies. Understanding of issues and factors that motivate and influence architectural design and theory, and how architecture is shaped by and shapes cultural concerns and social organization. ARCH363. THEORY OF HOUSING (2CR.: 2LEC) Introduction to contemporary theories and concerns in the field of housing. Roots of housing problem. Housing typologies and classification. Housing sector. Mechanisms and forces shaping the housing market. Factors affecting supply and demand. Economics of housing projects. Feasibility studies. Housing policies and role of government. Residential areas and suburbia. Problems, considerations, and alternative approaches applied in the field. ARCH364. VIRTUAL REALITY (2CR.: 1LEC, 2LAB) The dual realm of design, computer modeling and visualization. Critical appreciation of digital media, interpreting real and imaginary 'worlds' from literature in the form of multimedia digital models. Emphasis on experimentation, imagination and technical competence through digital media. Prerequisite: ARCH138. ARCH365. GRAPHIC DESIGN (2CR.: 1LEC, 2LAB) Nature and scope of graphic design. Conceptual development. Innovation, technique and presentation. Skills in the areas of representation: logos, packaging, branding and identity, web design and motion graphics. New techniques and methods of artistic expression: issues and directions. Integration of message and content. Innovation, creativity and high standard graphic design. Prerequisite: ARCH138.

23

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

o 400 LEVEL ELECTIVE COURSES ARCH461. LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE (2CR.: 2LEC) Various theories of architectural landscape, principal landscape design concepts and processes, scope, components and elements, environmental knowledge, contexts and landscape preferences. Design considerations, skills, and scales. Alternative approaches and professional practices. Critique of recent local and international cases of landscape design. ARCH462. VERNACULAR ARCHITECTURE (2CR.: 2LEC) Scope and key definitions. Surveying vernacular architecture. Culture and place influences. Local trends, traditions, and practices. Elements and components. Lessons and values. Connections, continuity and future prospects. ARCH463. INTELLIGENT BUILDINGS (2CR.: 2LEC) Environmental concerns underlying responsive design. Definitions and components of intelligent buildings. Principles of interactive design. Management of indoor environments. The building envelope, automated technologies and smart materials. Integrated building management systems. Efficient use of energy, utilization of renewable energy systems, sustainable management of resources. Analytical techniques and computing tools for studying and assessing building energy and environmental performance. ARCH464. GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEM (2CR.: 1LEC, 2LAB) Information management and decision-making support tools used in urban studies. Definition of GIS. Overview of the range of GIS applications (data acquisition, secondary data generation, analysis and management of data, factor combination and GIS-based modeling. Use of GIS in decision-making. Integration of GIS with other technologies used in the field of urban studies. ARCH465. BUILDING INFORMATION MODELLING (2CR.: 1LEC, 2LAB) Fundamentals of Building Information Modeling (BIM) as a construction documentation system. Introduces concepts and features of BIM. Includes software structure and features, modeling and editing techniques, and sheet creation and organization. Focuses on applying BIM software to develop a set of construction documents. Simulates project development and documentation. ARCH466. ENVIRONMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY (2CR.: 2LEC) The aim of this course is to help students to create more effective and appropriate environments that address human needs. The Course investigates the interrelationships among the physical environment, natural environment, individual differences, and human behavior and experience. Student are taught to explore the distinctive features of environmental psychology in relation to other forms of psychology, the origin of environmental psychology and how an understanding of human behavior influences and informs responsible design decision making. Emphasis is on the effect of design decisions on human behavior in interior and exterior spaces.

o 500 LEVEL ELECTIVE COURSES ARCH561. HISTORY OF ISLAMIC ARTS (2CR.: 2LEC) Overview of the cultural history of Islamic societies as expressed by their art and architecture from the 7th century to the present. Changes in artistic styles, architectural advances and expression of the written word compared across time and geography to understand how Islam influenced and was influenced by society throughout history. ARCH562. CONSERVATION OF HISTORIC BUILDINGS (2CR.: 2LEC) Introduction to historic conservation. Cultural considerations. Values and ethics of conservation. Procedures, surveys and documentation. Degrees of intervention. Causes of decay: natural and man-made. Structural behavior in elements of historic buildings. Techniques and practices. Examples and approaches. ARCH563. REGIONALISM IN ARCHITECTURE (2CR.: 2LEC) The course investigates various and evolving definitions of regionalism and theoretical approaches to the problem of designing architecture that reflects its time, place, culture and environment. Thus, the shape of buildings and environments are studied in relation to climate, landscape, availability of resources and cultural backgrounds. It explores the concept of regionalism in architecture; local architectural models around the world; the power of invented regionalism; the persistence of regional revivals; and the impact of regional architecture in historic preservation. 24

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

ARCH564. SITE PLANNING (2CR.: 1LEC, 2STU) Theory, practice and impacts of site planning: zoning, growth management, methods and techniques of land use control. Site identity and character. Systematic surveys and site analysis. Physical, cultural and economic contexts. Critique of recent cases of site planning. Developing land use plans and guidelines, land use ordinances and legal frameworks. ARCH565. URBAN MORPHOLOGY (2CR.: 2LEC) Nature of urban morphology. Systematic study of morphology: Elements, components and relationships. Morphology in relation to urban contexts. Variables and parameters. Morphology and local identity. Approaches to deal with particular morphologies within urban contexts. ARCH566. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT (2CR.: 2LEC) Environmental Impact Assessment for projects (EIA). Strategic Environmental Assessment for policies, plans and programs (SEA). Identifying significant environmental impacts. Environmental management through assessment, prevention, restoration and mitigation of environmental impacts. Preparation of environmental impact statements. Description of decision-making process and tools. Environmental sampling and monitoring programs. Analysis and evaluation of proposed solutions, technical feasibility, examination of case studies. ARCH567. TOPICS IN ARCHITECTURE (2CR.: 2LEC) A focused investigation of selected issues in architecture, architectural design or urbanism. Specific course will vary and will be defined by individual instructors.

25

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Course Coding and Prerequisites Mandatory Courses ARCH271 ARCH272 ARCH273 ARCH274 ARCH275 ARCH276 ARCH277 ARCH278 ARCH279 ARCH280 ARCH291 ARCH292 ARCH293 ARCH294 ARCH295 ARCH296 ARCH297 ARCH298 ARCH331 ARCH332 ARCH333 ARCH334 ARCH335 ARCH336 ARCH337 ARCH338 ARCH339 ARCH431 ARCH432 ARCH433 ARCH434 ARCH435 ARCH436 ARCH437 ARCH438 ARCH533 ARCH534 ARCH535 ARCH536 ARCH537 ARCH539

Course Architectural Design Fundamentals: Visual Studies Architectural Design Fundamentals: Physical Studies Building Construction I Building Construction II History of Architecture I Theory of Architecture I CAD Drawing Computer Graphics Architectural Sketching Academic Writing Architectural Design I Architectural Design II Building Construction III Building Construction IV History of Architecture II Theory of Architecture II Theory of Colours Indoor Environmental Controls Architectural Design III Architectural Design IV Execution Design I Execution Design II History of Architecture III Theory of Architecture III Interior Design City and Town Planning Environmental Design Architectural Design V Architectural Design VI Execution Design III Execution Design IV Urban Design Research and Programming Project Management Specifications and Quantities Architectural Criticism Graduation Dissertation Building Regulations and Professional Practice Design and Building Economics Architectural Design VII Graduation Project Programming

ARCH540

Graduation Project

ARCH541 CVEE 231 CVEE232 CVEE331 CVEE232 MECH431

Architecture Internship Theory of Structures for Architects Concrete and Steel Structures Soil Mechanics & Foundations, and Material Properties & Testing Surveying for Architects HVAC and Sanitation for Architects

Prerequisite Courses ARCH271 ARCH273 ARCH277 ARCH272 ARCH291 ARCH274 ARCH293 ARCH276 ARCH292 ARCH331 ARCH294 ARCH333 ARCH332 ARCH431 ARCH334 ARCH433 ARCH432 ARCH432 ARCH537 / ARCH539 / ARCH434 -

Change of Prerequisites between 20011 Curriculum and 2014 Curriculum 26

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Elective Courses: ARCH261 ARCH262 ARCH263 ARCH264 ARCH361 ARCH362 ARCH363 ARCH364 ARCH365 ARCH461 ARCH462 ARCH463 ARCH464 ARCH465 ARCH466 ARCH561 ARCH562 ARCH563 ARCH564 ARCH565 ARCH566 ARCH567

Course Introduction to Painting History of Arts Architectural Photography Perspective and Rendering Architecture and Environment Social Studies in Architecture Theory of Housing Virtual Reality Graphic Design Landscape Architecture Vernacular Architecture Intelligent Buildings Geographic Information System Building Information Modelling Environmental Psychology History of Islamic Arts Conservation of Historic Buildings Regionalism in Architecture Site Planning Urban Morphology Environmental Impact Assessment Topics in Architecture

Prerequisite Courses ARCH278 ARCH278 -

27

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Architecture Academic Program Sheet

28

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

II.

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Interior Design Program

Mission The mission of the Interior Design Program at Beirut Arab University is to provide learning opportunities that integrates critical thinking skills with a wide variety of creative experiences in the field of Interior Design. Very broadly, the Interior Design Program seeks to provide students with the highest professional standards to advance a humancentered practice of interior design that contributes positively to the health, safety and well-being of people in local, regional and global contexts.

Objectives

-

The broad aim of interior design program is to provide a variety of transformative learning opportunities to shape creative, rational, and socially and environmentally responsible design professionals. This thorough goal is supported through the following objectives: To sustain premium standards for interior design education through professional accreditation. To provide students with necessary skills for interacting with multiple disciplines in collaborative environments. To promote communicative design methods which define and achieve users’ needs in various environments. To develop effective communication skills, with a solid background of design theories, histories, environmental responsiveness, and standards; along with creative, abstract and critical thinking skills. To influence students with a high sense of social and ethical responsibilities.

Career Opportunities for Interior Design A graduate of this program will be qualified to create the physical environments that are functional, sustainable, stimulating and healthy. Interior Design jobs cover a wide spectrum of firms and industries involved in the design for built environments including residential, commercial, hospitality, healthcare, office, retail, entertainment, exhibit, educational and industrial facilities, as well as, lighting / furniture / textile manufacturing.”

Admission Requirements To be accepted for an undergraduate degree, applicants must:  Hold the official Lebanese Secondary School Certificate in a branch relevant to the chosen undergraduate field of specialization, or an official equivalent;  Successfully pass an entrance exam to measure the level of proficiency in English Language (or provide evidence of English Language abilities such as TOEFL, ILETS, SAT I.  All applicants are required to attend an Interview / Oral Exam and submit a portfolio.

Degrees Offered The Faculty offers a Bachelor Degree in Interior Design, where the minimum duration of study is 6 semesters, and not exceeding 12 semesters.

29

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Graduation Requirements To receive a Bachelor Degree in Interior Design, a student must satisfactorily complete the credit hours required and get an overall minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.0 + ICDL. The following table summarizes the number of credits required for graduation:

Program

INTD

* University Requirements + ICDL Mandatory Elective Courses Courses

5

13

Program Requirements Major Core Courses - Common Foundation Requirements: 22 Crs. - Mandatory Core Courses: 59 Crs.

Major Elective Courses

9

Total Credit Hours

108

Total: 81

*

A total of 18 credits is required as General University Requirements; 5 credits are selected from the University Mandatory Courses list including ARAB 001 (2Crs.), ENGL 001 (2Crs.), BLAW 001 (1Cr.) and another 13 credits are selected from the University Elective Courses list + ICDL.

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO’s)

-

Graduates of this program will acquire the essential knowledge and skills of successful practitioners in the field of Interior Design. Six critical outcomes are identified as essentials for students to achieve the above-mentioned aim. Graduates will demonstrate the ability to: Formulate a complete understanding of the historical and theoretical fundamentals and universal principles of interior design. Develop a comprehensive, human-centered, socially and economically responsive design through creative problem solving within interior environments. Integrate designs within the context of building technology systems using appropriate materials and products. Develop attitudes, traits and values of professional responsibility, accountability and effectiveness. Communicate effectively and express ideas in writing, orally and graphically. Acquire the necessary knowledge for applying laws, codes, regulations, standards and practices that maintain the health, safety and welfare of the public. Attain a managerial foundation required for professional practice.

30

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Program Planning Sheet Bachelor Degree in Interior Design (108 Credit Hours) First Semester (18 Credits)

Crs.

ARTD

201

Design Fundamentals

4

ARTD

203

Photography

3

ARTD

205

History of Arts I

3

ARTD

207

Computer Aided Drafting and Design I

3

ARTD

209

Freehand Drawing

3

ENGL

001

General English

2

Second Semester (18 Credits) INTD 202 Interior Design Studio I

Crs. 4

INTD

204

Building Systems

3

ARTD

206

History of Arts II

3

INTD

208

Computer Aided Drafting and Design II

3

INTD

210

Theory of Colors

3

ARAB

001

Arabic Language and Literature

2

Third Semester (18 Credits) INTD 301 Interior Design Studio II

Crs. 4

INTD

303

Interior Materials and Specifications

3

INTD

305

History of Interiors and Furnishing

3

INTD

307

Interior Perspectives

3

ARTD

309

Environmental Psychology

3

BLAW

001

Human Rights

1

Elective (General)

1

Pre-/co-requisites

Pre-/co-requisites Pre: INTD201

Pre: ARTD207

Pre-/co-requisites Pre: INTD202 Pre: INTD204

1

Fourth Semester (18 Credits)

Crs.

Pre-/co-requisites

INTD

302

Interior Design Studio III

4

Pre: INTD301

INTD

304

Interior Execution Design and Detailing I

3

Pre: INTD303

INTD

306

Textile and Furnishing Materials

3

INTD

308

Lighting Design

3

Elective (General)1

2

Elective (General)

1

2

Elective (General)

1

1

31

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Fifth Semester (18 Credits)

Crs.

INTD

401

Interior Design Studio IV

4

INTD

403

Interior Execution Design and Detailing II

3

INTD

405

Furniture Design

3

INTD

407

Internship

1

2

Elective

3

Elective (General)1

2

Elective (General)1

2

Sixth Semester (17 Credits)

Crs.

Pre-/co-requisites Pre: INTD302

Pre-/co-requisites

INTD

402 Interior Design Senior Project

6

Pre: INTD401 INTD403

INTD

404 Interior Design Professional Practice and Ethics

3

Pre: INTD303

2

3

2

Elective

3

Elective (General)1

2

Elective (General)1

1

Elective

1

A total of 18 credits is required as General University Requirements; 5 credits are selected from the University Mandatory Courses list including ARAB 001 (2Cr.), ENGL 001 (2Cr.), BLAW 001 (1Cr.) and another 13 credits are selected from the University Elective Courses list. Descriptions of the university requirement courses are shown in the Introduction section of this catalogue.

2

Selected from the list of Major Elective Courses offered.

32

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Common Requirements The following are the descriptions of the curricular components that are common to all Design programs.

University Requirements Student working for a Bachelor degree in Interior Design program must complete a total of 18 credit hours of University requirement courses distributed as follows: Mandatory University Requirements Courses Courses

Crs.

ENGL

001 General English

2

ARAB

001 Arabic Language and Literature

2

BLAW

001 Human Rights

1

Common Foundation Requirements Course

Crs.

Pre-/Co-requisites

ARTD

201

Design Fundamentals

4

-

ARTD

203

Photography

3

-

ARTD

205

History of Arts I

3

-

ARTD

206

History of Arts II

3

-

ARTD

207

Computer Aided Drafting and Design I

3

-

ARTD

209

Freehand Drawing

3

-

ARTD

309

Environmental Psychology

3

-

33

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

STAGE ONE

ARTD 201 ARTD 203 ARTD 205

Design Fundamentals Photography History of Arts I Computer Aided Drafting ARTD 207 and Design I ARTD 209 Freehand Drawing University General Elective TOTAL CREDIT HOURS

Teaching Hours

4 3 3

1 2 3

6 2 -

6 2 2

60 70 60

40 30 40

-

100 100 100

-

3

2

2

2

70

30

-

100

-

3 2 18

1 -

4 -

2 2

70 60

30 40

-

100 100

Grading

L

St

Hr

T

W

O

Total Grade

-

Exam Duration

Credits

Course Title

Prerequisite

Code

First Semester

INTD 202 INTD 204 ARTD 206

Interior Design Studio I Building Systems History of Arts II Computer Aided Drafting INTD 208 and Design II INTD 210 Theory of Colors University General Elective TOTAL CREDIT HOURS

Grading

L

St

Hr

T

W

O

Total Grade

Exam Duration

Teaching Hours

Credits

Course Title

Prerequisite

Code

Second Semester

ARTD 201 -

4 3 3

1 3

8 4 -

6 4 2

60 60 60

40

40 40 -

100 100 100

ARTD 207

3

2

2

2

70

30

-

100

-

3 2 18

2 -

2 -

2 2

60 60

40 40

-

100 100

L: LECTURE St: STUDIO T: TUTORIAL WORK W: WRITTEN EXAM O: ORAL EXAM

34

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

STAGE TWO

INTD 301

Interior Design Studio II Interior Materials and INTD 303 Specifications History of Interiors and INTD 305 Furnishing INTD 307 Interior Perspectives ARTD 309 Environmental Psychology University General Elective TOTAL CREDIT HOURS

-

St 8

Hr -

Grading

T 60

W

O

-

40

Total Grade

L

Exam Duration

Teaching Hours

Credits

Course Title

Prerequisite

Code

Third Semester

INTD 202

4

100

INTD 204

3

1

4

-

60

-

40

100

-

3

3

-

2

60

40

-

100

-

3 3 2 18

2 3 -

2 -

2 2 2

70 60 60

30 40 40

-

100 100 100

INTD 302

Interior Design Studio III Interior Execution Design INTD 304 and Detailing I Textile and Furnishing INTD 306 Materials INTD 308 Lighting Design University General Elective University General Elective University General Elective TOTAL CREDIT HOURS

Grading

L

St

Hr

T

W

O

Total Grade

Exam Duration

Teaching Hours

Credits

Course Title

Prerequisite

Code

Fourth Semester

INTD 301

4

-

8

-

60

-

40

100

INTD 303

3

1

4

-

60

-

40

100

-

3

3

-

2

60

40

-

100

-

3 2 2 1 18

3 -

-

2 2 2 2

60 60 60 60

40 40 40 40

-

100 100 100 100

L: LECTURE St: STUDIO T: TUTORIAL WORK W: WRITTEN EXAM O: ORAL EXAM

35

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

STAGE THREE

INTD 401 INTD 403 INTD 405 INTD 407

Interior Design Studio IV Interior Execution Design and Detailing II Furniture Design Internship Major Elective University General Elective University General Elective

Grading

L

St

Hr

T

W

O

Total Grade

Exam Duration

Teaching Hours

Credits

Course Title

Prerequisite

Code

Fifth Semester

INTD 302

4

-

8

-

60

-

40

100

INTD 304

3

1

4

-

60

-

40

100

-

3 1 3 2 2 18

1 1 -

4 -

2 2 2 2

60 60/70 60 60

40 40/30 40 40

-

100 100 100 100 100

TOTAL CREDIT HOURS

INTD 402 INTD 404

Interior Design Senior Project Interior Design Professional Practice and Ethics Major Elective Major Elective University General Elective University General Elective

TOTAL CREDIT HOURS

Grading

L

St

Hr

T

W

O

Total Grade

Exam Duration

Teaching Hours

Credits

Course Title

Prerequisite

Code

Sixth Semester

INTD 401 INTD 403

6

-

12

-

60

-

40

100

-

3

1

4

2

60

40

-

100

-

3 3 2 1 18

3 3 2 1

-

2 2 2 2

60/70 60/70 60 60

40/30 40/30 40 40

-

100 100 100 100

L: LECTURE St: STUDIO T: TUTORIAL WORK W: WRITTEN EXAM O: ORAL EXAM

36

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Course Description of the Common Foundation Requirements ARTD201 - DESIGN FUNDAMENTALS (4Crs.: 1Lec; 6Stu):This design fundamental course introduces ideas, methodologies, principles, and skills that comprise a common knowledge base important to all design disciplines. These fundamentals foster a multidisciplinary design experience among students and prepare them to move to the next level. Coursework explores basic design elements and processes of visual communication, through exercises that improve visual and manual drawing skills. These exercises encompass format, line, pattern, proportion, scale, and texture, as well as interpretation of space (edge, perspective, dimension), and conceptualization. ARTD203 - PHOTOGRAPHY (3Crs.: 2Lec;2Sec): Students will develop a basic understanding of the digital camera and current electronic imaging technology. The course explores the utilization of photography as a means of design production and portfolios’ documentation. It covers the basic principles for lighting, setup and shooting with 35mm and digital cameras. Students will take pictures of both two-dimensional and three-dimensional objects. ARTD205 - HISTORY OF ARTS I (3Crs.: 3Lec): The Course includes a chronological survey of the visual arts as an

expression of the mind and culture of Western civilization from the Prehistoric period, through the Near Eastern, Egyptian, Greek, Roman, Early Christian, Jewish and Byzantine art; and Gothic, Renaissance (Italian and Northern), and Baroque Art and Architecture. The course is designed to help students increase their art historical vocabulary for discussing an art object’s medium, composition, style, and iconography. ARTD206 - HISTORY OF ARTS II (3Crs.: 3Lec): This course is an introduction to Western art before the Neoclassical to the

present day, and covers Neo-Classicism, Realism, Impressionism and Modernist movements from Fauvism through Abstract Expressionism to Contemporary. Concepts such as artists’ influence, artistic motifs, stylistic evolution, cultural context, patronage, function, reception, and censorship as well as the incorporation of non-European art forms into the Western Tradition will be covered in this class. ARTD207 - COMPUTER AIDED DRAFTING AND DESIGN I (3Crs.: 2Lec; 2Lab): Application of computer-aided drafting and design (CADD) concepts, methods, and skills used in all design disciplines. Digital 3D modeling and 2D presentation tools, used in conjunction with computer-aided design (CAD) software, are used to translate students’ fundamental manual presentation techniques to digital drawing, modeling, and layout. Emphasis on the utilization of the CADD functions and skills to further enhance the design development and production phases of the design process. ARTD209 - FREEHAND DRAWING (3Crs.: 1Lec; 4Stu): A lecture/studio course for developing the student’s freehand

drawing skills, with emphasis on analytic and descriptive drawings of everyday objects, building interiors, landscaping, vehicles, and people. Drawing media will include graphite, ink, charcoal, and pastel or colored pencil. ARTD309 - ENVIRONMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY (3Crs.: 3Lec) : The aim of this course is to help students to create more

effective and appropriate environments that address human needs. The Course investigates the interrelationships among the physical environment, natural environment, individual differences, and human behavior and experience. Student are taught to explore the distinctive features of environmental psychology in relation to other forms of psychology, the origin of environmental psychology and how an understanding of human behavior influences and informs responsible design decision making. Emphasis is on the effect of design decisions on human behavior in interior and exterior spaces. Course Description of Mandatory Courses INTD202 - INTERIOR DESIGN STUDIO I (4Crs.: 0Lec; 8Stu): This course is an introduction to the field of interior design.

Topics of functional and aesthetic elements for residential interiors are covered, including the identification of client needs, programming, standards, space planning, drawings, and presentations. Concept design, development, and articulation are emphasized and represented through the use of sketches, mechanical drawings, and perspectives tools, as well as models. Pre-req.: ARTD201

37

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

INTD204 - BUILDING SYSTEMS (3Crs.: 1Lec; 4Stu): This Course develops an understanding of the basic structural theories

systems for buildings. This is followed by an overview of building components with a focus on structural impact for interior design practice. Students are also introduced to the function of environmental support systems, including the basic technical requirements for building systems (mechanical, electrical, and fire detection/control) and how they affect interior design decisions and construction drawings. INTD208 - COMPUTER AIDED DRAFTING AND DESIGN II (3Crs.: 2Lec; 2Lab): This course is designed to explore digital

techniques of 2 and 3 dimensional interior spaces. .Students will explore advanced techniques and appropriate digital tools to help them quickly visualize their designs volumetrically and apply 3D design elements within the spatial envelope. Special attention is given to utilizing digital media as support for visual and verbal communication through a review of 3-D modeling concepts, computer-aided rendering concepts, and methods in the development of interior design. Pre-req.: ARTD207 INTD210 - THEORY OF COLORS (3Crs.: 2Lec; 2Sec): This course introduces the use of color for interior design. Emphasis is

on color theory, psychology of color and how it affects human mood and behavior, and application of color in interior environments and lighting conditions. Included is the vocabulary of color, color temperatures, the principles of the color wheel and how to use it. With the use of paint values, tones, and shades are mastered. INTD301 - INTERIOR DESIGN STUDIO II (4Crs.: 0Lec; 8Stu): Based on the foundation of Interior Design I, the aim of this

course is to develop students’ knowledge of the fundamentals of interior design practice. The concept of place making is much considered in the given projects, emphasizing on the design methods and constraints. Students are introduced to commercial design theories and workspace ergonomics, applying them to specific design conditions to experience and develop an understanding of the designer's role in creating public spaces. Considerations are given to users of various age, culture, income, and physical abilities. Pre-req.: INTD202 INTD302 - INTERIOR DESIGN STUDIO III (4Crs.: 0Lec; 8Stu): An intermediate studio course where students continue to

develop their understanding of functional and formal elements of architectural interiors, as well as principles and characteristics of interiority. In this course, students acquire knowledge of retail shops design, focusing on programming skills, space planning and circulation strategies, to create interior environment that successfully display and market products with respect to standards and architectural constraints. Pre-req.: INTD301 (3Crs.:1Lec; 4Stu): This Course introduces students to the properties and specifications of appropriate materials, other than those of a structural nature, which are appropriate for the interior environments, including materials for floors, walls, ceilings, windows, and other interior surfaces. Special attention is given to the health effects and environmental impact of material choices in interior design. Students investigate the designer's role and responsibility in the process of material selection in order to provide aesthetic, standard compliance, and sustainable finish specifications for a variety of spaces. Pre-req.: INTD204 INTD303 - INTERIOR MATERIALS AND SPECIFICATIONS

INTD304 - INTERIOR EXECUTION DESIGN AND DETAILING I

(3Crs.:1Lec;4Stu):In this course, students develop their knowledge and graphical skills necessary for the production of working drawings of interior constructions, such as floor plans, elevations, sections, finish schedules, reflected ceiling plans, and details. Emphasis is placed on the selection, specification and illustration of appropriate materials, assemblies and components. Pre-req.: INTD303 (3Crs.: 3Lec): This course reviews the historical aspects of architecture, interiors, and furniture from early civilizations through the Rococo period, focusing on developments in Western Europe, the English Georgian period in the early 18th century through the Victorian revivals of the 19th century, proto-modernist movements in the latter half of the 19th century in England, and concluding with the Neomodern movement that concludes the 20th century. Students explore historic styles of the habitat and its furnishings as an expression of peoples’ needs and values of the time. Construction methods and materials are covered in more depth and specific color and fabric influences are explored. INTD305 - HISTORY OF INTERIORS AND FURNISHING

INTD306 - TEXTILE AND FURNISHING MATERIALS (3Crs.: 3Lec): This course gives students a broad understanding of textiles

and their usage in interior environment. Topics include textile design, fibers, methods of weaving, dyeing, finishes and trims, flammability, consumer protection, specification of textiles for residential and non-residential end-users, and designer responsibility as related to consumer health, safety and welfare. 38

Beirut Arab University Handbook Faculty of Architecture Academic Year 2017/2018 Design & Built Environment INTD307 - INTERIOR PERSPECTIVES (3Crs.: 2Lec; 2Stu): Students are expected to demonstrate an understanding of

theory of two-point mechanical perspective, and to develop freehand drawing and sketching skills of interior and exterior spaces. This course explores the use of various media to define light, shadows, textures, and illustrate materiality and spatial character. Students also learn fundamental presentation board layout and composition. INTD308 - LIGHTING DESIGN (3Crs.: 3Lec): This Course focuses on the fundamentals of light: its sources, variations,

quality, design implications, product variations, technologies and cost/benefits. Students learn how to integrate appropriate lighting choices, from both technical and aesthetic perspectives, covering the four function of light: task, accent, decorative and ambient. Lighting for the specific sectors of built environments (residential, retail, corporate, etc.) is discussed and evaluated as an imperative creative design feature and form-maker. INTD401 - INTERIOR DESIGN STUDIO IV (4Crs.: 0Lec; 8Stu): An advanced studio course that aims to further develop

students’ skills in design process and methods, as well as creative and critical skills, to propose solutions to complex residential projects. The students analyze spatial needs in terms of client needs, human behavior, life style and function and develop a design that integrates those needs with a focus on social, cultural, economic and technical issues and theoretical understanding to various concepts of home and living spaces. Pre-req.: INTD302. INTD402 - INTERIOR DESIGN SENIOR PROJECT (6Crs.: 0Lec; 12Stu): In this course, students choose their own complex

senior design project topic and work towards more self-directed learning. In this advanced studio students are required to incorporate the skills and knowledge gained throughout their studies to create a comprehensive project, including a written research of the topic, programming and design requirements, presentation drawings, models, material and furniture boards, detail drawings and specifications. Students work independently with tutor’s guidance to generate creative professional level design outcomes with associated levels of detailing of their projects choosing to focus on one or more of the following: materiality, sustainability, universal design, human factors or any other areas. Pre-req.: INTD401, INTD403. INTD403 - INTERIOR EXECUTION DESIGN AND DETAILING II (3Crs.:1Lec;4Stu): This course provides advanced study of interior building construction, materials, detailing and building services. Interior detailing includes but is not limited to, interior partitions, stairs, fireplaces, doors, windows. Students examine current practices and standards of building services, including electrical, plumbing, sprinklers, HVAC, communications and security. Pre-req.: INTD303 INTD404 - INTERIOR DESIGN PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND ETHICS (3Crs.: 3Lec): This course provides an introduction to business practices and procedures in the field of interior design . Students are introduced to the basic principles of operating an Interior Design business, planning for profit and growth, writing contracts, marketing, selling, and project management. Topics discussed also include professional ethics and socially responsible design. Emphasis is on the development of project administration documents within the context of legal and ethical obligations to the public. INTD405 - FURNITURE DESIGN (3Crs.: 1Lec; 4Stu): This design studio focuses on the aesthetic and functional issues

related to the construction of freestanding furniture. The design and construction of both hard and soft furniture elements are covered. Special attention is given to anthropometric and ergonomic considerations, as well as to the development of detailed drawings and model of the designed furniture piece to better understand construction connections and detailing. INTD407 - INTERNSHIP (1Cr.:1Lec): Students spend 120 hours in a monitored professional environment to gain the

necessary experience that compliments the program’s academic work. Work experience provides students with practical experience in areas which are relevant to their specific interests and skills. Students should be exposed to various aspects of the interior design field and must present a report about their experience.

39

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

INTD 220 INTD 221 INTD 222 INTD 223 INTD 224 INTD 225 INTD 226 INTD 227

Scenography Building Information Modeling Acoustics Design Historic Interior Preservation Introduction to Islamic Arts Graphic Design Parametric Design & Digital Fabrication Special Topics in Interior Design TOTAL REQUIRED CREDIT HOURS

Total Grade

Exam Duration

Teaching Hours

Credits

Course Title

Prerequisite

Code

Major Elective Courses

Grading

L

St

Hr

T

W

O

3

2

2

2

60

40

-

100

3

2

2

2

70

30

-

100

3

3

-

2

60

40

-

100

3

3

-

2

60

40

-

100

3 3

3 2

2

2 2

60 70

40 30

-

100 100

3

2

2

2

70

30

-

100

3

3

-

2

60

40

-

100

9

TOTAL GRADES

40

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Course Description INTD220 - SCENOGRAPHY (3Crs.: 2Lec; 2Stu): Students are introduced to the methods, concepts and materials of

designing for theatre sceneries. Through diverse-approach workshops, students explore the ways in which space, time, light, sound, object, color and form may be woven together on theatre stage to impress and communicate with spectator. Students study also the methods of developing a design from script analysis to presentation of the completed design. INTD221 - BUILDING INFORMATION MODELING (3Crs.:2Lec; 2Lab): In this course, students explore the use of Building

Information Modeling (BIM) technology as a communication and collaboration tools. Emphasis is on 3-D modeling and rendering as well as preparation of construction documents resulting at the professional level. INTD222 – ACOUSTICS DESIGN (3Crs.:3Lec): This course covers the fundamentals of architectural acoustics. Topics

include: sound generation and propagates; human sound perceptions; sound level descriptors; acoustic properties of materials and their place in the development of holistic design concepts. Students apply acoustic design criteria, methods, and materials to spaces for various activities and functions, such as theatres, classrooms, auditorium, openplan office, etc. INTD223 - HISTORIC INTERIOR PRESERVATION (3Crs.:3Lec): In this course, students learn the principles and theories of

preservation and adaptive reuse of historical interiors. Topics include treatment of historic interior surfaces, materials, interior architectural features, and decorative arts in restoration and rehabilitation projects. INTD224 - INTRODUCTION TO ISLAMIC ARTS (3Crs.:3Lec): In this course, students are introduced to the different eras of

Islamic arts. Emphasis is on the decorative patterns and motifs that distinguish the prominent Islamic periods, including the construction and applications of Islamic calligraphy, geometry and floral designs in interiors. Modern manifestations of this style in today’s Islamic world are also reviewed. INTD225 - GRAPHIC DESIGN (3Crs.: 2Lec; 2Lab): This course introduces students to two-dimensional elements and

principles of graphic design as the basis of visual language and communication. Through problem solving approach, students manipulate graphic forms and design elements in black-and-white and color media to convey meaning, strategies for idea generation and development of distinctive concepts. Emphasis is given to the importance of presentation and craftsmanship. INTD226 - PARAMETRIC DESIGN & DIGITAL FABRICATION (3 Cr.: 2Lec; 2 Lab); Prerequisite: ARTD207; This course introduces

students to the history, theory, and application of parametric design for interior design production. The course will focus on the underlying concepts and mechanisms for creating performance-based parametric modules and will guide students through the process of using rapid prototyping and CAD/CAM devices in a studio environment. The objective of this course is to provide students with the conceptual, as well as technical, framework through which to better understand the relevant application of parametric design to the various design problems they will encounter as interior designers. INTD227 - SPECIAL TOPICS IN INTERIOR DESIGN (3 Cr.: 3Lec; 0Lab) This course provides study in Interior design on a special

topic.

41

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Course Coding and Prerequisites Mandatory Courses ARTD201 ARTD203 ARTD205 ARTD207 ARTD209 INTD 202 INTD 204 ARTD 206 INTD 208 INTD 210 INTD 301 INTD 303 INTD 305 INTD 307 ARTD 309 INTD 302 INTD 304 INTD 306 INTD 308 INTD 401 INTD 403 INTD 405 INTD 407

Course Design Fundamentals Photography History of Arts I Computer Aided Drafting and Design I Freehand Drawing Interior Design Studio I Building Systems History of Arts II Computer Aided Drafting and Design II Theory of Colors Interior Design Studio II Interior Materials and Specifications History of Interiors and Furnishing Interior Perspectives Environmental Psychology Interior Design Studio III Interior Execution Design and Detailing I Textile and Furnishing Materials Lighting Design Interior Design Studio IV Interior Execution Design and Detailing II Furniture Design Internship

INTD 402

Interior Design Senior Project

INTD 404

Interior Design Professional Practice and Ethics

Prerequisite Courses ARTD 201 ARTD 207 INTD 202 INTD 204 INTD 301 INTD 303 INTD 302 INTD 304 INTD 305 INTD 401 INTD 403 -

Course Scenography Building Information Modeling Acoustics Design Historic Interior Preservation Introduction to Islamic Arts Graphic Design Parametric Design & Digital Fabrication Special Topics in Interior Design

Prerequisite Courses -

Elective Courses: INTD220 INTD221 INTD222 INTD223 INTD224 INTD225 INTD226 INTD227

42

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Interior Design Program Academic Program Sheet

43

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

III.

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Graphic Design Program

Mission The mission of the Graphic Design Program at Beirut Arab University is to provide students with the technical, conceptual, and cultural background necessary to demonstrate proficiency as visual communicators. The program introduces students to a progressive series of courses that develop students’ ability for problem solving through critical thinking, stimulating their sense of creativity and imagination, and preparing them into professionals ready for a wide variety of entry-level jobs in the field of Graphic Design.

Objectives The aim of the Graphic Design Program is to inspire graphic designers into generating and creating effective visual communications through developing their individual talent, potential, and personal language. The key objectives of the graphic design program are to: Help students develop strong technical and conceptual design skills. Help students explore and understand the issues of contemporary Graphic Design practice. Expose students to all the skills and tools relevant to this industry, both traditional and digital. Provide students with practical knowledge and experience with industry-standard tools and equipments. Develop an understanding of business and marketing practices, creating ethical and responsible industry professionals.

Career Opportunities for Interior Design A graduate of this program will be qualified to work in: Graphic Design Studios, Advertising Agencies, Multimedia Studios, Publishing Houses, Printing Companies, Art Departments in Large Corporations and Freelance Graphic Designer. Graphic design jobs cover all ends of the creative spectrum: Creative / Art Director, Layout Artist and Brand Identity Designer, Logo Designer, Flash Designer, Illustrator, Technical Illustrator, Photo Editing / Photoshop Artist, Multimedia Designer, Photographer, Web Designer and Advertising / Marketing

Admission Requirements To be accepted for an undergraduate degree, applicants must:  Hold the official Lebanese Secondary School Certificate in a branch relevant to the chosen undergraduate field of specialization, or an official equivalent;  Successfully pass an entrance exam to measure the level of proficiency in English Language (or provide evidence of English Language abilities such as TOEFL, ILETS, SAT I. All applicants are required to attend an Interview / Oral Exam and submit a portfolio.

Degrees Offered The Faculty offers a Bachelor Degree in Graphic Design, where the minimum duration of study is 6 semesters, and not exceeding 12 semesters.

Graduation Requirements To receive a Bachelor Degree in Graphic Design, a student must satisfactorily complete the credit hours required and get an overall minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.0 + ICDL. The following table summarizes the number of credits required for graduation:

44

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment * University Requirements + ICDL Program Mandatory Elective Courses Courses

GRAD

5

13

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018 Program Requirements Major Core Courses - Common Foundation Requirements: 22 Crs. - Mandatory Core Courses: 59 Crs.

Major Elective Courses

Total Credit Hours

9

108

Total: 81

*

A total of 18 credits is required as General University Requirements; 5 credits are selected from the University Mandatory Courses list including ARAB 001 (2Crs.), ENGL 001 (2Crs.), BLAW 001 (1Cr.) and another 13 credits are selected from the University Elective Courses list + ICDL.

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO’s)

-

Graduates of this program will acquire the essential knowledge and skills of successful practitioners in the field of Graphic Design. Graduates will demonstrate the ability to: Demonstrate proficiency in design principles, design process, and contemporary design practice with a solid theoretical and historical background. Develop an understanding of design process and problem solving methods utilizing critical thinking skills. Consider the effect of Graphic Design on the human environment through social responsibility, environmental responsiveness, and interdisciplinary perspectives. Demonstrate expertise in recognized technical skills.

Understand and apply basic principles in the process of designing, analyzing, and evaluating graphic design solutions in relation to specific end uses and consumer needs and Common Requirements The following are the descriptions of the curricular components that are common to all Design programs.

45

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Program Planning Sheet Bachelor Degree in Graphic Design (108 Credit Hours) First Semester (18 Credits)

Crs.

ARTD

201

Design Fundamentals

4

ARTD

203

Photography

3

ARTD

205

History of Arts I

3

ARTD

207

Computer Aided Drafting and Design I

3

ARTD

209

Freehand Drawing

3

ENGL

001

General English

2

Second Semester (18 Credits)

Crs.

GRAD

202

Graphic Design Studio I

4

GRAD

204

Theory & Philosophy of Visual Communication

3

ARTD

206

History of Arts II

3

GRAD

208

Computer Graphics

3

GRAD

210

Theory of Colors in Visual Arts

3

ARAB

001

Arabic Language and Literature

2

Third Semester (18 Credits) GRAD 301 Graphic Design Studio II

Crs. 4

GRAD

303

Typography I

3

GRAD

305

History of Visual Communication

3

GRAD

307

Digital Imaging

3

ARTD

309

Environmental Psychology

3

BLAW

001

Human Rights

1

Elective (General)

1

Pre-/co-requisites

Pre-/co-requisites Pre: ARTD201

Pre-/co-requisites Pre: GRAD202

Pre: GRAD208

1

Fourth Semester (18 Credits)

Crs.

Pre-/co-requisites

GRAD

302

Graphic Design Studio III

4

Pre: GRAD301

GRAD

304

Typography II

3

Pre: GRAD303

GRAD

306

Web Design

3

GRAD

308

Motion Graphics

3

Elective (General)

1

2

Elective (General)

1

2

Elective (General)1

1

46

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Fifth Semester (18 Credits)

Crs.

GRAD

401

Graphic Design Studio IV

4

GRAD

403

Interactive Design

3

GRAD

405

Print & Production Media

3

GRAD

407

Internship

1

2

Elective

2

Elective (General)1

2

Sixth Semester (18 Credits) GRAD 402 Graphic Design Senior Project 404 Graphic Design Professional Practice and Ethics Elective2

Crs. 6

Pre-/co-requisites Pre: GRAD401

3 3

Elective2 Elective (General)

Pre: GRAD302

3 1

Elective (General)

GRAD

Pre-/co-requisites

3 1

2

1

A total of 18 credits is required as General University Requirements; 5 credits are selected from the University Mandatory Courses list including ARAB 001 (2Cr.), ENGL 001 (2Cr.), BLAW 001 (1Cr.) and another 13 credits are selected from the University Elective Courses list. Descriptions of the university requirement courses are shown in the Introduction section of this catalogue.

2

Selected from the list of Major Elective Courses offered.

47

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Common Requirements The following are the descriptions of the curricular components that are common to all Design programs.

University Requirements Student working for a Bachelor degree in Interior Design program must complete a total of 18 credit hours of University requirement courses distributed as follows: Mandatory University Requirements Courses Courses

Crs.

ENGL

001 General English

2

ARAB

001 Arabic Language and Literature

2

BLAW

001 Human Rights

1

Common Foundation Requirements Course

Crs.

Pre-/Co-requisites

ARTD

201

Design Fundamentals

4

-

ARTD

203

Photography

3

-

ARTD

205

History of Arts I

3

-

ARTD

206

History of Arts II

3

-

ARTD

207

Computer Aided Drafting and Design I

3

-

ARTD

209

Freehand Drawing

3

-

ARTD

309

Environmental Psychology

3

-

48

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

STAGE ONE

ARTD 201 ARTD 203 ARTD 205

Design Fundamentals Photography History of Arts I Computer Aided Drafting ARTD 207 and Design I ARTD 209 Freehand Drawing University General Elective TOTAL CREDIT HOURS

Teaching Hours

4 3 3

1 2 3

6 2 -

6 2 2

60 70 60

40 30 40

-

100 100 100

-

3

2

2

2

70

30

-

100

-

3 2 18

1 -

4 -

2 2

70 60

30 40

-

100 100

Total Grade

-

Exam Duration

Credits

Course Title

Prerequisite

Code

First Semester

Grading

L

St

Hr

T

W

O

GRAD 202

Graphic Design Studio I Theory & Philosophy of GRAD 204 Visual Communication ARTD 206 History of Arts II GRAD 208 Computer Graphics GRAD 210 Theory of Colors in Visual Arts University General Elective TOTAL CREDIT HOURS

Grading

L

St

Hr

T

W

O

Total Grade

Exam Duration

Teaching Hours

Credits

Course Title

Prerequisite

Code

Second Semester

ARTD 201

4

-

8

6

60

-

40

100

-

3

3

-

4

60

40

-

100

-

3 3

3 2

2

2 2

60 70

40 30

-

100 100

-

3

2

2

2

60

40

-

100

-

2 18

-

-

2

60

40

-

100

L: LECTURE St: STUDIO T: TUTORIAL WORK W: WRITTEN EXAM O: ORAL EXAM

49

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

STAGE TWO

GRAD 301 GRAD 303

Graphic Design Studio II Typography I History of Visual GRAD 305 Communication GRAD 307 Digital Imaging ARTD 309 Environmental Psychology University General Elective TOTAL CREDIT HOURS

Grading

L

St

Hr

T

W

O

Total Grade

Exam Duration

Teaching Hours

Credits

Course Title

Prerequisite

Code

Third Semester

GRAD 202 -

4 3

2

8 2

2

60 70

30

40 -

100 100

-

3

3

-

2

60

40

-

100

-

3 3 2 18

2 3 -

2 -

2 2 2

70 60 60

30 40 40

-

100 100 100

GRAD 302 GRAD 304 GRAD 306 GRAD 308

Graphic Design Studio III Typography II Web Design Motion Graphics University General Elective University General Elective University General Elective TOTAL CREDIT HOURS

GRAD 301 GRAD 303 -

4 3 3 3 2 2 1 18

Grading

L

St

Hr

T

W

O

2 2 2 -

8 2 2 2 -

2 2 2 2 2 2

60 70 70 70 60 60 60

30 30 30 40 40 40

40 -

Total Grade

Exam Duration

Teaching Hours

Credits

Course Title

Prerequisite

Code

Fourth Semester

100 100 100 100 100 100 100

L: LECTURE St: STUDIO T: TUTORIAL WORK W: WRITTEN EXAM O: ORAL EXAM

50

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

STAGE THREE

GRAD 401 GRAD 403

Graphic Design Studio IV Interactive Design Print and Production GRAD 405 Media GRAD 407 Internship Major Elective University General Elective University General Elective TOTAL CREDIT HOURS

Grading

L

St

Hr

T

W

O

Total Grade

Exam Duration

Teaching Hours

Credits

Course Title

Prerequisite

Code

Fifth Semester

GRAD 302 -

4 3

2

8 2

2

60 70

30

40 -

100 100

-

3

3

-

2

60

40

-

100

-

1 3 2 2 18

1 -

-

2 2 2

60/70 60 60

40/30 40 40

-

100 100 100 100

Graphic Design Senior Project Graphic Design GRAD 404 Professional Practice and Ethics Major Elective Major Elective University General Elective University General Elective TOTAL CREDIT HOURS GRAD 402

Grading

L

St

Hr

T

W

O

Total Grade

Exam Duration

Teaching Hours

Credits

Course Title

Prerequisite

Code

Sixth Semester

GRAD 401

6

-

12

-

60

-

40

100

-

3

3

-

2

60

40

-

100

-

3 3 2 1 18

3 3 2 1

-

2 2 2 2

60/70 60/70 60 60

40/30 40/30 40 40

-

100 100 100 100

L: LECTURE St: STUDIO T: TUTORIAL WORK W: WRITTEN EXAM O: ORAL EXAM

51

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Course Description of the Common Foundation Requirements ARTD201 - DESIGN FUNDAMENTALS (4Crs.: 1Lec; 6Stu):This design fundamental course introduces ideas, methodologies, principles, and skills that comprise a common knowledge base important to all design disciplines. These fundamentals foster a multidisciplinary design experience among students and prepare them to move to the next level. Coursework explores basic design elements and processes of visual communication, through exercises that improve visual and manual drawing skills. These exercises encompass format, line, pattern, proportion, scale, and texture, as well as interpretation of space (edge, perspective, dimension), and conceptualization. ARTD203 - PHOTOGRAPHY (3Crs.: 2Lec;2Sec): Students will develop a basic understanding of the digital camera and current electronic imaging technology. The course explores the utilization of photography as a means of design production and portfolios’ documentation. It covers the basic principles for lighting, setup and shooting with 35mm and digital cameras. Students will take pictures of both two-dimensional and three-dimensional objects. ARTD205 - HISTORY OF ARTS I (3Crs.: 3Lec): The Course includes a chronological survey of the visual arts as an

expression of the mind and culture of Western civilization from the Prehistoric period, through the Near Eastern, Egyptian, Greek, Roman, Early Christian, Jewish and Byzantine art; and Gothic, Renaissance (Italian and Northern), and Baroque Art and Architecture. The course is designed to help students increase their art historical vocabulary for discussing an art object’s medium, composition, style, and iconography. ARTD206 - HISTORY OF ARTS II (3Crs.: 3Lec): This course is an introduction to Western art before the Neoclassical to the

present day, and covers Neo-Classicism, Realism, Impressionism and Modernist movements from Fauvism through Abstract Expressionism to Contemporary. Concepts such as artists’ influence, artistic motifs, stylistic evolution, cultural context, patronage, function, reception, and censorship as well as the incorporation of non-European art forms into the Western Tradition will be covered in this class. ARTD207 - COMPUTER AIDED DRAFTING AND DESIGN I (3Crs.: 2Lec; 2Lab): Application of computer-aided drafting and design (CADD) concepts, methods, and skills used in all design disciplines. Digital 3D modeling and 2D presentation tools, used in conjunction with computer-aided design (CAD) software, are used to translate students’ fundamental manual presentation techniques to digital drawing, modeling, and layout. Emphasis on the utilization of the CADD functions and skills to further enhance the design development and production phases of the design process. ARTD209 - FREEHAND DRAWING (3Crs.: 1Lec; 4Stu): A lecture/studio course for developing the student’s freehand

drawing skills, with emphasis on analytic and descriptive drawings of everyday objects, building interiors, landscaping, vehicles, and people. Drawing media will include graphite, ink, charcoal, and pastel or colored pencil. ARTD309 - ENVIRONMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY (3Crs.: 3Lec) : The aim of this course is to help students to create more

effective and appropriate environments that address human needs. The Course investigates the interrelationships among the physical environment, natural environment, individual differences, and human behavior and experience. Student are taught to explore the distinctive features of environmental psychology in relation to other forms of psychology, the origin of environmental psychology and how an understanding of human behavior influences and informs responsible design decision making. Emphasis is on the effect of design decisions on human behavior in interior and exterior spaces. Course Description for Mandatory Courses GRAD202 - GRAPHIC DESIGN STUDIO I (4Crs.: 0Lec; 8Stu):The course develops students’ basic skills needed to structure

and organize visual communications in both conventional and digital environments. Emphasis is placed on conceptual development, structural organization of information, and interaction of form and verbal content to effectively communicate ideas. Students learn to think critically, evaluate design proposals aesthetically, and become familiar with a variety of tools and techniques used to produce professional work in the fields of graphic design and advertising. Pre-req.: ARTD201.

52

Beirut Arab University Handbook Faculty of Architecture Academic Year 2017/2018 Design & Built Environment GRAD204 - THEORY AND PHILOSOPHY OF VISUAL COMMUNICATION (3Crs.: 3Lec): This course explores the theoretical and

philosophical issues, concepts, and processes of visual communication in its many settings, to help students bring together message, meaning, and form. Students are trained to employ type and layout principles, image-making concepts, and design processes in visual/verbal communications with multiple media outcomes. GRAD208 - COMPUTER GRAPHICS (3Crs.: 2Lec; 2Lab): This is an introductory course to bit-mapped and vector-based

digital imaging. Students develop both creative and technical skills necessary to create and produce images for digital or print-based media using Macintosh computer Operating System, Adobe Photoshop and Illustrator, as well as a variety of image formats, color models, and file and font management. GRAD210 - THEORY OF COLORS IN VISUAL ARTS (3Crs.:2Lec;2Sec): This fundamental course provides an introduction to

the principles and theories of colours as it relates to graphic design and visual communication, by understanding how colours interact to make appropriate design decisions. Topics include the vocabulary of colour, perception and colour intensity, the value scale and simultaneous contrast, the effects and physics of colour, and theories of colour psychology. Students also explore colour calibration, both with software and hardware tools. GRAD301 - GRAPHIC DESIGN STUDIO II (4Crs.: 0Lec; 8Stu): Graphic design is explored through the integration of

typography and imagery from planning, conceptualization, and creation, through management of content for a variety of projects. Major themes addressed in this course are: contrast and fusion of graphic form, text/image collage, hierarchy, grid systems, and extended layouts. Critiques and discussions of professional work including traditional structures of books, catalogues, magazines, and brochures. Pre-req.: GRAD202. GRAD302 - GRAPHIC DESIGN STUDIO III (4Crs.: 0Lec; 8Stu): Students learn to develop visual identity systems for

organizations and companies applied to print, web, and broadcast media. This is achieved through the study of how organizations use identity design to express core values and impact consumer perceptions of brand. Students develop design projects with clear process starting from research and conceptualization, to image, type generation, layout, presentation, and evaluation. Pre-req.: GRAD301. GRAD303 - TYPOGRAPHY I (3Crs.: 2Lec; 2Stu): Typography I is an introductory course to the basic terminology, anatomy

and structure of type. Students start to develop an appreciation of and sensitivity to letterform. The course includes a survey of the historical development of Typographic forms and different classifications of type families. Students generated designs that illustrate typography as a meaningful element of visual communication. GRAD304 - TYPOGRAPHY II (3Crs.: 2Lec; 2Stu): This course builds on the fundamentals learned in Typography I Course.

Students explore the relationship between type and image across print and digital media. Emphasis is placed on the development of more complex design combining visual and verbal elements, as well as the development of advanced publication layout skills, grid-based typographic structures, and information design. Pre-req.: GRAD303. GRAD305 - HISTORY OF VISUAL COMMUNICATION (3Crs.: 3Lec): This course reviews the historical context for the graphic

arts of calligraphy, typography, book design, diagramming, and illustration. Emphasis is placed on the relationship of these applied arts to the fine arts, technology, and social and political history. Through informed discussions, the convergence of art and human-computer interactivity is examined in the last 25 years, triggering new forms of artistic visual expressions. GRAD306 - WEB DESIGN (3Crs.: 2Lec; 2Lab): This course introduces students to the fundamentals of XHTML (extensible

mark-up language) and CSS (cascading style sheets) content for the development and manipulation of websites, logging in to a web server, creating a web page template, uploading to a remote web server and modify web pages. Students also learn how to critically evaluate website quality, and how to create and maintain quality web pages. GRAD307 - DIGITAL IMAGING (3Crs.: 2Lec; 2Lab): Students are introduced to Photoshop and Adobe Bridge applications

for the efficient production, management and manipulation of raster images. Several exercises are given to students to become professional with the capabilities of given software applications by exploring both the technical aspects of image manipulation, as well as the artistic aspects of creating images. Topics include raster graphics, setting up files for different destinations, creating and manipulating raster graphics and photographs, applying and adjusting effects, non-destructive editing techniques applied in web design, print and application interfaces. Pre-req.: GRAD208. 53

Beirut Arab University Handbook Faculty of Architecture Academic Year 2017/2018 Design & Built Environment GRAD308 - MOTION GRAPHICS (3Crs.: 2Lec; 2Lab): In this course, students gain a solid foundation of motion graphics

and effects techniques that support their creativity and enhance their digital skills through learning to create short animated compositions by combining texts, images, and videos. Projects incorporate rotoscoping (drawing on live video), frame by frame hand-drawn animation, editing videos, adding audio tracks, cutting and pasting additional sources, utilizing 2D animation tools. GRAD401 - GRAPHIC DESIGN STUDIO IV (4Crs.: 0Lec; 8Stu): This course focuses on the design and construction of three-

dimensional forms such as packaging, exhibits, and displays. Students conceptualize and develop preliminary construction plans, and build three-dimensional models of their design projects using a variety of materials and techniques. Additional emphasis is placed on developing students’ ability to conduct significant research and analysis. Students may address projects involving the renewal of an existing brand and subsequent packaging applications within a coherent marketing program. Pre-req.: GRAD302. GRAD402 - GRAPHIC DESIGN SENIOR PROJECT (6Crs.: 0Lec; 16Stu): In this course each student is required to develop a

professional portfolio plus a written dissertation including self-promotion, resume, and visual documentation of the selected project. The prepared portfolio should demonstrate professional competence in design, concept, technical skills, and craft and meets high standards of excellence. Pre-req.: GRAD401 GRAD403 - INTERACTIVE DESIGN (3Crs.: 2Lec; 2Lab): This course introduces students to design elements and techniques

for mobile applications. Through lectures and applied projects, students learn how to conceptualize, design, prototype, and execute interactive applications for portable digital devices. Students are challenged to examine the aesthetic, cultural, and technological implication of this emerging art field and market. GRAD404 - GRAPHIC DESIGN PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND ETHICS (3Crs.: 3Lec): This course examines the historic and

contemporary modes of graphic design practice including career strategies, professional ethics, and business practices. Students are introduced to the basic principles of operating a graphic design business, planning for profit and growth, writing contracts, marketing, selling, and project management. GRAD405 - PRINT AND PRODUCTION MEDIA (3Crs.: 3Lec): Student investigates the production process of printed material

from original copy and digital files. Topics include major printing processes, preparation of typography, photography, illustration, and colour separations for commercial output. The course also covers the relationships between cost, quality, and time constraints for printed materials, as well as recent developments in digital and print process. GRAD407 - INTERNSHIP (1Cr.: 1Lec): Students spend 120 hours in a monitored professional environment to gain the

necessary experience that compliments the program’s academic work. Work experience provides students with practical experience in areas which are relevant to their specific interests and skills. Students should be exposed to various aspects of graphic design and must present a report about their experience.

54

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

GRAD 220 GRAD 221 GRAD 222 GRAD 223 GRAD 224 GRAD 225 GRAD 226

Portfolio Planning Marketing and Social Media Digital Mixed Media Sequential Photography Arabic Topography Story Boarding Special Topics in Graphic Design TOTAL REQUIRED CREDIT HOURS

Total Grade

Exam Duration

Teaching Hours

Credits

Course Title

Prerequisite

Code

Major Elective Courses

Grading

L

St

Hr

T

W

O

3 3 3 3 3 3

2 2 3 3 3 2

2 2 2

2 2 2 2 2 2

60 70 60 60 60 70

40 30 40 40 40 30

-

100 100 100 100 100 100

3

3

-

2

60

40

-

100

9

TOTAL GRADES

Course Description GRAD220 - PORTFOLIO PLANNING (3Crs.: 3Lec): This course prepares students for job interviews by helping them

compile a portfolio. Students plan a self-branding strategy and integrate this across all facets of their portfolio: online website, personal blog, printed portfolio, design samples, and résumé package. The accumulated and refined portfolio is to demonstrate student’s conceptual, design, craftsmanship and other skills. GRAD221 - MARKETING AND SOCIAL MEDIA (3Crs.: 2Lec; 2Lab): Students develop an understanding of social media as an

essential strategy of marketing nowadays, and an intelligent aspect of any business plan. This course covers not only the fundamentals of social media marketing, but also the basics of integrating them into an online presence. From building Facebook pages to authoring Twitter bios, the course covers both online services and discusses how to make best use of them as a social marketing media. GRAD222 - DIGITAL MIXED MEDIA (3Crs.: 2Lec; 2Lab): This course provides students with the opportunity to explore the

creative potential presented through the imaginative combination of both traditional and digital media. Students are asked to utilize and combine skills learned in traditional and digital illustration courses to present inspiring and creative illustrations unrestricted by a singular medium. GRAD223 - SEQUENTIAL PHOTOGRAPHY (3Crs.: 3Lec): This course concentrates on using images in sequence. Students

explore how sequence based images, by way of editing and text, create relationships between images and ultimately tell stories that the single image cannot. Students work independently and in small groups to further explore notions of authorship and the roll of documentary photography in a contemporary art context. GRAD224 - ARABIC TYPOGRAPHY (3Crs.: 2Lec; 2Lab): This course is an introduction to the realm of publishing and print

industries relative to Arabic culture and traditional forms. Students are introduced to the basic Arabic type and custom lettering. In addition, the course provides a survey of the history and evolution of Arabic typography, with particular reference to Islamic calligraphy and arabesque patterns. GRAD225 - STORY BOARDING (3Crs.: 3Lec): In this course, students study the theories and techniques of storytelling of

art for graphic novels, comic books, children's books, and storyboards for animation and film. Topics include the development of scripts, storyboarding, pencilling, inking, digitizing, and computer colouring. GRAD226 - SPECIAL TOPICS IN GRAPHIC DESIGN (3 Cr. 3Lec; 0Lab): This course provides study in Graphic design on a

special topic.

55

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Course Coding and Prerequisites Mandatory Courses ARTD201 ARTD203 ARTD205 ARTD207 ARTD209 GRAD 202 GRAD 204 ARTD 206 GRAD 208 GRAD 210 GRAD 301 GRAD 303 GRAD 305 GRAD 307 ARTD 309 GRAD 302 GRAD 304 GRAD 306 GRAD 308 GRAD 401 GRAD 403 GRAD 405 GRAD 407 GRAD 402 GRAD 404

Course Design Fundamentals Photography History of Arts I Computer Aided Drafting and Design I Freehand Drawing Graphic Design Studio I Theory & Philosophy of Visual Communication History of Arts II Computer Graphics Theory of Colors in Visual Arts Graphic Design Studio II Typography I History of Visual Communication Digital Imaging Environmental Psychology Graphic Design Studio III Typography II Web Design Motion Graphics Graphic Design Studio IV Interactive Design Print and Production Media Internship Graphic Design Senior Project Graphic Design Professional Practice and Ethics

Prerequisite Courses ARTD 201 GRAD 202 GRAD 301 GRAD 303 GRAD 302 GRAD 401 -

Course Portfolio Planning Marketing and Social Media Digital Mixed Media Sequential Photography Arabic Topography Story Boarding

Prerequisite Courses -

Elective Courses: GRAD 220 GRAD 221 GRAD 222 GRAD 223 GRAD 224 GRAD 225

56

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Graphic Design Program Academic Program Sheet

57

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

IV.

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Fashion Design Program

Mission The mission of the Fashion Design Program at Beirut Arab University is to provide learning opportunities that integrates critical thinking skills with a wide variety of creative experiences in the field of Fashion Design. Very broadly, the Fashion Design Program seeks to provide students with the highest professional standards to advance a human-centered practice of Fashion design that contributes positively to the health, safety and well-being of people in local, regional and global contexts.

Objectives

-

-

-

The broad aim of Fashion design program is to provide a variety of transformative learning opportunities to shape creative, rational, socially and environmentally responsible Fashion design professionals. This thorough goal is supported through the following objectives: To develop the intellectual and practical skills of the student in the concepts, principles, development and realization of costumes design for the fashion industry, with a solid background of design theories, histories, environmental responsiveness, and standards; along with creative and critical thinking skills. To foster the development of an open minded and creative attitude, balanced with organizational skills and responsiveness to the rapidly changing needs of the fashion industry and to achieve users’ needs in various environments. To develop effective communication skills in relation to written, oral and visual language, including proficient knowledge of information technologies. To prepare the students with a range of professional and transferable skills for interacting with multiple disciplines in collaborative environments. Develop an understanding of business and marketing practices, creating ethical and responsible industry professionals.

Career Opportunities for Fashion Designers Fashion designer, Clothing/textile technologist, Retail buyer, Retail manager, Retail merchandiser Textile designer, Visual merchandiser, Event organizer.

Admission Requirements To be accepted for an undergraduate degree, applicants must:  Hold the official Lebanese Secondary School Certificate in a branch relevant to the chosen undergraduate field of specialization, or an official equivalent;  Successfully pass an entrance exam to measure the level of proficiency in English Language (or provide evidence of English Language abilities such as TOEFL, ILETS, SAT I. All applicants are required to attend an Interview / Oral Exam and submit a portfolio.

Degrees Offered The faculty of Architecture – Design and Built Environment offers a Bachelor of Fashion Design Degree in the undergraduate program.

Graduation Requirements To receive a Bachelor Degree in Fashion Design, a student must satisfactorily complete the credit hours required and get an overall minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.0 + ICDL. 58

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

The following table summarizes the number of credits required for graduation:

Program

FASD

* University Requirements + ICDL Mandatory Elective Courses Courses

5

13

Program Requirements Major Core Courses - Common Foundation Requirements: 22 Crs. - Mandatory Core Courses: 59 Crs.

Major Elective Courses

9

Total Credit Hours

108

Total: 81

*

A total of 18 credits is required as General University Requirements; 5 credits are selected from the University Mandatory Courses list including ARAB 001 (2Crs.), ENGL 001 (2Crs.), BLAW 001 (1Cr.) and another 13 credits are selected from the University Elective Courses list + ICDL.

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO’s)

-

-

Graduates of this program will acquire the essential knowledge and hands-on skills of successful practitioners in the field of Fashion Design. Six critical outcomes are identified as essentials for students to achieve the above mentioned aim. Graduates will demonstrate the ability to: Demonstrate a comprehensive, human-centered, socially, economically and environmentally responsive design through the application of critical and analytical problem-solving methods within the fashion design process. Formulate a complete understanding of the historical and theoretical fundamentals and universal principles of Fashion design. Demonstrate professional technical competence in a range of pattern cutting and garment construction methods and all aspects of fashion production. Communicate effectively and express ideas in writing, orally and employ a range of information technologies applications to visualize, articulate and promote outcomes and ideas. Acquire the necessary knowledge required for professional practice. Demonstrate consistent development of transferable skills in collaborating effectively in teams, and working with professional designers

59

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Program Planning Sheet Bachelor Degree in Fashion Design (108 Credit Hours) First Semester (18 Credits)

Crs.

ARTD

201

Design Fundamentals

4

ARTD

203

Photography

3

ARTD

205

History of Arts I

3

ARTD

207

Computer Aided Drafting and Design I

3

ARTD

209

Freehand Drawing

3

ENGL

001

General English

2

Second Semester (18 Credits) FASD 202 Fashion Design Studio I

Crs. 4

FASD

204

Pattern Making

3

ARTD

206

History of Arts II

3

FASD

208

Computer Aided Drafting and Design for Fashion Design

3

FASD

210

Fashion Illustration

3

ARAB

001

Arabic Language & Literature

2

Third Semester (18 Credits) FASD 301 Fashion Design Studio II

Crs. 4

FASD

303

Sewing Techniques

3

FASD

305

History of Costume and Fashion Design

3

FASD

307

Draping I

3

ARTD

309

Environmental Psychology

3

BLAW

001

Human Rights

1

Elective (General)1

1

Fourth Semester (18 Credits)

Crs.

FASD

302

Fashion Design Studio III

4

FASD

304

Textile Design

3

FASD

306

Accessories Design

3

FASD

308

Draping II

3 1

2

Elective (University General Requirements)1

2

Elective (University General Requirements)1

1

Elective (University General Requirements)

Pre-/Co-requisites

Pre-/Co-requisites Pre: ARTD201

Pre: ARTD207

Pre-/Co-requisites Pre: FASD202

Pre: FASD204

Pre-/Co-requisites Pre: FASD301

Pre: FASD204, FASD307

60

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Fifth Semester (18 Credits)

Crs.

Pre-/Co-requisites

FASD

401

Fashion Design Studio IV

4

Pre: FASD302

FASD

403

Grading

3

Pre: FASD208

FASD

405

Fashion Portfolio

3

Pre: FASD208

FASD

407

Internship in Fashion Design

1

2

Elective

3 1

2

Elective (University General Requirements)1

2

Elective (University General Requirements)

Sixth Semester (18 Credits) FASD 402 Fashion Design Senior Project FASD

Crs. 6

404 Fashion Design Professional Practice and Ethics Elective2

3 3

Elective2

3 1

2

Elective (University General Requirements)1

1

Elective (University General Requirements)

Pre-/Co-requisites Pre: FASD401, FASD403

1

A total of 18 credits is required as General University Requirements; 5 credits are selected from the University Mandatory Courses list including ARAB 001 (2Cr.), ENGL 001 (2Cr.), BLAW 001 (1Cr.) and another 13 credits are selected from the University Elective Courses list Descriptions of the university requirement courses are shown in the Introduction section of this catalogue.

2

Selected from the list of Major Elective Courses offered.

61

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Common Requirements The following are the descriptions of the curricular components that are common to all Design programs.

University Requirements Student working for a Bachelor degree in Interior Design program must complete a total of 18 credit hours of University requirement courses distributed as follows: Mandatory University Requirements Courses Courses

Crs.

ENGL

001 General English

2

ARAB

001 Arabic Language and Literature

2

BLAW

001 Human Rights

1

Common Foundation Requirements Course

Crs.

Pre-/Co-requisites

ARTD

201

Design Fundamentals

4

-

ARTD

203

Photography

3

-

ARTD

205

History of Arts I

3

-

ARTD

206

History of Arts II

3

-

ARTD

207

Computer Aided Drafting and Design I

3

-

ARTD

209

Freehand Drawing

3

-

ARTD

309

Environmental Psychology

3

-

62

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

STAGE ONE

-

4 3

2

8 2

6 2

60 70

40 30

-

100 100

ARTD 205

History of Arts I

-

3

3

-

2

60

40

-

100

-

3

2

2

2

70

30

-

100

-

3 2 18

1 -

4 -

2 2

70 60

30 40

-

100 100

ARTD 207 ARTD 209

Computer Aided Drafting and Design I Freehand Drawing University General Elective

TOTAL CREDIT HOURS

Grading

L

St

Hr

T

W

O

Total Grade

Design Fundamentals Photography

Course Title

Exam Duration

Credits

ARTD 201 ARTD 203

Code

Prerequisite

Teaching Hours

First Semester

FASD 202 FASD 204 ARTD 206 FASD 208 FASD 210

Interior Design Studio I Pattern Making History of Arts II Computer Aided Drafting and Design for Fashion Design Fashion Illustration University General Elective

TOTAL CREDIT HOURS

Grading

L

St

Hr

T

W

O

Total Grade

Exam Duration

Teaching Hours

Credits

Course Title

Prerequisite

Code

Second Semester

ARTD 201 ARTD 205

4 3 3

2 3

8 2 -

6 3 2

60 60 60

40 40

40 -

100 100 100

ARTD 207

3

2

2

2

70

30

-

100

ARTD 209 -

3 2 18

2 -

2 -

2 2

60 60

40 40

-

100 100

L: LECTURE St: STUDIO T: TUTORIAL WORK W: WRITTEN EXAM O: ORAL EXAM

63

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

STAGE TWO

FASD 301 FASD 303 FASD 305 FASD 307 ARTD 309

Fashion Design Studio II Sewing Techniques History of Costume and Fashion Design Draping I Environmental Psychology University General Elective

Grading

L

St

Hr

T

W

O

Total Grade

Exam Duration

Teaching Hours

Credits

Course Title

Prerequisite

Code

Third Semester

FASD 202 -

4 3

1

8 4

-

60 60

-

40 40

100 100

ARTD 206

3

3

-

2

60

40

-

100

-

3 3 2 18

2 3 -

2 -

2 2

70 60 60

40 40

30 -

100 100 100

TOTAL CREDIT HOURS

FASD 302 FASD 304 FASD 306

Fashion Design Studio III Textile Design Accessories Design

FASD 308

Draping II University General Elective University General Elective University General Elective

TOTAL CREDIT HOURS

FASD 301 FASD 204 FASD 307 -

Grading

Total Grade

Exam Duration

Teaching Hours

Credits

Course Title

Prerequisite

Code

Fourth Semester

L

St

Hr

T

W

O

4 3 3

2 2

8 2 2

-

60 60 60

-

40 40 40

100 100 100

3

2

2

-

60

-

40

100

2 2 1 18

-

-

2 2 2

60 60 60

40 40 40

-

100 100 100

L: LECTURE St: STUDIO T: TUTORIAL WORK W: WRITTEN EXAM O: ORAL EXAM

*

64

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

STAGE THREE

FASD 401

Fashion Design Studio IV

FASD 403

Grading

FASD 405

Fashion Porfolio

FASD 407

Internship In Fashion Design Major Elective University General Elective University General Elective

Grading

Total Grade

Exam Duration

Teaching Hours

Credits

Course Title

Prerequisite

Code

Fifth Semester

L

St

Hr

T

W

O

4

-

8

-

60

-

40

100

3

2

2

-

60

-

40

100

3

1

4

-

60

-

40

100

-

1

-

-

-

-

-

-

Pass

-

3

-

-

2

60/70

40/30

-

100

-

2

-

-

2

60

40

-

100

-

2

-

-

2

60

40

-

100

FASD 302 FASD 208 FASD 208

TOTAL CREDIT HOURS

18

FASD 402 FASD 404

Fashion Design Senior Project Fashion Design Professional Practice and Ethics Major Elective Major Elective University General Elective University General Elective

TOTAL CREDIT HOURS

Grading

L

St

Hr

T

W

O

Total Grade

Exam Duration

Teaching Hours

Credits

Course Title

Prerequisite

Code

Sixth Semester

FASD 401

6

-

12

-

60

-

40

100

-

3

-

-

2

60

40

-

100

-

3 3

3 3

-

2 2

60/70 60/70

40/30 40/30

-

100 100

-

2

2

-

2

60

40

-

100

-

1

1

-

2

60

40

-

100

18 L: LECTURE St: STUDIO T: TUTORIAL WORK W: WRITTEN EXAM O: ORAL EXAM

Course Description of the Common Foundation Requirements

65

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

ARTD201 - DESIGN FUNDAMENTALS (4Crs.: 1Lec; 6Stu):This design fundamental course introduces ideas, methodologies, principles, and skills that comprise a common knowledge base important to all design disciplines. These fundamentals foster a multidisciplinary design experience among students and prepare them to move to the next level. Coursework explores basic design elements and processes of visual communication, through exercises that improve visual and manual drawing skills. These exercises encompass format, line, pattern, proportion, scale, and texture, as well as interpretation of space (edge, perspective, dimension), and conceptualization. ARTD203 - PHOTOGRAPHY (3Crs.: 2Lec;2Sec): Students will develop a basic understanding of the digital camera and current electronic imaging technology. The course explores the utilization of photography as a means of design production and portfolios’ documentation. It covers the basic principles for lighting, setup and shooting with 35mm and digital cameras. Students will take pictures of both two-dimensional and three-dimensional objects. ARTD205 - HISTORY OF ARTS I (3Crs.: 3Lec): The Course includes a chronological survey of the visual arts as an

expression of the mind and culture of Western civilization from the Prehistoric period, through the Near Eastern, Egyptian, Greek, Roman, Early Christian, Jewish and Byzantine art; and Gothic, Renaissance (Italian and Northern), and Baroque Art and Architecture. The course is designed to help students increase their art historical vocabulary for discussing an art object’s medium, composition, style, and iconography. ARTD206 - HISTORY OF ARTS II (3Crs.: 3Lec): This course is an introduction to Western art before the Neoclassical

to the present day, and covers Neo-Classicism, Realism, Impressionism and Modernist movements from Fauvism through Abstract Expressionism to Contemporary. Concepts such as artists’ influence, artistic motifs, stylistic evolution, cultural context, patronage, function, reception, and censorship as well as the incorporation of non-European art forms into the Western Tradition will be covered in this class. ARTD207 - COMPUTER AIDED DRAFTING AND DESIGN I (3Crs.: 2Lec; 2Lab): Application of computer-aided drafting and design (CADD) concepts, methods, and skills used in all design disciplines. Digital 3D modeling and 2D presentation tools, used in conjunction with computer-aided design (CAD) software, are used to translate students’ fundamental manual presentation techniques to digital drawing, modeling, and layout. Emphasis on the utilization of the CADD functions and skills to further enhance the design development and production phases of the design process. ARTD209 - FREEHAND DRAWING (3Crs.: 1Lec; 4Stu): A lecture/studio course for developing the student’s

freehand drawing skills, with emphasis on analytic and descriptive drawings of everyday objects, building interiors, landscaping, vehicles, and people. Drawing media will include graphite, ink, charcoal, and pastel or colored pencil. ARTD309 - ENVIRONMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY (3Crs.: 3Lec) : The aim of this course is to help students to create more

effective and appropriate environments that address human needs. The Course investigates the interrelationships among the physical environment, natural environment, individual differences, and human behavior and experience. Student are taught to explore the distinctive features of environmental psychology in relation to other forms of psychology, the origin of environmental psychology and how an understanding of human behavior influences and informs responsible design decision making. Emphasis is on the effect of design decisions on human behavior in interior and exterior spaces. COURSE DESCRIPTION FOR MANDATORY COURSES FASD202 - FASHION DESIGN STUDIO I (4 CR.: 1 LEC; 6 STU): This course is an introduction to the fundamental creative process of Fashion design and a continuation of the Integrative Studios. The course will focus on drawing methods and design techniques - in the process of developing casual wear- to integrate material skills, techniques and concepts from other courses like patternmaking and sketching into project work. Students will begin to identify and understand collaboration, conceptual development and primary research within the context of Fashion design while building their capacities for investigation, critical thinking, and working across media. PREREQUISITE: ARTD201

66

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

FASD204 - PATTERN MAKING (3 CR.: 2 LEC; 2 STU): This Course develops an understanding of basic patterns and how to manipulate them respecting the fundamental rules of pattern making. By understanding pattern construction students will be able to gain a wider understanding of the use of the pattern for various sectors while developing basic concepts. FASD208 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN FOR FASHION DESIGN (3Cr.: 2Lec; 2Lab): This course is designed to explore digital techniques of 2D and 3D Modeling and animation software such as Adobe Illustrator, Adobe Photoshop. .Students will manipulate basic blocks using the pattern design software (PDS) and create garment models, orders, and markers for production. In addition, they will explore advanced techniques and appropriate digital tools to help them quickly visualize and enhance their ability to efficiently create original ideas by computer. Special attention is given to utilizing digital media as support for visual and verbal communication through a review of 3-D modeling concepts, computer-aided rendering concepts, and digital image creation. Pre-req.: ARTD207 FASD210 - FASHION ILLUSTRATION (3CR.: 2 LEC; 2 SEC): This course introduces the techniques of fashion design sketches and illustrations. Students will learn how to sketch fashion figures, add garments, and hand-rendering of different materials using media like colored pencils and markers. Emphasis is on the fast sketching of models and garments with the rendering of different textures, Theoretical and practical aspects of color are studied in-depth including practical problems dealing with color harmony, trends, association, symbolism, optical illusion, notation and terminology. Pre-req.: ARTD209 FASD301 - FASHION DESIGN STUDIO II (4 CR.: 0 LEC; 8 STU): Based on the foundation of Fashion Design Studio I, the aim of this course is to develop students’ knowledge of the fundamentals of fashion design practice. Students will be moving towards a competency in the application of design and research processes while seeking appropriate technical 3D solutions to produce tailored garments along with fitting knits. Considerations are given to users of various age, culture, income, and physical abilities. In addition to understanding the fitting process, selection of textiles and weaves, color scheming, sewing, and selection of accessories. Pre-req.: FASD202. FASD302 - FASHION DESIGN STUDIO III (4CR.: 0LEC; 8STU): An intermediate studio course where students continue to develop their personal research methodologies, design philosophy, processes and innovative approaches to materiality, as well as examine more complex design concepts in order to demonstrate a breadth of understanding of brand identity and user contexts. In this course, Consideration will be given to the visual curation of the fashion process in terms of personal identity; focusing on development of original designs and execution incorporating draping, drafting and flat pattern techniques. Pre-req.: FASD301. FASD303 - SEWING TECHNIQUES (3 CR.: 1 LEC; 4 STU): This Course introduces students to the basics of sewing from a technical point of view. During the semester the student will learn how to use various sewing machines, both industrial and household. Students will also investigate and then execute all the basic stitches used in the apparel industry. FASD304 - TEXTILE DESIGN (3 CR.: 2 LEC; 2 STU): This course is a comprehensive overview of the textile industry with a study of textile science, covering the design and production techniques of textiles and fabric styling. Emphasis is on dyeing, printing and finishing of textiles. students learn many different textile techniques such as swatch weaving, dyeing yarns, direct painting and wet painting, discharge print, block printing, silk screening, free motion stitching and yarns appliqué, beading, smocking, etc. FASD305 - HISTORY OF COSTUME AND FASHION DESIGN (3CR.: 3 LEC): This course reviews the developments in Costume and Fashion design around the world from early civilizations to the present and the factors that influence style changes. An in-depth study of fashion creators, trends, and the political climate that has created men’s and women’s fashion during the 20th century. Students should gain a greater perspective on the historical, social, economic, industrial precursors and contexts to contemporary fashion's design and trends. FASD306 - ACCESSORIES DESIGN (3CR.: 2 LEC; 2 STU): 67

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

This course is focused on the exploration of the fundamentals of female accessories design: bags, shoes, belts and hats. Students will acquire the basic skills needed to coordinate and develop their own collection portfolio and will get acquainted with the technical methodology to make accessories design. FASD307 - DRAPING I (3CR.: 2 LEC; 2 STU): Students are expected to demonstrate an understanding of the basic rules of draping and create sample garments. Sewing machines and basic stitches will also be used to create personal creative projects from the conceptual phase to the finished garment. Pre-req.: FASD204. FASD308 -DRAPING II (3CR.: 2 LEC; 2 STU): This is an advanced draping course in which students will realize items focusing on the cuts and fit of garments. Students will work on bias drapes, collar and sleeve variations. In the second part of the course students will execute three given projects, for example a dress, a bustier and business attire, that the student interprets according to his/her style and then executes from start to finish in their own size. Pre-req.: FASD204, FASD307. FASD401 - FASHION DESIGN STUDIO IV (4CR.: 0 LEC; 8 STU): An advanced studio course that aims to further develop students’ skills in design process and methods, as well as creative and critical skills to expands and broadens technical skills to develop a personal design philosophy in readiness for senior capstone experience, Includes couture evening wear techniques and research processes. Emphasis is placed on Economic and Environmental sustainability in their design work. Pre-req.: FASD302 FASD402 -FASHION DESIGN SENIOR PROJECT (6CR.: 0 LEC; 12STU): In this course, students choose their own senior design project topic and work towards more self-directed learning. In this capstone course, students are required to incorporate the skills and knowledge gained throughout their studies to create a full garment line from conception to execution, to be presented and judged by experts during finals in student fashion show. Emphasis is placed on creativity, originality, technical skill and execution, as well as marketability Students work independently with tutor’s guidance to generate original and creative professional level design outcomes. Pre-req.: FASD401 FASD403 - GRADING (3 CR.: 2LEC; 2 STU): In this course, Industrial theory and grading techniques are examined with respect to traditional manual grading and CAD applications. Anthropometric data and grading charts are analyzed in relation to size ranges and garment types. Pre-req.: FASD208. FASD404 - FASHION DESIGN PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND ETHICS (3 CR.: 3LEC.): This course develops students understanding of professional practice and Ethics in the fashion design industry. Students are introduced to industry practices such as unit and inventory control and pricing, Licensing and retail environments. Topics discussed also include professional ethics, social responsibility and Intellectual property such as trademarks, copyrights..etc. Emphasis is on the different roles within fashion business structure, career development options, fashion marketing and manufacturing. FASD405 - FASHION PORTFOLIO (3 CR.: 1 LEC; 4 STU): This advanced fashion design course is structured in order to expand students’ knowledge and application of digital skills applicable to their personal digital professional portfolio that will add to the paper one. The students will work on their fashion collection, starting with their previous projects and adding concept boards, color story, fabrics, trims, illustrations and technical drawings in addition to the creation of a personal resume, business card and a digital brochure. Pre-req.: FASD208.

68

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

FASD407 - INTERNSHIP IN FASHION DESIGN (1 CR): Students are required to complete 120 hours of documented work experience between first and third year in a monitored professional environment to gain the necessary experience that compliments the program’s academic work. Work experience provides students with hands-on practical training in areas which are relevant to their specific interests and skills, and may include but are not limited to: working on fabric/garment prototyping, design assistance, window display, merchandising. Students should be exposed to various aspects of the Fashion design field and must present a report about their experience. This course is graded on a pass/fail basis.

69

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

FASD 220 FASD 221 FASD 222 FASD 223 FASD 224 FASD 225

Semiotics Advanced Color Theory FASD 210 Special Topics in Fashion Design Sustainability in Fashion Fashion Event Planning Fashion and Local Identity TOTAL REQUIRED CREDIT HOURS

Total Grade

Exam Duration

Teaching Hours

Credits

Course Title

Prerequisite

Code

Major Elective Courses

Grading

L

St

Hr

T

W

O

3 3

2 2

2 2

2 2

60 70

40 30

-

100 100

3

3

-

2

60

40

-

100

3 3 3 9

3 3 2

2

2 2 2

60 40 60 40 70 30 TOTAL GRADES

100 100 100

COURSE DESCRIPTION FASD220 - SEMIOTICS (3 CR.: 3 LEC): Students are introduced to the problems associated with perception, understanding, interpretation and creation of visual representations. Students study also an introduction to the language of representation, through the analysis and comprehension of concepts such as rhetoric, narrative, stereotype, Signs and their meaning, the construction of reality, mythology and ideology, semiotics of art and mass media. FASD221 - ADVANCED COLOR THEORY (3CR.: 2LEC; 2STU): This course begins with a conceptual review of basic color theory and reviews issues studied in earlier courses such as color systems, interaction and harmony. The course will provide students with advanced knowledge in the following specialized areas: color and lighting, color psychology/emotions, symbolism, forecasting, branding, visual merchandising, graphic design, ethnic color usage, science, measurement, technology, management, and careers in color. Pre-req.: FASD210 FASD222 - SPECIAL TOPICS IN FASHION DESIGN (3CR.): This course provides study in Fashion design on a special topic. May be repeated for credit if topics vary. FASD223 - SUSTAINABILITY IN FASHION (3CR.: 3LEC): In this course, students learn the social, cultural and environmental ramifications of our design decisions. Students use their skills as designers to develop creative solutions to technical challenges in moving our industry and our society towards sustainability. More specifically students will review the ecological crisis and how fashion/textiles contribute to this crisis. FASD224 - FASHION EVENT PLANNING (3CR.: 3LEC): This course will focus on the theoretical and practical application of event planning, including the selection of a suitable location, budget planning, promotion and public relations. The course will also include developing working schedule, and working within assigned time frames. FASD225 - FASHION AND LOCAL IDENTITY (3CR.: 3LEC): This course fosters a broad understanding of the complex relationships between dress and culture in the nonWestern world. Students should gain a greater perspective on the historical, social, economic, industrial precursors that has created men’s and women’s fashion trends in the Middle East. These geographical and cultural variations reflect a complex set of relations between historical change and clothing practices as markers of changing identity over time, including differences relating to gender, age, wealth, and religious status. 70

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Course Coding and Prerequisites Mandatory Courses

ARTD201 ARTD203 ARTD205 ARTD207 ARTD209 FASD 202 FASD 204 ARTD 206 FASD 208 FASD 210 FASD 301 FASD 303 FASD 305 FASD 307 ARTD 309 FASD 302 FASD 304 FASD 306 FASD 308 FASD 401 FASD 403 FASD 405 FASD 407 FASD 402 FASD 404

Course Design Fundamentals Photography History of Arts I Computer Aided Drafting and Design I Freehand Drawing Fashion Design Studio I Pattern Making Computer Aided Design for Fashion Design Fashion Illustration Fashion Design Studio II Fashion Design Studio III Sewing Techniques Textile Design History of Costume and Fashion Design Accessories Design Draping Design I Draping Design II Fashion Design Studio IV Fashion Design Senior Project Grading Fashion Design Professional Practice and Ethics Fashion Portfolio Internship in Fashion Design Fashion Design Studio I Pattern Making

Prerequisite Courses ARTD201 ARTD207 ARTD209 FASD202 FASD301 FASD204 FASD204, FASD307 FASD302 FASD401 FASD208 FASD208 FASD401, FASD403 -

Elective Courses: FASD 220 FASD 221 FASD 222 FASD 223 FASD 224 FASD 225

Course Semiotics Advanced Color Theory Special Topics in Fashion Design Sustainability in Fashion Fashion Event Planning Fashion and Local Identity

Prerequisite Courses FASD 210 -

71

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Fashion Design Program Academic Program Sheet

72

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

V. Course File Summary

73

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Architecture ARCH271. ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN FUNDAMENTALS: VISUAL STUDIES

BASIC INFORMATION Course Title: Architectural Design Fundamentals: Visual Studies Code: ARCH271 Hours Lecture: 02 Tutorial: 08 Prerequisites: Academic Year / Level: First Specialization: Architectural Engineering

1-

Credit: 06 Term: Fall

COURSE DESCRIPTION AND OVERALL AIMS:

The course aims to provide the specialized knowledge and develop the required skills needed to support, enthuse and inspire students during their early architectural design experimentations and throughout their future practice. Within this overall aim, the course attempts to build-up the students' capabilities to: a. Demonstrate theoretical knowledge and have practical skills and personal attributes and competencies that enable them to work efficiently -as architects- in geographically dislocated collaborative design environment. b. Develop consciousness with a familiarity of spatial analysis, natural and formal ordering systems, design process methodologies that relate to Architectural Design. c. Develop individual formal experiences within two dimensional and three dimensional spatial contexts d. Understand the fundamental role of orthographic projections in designing forms and buildings. e. Develop an initial balance between the creative/imaginative and rational/ practical thinking skills necessary for the effective design thinking and Architectural Design process. f. Acquire the problem solving abilities required to solve problems relevant to Design and more especially Architectural Design. g. Accomplish an initial development of professional attitude and skills in relation to communication, teamwork, project planning and management, and responsibility for lifelong learning. h. Demonstrate an introductory understanding of the formal, environmental, social and technological influences, which relate to Architectural Design. i. Have an opportunity to put theory into practice via work-based learning.

74

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

2-

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

COURSE OUTLINE: Introduction and Course Outline – Organizational Instructions – Tools. Architectural drafting techniques, and the right way for using architectural drafting tools.

Introduction to Design and the physical environment

Week No. 3

Feedback

Feedback

Week No. 4

Architectural drafting techniques, and the development of personal performance.

Design elements / Learning how to see

Week No. 5

Feedback

Feedback

Week No. 6

Orthographic projections, two dimensional representation

Design generators / Design Patterns

Week No. 7

7th week exam

Week No. 8

Orthographic projections, plans, sections, elevations

Architecture visual delight ( light/ texture/ materiality/ wayfinding)

Week No. 9

feedback

feedback

Week No. 10

Architectural projection conversion

Week No. 11

feedback

Week No. 12

Architectural projection

Week No. 13

Architectural projection

Week No. 14

Architectural projection

Week No. 15

Final exam

Week No. 1 Week No. 2

The architectural project – Design and the design process

Integrated Architecture ( inspirational examples) Feedback + Final Exercise (experiencing Architecture) 12th week evaluation Experiencing Architecture

75

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Intended Learning Outcomes of the Course (ILO): All intended learning outcomes (ILO) are aligned with core ARB/RIBA criteria, utilizing all or in part the following five thematic headings: Design, Technology and environment, Cultural Context, Management practice and law, and Communication. Each theme utilizes the terms awareness, knowledge, understanding and ability as embedded outcomes [key skills] to indicate the level of achievement required in each theme. (a)

(b)

DESIGN (ARB/RIBA part1: GC1.1 / GC1.3 / GC2.2/ GC3.3/ GC6.3) (a 1) -

An awareness of the role of architect in making suitable architectural drawings.

(a 2) -

An understanding of the fundamental principles and concepts underlying orthographic, paraline and lineal projection

(a 3) -

An understanding of the role of drawings in the research and analysis phases of the design process.

(a 4) -

An understanding of the qualities that make a drawing an appropriate and clear communication

(a 5) -

An Ability to develop a design that addresses and synthesizes stated goals, constraints and requirements.

(a 6) -

An awareness of the holistic process of architectural design

(a 7) -

An ability to make cognitive judgement regarding the hierarchical relationship of spaces, and associated volumetric organisation.

(a 8) -

An awareness of the totality of the creative design process, from inception, design development, to fabrication and construction.

(a 9) -

An understanding of the basic formal concepts and relationship.

(a 10) -

An understanding of the value of the conscious application of the formal concepts to creation, development and communication of ideas.

(a 11) -

An ability to adopt an open-minded approach in the appraisal of design issues, requirements and opportunities.

(a 12) -

An ability to generate alternatives and develop solutions to defined design problems.

TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT (ARB/RIBA part1: GC1.2 / GC5.2/ GC8.3) (b 1) -

A preliminary understanding of the physical properties and characteristics of specific materials, components and systems, and the impact of specification choices.

(b 2) -

An awareness of the opportunities and limitations of material properties on its structural capability on different scales (model making and one unit scale).

(b 3) -

An ability to design three-dimensional form and spaces that experientially respond to natural and built site characteristics (sun location, glare, heat weather conditions, etc.)

76

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

(c)

(d)

(e)

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

CULTURAL CONTEXT (ARB/RIBA part1: GC2.2 / GC2.3/ GC5.1/ GC5.3) (c 1) - A knowledge of the creative application of fine arts and other such work to studio design projects, in terms of their conceptualisation and representation. (c 2) -

An understanding of the need to critically review precedents relevant to the function, organisation and technology strategy of design proposals.

(c 3) -

An awareness of the need to inspire and aspire users in physical environments.

(c 4) -

An understanding of the way in which buildings fit into their local social, cultural and physical context.

COMMUNICATION (ARB/RIBA part1: GC1.1 / GC3.3) (d 1) -

An awareness of the implication and applicability of „scale‟ in methods of representation.

(d 2) -

An awareness of the relevance and applicability of various methods of visual representation.

(d 3) -

An understanding of the value of representing information in graphic form.

(d 4) -

An ability to present building design projects of diverse scale, complexity and type in a variety of contexts, using a range of media, and in response to a brief.

(d 5) -

An ability to use conventional (3D model - making) as well as non-conventional techniques of architectural representation.

(d 6) -

An ability to verbally present in clear manner the essential goals and concepts that underlay a design.

(d 7) -

An ability to identify in writing specific things learned in the process of developing and communicating a design.

(d 8) -

An ability to utilize a range of media, tools, techniques and pictorial systems to represent existing and imagined objects and environments on two- dimensional surfaces.

MANAGEMENT PRACTICE AND LAW (ARB/RIBA part1: GC6.2) (e 1) - An awareness of the process of evaluation and critical appraisal of one’s own work and the work of others.

An ability to work in collaboration with other students as members of a design team. 4- TEACHING AND LEARNING METHODS: The course is delivered through lectures, tutorials, seminars, directed reading, videos, computer assisted learning, case studies and experimental learning, research-based teaching materials and methods, problembased learning scenarios including coursework assignments, projects, research paper, workshops.

5-

FACILITIES AND TEACHING MATERIALS:

Design studio (modeling & Drafting) Lecture hall ( Lectures, Case study, Videos, tutorials)

77

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

6-

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

STUDENT ASSESSMENT METHODS, SCHEDULE AND GRADING:

Asses No.

Type

Module A

1 2

Module C

7 8

Start Subm. Week No. Week No.

To Assess

Sheets

Sheets

Drafting Skills: Pencil- Freehand 01 and Tools Orthographic Projection- 2D 05 Representation Application exercise planar 09 shades & shadows Volumetric shade and shadows 12 exercises

03 08

15%

12 14

Design process , Color, lines and 01 2D compositions

02

11

Design elements and 02 vocabularies, 3d Composition

03

12-13

Design principles compositions

04

06

Design formal orders / 12th week 06 evaluation

11

15%

14

Constraints: Composition

07

09

5%

15-16

Interpreting external and internal constraints in design 09 compositions

11

5%

14

10%

7

10% 30%

Module B

9-10

7

Assessment 7th

16

Exam

Total

7-

in

Rationality

3D

in

Early architectural experimentation 10 (comprehensive) 7th week assessment :student 7 based learning Final exam

15

15

Performance record

1

15

10%

100%

LIST OF REFERENCES:

Course notes:

Each student has an A3 portfolio contains: Course outline: (Lecture Titles, list of references, and Assignments Titles) – Sheets - Projects briefs –Researches – class sketches – A3 hard copy of the submitted sheets. Essential Books (Textbooks):

78

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018



Ching F. D. K. (1996-2007). Architecture Form. Space and order. 2nd& 3rd Edition-Van Nostrand Reinhold, New York.



Edwards, B. (2008). Understanding architecture through drawing. Taylor & Francis.



Farrelly, L. (2012). The fundamentals of architecture. Bloomsbury Publishing.

  

Fullmer, D. (2014). Studio Companion Series Presentation Basics. A&C Black. Fraser, I., & Henmi, R. (1993). Envisioning architecture: an analysis of drawing. John Wiley & Sons. Neufert, E., Neufert, P., & Kister, J. (2012). Architects' data. John Wiley & Sons.

Recommended Books:

  

Callender, J. H. (1997 or latest edition). Time-Saver Standards for Architectural Design Data. New York: McGraw-Hili Book Company. Linton H. (1996). Color Model Environments (Color and Light in Three-Dimensional Design). Van Nostrand Reinhold, New York. Ramsey C. G. & Hoke, J. R. (2007). Architectural Graphic Standards. 11th Edition, John, Willey and Sons Inc., USA.

Magazines:

  

Architectural Design Magazines Series. Architectural Review Magazines Series. Domus Magazines Series.

79

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

ARCH273. BUILDING CONSTRUCTION I

Course Code / Title: ARCH273. Building Construction 1

Credits: 2

Instructor: Assoc. Prof. Dr. Baher I. Farahat Course Hours: 4 Hours/Week

Course Duration:14 Weeks

Academic Semester: First Semester

Semester: Fall 2017/2018

Module Info: Mandatory Course (2hr. Lecture, -- 2hrs. Studio) Location: Room Number A209– Floor Number B1 Time:

Thursday 08:00am to 11:50am

COURSE OBJECTIVES The course provides the student with introduction to the elements and components of construction, and the basic building materials and their properties. Also the course provides : 

Classification of Building Types and Categories.



Structural Systems and Foundation Types.



General Fundamentals and principles of architectural construction.



General applications and characteristics of Materials.



Overview of materials techniques and procedures.

The course Aim to enable students to have an opportunity to : 

Improving manual drafting skills and construction drawings techniques and symbols.



Improving Basic knowledge for construction materials properties.



Applying the construction knowledge in design.



Training Students for continuous Learning,



Improving researching, presentation skills, and professional communication with the real construction field and market.

LEARNING ACTIVITIES 

Power point presentations.

 

Applied researches (about the basic building materials and their properties). Evaluating the latest technical innovations applicable to construction drawings techniques.

COURSE OUTLINE The course addresses the following topics:



Classification of Building Types and Categories.



Structural Systems.



Foundation Types.



Construction Materials.

80

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Week No. 1

Introduction to Building Construction: Architectural Work Steps ( Architect, Client, Contractor)

Week No. 2

Architectural Symbols and Figures, Construction Materials

Week No. 3

Brick Work (1): Brick Types, English Bond, Flemish Bond

Week No. 4

Brick Work (2): Bricks Bond, English Bond, Flemish Bond

Week No. 5

Construction Systems (1): Traditional construction systems (Bearing Wall system),

Week No. 6

Construction Systems (2): Traditional Construction Systems (Bearing Wall system), Detailed Wall Sections

Week No. 7

Construction Systems (3): Skeleton Construction System

Week No. 8

Construction Systems (3): Skeleton Construction System

Week No. 9 Week No. 10 Week No. 11

Substructure (Foundations): Surface Foundations (Linear, Separate,), Deep foundations Insulation Work: Heat Insulation, Water Insulation Joints: Expansion Joints, Settlement Joints (Main Sections) Ceiling Types and Structure Systems: Vaults, Domes, Simple Beam, Flat Slab, Hollow Blocks, Frames, .....

Week No. 12

12th week evaluation

Week No. 13

Construction Systems (4): Steel Construction System

Week No. 14

Wall Details: Masonry Walls – Windows sills, thresholds and Arches. Openings, Lintels, Sills, and Arches Final Exam

81

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

EVALUATION ASSES NO.

TYPE Individual and group assignments to be assessed 7th Week Exam/Total assessment Individual and group assignments to assess 12th Week Total assessment

1

2

3

4

TO ASSESS

START WEEK NO.

SUBM. WEEK NO.

Assignments/assessment (1st week : 7th week)

3

6

15%

Total Assessment

7

7

15%

SUBM. DATE

WEIGHTING ASSES.

OF

70% Assignments/assessment (8thst week : 12th week)

8

11

20%

Total Assessment

12

12

20%

5

Final Exam Total

30% 100%

100%

LIST OF REFERENCES Course Notes: - Each student has an A4 portfolio contains: course outline: ( Lecture Titles, List of References, and Assignments Titles) - Research Briefs - Researches - Reports - A3. - Each student should attend the theoretical and analytical lectures which help him to apply the construction sheets in next semester. - Training students for continuous learning by provide each lectures slide with references. - Each students group should make a research for a title of the construction materials and present it for other groups to improve researching, and presentation skills. - Compatible with design by applying the collecting and applicable knowledge which have got it from lectures, site - visits, and researches in the design projects. Essential Books (Textbooks):

 CHING Francis D.K., Building Construction Illustrated- 4th edition, Van Nostrand Reinhold, New York 2008.  Chudley R. and Greeno R., Building Construction Handbook 8th Edition, Elsevier, Great Britain, 2008.  Hegger Manfred, Construction Materials Manual ( Construction Manuals Series ), Birkhauser GmbH, 2006.  W.B.Mckay, Building Construction- Fifth Edition Volume (1,2,3,4,5) Recommended Books:

    

Building Construction Metric Vol. 1-2-3 Building Construction Illustrated "Third Edition" Techniques Of Staircase Construction Fundamentals of Building Construction Materials and Methods Construction Technology – Second Edition Vol. 1-2

82

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

 Mitchell's Finishes  Mitchell's External Components Vol. 1-2  Fundamentals of Building  Architectural Graphic Standards  Standard handbook of architectural engineering  Addington M. & Schodek D.L. (2004). Smart Materials and Technologies in Architecture. Architectural Press.  Bell V.B.& Rand P. ( 2006 ) . Materials for Architectural Design. Laurence King.  Deplazes A. (2008). Costructing Architecture : Maerials, Processes, Structures. 2nd Extended edition, Birkhauser Verlag AG.

 Foster J.S. & Harington R. (2007) Mitchell`s Structure & Fabric - Part 2, 7th Edition ( Mitchell`s series ), Prentice Hall, UK.

Course Instructor: Dr. Baher I. Farahat

Dean of Faculty: Prof. Ibtehal Youssef

Date: 01 / 09 / 2017

83

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

ARCH275. HISTORY of ARCHITECTURE I Course Code / Title: ARCH275 / History of Architecture I Instructors: Dr. Massimiliano Gotti Porcinari Hours: 2 Lecture: 2 Duration: 14 weeks Prerequisites: None Academic Semester: 1st Module Info: Mandatory Course Specialization: Architectural Engineering

Tutorial: 0

Credit: 2

Course Objectives The course provides a general survey of cultural, aesthetic, and socio-political factors that have affected and shaped architecture from Prehistoric times through the end of Roman era. With emphasis on major forms of construction and artistic expressions that shaped Egyptian, Mesopotamian, Greek and Roman architecture and covers.  Egyptian Architecture: the Old Kingdom, the Middle and New Kingdoms.  Mesopotamia: Summer, Babylon and Assyria.  Classical Period: (Greek and Roman) including the Aegean, Greek, Hellenic and Hellenistic as well as Etruscan and Roman periods Within this overall aim, the course helps students to:  Develop an understanding of the interrelation and influence between the organizations of the built environment and the social, political, cultural and technological aspects that shape the architectural character in the Ancient World and Classical Period.  Provide the student with knowledge of environmental responsiveness via underlining materials and techniques used in varied types of architecture.

Learning Activities The course is delivered through lectures, reading, videos, case studies, research-based teaching materials and methods, class works including exams.

Course Calendar / Schedule Week No.1

Week No.2 Week No.3

Week No.4

Definitions of: Architecture, History of Architecture, Architectural Character and Style; Influences: Environmental and Cultural factors. Panoramic review of styles from Prehistoric to Post-modern architecture. PREHISTORIC ARCHITECTURE, Paleolithic, Mesolithic, Neolithic Ages. Birth of civilization. Prehistoric settlements. Megalithic architecture in Europe. EGYPTIAN ARCHITECTURE: Social and Cultural Background: (Influences: geographical, geological, historical, social and religious Old Kingdom: 3rd dynasty, Civil, Religious and Funerary architecture, Complex of King Zoser, Saqqara. Old Kingdom: 4th dynasty: Pyramids of Guizeh; 5th. & 6th.dynasties Middle Kingdom: Civil, Religious and Funerary architecture: Tomb of Mentuhutep II, Tombs of Beni Hassan.

84

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Week No.5

Week No.6 Week No.7 Week No.8

Week No.9

Week No.10

Week No.11

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

New Kingdom: Civil and Religious architecture: TEMPLES: Temple of Amoon, , Karnak. Funerary architecture: Rock Hewn Temples (Abu Simbel, Nefertari). New Kingdom: Funerary Temples: Hatshepsut. MESOPOTAMIAN ARCHITECTURE: Social and Cultural Background. Civil, Religious and Funerary architecture; Architectural Character. Mesopotamian Art Week 7 Exam and first presentation of Sketch book. (Individual) GREEK ARCHITECTURE: Social and Cultural Background. Polis Archaic Greek Architecture: Religious architecture: Evolution of temples. ORDERS: Doric, Ionic and Corinthian. TEMPLES: The Heraion of Samo. The Basilica, Paestum. The Heraion of Olimpya. The Temple of Aphaia, Aegina. HELLENIC ARCHITECTURE Religious architecture: The Temple of Zeus, Olympia. The Acropolis, Athens: The Parthenon, the Erechtheion, Propylaea. Civil architecture: THEATERS: Theatre of Thorikos, Theatre of Epidauros;Tower of the winds, Athens. The Monument of Lysikrates, Athens. Funerary architecture: Mausoleum at Halicarnassus HELLENESTIC ARCHITECTURE Religious Architecture - TEMPLES: The Temple of Artemis Ephesus. The Temple of Apollo, Didyma. Tholos of Delphi, Tholos of Epidaurus ALTERS: Alter of Zeus, Pergamum. Civil architecture: AGORA: The Agora of Athens. STOA: Stoa of Atalos. HOUSES: Hellenestic houses, PHAROS: Pharos of Alexandria. POLIS: Priene, Pergamum, Alexandria. ROMAN ARCHITECTURE Social and Cultural Background: Introduction: Birth of Roma, geographical condition in Italy, Tiberina island and 7 hills of Roma. Etruscan Period and Magna Graecia. Religious architecture: sacred area of Argentina Square, Roma. Differences between Greek temples and Roman temples, wood and marble, main direction Materials and construction techniques: concrete or opus caementicium: opus incertum, opus reticulatum opus latericium. Wall, arch, vault and dome

Week No.12

presentation of A1 Sheets and Physical models (Group Work)

Week No.13

submission of Sketch book (Individual) ROMAN ARCHITECTURE Social and Cultural Background: architectural experimentation of the ancient Romans: Opus caementicium: from technical improvement to expressive technique of inner architectural space: Sanctuary of Fortuna Primigenia, Palestrina (curved barrel vaults) Sanctuary of Jupiter Anxur, Terracina (cryptoporticus space) Domus Aurea, Roma (octagonal room) conquest of inner space: Pantheon, temple of Minerva Medica, Mausoleum of Costantina, Roma. FORUMS: Republic Forum, Imperial Forums. HOUSES: Domus and Insula. ENTERTAINMENT PLACES: Amphitheatre the Coliseum, Roma. Baths of Caracalla, Roma PUBLIC BUILDING: Basilicas TRIUMPHAL ARCHES: Arch of Septimius Severus, The Arch of Constantine, Rome. general revision Final Exam.

Week No.14 TBA

85

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Course Policies Attendance: 5- Teaching and Learning Methods The course comprises a series of lectures, and the material discussed and presented is recorded and illustrated in a history notebook, which forms the basis for assessment and serves as a future reference for students. Students must present a research on a given topic

Evaluation Subm Week No.

Procedures used Asses No.

To assess

1

Notebook

Knowledge and understanding

2

Week 7 exam.

3

4

Week 12 Evaluation. A1 Sheets and Physical Model

7 – 13

Weighting of Asses. 20%

7

20%

Knowledge and understanding

14

20%

All skills

TBA

40%

Knowledge and understanding

Final exam.

100%

Total Books available at the BAU library:

• CRUIKSHANK, Dan, Sir Banister Fletcher's A History of Architecture, 20thedition, Architectural Press Books, 1996. • CHING Francis D.K, JARZOMBEK Mark, PRAKASH V. A Global History of Architecture, John Wiley & Sons. Inc, 2011. • KOSTOF, Spiro, A History of Architecture, Oxford University Press, New York, 1985. • MOFFET, Marian, FAZIO, Michael, WODEHOUSE, Laurence, A World History of Architecture, Laurence Publishing, London, 2003. • TRACHTENBERG Marvin, HYMAN Isabelle, Architecture From Prehistory to Post modernity, 2nd.edition Prentice Hall, Inc. Publishers 1986. • WATKIN David, A History of Western Architecture, Laurence King Publishing, London Course Instructor: Dr. Massimiliano Gotti Porcinari Date: 14/ 02 / 2017

Dean of Faculty: Prof. Ibtihal El Bastawissi

86

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

ARCH277. CAD DRAWING

Course Code / Title: ARCH 277 CAD Drawing

Credit: 2

Prerequisite: none Instructors: Dr. Kareem Galal Email: [email protected] Office Hours: M: 10:00 – 10:50 W: 13:00 – 15:50 Course Hours: Lecture: 1 Tutorial: 2 Course Duration: 3 Hrs Academic Semester: Fall Module Info:

Semester: 1

Location: Lecture: Room A210 - Studio: Lab101102 Time: Lecture (section 1): F 08:00 – 09:00 Lecture (section 2): F 13:00 – 14:00 Tutorial (section 1): F 09:00 – 11:00 Tutorial (section 2): F 14:00 – 16:00

1.

Course Description & Overall Aims

Basic computer aided drafting skills using the latest release of CAD software including: file management, Cartesian coordinate system, drawing set-ups, drawing aids, layer usage, drawing 2D geometric shapes, editing objects, array, text applications, dimensions and dimension variables, paper space and viewports, templates, external references, and printing/plotting. 3D AutoCAD features and commands including: wireframe construction, surface modeling, solid modeling, extrusions, Boolean operations, 3D editing, and 3D views. The course strives to enable students to:         

Understand the use of the different tools used in drafting. Learn the basic functions of Computer Aided Drafting software. Use the basic manual tools traditionally used in production drawings. Maintain a high standard of quality for drawings produced. Appreciate the concept of scale and proportion. Understand the representation of three-dimensional objects presented on a two-dimensional plane. Produce drawings for architectural projects. Produce working drawings for architectural projects Create drawings of basic objects in a three dimensional (3D) environment.

2.

Intended Learning Outcomes of the course (ILO)

(f)

Through knowledge and understanding, students will be able to:

(f 1) Understand the nature and operations of CAD Drawing; (g) Through intellectual skills, students will be able to: (g 1) Recognize and apply appropriate theories, principles and concepts relevant to the CAD Drawing; (g 2) Analyse and interpret information from a variety of sources relevant to CAD Drawing; (g 3) Develop a reasoned argument to the solution of familiar and unfamiliar problems relevant to CAD Drawing; (g 4) Appraise some of the current and emerging issues within the CAD Drawing sector and debate the potential benefits. (h)

Through professional and practical skills, students will be able to:

87

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

(c 7) -

Apply the conventions of architectural representation to two dimensional and three-dimensional graphics and to computer generated and physical models. (d) Through general and transferable skills, students will be able to: (d 3) Apply a range of communication methods and media to present design proposals clearly and effectively. 3.

Course Calendar/Schedule

Week No. 1 02-09-2017 Week No. 2 09-09-2017 Week No. 3 23-09-2017 Week No. 4 30-09-2017 Week No. 5 07-10-2017 Week No. 6 14-10-2017 Week No. 7 21-10-2017 Week No. 8 28-10-2017 Week No. 9 04-11-2016 Week No. 10 11-11-2017 Week No. 11 18-11-2017 Week No. 12 25-11-2017 Week No. 13 02-12-2017 Week No. 14 09-12-2017 Week No. 15

Course outline - Course policies - Introduction & drawing tools - AutoCAD interface File management - Drawing units and drawing limits. The X-Y-Z coordinate system - Drawing lines and basic geometric shapes - Using the computer mouse for zooming and panning. Basic editing tools: Move, copy, rotate. Advanced editing tools: The Offset command - The Array command - Create and insert blocks. Organizing drawings with layers, colors…etc - Properties of lines. Creating Text & Drawing Dimensions: Add and edit text and dimension lines. Creating dimension styles. Plotting and printing a drawing: Model space - paper space – viewports - templates. External references - Concept of scale and proportion. Exam-1 Specifying 3D Coordinates: Surface modeling - 3D editing (3D move - 3D rotate - 3D views). 3D solid modeling: create drawings of 3D basic objects. 3D solid modeling: create drawings of 3D basic objects. 3D solid modeling: create drawings of 3D basic objects. Exam-2 Representation of three-dimensional objects on a two-dimensional plane. Produce drawings and working drawings for architectural projects Final Exam

Note: Alterations to the above plan and timetable are possible according to the actual progress of work and assessment as monitored by the course teaching staff. Therefore, interim submissions and evaluation could be required and their outcome communicated to the students to provide them with further guidance. 4.

Course Policies



Student attendance must be at least 80% of course hours



Students must submit corrected sheets by teaching assistants with final submissions to evaluate academic performance and assure attendance.



Assignments must be handed in at the beginning of the lecture period. 5 points are deducted from each deadline missed. An additional 5 points are deducted from every late day. Students Work that has not been developed in consultation with the instructor will not be accepted. The work progress and

88

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

development is an important element that determines the assignment grade. Assignments should be submitted as hardcopies and as softcopies (CAD drawing file & PDF files); 5 points are deducted from the assignment grade for not submitting the PDF files. 50 points are deducted from the assignment grade for not submitting the CAD Drawing file.  The Final Exam is comprehensive (it includes all lecture content and tutorial work covered during the semester).  Class Participation: The Class participation grade is determined according to the below mentioned criteria: 1- Class attendance: Students are encouraged to attend classes, class attendance by itself is not enough to determine the class participation grade (please see active/positive class participation below) 2- Active/positive class participation: A student positive participation to a class session is appreciated. Active / positive class participation includes but is not limited to: Taking notes during a lecture session, asking interesting questions, answering the instructor questions, proving that lecture content was studied … 3- Class assignments performance and submission: A class assignment is introduced to the students at the beginning of a class session. A class assignment is performed by the students during the class session in which it is introduced and may be accomplished during the succeeding class sessions. Class assignments are graded but and submission affect the class participation grade. 4- Late attendance is penalized (please refer to the below mentioned Attendance policy) 5- Negative class participation: disruption and interference with the delivery of the course content are penalized. 5.

Student Assessment Methods

Asses no.

Type

To Assess

Start week no.

Subm. Week no.

Subm. Date

1

Assignment 1 2D Tools

Knowledge base, intellectual qualities, professional skills Constructional skills

1

6

21 Oct. 2017

2

Assignment 2 Exam - 1

Knowledge base, intellectual qualities, professional skills Constructional skills

7

7

28 Oct. 2017

15%

3

Assignment 3 3D Tools

Knowledge base, intellectual qualities, professional skills Constructional skills

8

11

25 Nov. 2017

15%

4

Assignment 4 Exam - 2

Knowledge base, intellectual qualities, professional skills Constructional skills

11

12

02 Dec. 2017

15%

5

Assignment 3D Tools Revision

Knowledge base, intellectual qualities, professional skills Constructional skills

13

14

16 Dec. 2017

10%

Weighting of asses.

15% 70%

89

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

6

Final Exam

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Knowledge base, intellectual qualities, professional skills Constructional skills

1

TBA

Total

TBA

30%

30%

100% 6.

ist of references

 Shrock, Steve Heather (2014). Beginning AutoCAD 2015. South Norwlk, CT : Industrial Press, Inc. (eBook Academic Collection (EBSCOhost)).

Course Instructors: Dr. Kareem Galal

Dean of Faculty: Prof. El-Bastawissi Ibtihal

Date: 13/02/2017

90

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

ARCH291. ARCHITECURAL DESIGN I

Course Code / Title: ARCH291. Architectural Design I Instructor: Associate Prof. Dr/ Baher I. Farahat, Hours: 10

Lecture: 0

Prerequisites: ARCH271– ARCH272 Academic Year / Level: 2nd Level Specialization: Architectural Engineering Location: Level 2 Studio

Studio: 10 Year: 2017-2018

Credit: 5 Term: 3

Time: Monday 11:00 to 15:50 Wednesday 08:00 to 12:50

COURSE OBJECTIVES This course involves introductory studio problems in architectural design with highlighting on Fundamentals of Architectural Design Process. Design projects requiring theoretically informed and practically viable architectural design solutions. Designs in response to specific aims including modular design, architectural space grouping, articulation of spaces and functional relationships. The course intends to develop the students’ abilities to produce alternative ideas and solutions to projects with special emphasis on human needs and environmental conditions. The course aims to: - To experience, as a first design studio, projects involving a close fit to human requirements, and containing a full dimension of design experience. - To develop an awareness of the design process, including: The gathering of design data (library research – field research); The establishment of design and evaluation criteria; The generation and testing of design proposals; and The communication of those proposals. - To develop abilities to modulate space in response to human dimensions and perceptions. -

To develop abilities to organize and articulate space that satisfies both functional and aesthetic requirements

- Develop an ability to initiate research relevant to architecture design. - Emphasize the understanding of functional relationships and the use of space. - Encourage creativity in spatial and building design. - Encourage visual communication through drawing and model making. LEARNING ACTIVITIES 

Power point presentations.

 

Applied researches (about the basic building materials and their properties). Evaluating the latest technical innovations applicable to construction drawings techniques. COURSE OUTLINE

Week No. 1

Project 1 (7 Weeks) Introduction, definitions, , design process, space adjacency analysis, analyzing home environments design

91

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Week No. 2

-

Week No. 3 Week No. 4 Week No. 5 Week No. 6 Week NO. 7 Week No. 8

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Research & case studies review: Discussing similar examples, Bubble diagram, Zoning…. Working in Context (Analyzing the Physical Environment) Research Submission Conceptual (Reflection) Site & concept generator Conceptual (Reflection) Site & concept Generator Structural Concerns Architectural Drawings Follow up

Design Development Pre-Final Submission of the project including all drawings Final Follow up Final Submission of the first Project. Project 2 (7 Weeks) Introduction, definitions, , design process, space adjacency analysis, analyzing home environments design

Week No.9,10

-

Week No. 11

-

Week No. 12

-

Research & case studies review: Discussing similar examples, Bubble diagram, Zoning…. Design concepts Architectural concerns, Site analysis Programme, main Bubble Diagram, Matrix and Zoning by scale. Working in Context :Analyzing the Physical Environment Following up ground floor plan (plans must represent concepts, module, functions, structural systems, and impact of site context) Design development. Following up plans with 3d study models presenting

-

Pre-Final Submission of the project Following up plans, sections, elevations, and 3d model Final Submission

-

Week No. 13 Week No. 14

COURSE POLICIES The course is delivered through lectures, tutorials, seminars, class activities, videos, studio project work, computer assisted learning, studies and experimental learning, research-based teaching materials and methods, problem-based learning scenarios including coursework assignments, projects, workshops, and related projects. EVALUATION ASSES NO.

TYPE

1

First project

2

Second Project

3

Jury

TO ASSESS

START WEEK NO.

SUBM. WEEK NO.

1st

7th

th

8

th

14

Total

SUBM. DATE

WEIGHTING OF ASSES. 25% 35% 40% 100%

LIST OF REFERENCES (a)

Course notes: Notes are handed out to the students throughout the semester.

(b)

Essential books (textbooks):

92

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

 

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

NEUFERT, Ernst – Architects’ Data – Blackwell, 1980. CROSBIE, Michael j. - Time-Saver Standards for Building Type – McGraw-Hill, 2001.



White, Edward T – Space adjacency analysis – Architectural Media Ltd, 1986.



Laseau, Paul. Graphic Thinking for Architects and Designers, second edition.

(c)

Recommended books:



Donna, P. Duerk, Architectural Programming Information Management for Design.



CALLENDER John Hancock - Time Saver Standards for Standards for Architectural Design Data - 6th ed. McGraw – Hill Singapore - 1982.

93

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Instructor: Associate Prof. Dr/ Baher I. Farahat,

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Dean of Faculty: Prof. Ibtehal Youssef El Bastwesy

Date: 1/9/2017

94

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

ARCH293. Building Construction III Course Code / Title: ARCH293. Building Construction III

Credits: 3

Instructor: Dr. Osama Mohamed Omar, Dr. Masemalliano, Mr. Mohamed Ghazal, Mrs. Nahed hamawi, Ms. Rasha Sukariah Course Hours: 6 Hours/Week

Course Duration:15Weeks

Academic Semester: 3th

Semester: Fall 2017/2018

Module Info: Mandatory Course (1 hr. Lecture, 4 hrs. Studio) Location: Level 2 Studio – B2 Time:

Thursday 8:00 to 2:00

Course Objectives This course presents a broad perspective of building construction methods, materials and processes. Lectures and exercises focus on the objective on the objective of enabling students to acquire good knowledge in the field of Architectural Construction, and gain insight into the range of typical components of the building and details of such elements as opening and staircases. It includes review of various systems of floor, wall, and roof including the study of structural properties, and construction techniques and materials. Indoor finishing materials and development of finishing schedule. Exercise based class simulating the understanding of construction including analysis and applications of standards, relationships, and material review and selection. Development of construction drawings and detailing. Learning Activities 

Power point presentations.

 

Applied researches (about the basic building materials and their properties). Evaluating the latest technical innovations applicable to construction drawings techniques.

COURSE OUTLINE The course addresses the following topics:  Typical Components of the Building.

 Types and details for the Staircases.  Types and details for the Doors & Windows.  How to apply the working drawing for (Section and Elevation). WEEK

STAGE LABEL & DESCRIPTION

1

- Introduction + course outline + general information - How to apply the working drawing (plans, sections, and elevations) with all indicators.

2

- Floor systems (one way slab - tow way slab - waffle slab - flat plate)

3

- Wall systems (masonry walls -solid wall -cavity wall -retaining wall)

95

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

WEEK

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

STAGE LABEL & DESCRIPTION

4

- Roof systems (flat roof - sloping roof - reinforced concrete roof slab - precast concrete roof system - etc...)

5

- Finishing Work 1 (plaster over masonry - plaster ceiling - gypsum board application)

6

- Finishing Work 2 (ceramic tiles details)

7

7th Week Exam

8

- Finishing Work 3 (wooden floor)

9

Types and Details for Staircases - Group research (modeling)

10

Staircases: Drawing Plans, Section and Details.

11

Types and Details for Doors & Windows.

12

Doors & Windows: Drawing Plans, Section and Details.

13

Final Portfolio Submission.

14

Revision

15

Final Exam

Note : Alteration to the above plan and timetable are possible according to the actual progress of work and assessment as monitored by the course teaching staff. Therefore, interim submission and evaluation could be required and their outcome communicated to the students to provide them with further guidance. Course Policies This course combines theoretical lectures with studio-based teaching methods. Learning the technical basics and fundamentals involves the combination of taught materials in lectures, individual research, group work and applied exercises. Work and assignments are normally scheduled and provide ongoing monitoring and evaluation of students output as well as their development in terms of knowledge and skills. Evaluation Asses No.

Type

To Assess

Start Week No.

Subm. Week No.

Subm. Date

1

Ground Floor

knowledge base

1

2

1 / 9 /17

Weighting of Asses.

25% 2

Floor Systems

Qualities and Professional Skills

2

3

08 / 9 /17

96

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

3

Wall Systems

knowledge base

3

4

22 / 9 /17

4

Roof Systems

Qualities and Professional Skills

4

5

29 / 9 /17

5

Finishing Work 1

knowledge base

5

6

06/ 10 /17

6

Finishing Work 2

6

7

13/10/17

7

7th Week Exam

Qualities and Professional Skills Total Assessment

7

7

20/ 10 /17

8

Finishing Work 3

knowledge base

7

8

27/ 10 /17

9

Types and Details for Staircases

Qualities and Professional Skills

8

9

03/ 11 /17

10

Staircases

knowledge base

9

10

10/ 11 /17

11

Types and Details for Doors & Windows

Qualities and Professional Skills

10

11

17/ 11 /17

12

12th Week Exam

Total Assessment

12

12

24 / 11 /17

13

Doors & Window

Qualities and Professional Skills

12

14

01 / 12 /17

35%

15th Week Final Exam (Oral Exam)

14

Total

40% 100%

List of References Essential Books (Textbooks):



Ching, F.D.K. ( 2008). Building Construction illustrated, 4th edition.



Ching, F.D.K. (1995). A Visual Dictionary of Architecture.

Recommended Books:

97

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

 Chudley, R., Greeno, R.(2010). Building Construction Handbook, 8th edition.

 Huth, Mark W. (2010). Understanding Construction Drawings, 5th edition. Course Instructor: Dr. Osama Omar, Dr. Masemalliano

Dean of Faculty: Prof. Dr. Ibtihal El- Bastawissi

Date: 00/00/2017

98

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

ARCH331. ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN III Course Code / Title: ARCH331. Architectural Design III Credit: 5 Instructors: Dr. Marwan Halabi, Dr. Maged Youssef, & Dr. Chadi Khoury Course Hours: 10 Studio Course Duration: 15 Weeks Academic Semester: Fall 2017/2018 Semester: 5th Module Info: Location: 3rd year studio - Floor: (B2) Time: Monday 11:00 - 16:00 + Wednesday 8:00 - 13:00

COURSE DESCRIPTION & OBJECTIVES Course Description: Design projects leading to the development of architectural concepts. Development processes of design are presented and critically evaluated, both graphically and orally. Constructivist design studio is emphasizing on structural systems. Portfolio of designs in response to specific aims comprising formal structural and universal space concept. Demonstrating theoretical and practical knowledge that will be required for architects, designers, engaged in Architectural Design and practices.  Retaining practicing skills of setting down functional relationships and efficient circulation between project elements.  Practicing principles of designing with natural and built context.  Being familiar with different structure systems  Going through the experience of integrating architectural masses with natural environment.  Solving contradiction between modern style and techniques, with local and traditional style and making the interaction and interrelationship between indoors and outdoors.  Compromising between Hi-tech and contemporary features and Local Architecture.  The course is mainly concerned with inducing and vitalizing intellectual, mental, logic thinking capabilities of students. COURSE CALENDAR/SCHEDULE

PHASE NUMBER

STAGE LABEL & DESCRIPTION

DATE OF COMPLETION & SUBMISSION

Submission of Teamwork Research Research, site analysis and programming of the first project

/9/2017

Project One: Phase 1 On Week 2

Phase 3 On Week 6

Submission of concepts + Plans, Site Plan, & 3d Model + Site analysis + Concept Study on A1 Sheets Project pre-final submission including all drawings & details (not presented) on 4 A1 Sheets (Portrait Direction)

Phase 4 On Week 7

Project Final Submission on 4 A1 sheets (Portrait Direction) Complete drawing with details + A3 Portfolio + 3d Model

Phase 2 On Week 4

/9/2017 /10/2017 /10/2017

Project Two:

99

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Phase 1 On Week 9

Submission of Teamwork Research Research, site analysis and programming of the first project

/11/2017

Phase 2 On Week 11

Submission of concepts + Plans, Site Plan, & 3d Model + Site analysis + Concept Study on A1 Sheets

/11/2017

Phase 3 On Week 13

Project pre-final submission including all drawings & details (not presented) on 4 A1 Sheets (Portrait Direction)

/12/2017

Phase 4 On Week 14

Project Final Submission on 4 A1 sheets (Portrait Direction) Complete drawing with details + A3 Portfolio + 3d Model

/12/2017

Note: Alterations to the above plan and timetable are possible according to the actual progress of work and assessment as monitored by the course teaching staff. Therefore, interim submissions and evaluation could be required and their outcome communicated to the students to provide them with further guidance. COURSE POLICIES   

Student attendance must be at least 80% of course hours Students must submit previous stages with current assignments to evaluate academic performance. Projects’ proposals that submitted without following the design process will be rejected and may let the course instructors make force-withdrawal to the student.

EVALUATION

Asses No.

Type

To Assess

Start Week No.

Subm. Week No.

Subm. Date

Weighting of Asses.

1

Research Phase: Group research & site analysis (printed sheet & oral presentation)

Observations, research capabilities, data collection, analysis and intellectual qualities

1

2

/9/2017

5%

2

Concept Phase: Plans & study model (sketches & study model)

knowledge base, intellectual abilities, critical thinking

2

4

/9/2017

5%

3

4

Pre-Final Phase: Pre-Final Submission

Final Phase: Final Submission of the 1st project

knowledge base, intellectual abilities, critical thinking & formulation capabilities, communication skills knowledge base, intellectual abilities, critical thinking & formulation capabilities,

25% 4

6

/10/2017

5%

6

7

/10/2017

10%

100

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

communication skills

5

Research Phase: Group research & site analysis (printed sheet & oral presentation)

6

Esquisse: Manual Drawings

7

Concept Phase: Plans & study model (sketches & study model)

8

Pre-Final Phase: Pre-Final Submission

9

Final Phase: Final Submission of the 2nd project

Observations, research capabilities, data collection, analysis and intellectual qualities Critical Thinking, analysis, ability on current drawing knowledge base, intellectual abilities, critical thinking knowledge base, intellectual abilities, critical thinking & formulation capabilities knowledge base, intellectual abilities, critical thinking & formulation capabilities, communication skills

8

9

/11/2017

5%

10

10

/11/2017

5%

9

11

/11/2017

5% 35%

11

13

/12/2017

5%

13

14

/12/2017

10%

Attendance

10

5%

Final and exam

Total

oral

knowledge base, intellectual abilities, critical thinking & communication skills, presentation skills

----

----

TBA

40%

40%

100%

CRITERIA OF EVALUATION

101

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

FORM & STRUCTURAL EXPRESSION COMMUNICAT ION

EVALUATION CRITERIA

FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS

CONCEPT

CONTEXT

DESCRIPTION Considering site context means that design projects respect and interact with the environmental, historical, topographical, and cultural aspects of the site. This criterion evaluates how far students' projects reflect a clear understanding of the site through: - Presenting research site analysis - Applying the building regulations - Recognizing the urban design theories - Considering site-topography in drawings - Presenting surroundings and site-landscape in all design drawings - Applying the real dimensions of the surrounded urban fabric, landscape, and routes Design concept may depend on a variety of sources; art, history, theories, science, literature, nature, technology, structure system, environment, site-interaction, extra. It can be driven from the contemporary trends of architecture. Concept should be characterized by depth, philosophy, and supported by research-evidence. This criterion evaluates how far students' projects use a clear idea which is sequentially developed through: - A design-process - A clear concept expressed by sketches, text, images, conceptual study models, reflective drawings In this module, multi-functions are simple and required to be assembled under a widespan structure system into a universal space. This criterion evaluates how far students' projects fulfil the required functions through: - Applying research data in the design proposal - Solving correctly circulation, zoning, and entrances - Considering orientation of the building according to the environmental factors - Following the required areas in the program A remarkable wide-span structure should be used in both projects. Students' projects have to: - Show a genuine structure system with new building materials - Following a structural module in span and spacing - Show how this structural system is correctly drawn in plans, sections, and if externally apparent in elevations and site plan. - Select a structure system matched with the new millennium applying the new building technologies and the new materials for the structural elements and membrane. This selection should be also based on the site context and the environmental circumstances. This criterion evaluates: - The visual, verbal, and written methods and appropriate media (including sketching, modelling, 2D & 3D drawings, digital and electronic techniques) showing an appraisal for the main design concept. - The listening skills, the body-language, the way of response to jury's comments, the correct usage of terms, and the reasonable way of presenting ideas.

TOTAL

Weig ht

10

20

20

40

10

100

LIBRARY RESOURCES & SUPPORT SERVICES (d)

Course notes: - Lectures' handouts .

(e)

Essential books (textbooks): • Neufert, E (2012) Architects Data, 4th Ed., Wiley – Blackwell, New York.

102

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

(f)

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Recommended books: (f 1) Baker, G.H. (1996) Design Strategies in Architecture, an approach to the analysis of form, 2nd edition, Van Nostrand Reinhold, New York. (f 2) -

Charleson, A. (2015) Structure as Architecture, Routledge, London.

(f 3) Ching, F.D.K., Onouye, B. and Zuberbuhler, D. (2014), Building Structures Illustrated, Wiley, New Jersey. (f 4) Clark R. and Pause, M. (2012), Precedents in Architecture: Analytic Diagrams, Formative Ideas, and Parts, 4th Edition, John Wiley and Sons, New York. (g)

General References:  Numerous articles in periodicals covering pertinent topics in most architecture periodicals, namely Architectural Review, Architectural Record, and Urban Design International.

Course Instructors: Dr. Marwan Halabi Dr. Chadi Khoury Dr. Maged Youssef Dean of Faculty Prof. Ibtihal Youssef Date: 30 / 08 / 2017

103

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

ARCH333. EXECUTION DESIGN I

Course Code / Title: ARCH 333 Execution Design I Instructors: Dr. Maged Youssef, Mr. Refaat Saad, Dr. Chadi Khouri, & Mr. Rabie Shbaro

Credit: 3

Course Hours: Lecture: 1 Tutorial: 4 Course Duration: 5 Hrs Academic Semester: Fall 2017/2018 Semester: 5th Module Info: Location: Hall of 3rd year studio at B2 Time: (Thursday) Lecture (section 1): 8:00 – 9:00 Lecture (section 2): 9:00 – 10:00 Studio: 10:00 – 14:00 COURSE DESCRIPTION & OBJECTIVES Principles of preparing a complete portfolio of working drawings. Application on building or a project initially designed by the student. Principles of producing integrated and detailed working drawings. Analysis and applications of standards, material review and selection, execution detailing and documentation.  Identify typical symbols, and expression methods & tools in Execution Design Drawings.  Going through the experience of presenting legible drawing set containing appropriate information for construction.  Managing such drawing set to make drawing and sheet referencing system and ensure details compatibility.  The course is mainly concerned with inducing and vitalizing intellectual, mental, logic assembling thinking capabilities of students concerning construction industry. COURSE CALENDAR/SCHEDULE STAGE NUMBER

1

DATE OF COMPLETION WEEK

STAGE LABEL & DESCRIPTION

AND

SUBMISSION

Week 1

In Lecture: Course introduction + General Overview In Studio: Selecting one project to be undertaken from the previous design projects submitted in ARCH292

/9/2017

Week2

In Lecture: Phase 1 (Plans) Details of Plans: Dimensions + table of finishing + table of doors & windows + (Panda) + Tones of printing + information about basement plan ( th. of walls, D.P.C., & protection wall) In Studio: Following up (Ground floor plan + First floor plan)

/9/2017

Week3

In Lecture: Continue Phase 1 (Plans) General notices on plans + information about roof plan (25% of the footprint, control room of elevators, drainage indications) In Studio:

/9/2017

104

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Following up Plans

2

3

4

Week4

In Lecture: Phase 2 (Foundations)/ Implementation Plan & (Research) Informing students with research requirements: Create teamwork groups studying: R.C. Stairs + Claddings of Elevations + Wooden Doors + Aluminium Windows + Insulation Materials + Fences + Floor Finishing Materials + Elevators + Steel Doors In Studio: Submission of plans (Basement plan + Ground floor plan + First floor plan + Roof plan) & Correcting them in details

/10/2017

Week5

In Lecture: Phase 3 (Structural Plan) / Framing Structural Slab Types of structure systems (RC structures + Steel Structures) Presentation of (plans + sections ) of each type In Studio: Submission of Implementation Plan

/10/2017

Week6

In Lecture: Phase 4 (Sections) Details of Sections: Projection + centrelines + structure + layers + D.P.C. + H.I. + dimensions, etc In Studio: Submission of Structural Plan

/10/2017

5

Week7

6

Week8

7

Week9

In Lecture: Phase 5 (Elevations) Details of Elevations: Projection + centrelines + materials + panels + dimensions, etc Assessment of 7th Week Submission of 2 Sections In Lecture: Phase 6 (Wall Sections) Details of Wall Sections: Cross reference + centrelines + th. of walls + structure + skylight + claddings + section in entrance + etc. In Studio: Submission of 2 Elevations In Lecture: Phase 7 (Details of R.C. Staircase) Details of Concrete Stairs: Cross reference + centrelines + Numbering of stairs + light of stairs + handrail + landing + etc. In Studio: Submission of 3 Wall-Sections

/10/2017

/11/2017

/11/2017

105

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

8

Week1 0

In Lecture: Phase 8 (Site Plan) Details of Site Plan: Ropier Point + Centrelines + walkways + pavement + landscape + materials + + ramps + stairs + dimensions, etc In Studio: Submission of Plans and Section of RC Staircase

9

Week1 1

The whole day in Studio: Oral Presentations of Research PowerPoint Presentation + 3d Models + Samples + Catalogues + A0 Sheet

/11/2017

10

Week1 2

The whole day in Studio: + Submission of Site Plan

/12/2017

11

Week1 3

The whole day in Studio: Pre-final submission of students’ portfolios

/12/2017

12

Week1 4

The whole day in Studio: Final submission of students’ portfolios

/12/2017

Final Oral Exam

/11/2017

TBA

Note: Alterations to the above plan and timetable are possible according to the actual progress of work and assessment as monitored by the course teaching staff. Therefore, interim submissions and evaluation could be required and their outcome communicated to the students to provide them with further guidance. COURSE POLICIES  

Student attendance must be at least 80% of course hours Students must submit corrected sheets by teaching assistants with final submissions to evaluate academic performance and assure attendance.

EVALUATION Asses no.

Type

To Assess

Start week no.

Subm. Week no.

Subm. Date

Weighting of asses.

1

Plans & schedules (CAD Drawings)

Knowledge base, intellectual qualities, professional skills Constructional skills

1

4th

/9/2017

10%

2

Implementation Foundations plan (CAD Drawings)

Knowledge base, intellectual qualities, professional skills Constructional skills

4

5th

/10/2017

5%

3

Framing Structural Slab (CAD Drawings)

Knowledge base, intellectual qualities, professional skills Constructional skills

5

6th

/10/2017

5%

4

Assessment of 7th Week Submission of (2 Sections)

Knowledge base, intellectual qualities, professional skills Constructional skills

6th

7th

/10/2017

5%

25%

106

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

5

Elevations (CAD Drawings)

Knowledge base, intellectual qualities, professional skills Constructional skills

7th

8th

/10/2017

4%

6

Wall-Sections (CAD Drawings)

Knowledge base, intellectual qualities, professional skills Constructional skills

8th

9th

/11/2017

4%

7

RC staircase (CAD Drawings)

Knowledge base, intellectual qualities, professional skills Constructional skills

9th

10th

/11/2017

4%

8

Research Presentation

Knowledge base, intellectual qualities, professional skills Constructional skills

4th

11th

/11/2017

4%

9

Site Plan (CAD Drawings)

Knowledge base, intellectual qualities, professional skills Constructional skills

10th

12th

/11/2017

4%

12

Pre final portfolio

student

Knowledge base, intellectual qualities, professional skills Constructional skills

12th

13th

/12/2017

---

13

Final portfolio

student

Knowledge base, intellectual qualities, professional skills Constructional skills

13th

14th

/12/2017

10%

14

Attendance

15

Final oral Exam TOTAL:

35%

5% TBA

40%

40%

100%

CRITERIA OF EVALUATION 1-

EXECUTION DESIGN STANDARDS 30 Execution Design Standards are the basic principles, regulations, and norms of the execution drawings. These standards include the following items: - Symbols & legend - Axes - Structural module - Design module - Thickness of walls - Doors and windows - Levels - Dimensions - Description and annotation - Schedule of finishing materials - Schedule of doors and windows

107

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

This criterion evaluates how far students' projects were applied correctly these standards. 2-

DESIGN, FUNCTIONS, & SERVICE REQUIREMENTS 15 In the Fall Semester of the 3rd year level, students work on one of the two 'design projects' that submitted in 'Architectural Design II' Arch 292. This project includes simple functions in limited areas & one distinguished bigger space. This criterion evaluates how far students' projects fulfil the required functions through: - Reflecting data analysed in lectures, research, & self-base learning site-experience - Applying this data in the drawings - Solving design problems correctly - (zoning, entrances, extra) - Solving vertical & horizontal circulation - Solving service-spaces such as; WC, fire-escape-staircase, mechanical rooms, electrical rooms, ramps, and parking lots, extra

3-

STRUCTURE SYSTEM 15 This criterion evaluates how far students' projects consider the following points: - Organization & modularity of the structure systems - Drawing the structural elements & supports correctly in plans & sections - according to the chosen system - The correct selection of the slab system - according to its dimension - Emphasize on using RC walls in both of elevators' core & staircase

4-

COMBINATION OF MATERIALS AND LAYERS 20 One of the most important aims of this course is to teach student how to combine materials together organizing them into valid layers. This criterion evaluates the following points: - Selecting suitable materials for the structure system, the slab system, walls, finishing, openings, & landscape elements - Drawing layers correctly in each floor (basement, ground, first, & roof) - Considering isolation materials of H.I. & D.P.C. in (basement, roof, WC slabs) - Considering the correct projection of the cladding panels in all drawings (plans, sections, elevations, & wall-sections)

5-

COMMUNICATION20 All execution drawings are generated using CAD or REVIT software programs. They are organized in A1 size sheets, documented in A1 portfolio. Communication criteria evaluate how far students' projects include the following items: - The 2D accurate execution drawings - Clarity of layers - Full information & annotation - Legend, text, & details - Graphic skills - Verbal & listening skills - Body language of student - Way of response to jury's comments - Correct use of terms TOTAL 100 LIBRARY RESOURCES & SUPPORT SERVICES (h) (i) (j)  (k) 

Course notes: Lectures' handouts. Essential books (textbook): Styles, Keith & Richard, Andrew. (2005). Working Drawings Handbook. Amsterdam: Elsevier. Recommended books: A range of Architectural Details and Standards textbooks and references cover the principal topics and issues addressed in the course of Execution Design. Course Instructors: Dean of Faculty Dr. Maged Youssef, Prof. Ibtihal Youssef

108

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Dr. Chadi Khouri Mr. Refaat Saad Mr. Rabie Shbaro Date: 30 / 8 / 2017

109

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

ARCH335- HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE III

BASIC INFORMATION Course Title: History of Architecture III Code: ARCH 335 Hours Lecture: 2 Prerequisites: ARCH135 – ARCH235 Academic Year / Level: 5th or Intermediate Level Specialization: Architectural Engineering

Tutorial: -Year: 2017/2018

Credit: 2 Term: Fall

3-

COURSE DESCRIPTION AND OVERALL AIMS: In this course, students are to examine the visual culture of the Islamic world. The course provides the student with wide vocabulary of concepts concerning visual expression in Islamic different traditions. This is to take place through an overview of some major Islamic monuments in a number of regions of the Islamic world. Building construction technology and its functional criteria are to be identified. Hence the structure functional purpose highly affects its shape i.e. a domestic structure would be totally different in form and shape from or a structure that is to be created for specific religious purpose, such as a mosque and or a tomb; all were being covered in chronological sequence. At the end, this course presents an overview of contemporary trends in mosque design. The course aims to provide students with the specialist knowledge in History of Architecture, necessary for an architectural-engineering carrier. Within this overall aim, the course strives to enable students to:  Understand analytical, developmental, and technical principles that relate to History of Architecture.



Demonstrate a systematic understanding of the economic, environmental, political, social and technological influences which relate to the History of Architecture



Demonstrate an ability to initiate and sustain in-depth research relevant to History of Architecture



Have an opportunity to put theory into practice.

4-

INTENDED LEARNING OUTCOMES OF THE COURSE (ILO):

(i)

Through knowledge and understanding, students will be able to:

A1 A2

Recognize the theories of urban design and the planning of communities. Identify the needs and aspirations of building users; the impact of buildings on the environment and the way in which buildings fit into their local context. Through intellectual skills, students will be able to:

(j)

B1 Evaluate evidence, arguments and assumptions in order to make and present sound judgments within a structured discourse relating to architectural culture, theory and design. (k) Through professional and practical skills, students will be able to: C1

Generate design proposals using understanding of a body of knowledge, some at the current

boundaries of professional practice and the academic discipline of architecture. (l)

Through general and transferable skills, students will be able to:

D2

Work in teams and manage teamwork.

D3

Apply

a range of communication methods and media to present proposals and research clearly and

effectively.

5-

COURSE OUTLINE:

110

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Week No. 1

Influences and characters of Islamic architecture- Mosque Typology

Week No. 2

The architecture of The Umayyads

Week No. 3

The architecture of The Abbasids and the Tulunids

Week No. 4

The architecture of The Fatimids

Week No. 5

The architecture of The Ayyubids

Week No. 6

7th Week assessment

Week No. 7

The architecture of The Mamalukes

Week No. 8

The architecture of The Mamalukes

Week No. 9

The architecture of The Ottomans

Week No. 10

Domestic Architecture (private house) + project work

Week No. 11

Domestic Architecture (private house) + project work.

Week No. 12

Contemporary Examples in Domestic/ religious Architecture (Identity).

Week No. 13

Wrap up the course.

Week No. 14

Final submissions and presentations

4- TEACHING AND LEARNING METHODS: The course is delivered through lectures, directed reading, videos, computer assisted learning, case studies, research and a project.

5-

STUDENT ASSESSMENT METHODS, SCHEDULE AND GRADING:

ASSES NO. 1 2 3 4

TYPE 7th Week Exam Group assignment (Project) Individual assignment

TO ASSESS

START WEEK NO.

Research Presentation

1

Wearable Architecture project

8

Class Performance / Attendance

Final Exam

(l)

7 12/13

SUBM. DATE

WEIGHTING OF ASSES.

W7

30%

W 14

25%

W 14

5%

60%

40% Total

6-

SUBM. WEEK NO.

100%

100%

LIST OF REFERENCES: Course Notes:

The handouts of the lectures. (m) Essential Books (Textbooks):

(n)

Hillenbrand, Robert. (1994) ISLAMIC ARCHITECTURE. Edinburgh University Press, BPC Hazell Books Ltd, Aylesburg, Great Britain. ISBN 0-74-86-0479-0 Recommended Books:

111

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

(o)

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

• Frishman, Martin and Khan, Hasan-Uddin. (1994). THE MOSQUE. Thames and Hudson Ltd, London. ISBN 0-500-34133-8 • Barrucand, Marianne and Bednorz Achin.(1992). MOORISH ARCHITECTURE, Benedikt Taschen Verlag. ISBN 3-8228-9632-2 • Musgrove, John. (1987). A HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE. Butturworths, London. ISBN 0-408-01587-X A number of useful websites o http://www.islamicarchitecture.org/education o http://www.greatbuildings.com/

Course Instructor: Assoc.Prof. Nader Azab Date: 1/9/2016

Dean of Faculty: Prof. Ibtehal Youssef

112

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

ARCH338. City and Town Planning Course Title: City and Town Planning Code: ARCH338 Instructor: Prof. Ayman Afify – Assoc. Prof. Nader Azab Hours: 03 Lecture: 01 Tutorial: 02 Prerequisites: None Academic Year / Level: 2017/2018 - Level 3 Year: 2017/2018 -Term1 Mandatory Course/Intermediate Level Specialization: Architectural Engineering Time: Monday 08:00 – 11:00 Location: Level 3 Studio Friday 13:00 – 15:50

Credit: 02 Semester: 05

Course Description and Objectives The course gives a brief review on the definition, types and levels of planning. It offers an overview of the evolution of early civilizations (Old Egyptian and Mesopotamia cities). It also explains the Industrial Evolution and focuses on the urban features that were followed by this evolution. The course also explains the garden city movement initiated by Ebenezer Howard, and clarifies the neighborhood-planning concept. It provides an overview of Town Planning theories, practices and ideas, definitions, objectives and levels of Planning. It also identifies the origins and evolution of historical and contemporary ideas underlining planning practice in its various forms. Relevant topics: land use, housing, human settlements and urban environments. Current challenges and concerns of urban development or planning, aspects of the urban planning profession. Learning Activities The course is performed through a set of lectures, case studies and research-based teaching materials, besides other methods including coursework assignments, projects, and researches. Course Outline The course addresses the following topics:  Definition of Planning.  Types and Levels of Planning.  History and theory of Planning (1-5).  Modern Theories of Planning (1-2).  Housing - Neighborhood Planning  Urban Revolution and its influence on housing. WEEK 1 2 3 4 5 6

STAGE LABEL & DESCRIPTION Introduction to the course, structure, assignments, and advising. (Definition of Planning - Types and Levels of Planning) History of Planning -1 Early Civilization - Urban Planning in Ancient Egypt History of Planning -2 History of Planning -3 History of Planning -4 Early 20th century planning practices.

113

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

7

Mid-Term Assessment.

8

Modern Theories of Urban Planning General Planning & Urban Development

9

Neighborhood Planning

10

Urban Revolution and its influence on the housing & human settlements

11

Urban Land Use/ Project Monitoring and Review

12

12th Week Evaluation

13

Sustainability and urban planning.

14

Project Evaluation and discussion

Evaluation Type

To Assess

Start Week No.

Subm. Week No.

Submission Date

1

Group Research

Student Participation to assess intellectual skills Standard Map Visualization

1

3

W3

10%

2

7th Week Exam

Course Understanding

7

7

W7

10%

3

Group Research

3

7

W7

10%

4

Group Research

7

11

W 11

10%

5

12th Week Evaluation

Course Understanding

12

12

W 12

10%

6

Group Research

Phase 3: Researches Evaluation and discussion

12

14

W 14

20%

Asses No.

Final Exam

Phase 1: Researches Evaluation and discussion (01st week : 08th week) Phase 2: Researches Evaluation and discussion (8th week : 14th week)

Course and Research Understanding Total

Weighting of Asses.

30 %

40 %

70%

30%

30%

100%

100%

114

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

List of References: (p) Course notes: Lectures' handouts (q) Recommended books:

Mumford, Lewis (1961). The city in History: Its Origin, its Transformations, and its Prospects, New York: Harcourt Inc.

Howard, E. (1965). Garden Cities of Tomorrow. Intro. by Lewis Mumford. Cambridge, Massachusetts: The MIT Press.

Le Corbusier, K. (1929). The City of Tomorrow, J.Rodker

Hall, G. (1996). Cities of Tomorrow: An Intellectual History of Urban Planning and Design in the Twentieth Century.

Gallion, Arthur B. The Urban Pattern Course Instructor: Prof./ Ayman Afify Associate Prof. Nader Azab

Dean of Faculty Prof. Dr. Ibtihal El- Bastawissi

115

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

ARCH431. ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN V Course Code / Title: ARCH431 Architectural Design V

Credits: 5

Course Hours: 10 Hours/Week

Course Duration: 16 Weeks

th

Academic Semester: 7-

Semester: Fall 2017/2018

Module Info: Mandatory Course (00hr. Lecture, 10 hrs. Studio) Location: Level 4 Studio – Basement 2

Time:

Mon 11:00-16:00 & Wed 8:00-13:00

COURSE DESCRIPTION &OBJECTIVES 

The intention of the Fourth Year Design Studio is to be a critical step in the design student’s development of design awareness, understanding, and ability. This studio will prepare the student for an expansion of these principles to prepare for the Fifth year and penultimate design studio.



While the major portion of the studio time will be spent in the patient search for solutions to architectural design problems, an important component of the work will involve looking into the nature of Architecture, to seek a deeper meaning by way of investigation and criticism. The balance between theoretical and practical aspects of our task will encourage the student to become more thoughtful in their day-to-day work. The student will explore theoretical design issues as well as comprehensive problem solving exercises, addressing a wide range of architectural issues from broadest contextual elements to more detailed technological components.



The role of the faculty is to assist the student in constructing a conceptual framework for design within which to develop their design decisions. The question becomes, what do you value in architecture, and why? The objectives of this course, then, are to explore, evaluate, interpret and communicate the design process, to develop critical thinking, concept generation, transformation and development as a basis for architecture, and to explore the inter-relationship between premise, process, and product.



The design studio projects is structured to enable the student to comprehend the integral relationship between site analysis and design methods, history and theory; program and site; and building technology and environmental sustainability. Individual instructors emphasize different knowledge areas among these based on their own experiences, the specifics of the design problem at hand, and the interests and abilities of individual students.



The student’s “design process” is assumed to be at the intermediate stage where analysis, synthesis, alternative design selection, and scheme development are thoroughly researched and communicated.



Students are expected to have developed knowledge and skills in: site and contextual analysis; researching and understanding the use of building precedents; developing a design concept and the use of digital modeling and representational software; creating physical sketch and presentation models; fundamental sustainable design principles; sketching design ideas; structural system and material selection; essential orthographic and perspective architectural representations; and graphic design and verbal presentation.

Note: Alterations to the above plan and timetable are possible according to the actual progress of work and assessment as monitored by the course teaching staff. Therefore, interim submissions and evaluation could be required and their outcome communicated to the students to provide them with further guidance.

116

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

COURSE POLICIES DESIGN CRITIQUES Critiques are the essential format for architectural education and project development. They are the means by which faculty and student discuss and develop a project together. This is a two-way communication, and is only made possible through the student’s responsibility to be prepared with drawings, models, ideas, and questions for discussion each day of studio. PORTFOLIO AND DOCUMENTATION OF DESIGN WORK It is essential for architectural students, like architectural professionals, to thoroughly document and reproduce their work. It is the nature of architectural design work that reproduced images of work are critical to presentation. Reproduction creates backups of drawings and physical models that may eventually be lost or damaged. Students are therefore required to document all studio work in an A3 format. Digital copies of design work are also required after each final project presentation. Proper documentation does not include only images. It also includes preliminary design sketches, concise written descriptions of the design problem; and a basic description of the design proposal or solution. ATTENDANCE POLICY Faculty work proceeds at such a pace that regular attendance is necessary for each student to obtain maximum benefits for instruction. Regular and punctual attendance at all class and studio sessions is a student obligation, and each student is responsible for all the work, including tests and written work, in all class and studio sessions. If a student plan to be away from the studio and are working on project related matters, first notify your studio instructors to discuss the nature of the absence. Three unexcused absences will result in being withdrawn with failure (WF) from the class PLAGIARISM VS., ACCEPTED AND ETHICAL WAYS OF CITING SOURCES Although the issue of plagiarism is more commonly associated with written assignments, issues of plagiarism also apply in design work. Plagiarism “includes the intentional or unintentional copying of language, structure, or ideas of another and attributing the work to one’s own efforts.” In written work, plagiarism is considered the failure to acknowledge references and sources. Similarly, in studio work, two examples of plagiarism are the unacknowledged use or abuse of precedents, and the reproduction and use of images without acknowledging their sources. In case of plagiarism, student will be withdrawn with failure (WF) from the course. COURSE CALENDAR /EVALUATION

Weeks

Stages & Description

1

First Project.

MARKS

Group work research Submission of the Research (Group Work);

2

2.5

Submission of the Research (Individual Work); Stage1: Preliminary Design Ideas & Initial Concepts – Study Model,

3

(Evaluation of Stage 1) Submission First Sketch

2.5

4 Stage 2: General layout: Initial Planning, Circulation & Zoning

5

First Project

Interpretation of Ideas, Detailed Architectural Drawings Evaluation of Stage 2 Pre Final submission

5

Stage 3: Elaboration of Design & Complete Drawings

117

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

6

7

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Evaluation. Final Submission (A1 & A2 Sheets, Ppt., CD.)

15

Second Project. MT Exam

10

Submission of the Research (Group Work);

2.5

Submission of the Research (Individual Work);

9 Stage1: Preliminary Design Ideas & Initial Concepts - Layout & Site Plan – Study Model, Parking & Green Spaces, and Main Entrances & Evaluation of preliminary concepts

10 (Evaluation of Stage 1) Submission First Sketch

2.5

11 Stage 2: General layout: Initial Planning, Circulation & Zoning Interpretation of Ideas, Detailed Architectural Drawings

12 13

14

Second Project

Evaluation of Stage 2) Pre Final submission

5

Stage 3: Elaboration of Design & Complete Drawings

Evaluation. Final Submission (A1 & A2 Sheets, Ppt., CD.)

15

118

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

LIBRARY RESOURCES & SUPPORT SERVICES Course Notes:  Lectures' hand-outs. Essential Books (Textbooks):  Bassler, B. (ed.) (2008) Architectural Graphic Standards: Student Edition, 11th ed. New York: John Wiley and Sons, Inc.



De Chiara, J. and Hancock Callender, J. (eds) (2001) Time-Saver Standards for Building Types, 4th ed., New York.: McGraw-Hill Book Company.



Watson, D. & Crosbie, M. (2005) Time-Saver Standards for Architectural Design: Technical Data for Professional Practice, 8th ed., New York: McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

Recommended Books:  Sassi, P. (2006) Strategies for Sustainable Architecture, New York: Taylor & Francis.



Williamson, T, A. Radford and H. Bennetts (2003) Understanding Sustainable Architecture, London: Spon Press.



Katy Lee, Liu Kecheng (2013). Museums, Design Media Publishing Limited,. ISBN 978-988-15662-5-6



Arthur GAO. Thematic Museums: Design Media Publishing Limited, 2012. ISBN 978-988-15450-3-9



Chris Van Uffelen. Contemporary Museums: Braun Publishing AG, 2011. ISBN 978-3-03768-067-4



Philip Jodido. — Koln, ( 2011) Architecture Now ! Museums; ISBN 978-3-8365-1224-4



Michael J. Crosbie. — Mulgrave (2003) Designing the World 's Best Museums and Art Galleries : The Images Publishing Group Pty Ltd,. ISBN 1-86470-072-6



Hongkong Polytechnic (2013), Awaken II. Vol. 1 : Green Office Building / International Publishing Co. Ltd. — China : Dalian University of Technology Press,. ISBN 978-7-5611-7401-2



Detail Now. I : Curtain Wall Office Building. — Seoul : CA Press, 2008. ISBN 978-89-7748-319-4



I Jeong and Ji-Song. Modern Architecture. Vol. 06 : Office Building / Korea : CA Press Co., Ltd., 2003. ISBN 897748-085-X



Han Ji-su, Won Yu-hee, Ra Hye-ju, Ban Jung-eun. (2013) I. Small Building : Commercial Facilities, Neighbourhood Facilities, Other Facilities, Seoul : Archiworld Co., Ltd., []. ISBN 978-89-5770-473-8

General References:



Periodicals, Websites, etc.

Dean of Faculty: Prof. lbtihal El-Bastiwissi Date: 01 / 09 / 2017

119

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

ARCH433. Execution Design III

Course Code / Title: ARCH433. Execution Design III Credits: 3 Instructors: Dr. Kareem Galal Arch. Abdel Razzak Balaa Arch. Ashraf Saade Arch. Bassam Ali Hasan Arch. Daoud Badran Course Hours: 5 Hours/Week Course Duration: 15 Weeks Academic Semester: 7th Semester: Fall 2017/2018 Module Info: Mandatory Course (1 hr. Lecture, 4 hrs. Studio) Location: Fourth Year Studio – Floor 1 Time: Thursday 08:00 to 09:50

10:00 Course Description & Objectives

Development and preparation of complete sets of tender drawings for a building initially designed in ARCH332. Preparation of electro-mechanical working drawings (sanitary, lighting, power supply, and HVAC). Advanced study, analysis and interpretation of composite processes, techniques and treatments. The course aims to provide students with the professional knowledge necessary for engineering carrier in Execution Design. With this overall aim, the course strives to enable students to:  Demonstrate theoretical knowledge and have practical skills and personal attributes and competencies that will be required for architectural design position in the international Execution Design industry.  Understand analytical, developmental, legal, managerial and technical principles that relate to Execution Design. 

Develop the academic abilities and personal characteristics required to solve problems relevant to Execution Design and critically assess relevant aspects of the industry.



Demonstrate a systematic understanding of the economic, environmental, political, social and technological influences which relate to the Execution Design field.



Demonstrate an ability to initiate and sustain in-depth research relevant to Execution Design.



Have an opportunity to put theory into practice via work-based learning.

120

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Course Calendar / Schedule STAGE NUMBER

DATE OF COMPLETION AND SUBMISSION

STAGE LABEL & DESCRIPTION

1

Design aspects- structure systems

22/09/2017

2

Plumping (Drainage/Water Supply)

20/10/2017

3

Midterm Exam

20/10/2017

4

Electricity

03/11/2017

5

HVAC

17/11/2017

6

Fire Fighting and Detection

24/11/2017

7

Project Revision- Final Submission

08/12/2017

8

Final Exam - Oral Examination

As Scheduled

Note: Alterations to the above plan and timetable are possible according to the actual progress of work and assessment as monitored by the course teaching staff. Therefore, interim submissions and evaluation could be required and their outcome communicated to the students to provide them with further guidance. Course Policies The course is delivered through lectures, tutorials, site visits, seminars, directed reading, videos, computer assisted learning, research-based teaching materials and methods, problem-based learning scenarios including coursework assignments, projects, workshops. Exposure to the Execution Design environment and related projects are an important aspect of the teaching and learning methods. General Policies:  Students should respect the general instructions given by the course staff.  Attendance percentage should be above 80%, otherwise attendance warnings would be issued.  Avoid plagiarism, the penalty of a plagiarism is cancelling your project / assignment.  The lecture starts from 14:00 to 14:50 and the studio work starts from 08:00 to 11:50 on Friday. Course Policies:  Each student should create an A1 portfolio contains: Final Project and the Weekly submissions.  Each student should create an A4 portfolio contains: Course outline: (Lecture Titles, list of references, and Assignments Titles) - Research briefs – Researches – Reports.  Each student should attend the theoretical and analytical lectures which help him in class and home work.  Training students for continuous learning by provide each lecture’s slide with references.  Each student should make a report for the site visit to evaluate understanding which completes the theoretical information taken in lectures, and present the real construction application for students. Evaluation

ASSES NO.

TYPE

1

Design aspectsstructure systems

2

Plumping (Water Supply)

2

Plumping (Drainage)

TO ASSESS intellectual qualities and professional skills intellectual qualities and professional skills intellectual qualities and

START WEEK NO.

SUBM. WEEK NO.

SUBM. DATE

1

3

22/09/2017

05.0%

3

5

06/10/2017

05.0%

5

7

20/10/2017

05.0%

WEIGHTING OF ASSES.

60%

121

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

ASSES NO.

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

TYPE

3

Midterm Exam

4

Electricity

5

HVAC

6

Fire Fighting and Detection

7

Project RevisionFinal Submission Final Exam -Oral Examination-

8

TO ASSESS professional skills intellectual qualities and professional skills intellectual qualities and professional skills knowledge base and intellectual qualities intellectual qualities and professional skills intellectual qualities and professional skills knowledge base, professional skills and transferable skills Total

START WEEK NO.

SUBM. WEEK NO.

SUBM. DATE

7

7

20/10/2017

10.0%

7

9

03/11/2017

07.5%

9

11

17/12/2017

07.5%

11

13

08/12/2017

07.5%

13

14

15/12/2017

12.5%

16

16

As Scheduled

40.0%

WEIGHTING OF ASSES.

40%

100%

Library Resources & Support Services Course notes: Lectures' handouts. Essential books (textbooks):  CHING Francis D.K., Building Construction Illustrated-4th Edition, Van Nostrand Reinhold, New York 2008.  Chudley R. andGreeno R., BUILDING CONSTRUCTION HANDBOOK 8th Edition, Elsevier, Great Britain, 2008.  Grondzik, W. T., Kwok, A. G., Stein, B. & Reynolds, J. S. (2010). Mechanical and Electrical Equipment for Buildings-9th Edition, New Jersey: John Wiley & Sons, Inc. Recommended books:  Addington M. & Schodek D. L. (2004). Smart Materials and Technologies in Architecture. Architectural Press. 

Bell V. B. & Rand P. (2006). Materials for Architectural Design. Laurence King.



Blanc A. (1994). Internal Components (Mitchell’s Building Series). Longman, UK.



Bouchlaghem, D. (2006). Teaching and Learning Building Design and Construction. London : Earthscan.



Ching Francis D. K.(2001) A Visual Dictionary of Architecture.



Compagno, Andrea (1999). Intelligent glass facades, material practice design. Birkhauser publishers, Berlin Germany.



Deplazes A. (2008). Constructing Architecture: Materials, Processes, Structures. 2nd Extended edition, Birkhauser Verlag AG.



Dernie D. (2003 or latest edition). New Stone Architecture. McGraw Hill Higher Education.



Fleming. E. (2005). Construction Technology : An Illustrated. Oxford : Blackwell Publishing Ltd.

122

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018



Foster J. S. & Harington R. (2007). Mitchell’s Structure & Fabric – Part2, 7th Edition (Mitchell’s series), Prentice Hall, UK.



Mcevoy M. (1994 or latest edition), Mitchell’s External Components (Mitchell’s series), Longman, UK.



Ramsey C. G. & Hoke, J. R. (2007). Architectural Graphic Standards. 11th Edition, John, Willey and Sons Inc., USA.



Ritter A. (2006). Smart Materials in Architecture, Interior Architecture and Design: Types, Products, Architecture. Birkhäuser GmbH.



Schittich C. (2007). Glass Construction Manual (Construction Manuals series). Birkhäuser GmbH.



Schulitz H. C. and Sobek W. (2000 or latest edition). Steel Construction Manual (Construction Manuals Series). Birkhauser Verlag AG.

Magazines: 

Detail Magazine Architecture.

Websites:

 http://products.construction.com/

123

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

ARCH 435. Urban Design

Course Code / Title: ARCH435 - Urban Design

Credits: 2

Course Hours: 4 Hours/Week

Course Duration: 14 Weeks

Academic Semester: 5th

Semester: Spring 2017/2018

Module Info: Mandatory Course (2 hr Lecture, 2h Studio) Location: Auditorium A209 and 4th year Studio Time:

Section1:

Lecture: Studio: Fri

Fri 10:00 to 12:00

Course Description & Overall Aims

The aim of this course is to promote students learning the theory, planning method, problem solving of urban design, and to recognize the aesthetics and human scale of urban context. Its academic objective is to bridge the gap between architecture and urbanism.

Learning Activities

The course is delivered through lectures, seminars, case studies and research-based teaching materials and methods including coursework assignments, projects, and researches. Course Outline

The course offers a brief review on the comprehensive planning process steps. It also explains the main elements that construct the mental image of the city. The course describes the urban form of the city and clarifies its environmental image. It distinguishes the contrast between the city (urban) and nature (rural), identifies the routes of movement and the city’s district, and focuses on the urban spaces characteristics. WEEK

STAGE LABEL & DESCRIPTION 1

Introduction to the course

2

Comprehensive Planning Process Steps

3

Definition and Levels of Planning

4

Elements that construct the mental image of a city

5

The image of the city and its urban form

6

The City’s Mental Image (Environmental Image)

7

6th Week Exam

8

City and Nature

9

Routes of movement

10

City’s district

NOTES

124

08:00

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

11

Scale in urban design

12

Urban Spaces

13

Group Research : Case Study Presentation and Evaluation

14

Group Research : Case Study Presentation and Evaluation

Evaluation

Attendance Policy Attendance is mandatory. Tardiness is not acceptable. In the case that you do miss the class, you are still responsible for all material covered. Asses No.

Type

To Assess

Start Week No.

Subm. Week No.

1

Individual participation

Student Participation to assess intellectual skills

1

7

5%

2

7

10%

Course Understanding

6

6

15%

Student Participation to assess intellectual skills

8

13

5%

2 3

Group Research 6th Week Exam

4

Individual participation

5

Group Research

8

12

6

Group Research

8

14

7

Final Exam

Subm. Date

Weighting of Asses.

20%

30%

40%

70%

15%

Course and Research Understanding Total

30%

30%

100%

100%

List Of References (r) (s)

Course notes: Lectures' handouts Essential books (textbooks):



Lynch, K. (1960). The image of the city, Cambridge MA.: MIT Press.



Mumford, L. (1961). The city in History: Its Origin, Its Transformations, and its prospects, New York: Harcourt Inc.



Fyfe, N. (1998). Images of the street: Planning, Identity, and Control in public space, New York: Routledge.

(t)

Recommended books:



Carmona, M. (2003). Public Places Urban spaces. 3rd ed. Oxford: Architectural Press.



Evans, H. (1972). New Towns: The British Experience, London: Charles Knight and Co. Ltd.



Howard, E. (1942). Garden City of To-Morrow, London: Faber and Faber.

125

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

 (u)

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Osborn, F., Mumford, L. and Whittick A. (1963). The New Towns: The answer to Megalopolis, New York: Mc Graw-Hill. General References:



www.urban-age.net



www.newurbanism.org



SAGE Journal in Urban Studies and Urban Planning



Japan Architect (JA)

Course Instructor: Dr. Said Jazairi

Dean of Faculty Prof. Ibtihal El-Bastawissi

Date: 04 / 09 /2016

126

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

ARCH 437 – PROJECT MANAGEMENT Basic Information Course Title: Code:

Project Management

ARCH437

Hours:2

Lecture:2

Tutorial: N/A

Credit: 2

Year: 2017-2018

Term: Fall

Prerequisites: Academic Year / Level: 2017 - 2018 / Level 4 Specialization: Architecture Location: Course Objectives 

General knowledge pertinent to the Project Management principles.



Theoretical background related to Project Management knowledge areas.



Role, characteristics and interpersonal skills of the Project Manager.



Project Manager Duties and Responsibilities.



Key aspects of the Project Management Context.



Organizational influence on the Project Management Processes.



Project live cycle and stakeholders for the design consultancy services projects as well as the construction supervision consultancy services projects.



Technical and analytical principles related to value engineering process and how to be incorporated within the project live cycle phases and processes.



Project Management constrains (Quality versus Scope, Cost, and Time).

Learning Activities The course is delivered through lectures, seminars, directed reading, videos and computer assisted learning. However, and while participating to the course, students will be required to attend PowerPoint lectures covering the theoretical part. Students will be divided into groups and asked to submit a research covering a subject related to the course content, and present their work in group seminars, making sure that the student has covered the mentioned learning activities. Course Outline Being registered in this course, Students will acquire the knowledge pertinent to the Project Management principles and the theoretical background related to Project Management Knowledge Areas. WEEK

STAGE LABEL & DESCRIPTION

1

Course Introduction – Course Outlines

2

Project Management Overview

3

Project Live Cycle and Organization Part “A”

127

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

4

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Project Live Cycle and Organization Part “B” Project Management Processes

5 Project Integration /Scope / Time Management 6 7th Week Exam 7 Project Cost / Quality / Human Resources Management 8 Project Communication / Risk / Procurement Management 9 Project Management for Design Consultancy Projects 10 11

Project Management for Construction Supervision Projects

12

12th Week Assessment

13

Introduction to Value Engineering

14

14th Week Assessment

Evaluation: Asses No.

1

Type

To Assess

Quiz

Students understanding of Project Manager Knowledge area and the relevant processes (1st week : 7th week)

Start Week No.

Subm. Week No.

Subm. Date

Weighting of Asses.

30%

th

2

3

4 5 6

7 Week Exam/Total assessment

Total Assessment

7

7 60%

12th Week /assessment

Research preparation

Individual and group assignments 15th Week /assessment

Research Presentation (Value engineering) (11th week : 14th week)

12

13

Total Assessment

14

14

Final Exam

Total Assessment

8

12 20%

10% TBD

Total

40%

40%

100%

100 %

128

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

List of References: A Guide to The Project Management Body of Knowledge (PMBOK GUIDE), (5th Edition). Project Management Institute PMI. 2013 Dale H. Besterfield, Carol Besterfield-Michna, Glen H. Besterfeild, Mary Besterfield-Sacre (2003) Total Quality Management , Pearson Education, Inc, new Jersey. ISBN, 0-13-099306-9 Lock , Dennis (1994) Project Mana1gement (5th Edition). USA, Gower Publishing Company Limited. ISBN 0566-07340-4 Harrison F.L (1992) Advanced Project Management (a Structural Approach). England, Gower Publishing Company Limited. ISBN 0-566-07340-4 James J.O’Brien, CPM in Construction Management, (4th Edition). McGraw-Hill New York, 1993 Course Instructor: Arch. Khaled Sadek

Dean of Faculty Prof. Ibtihal Y. El-Bastawissi

Date: 15/09/2017

129

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

ASRCH534 – Graduation Thesis

Course Title: Graduation Thesis Code: ARCH534 Hours: 3 Lecture: 1 Prerequisites: -------Academic Year / Level: Fifth Specialization: Architecture - Design & Built Environment Place: Lecture Hall A210 - Floor: B-1 Time: Friday 1.00 pm to 4.00 pm

Tutorial: 2

Credit: 2

Year: 2017/2018

Term: Fall

Course Objectives The course objectives are to:  Gain a better understanding of the common language used in the Architectural/Planning profession.

 Develop students' communication skills with themselves.  Develop design work and to communicate to others in a professional context.  Develop methods of representation that underpin a more personal approach to design.  Develop student understanding of Architecture and to portray own ideas in written/oral form.  Develop the ability to read, write and draw the level of confidence required to initiate a design project;  Direct student ideas and knowledge for the betterment of communities and society at large. Learning Activities The course learning activity is to prepare a dissertation of 10,000 words in which student has to:  State clearly problem and associated research questions arising, including both descriptive and exploratory questions.

 Conduct literature review of the research topic.  Develop a well-organized content in clear sections and paragraphs, allowing a logical flow of reasoning and development of ideas.

Course Outline This module provides the student with an opportunity to investigate a specific topic within the realm of architecture (history and theory, technology, environment, architectural design, etc). The student will undertake sustained and in-depth research and present a coherently argued, fully referenced and appropriately illustrated piece of academic writing not less than 10,000 words in length. The module will develop research methods relevant to writing a dissertation, and student's intellectual curiosity and critical thinking relating to the dissertation topic. WEEK 1

STAGE & DESCRIPTION Course Introduction (Description of the whole course content, course objectives and Definition of keywords).

130

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Thesis Structure (Titles, Abstract, Introduction ,Material and methods ,Theory/calculation ,Results ,Discussion ,Conclusions, Appendices, References, Appendices, Acronyms and Abbreviations) Thesis Structure … (contd.) Titles, Abstract, Introduction ,Material and methods ,Theory/calculation ,Results ,Discussion ,Conclusions, Appendices, References, Appendices, Acronyms and Abbreviations) Assigned Thesis Topic and Outline: Student Oral Presentation of the research Introduction Chapter which includes research problem, Hypothesis and thesis Structure. Time Management in Thesis Writing (Effective use of research time, practice time management and set deadlines for each research phase) Rules in Academic Writing (Paraphrasing, use of first person, gender sensitive language, footnotes, text format, cohesion words, things to avoid in academic writing) Referencing (What is referencing, why referencing is importance, how to reference – in text reference and list of reference, referencing styles – Harvard, APA, Oxford)

2

3

4

5

6

7th Week Submission

7

Monitoring: 1st Draft of Introduction: Student Oral Presentation of the research Introductive part including research problem, Hypothesis and thesis Structure How to summarize an article and write argumentation (application of paraphrasing and critical thinking) Monitoring: 2nd Draft of Body Text: Student Oral Presentation of the research body text Monitoring: 3rd Draft of Body Text: Student Oral Presentation of the research body text

8 9 10 11 12

Thesis Pre-Final Draft Submission

13

Developed Thesis Final Draft

14

Thesis Final Submission

TBA

Thesis Oral Discussion Jury

Evaluation: Asses No.

Type

To Assess

Start Week No.

Subm. Week No.

1

Research Topic Outline introduction ,Material and methods Homework assignment

Ability to select Research Topic and Develop Thesis Outline

1

3

,Research Proposal Homework assignment

General Knowledge about selected research topic and his/her ability to develop research structure

2

Weighting of Asses.

5 25%

3

5

60%

10

131

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

3

Theoretical Part 7th Week Submission

General Knowledge about selected research topic and his/her ability to develop research structure

5

7

10

4

Analytical Part Submission

Review of Literature and methods of research

7

9

10

5

Findings + First Draft Submission

Critical thinking Skills and Presentation Skill

9

11

10

6

Complete Thesis Submission

Writing and Critical Thinking skills

12

14

15

7

Oral Discussion Final Exam

Communication Skills

--

--

40

Total

7-

35%

40% 100%

List of References: o

Yliopisto L. (2007) General Guidelines for Academic Writing. University of Lapland. International Studies. Acquired from: http://www.ulapland.fi/loader.aspx?id=29d47c7f-485d-435c-a46223c8a451691d

o

Naoum, S.G. (2004), Dissertation Research and Writing for Construction Students, Oxford : Elsevier Butterworth-Heineman. Acquired from: http://www.google.com.eg/url?sa=t&rct=j&q=&esrc=s&source=web&cd=1&ved=0CBsQFjAA&url=htt p%3A%2F%2Fxa.yimg.com%2Fkq%2Fgroups%2F21054417%2F1331535098%2Fname%2FDissertation %2BResearch%2B%2526%2BWriting%2B4%2BConst.%2BStudent.pdf&ei=8IMRVNP2Gs3maMqygLAO &usg=AFQjCNHboCCGppv89aMhCdPVJsbzX1LGtQ

o

Soles, D. (2010), The Essentials of Academic Writing. 2nd Edition, Australia : Wadsworth, Cengage Learning. Acquired from: http://www.nelsonbrain.com/content/soles81337_0547181337_02.01_chapter01.pdf

o

Newman, I., Benz, C.R., Weis, D. and McNeil, K. (1997) Theses and Dissertations: A Guide to Writing in the Social and Physical Sciences, Lanham : University Press of America.

o

Johnson, A Andrew.P. (2003) A Short Guide to Academic Writing. Lanham: University Press of America. Course Instructors: Prof./ Ayman Afify Dr./ Maged Youssef Dr./ Chadi Khouri

Dean of Faculty Prof./ Ibtihal El-Bastawissi

Date: 30 / 08 / 2017

ARCH535 – Building Regulations and Professional Practice Mon 11/09/2017 Basic Information

132

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Course Title: Building Regulations and Professional Practice Code: ARCH535 Hours: 24 Lecture: 12 Tutorial: Dr. Mohamad Yassine Prerequisites: None Academic Year / Level: Intermediate

Year: 2017 2018

Credits: 2 Term: Fall

Specialization: Architectural Engineering

6-

Course Description and Overall Aims:

The course aims to provide students with the specialist knowledge necessary for engineering carrier in Building Regulations. Introduction to building legislation and codes. Theoretical and analytical investigation of methods available to architects. Legal, ethical and professional obligations. Clients and other parties affected by both the practice and business of architecture. Overview of construction industry. Office practice including accounting and financial reporting, employment, procurement of buildings, tendering, building contract administration. Control of cost, time and quality, quality assurance. Programs and regulatory constraints, building legislations, building law and ordinances, urban planning legislation and housing laws, syndicate regulations, servitude and labor union laws. Within this overall aim, the course strives to enable students to:  

      



 

7-

Demonstrate theoretical knowledge and analytical investigation of method available to architect. Explore the relation between theoretical knowledge and practice, to acquire all related data, laws, and legislations in connection to the implementation of permits, supervision of works, prepare tender file, as well as the knowledge how to distinguish between Consultant, Contractor and Developer. Understand the mechanism of office practice including accounting and financial reporting, employment, procurement of buildings, tendering, building contract administration. Generalize the basics of tendering, the method of preparing the tender files, the invitation to tender, and the contractor’s evaluation, and all related trades to finalize a tender. Estimate the building contract administration, and the means of contract and arbitration. Determine the knowledge of cost control, time and quality, as well as quality assurance. Predict how to price a project, and the time for completion and handing-over. Classify the building laws, legislations and ordinances, the initial laws issued by Lebanese state and the modifications made till the latest issue version of building laws in Lebanon. Relate the importance between the project main concept and complying it with the building laws and legislations; and the importance of respecting these laws for obtaining a permit. Paraphrase the housing laws and urban planning legislations and the relation with the instructive planning issued from the concerned parties in Lebanon, and the correlation with theoretical knowledge. Applying the syndicate regulations, and the relation between the engineer and syndicate from the registration and the selection of appropriate branch; in addition to the knowledge of the engineers’ responsibilities and rights towards the syndicate. Servitude and labor union laws, the work condition, and what is related to the conditions of foreign labors in Lebanon, and the engineers’ role in supervising, controlling, and adopting labor. Have an opportunity to put theory into practice through work-based learning.

Intended Learning Outcomes of the Course (ILO):

(m) Through knowledge and understanding, students will be able to: (m 1) Develop familiarity with theories and concepts used in building regulations and professional practice, to enable him to carry a discussion and have confidence in his performance, which provoke better and advanced concepts and projects.

133

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

(m 2) -

In the theoretical field, to generalize the importance of respecting the project site and context, as well as being familiar with the laws and regulations necessary for setting a design in conformance with these restrictions. (m 3) In the field of profession, knowing the comprehensive laws of building and professional practice. (n)

Through intellectual skills, students will be able to: (n 1) - Analyze and synthesize information obtained from a variety of sources relevant to building regulations. (n 2) - Implement appropriate theories, principles, and concepts relevant to the adoption of building regulations. (n 3) - Judge the proper and suitable mean of professional practice.

(o)

Through professional and practical skills, students will be able to: (o 1) - Exercise organized activities in any engineering or administrative office; and be familiar with all issue related to professional practice and respect of laws. (o 2) - Enable him in case he managed a personal company, to be familiar with all principles of professional practice and the applicable regulations in this respect.

(p)

Through general and transferable skills, students will be able to: (p 1) - Be able to work effectively as a part of a group, involving leadership and inter personal skills. (p 2) - Task and time management within a group and individually. (p 3) - Use ideas and techniques to solve problems relevant to building regulations and professional practice. (p 4) - Utilize theoretical and practical knowledge in setting a proper architectural design. (p 5) - Develop written and oral communication skills in the field of building regulations and professional practice.

3- Course Outline: September Week No. 1 11-09-2017 Week No. 2 18-09-2017 Week No. 3 25-09-2017 October Week No. 4 02-10-2017 Week No. 5 09-10-2017

General overview about the importance of the course (Building Regulations) and its constituents, and the relation between these constituents and how to deal with the course and the grade distribution and evaluation. The syndicate and the conditions for engineers’ registry, and the professional status and practice, rights and responsibilities towards the Order. Professional ethics of engineers. A. Drawing the Building he lives in/from the Legal side/within Lot. FIDIC : 

Contracts, types of contracts, and what explanations they comprise regarding the owner, consultant, and contractor duties and documents. Construction Industry, Financial and Accounting reports, labor, and labor law.  Bills of Quantities Insurance, Taking-Over Certificate and other Definitions. Controlling time, cost, benefit and Insurance.

Week No. 6 16-10-2017

The General Directorate of Urban Planning regulations and the applied ordinances.

Week No. 7 23-10-2017

7th Week Exam

134

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

  Week No. 8 30-10-2017



Building permits with all their inclusions, and the related parties. Secretion and its conditions, the relevant regulations, and general terms and conditions of buildings. The works from permits and its effectiveness.

B. Handle all the data from the Deed of Assignment, Attestation Factual Certificate, Real Estate Statement, Easement and Planning. November Week No. 9 06-11-2017

Week No. 10 13-11-2017 Week No. 11 20-11-2017

   

The envelope lines. Works exempt from licensing Natural Land Leveling Works Handing Exercise B



Calculating the rate of general and surface exploitation; in addition to the parts which enter in the calculation of exploitation.



Field of Vision / Parts of the Building which is outside Exploitation.

12th Week Exam

Week No. 12 27-11-2017 December  Week No. 13 04-12-2017

Week No. 14 11-12-2017

Calculations + Exercise Solving Sample exercise in class by the Tutor

 

Car parking (Terms & Conditions) Handing Exercises  Negotiate and follow up with the students to handle a complete sheet with all the studies.  Solving the Exercises Final  Handling the final sheet Assessment Types of Engineering companies, and its relation with the declarations in Finance Ministry and Real State Circles.  Feasibility Study. (Through Lectures)

End of Fall semester ------------

Final Exam ------------

4-

Evaluation:

135

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Asses No.

Type

To Assess

1

Personal Discussion and Individual Questionnaire

Knowledge Base

2

Individual Exercise A. Drawing the building he lives in from the Legal Side B. Assessment of note book, collection and filing of all documents required for reference after graduation C. Exercise

Knowledge Base, Intellectual Skills and to realize the relation between concept and regulations in implementing a building + All Exercises + Handing all documents on one sheet

Start Week No.

Subm. Week No.

1

14

Subm. Date

Weighting of Asses.

11-09-2017 To 11-12-2017

1-7w -1% 7-12w -0.5% 12-17w-0.5% Sum=2%

1st stage A 2%

3

5

25-09-2017 to 09-10-2017

6

8

16-10-2017 to 30-10-2017

2nd Stage B 2%

11-12-2017 3rd Stage C 4% 8%

4

Attendance

5 Midterm Exam 1 Week No.7

Midterm Exam 2 Week No.12

6

Final Exam

Knowledge Base, Intellectual Skills and the importance of understanding the main basics of Course

Knowledge Base, Intellectual Skills and

1

14

11-09-2017 To 11-12-2017

1

6

11-09-2017 To 16-10-2017

1-6w 3% 8-11w 2% 13-17w 1% Sum=6% Mid.1

8

11

Précising the Lectures from the Lecturer

30-10-2017 To 20-11-2017

Starting

26%

Mid.2 18%

40%

136

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

knowing the basis of profession practice after graduation.

Some lectures and exercise from the Tutor

Total

Assessment 1: PD+IQ (1) + Att. (3) + Mid. 1 (26) =

100%

30%

Assessment 2: Att. (2) + Mid. 2 (18) =

20%

Assessment 3: PD+IQ (1) + Att. (1) + Ex. (8) =

10%

Final =

40%

PD: Personal Discussion IQ: Individual Questionnaire Att.: Attendance Mid: Midterm Exam Ex.: Exercise

8(v)

List of References: Course notes: Lectures’ handouts. Official documents, Syndicate and local authorities’ documents.

(w)   

Essential books (textbooks): FIDIC Standard Agreement. Managing the professional practice, in the built environment, Hedley Smyth (May 2011). Prospects for an Ethics of Architecture, Michael P. Levine, William M. Taylor (March 2011). ) ‫كتاب قوانين الهندسة في لبنان – ثالثة أجزاء – كتابة نقابة المهندسين – دار النشر (صادر‬

(x)   

Recommended books: FIDIC. Applied Official Ordinances. Drawings issued by the General Directorate of Urbanism and Planning.

(y)     

General References: Lebanese building laws book. Applied Ordinances in Lebanon. Syndicate and General Directorate of Urban Planning, and the Lebanese labor law. The Real Estate Circle Data/ Labor Law/ Companies in the Lebanese Government. Professional Ethics for Engineers, Complied by Fouad Mrad & Nesreen Ghaddar (January 2002).

Course Instructor: Dr. Mohamad Fouad Yassine



Dean of Faculty: Prof. Ibtihal Al Bastweisi

Date: 13/09/2017

137

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

ARCH 537. ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN VII

Course Code / Title:

ARCH 537. Architectural Design VII Credit: 5hr

Instructors:

Course Hours: 10 Hours/Week

Course Duration: 15 weeks

Academic Semester: 9th

Semester: Fall 2017-2018

Module Info: Location: 5th Year Studio - Floor B2 Time:

Course Description & Objectives



 

 



The course explores architectural design work coupled with rigorous analysis, research and experimentation. Studio-based work addresses diverse design topics requiring theoretically informed, viable architectural solutions, and responses to increasing complexity, conditions, and contexts. Students are required to carry out detailed research and subsequently develop a comprehensive design project, covering one approved topic of their choice within the field of architectural design; Based on this research, the project program is developed, followed by a complete and detailed architectural proposal, together aiming to provide general training to handle large architectural problems with emphasis on all professional and technical problems through research work, formulation of concepts, and design processes; Final Submission would include both an architectural project (of which copies are submitted in both printed and electronic formats) in addition to text and explanatory illustrations and diagrams; The submitted portfolio of design drawings should reflect adequate interpretation and together represent innovative solutions considering contemporary concerns, social, economic, structural aspects, within specific contexts, as well as the local, cultural and urban environments. The candidates’ work is to be presented and discussed with a panel of referees that includes internal, external members in addition to course staff and advisors. Course Calendar/Schedule

        

Evaluation of work progress will be carried out for phased submissions as indicated in the timetable below. Students are required to submit their work on the marked dates, and have their drawing fixed on the designated boards no later than 10:00 am. Projects will be evaluated in terms of Architectural Excellence which includes the integration and efficiency of architectural and structural solutions as well as the originality of ideas presented The blending of the proposal with the distinct cultural and natural characteristics of the region and site Architectural Expression of the concept Organization of Spaces and Functions inside & out Structure, Construction, materials, and services Quality and Clarity of Presentation materials After every evaluation, students will be advised on their performance, grades, and also on any comments / relevant guidelines specified by the referees' panel.

138

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Stages

Stage Label & Description

Date of Submission

1

Site Studies (Group Work) Studies concerning the identification of: Building-society-environment relation External & internal factors Building codes & regulations Technical & Architectural systems data Building context, development & creation of architectural character & identity in response to human, social, cultural, & economic/practical needs. Submission Format: A1 (6 Landscape sheets) + A3 copy (portfolio) + (Site Model).

(2 weeks)

2

Program Development (individual Study) Each student shall elaborate his studies in order to define the design problem and develop an appropriate building program (Schedule of accommodation) including the main elements/components of the project

Marks

5

(2 weeks) 5

Submission Format: A3 + A3 copy (portfolio). 3

Concept Design Alternatives - Development of alternative solutions to the problem - Evaluation of Alternative Solutions - Development of the selected solution based on spatial requirements & organization, Structural systems, & Study of relationships, circulations, connections & associations. The design process should be evident.

Total grades / 60

25 Group Evaluation

(2weeks)

5

Submission Format: A3 & Modelling (Site/ Study Model) + A3 copy (portfolio).

4

Development of Concept Design Complete conceptual project drawings, detailed illustrations on conceptual design drawings (schematic diagrams, flow charts, circulation diagrams, modular systems...), 3D views & models to interpret conceptual proposals, Visual presentation of entire project including explanations of concept & physical design.

(3weeks)

10

Submission Format : A1 ,Final Conceptual Drawings; Site Plan, Plans, Sections, Elevations, & Modelling (Site/ Study Model), Analytic Diagrams) + A3 copy (portfolio).

139

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Stages 5

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Stage Label & Description

Detailed Architectural Drawings Elaboration of design decisions into precise architectural drawings while emphasizing on functional requirements & relationships, Spatial organization, Structural system, Study of relationships, circulations, connections & associations. - Special emphasis on the response to increasing complexity of ethical, social, conceptual & formal conditions, such as sustainability, identity, cultural imperatives. - Advanced Study of building context, development & creation of architectural character & identity. - Re-compare program with selected solution and modify solution/program. Representation skills are essentially evaluated & should be broadened to include a range of media & not solely CAD. Submission Format : Final Drawings; Site Plan, Plans, Sections, Elevations, & Modelling (Site/ Study Model), as well as all analytical diagrams & written explanations necessary for better understanding of the final product.

Date of Submission

Marks

(4 weeks) (Pre-Final Submission Review)

15

Total grades / 60

35 All Staff Evaluation

(1 week) (Final Submission)

20

Submission Format: A1 (6 Landscape sheets) & Modelling (Site/ Final Model) + A3 copy (portfolio).

TOTAL Oral Presentation & Jury Examination

60 40 External Examiners

Note: Alterations to the above plan and timetable are possible according to the actual progress of work and assessment as monitored by the course teaching staff. Therefore, interim submissions and evaluation could be required and their outcome communicated to the students to provide them with further guidance.

140

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Course Policies 

Extensive work within the design studio (10 hrs/week) involves regular and adequate periods of contact, discussion, and review of progress achieved by students; The studio-based course provides necessary guidance and assistance throughout the process of project development by course staff, visiting tutors, and other advisors; The research work involved in this course allows a debate-like review and discussion of a set of selected projects/examples that interpret contemporary directions, applications, and emerging theories in the field of Architecture; The students' regular attendance is accorded utmost priority. Passing the course necessitates a minimum attendance of 80%, by which a student becomes eligible for final stages of submission and examination.

 



Evaluation

Type

To Assess

Start Week No.

Subm. Week No.

1

Group Work assignments to assess

- Ability to present researchgenerated knowledge - Ability to present Site Analysis

1

2

5% (Group Staff Evaluation)

2

Individual assignments to assess

- Ability to Develop Project Program

3

4

5% (Group Staff Evaluation)

3

Individual assignments to assess

- Ability to present design Ideas and creativity

5

6

5% (Group Staff Evaluation)

4

Individual assignments to assess

Ability to initiate, develop, design ideas

7

9

10% (Group Staff Evaluation)

5

Individual assignments and Individual presentation s to assess

- Ability develop, interpret & communicate valid design ideas

10

14

35% (All Staff Evaluation)

6

Oral Presentation & Jury Examination

Knowledge base, professional skills and transferable skills

Asses No.

Subm. Date

Weighting of Asses.

TBA

40% Total

100%

141

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Library Resources & Support Services 

 

The specialized library within the Faculty offers a wide range of textbooks, references, and periodicals that cover diverse topics relevant to the field of Design process, approaches, guidelines and contemporary architectural theories and directions. The quality of teaching and research is further supported by first-rate facilities such as a specialized library, computer laboratories, in addition to fully equipped graphics and GIS laboratories. Additional amenities are provided on-campus to all students, such as internet terminals, audio-visual equipment, seminar rooms, printing and copying facilities.

142

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

ARCH262. HISTORY OF ARTS Course Code / Title: ARCH262. History of Arts Credits: 2 Instructor: Dr. Maged Youssef Course Hours: 2 Hours/Week Course Duration: 16 Weeks Academic Level: Elective / intermediate course Semester: Fall 2017/2018 Module Info: Elective Course (2 hrs. Lecture) Location: S1: Lecture A210 - First Basement Time: Tuesday 12:00 to 14:00

Course Objectives The course aims to provide students with the specialist knowledge necessary for engineering carrier in the field of architecture. Within this overall aim, the course strives to enable students to:



Demonstrate theoretical knowledge and have practical skills and personal attributes and competencies that will be required for an architectural position in the international industry.



Identify the artistic and historic technical principles that relate to the history of arts.



Relate between the vocational skills necessary for immediate employment in architectural engineering and the more fundamental principles necessary for further study.



Develop the academic abilities and personal characteristics required to solve problems relevant to architectural engineering and critically assess relevant aspects of the industry.



Cultivate a professional attitude and develop skills relation to communication, teamwork, project planning and management, and responsibility for individual learning.



Demonstrate a systematic understanding of the artistic influences which relate to the history of arts.



Demonstrate an ability to initiate and sustain in-depth research relevant to the history of arts.



Defend theory and put it into practice via work-based learning.

Learning Activities The course is delivered through lectures, tutorials, directed reading, videos, computer assisted learning, case studies and experimental learning, research-based teaching materials and methods, problem-based learning scenarios including coursework assignments, projects and research paper. The main learning activities are arranged in four categories: 1- Sketch-Book: On two stages, students are asked to submit a sketch-book that gathers all the art trends mentioned in lectures. This sketch-book is required to be a manual product to determine accurately the ability of each student on his/her analytical and sketching skills. 2- Teamwork Research: The instructor asks students to conduct a plural research including the whole trends of arts appeared throughout history. This requires an accurate distribution for tasks and loads among students. This research documents the evolution of art. Each group will be responsible for specific period of art and will be asked to prepare a short clip skimming its important landmarks of art works. In week 12, students will present their clips. After making corrections given by the instructor, two editors of students will collect all the clips to produce it into one full movie that does not exceed 15 minutes. 3- The 7th Week Exam: At week no.7, a written exam will be held to examine the ability of students in analyzing, knowing, and sketching the given art trends and periods in the first seven weeks. This exam considers refreshment for students' minds to motivate them to study, read, and train on sketching projects.

143

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

4- Oral Quiz: At the final lecture of the course, as a concentrated revision, the students will be examined individually an oral quiz. In this quiz, the instructor will ask each student - one by one - a question, if the student does not know the answer; a chance is given to change the question with another one. So, student has only two chances. This quiz aims to assure that the students already understand the architectural languages that distinguish every architectural trend.

Course Calendar / Schedule The course material is arranged into 15 stages. The table below outlines the content of each stage. Week No.1 Tue. 30/8/2017

INTRODUCTION TO ART

Week No.2 Tue.6/9/2017

PREHISTORIC ART + ANCEINT EGYPTIAN ART Prehistoric Art: Paleolithic, Mesolithic, Neolithic, & Metal Ages Ancient Egyptian Arts

Week No.3 Tue. 20/9/2017

MESOPOTAMIAN ARTS + GREEK & ROMAN ARTS Mesopotamian Arts: Sumer, Akkad, Persian, & Babylon Arts Greek and Roman Arts

Week No.4 Tue. 27/9/2017

MEDIEVAL ARTS Early Christian, Byzantine, Romanesque & Gothic Arts

Week No.5 Tue. 4/10/2017 Week No.6 Tue. 18/10/2017

ISLAMIC ART Islamic Art in the Mediterranean Region

Week No.7 Tue. 25/10/2017 Week No.8 Tue. 1/11/2017 Week No.9 Tue. 8/11/2017

(Submission of the 1st phase of the sketch-book) 7th Week Exam

Week No.10 Tue. 15/11/2017

Continue… ARTS OF THE 20TH CENTURY De Stijl, Constructivism, Pop Art, & Kinetic Art

Week No.12 Tue. 29/11/2017 Week No.13 Tue. 6/12/2017

ARTS OF THE 21ST CENTURY

RENAISSANCE, BAROQUE, & ENLIGHTENMENT ARTS Renaissance, Baroque, and Enlightenment ages covering art of 18 th & 19th centuries Realism, Impressionism, Art Deco, & Art Nouveau

ARTS OF THE 20TH CENTURY Futurism, Fauvism, Cubism, and Expressionism Continue… ARTS OF THE 20TH CENTURY Abstractionism, Suprematism, Dadaism, & Surrealism

Submission of the 2nd phase of the sketch-book Presentation of Research Groups

144

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Week No.14 Tue. 13/12/2017

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Submission of the full movie An individual oral quiz

TBA

FINAL EXAM - Written, closed book exam

Course Policies Attendance Policy Faculty work proceeds at such a pace that regular attendance is necessary for each student to obtain maximum benefits for instruction. Regular and punctual attendance at all class sessions is a student obligation, and each student is responsible for all the work, including tests and written work, in all class sessions. Three unexcused absences will result in being withdrawn with failure (WF) from the class. Evaluation

Asses No.

Type

To Assess

Start Week No.

Subm. Week No.

1

1st Stage of Sketchbook: Individual Work

The students’ knowledge of the material delivered.

1

7

2

7th Week Exam/Total assessment

Total Assessment

7

7

3

2nd Stage of Sketchbook: Individual Work

The student’s knowledge of the material up to the 10th week

7

13

4

Research Presentation & Submission: Group Work

Total Assessment

2

13

5

Oral Quiz

Students’ understanding of the material given in that period

14

14

6

Final Exam

Overall learning outcomes

Subm. Date

Weighting of Asses.

30%

20%

Total

60%

10%

40%

40%

100%

100%

REFERENCES (z)

Course Notes: Notes provided by instructor

(aa) Essential Books (Textbooks): Janson, H. W. & Janson, A. F., 'History of Art', 4th Edition, Thames and Hudson, London, UK, 1991 (bb) Recommended Books:  Histoire de l'art l'essentiel de la peinture , de la sculpture et de l'architecture a portee de main, edition Librio 2009  Xavier barral I Altet, Histoire de l'Art PUF, 2004

145

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

 

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Albert Chatelet, Bernad-Philippe Groslier, Histoire de l'Art Larousse 2001 Man and Art, The History of Fine Arts Across the Ages - Michael Assaf/Joseph Hokayim 1993, Beirut

Course Instructor: Dr. Maged Youssef Date: 30 / 08 / 2017

Dean of Faculty: Prof. Ibtihal Youssef

146

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

ARCH 263. ARCHITECTURAL PHOTOGRAPHY

Course Code / Title: ARCH 263 Architectural Photography

Credits: 3

Instructor: Saleh Rifai Course Hours: 3 Hours/Week Academic Semester: Faculty Elective

Course Duration: 8 Weeks Semester: Summer 2016/2017

Module Info: preliminary Level Course (3hr. Lecture – workshop) Location: Room Number – 204 Time: Monday – Wednesday 10:00 - 13:00 Course Objectives The objective of this course is to first provide a fundamental understanding of visual and technical skills necessary to pursue and value photography as an architectural and landscape component. Learning Activities

The course is delivered through PowerPoint slides, practical workshops on campus, and project assignments. Course Outline The course discusses the fundamental principles of photography starting with a brief historical context, camera’s components and elements, camera controls (shutter, speed, ISO, light meter) and processes, lights and exposure, variety of lens and equipments, aperture and depth of field and focus, framing ( rule of thirds , golden points). As a result, assignments and project and practices are going to take place in order to maintain, develop and widen architectural and landscaping photography. WEEK

STAGE LABEL & DESCRIPTION

1

- Kinds of Camera - Camera elements

2

- Camera controls - Types and uses of lenses - aperture and depth of field

3

- Eye of Photographer - Composition and framing

4 5

- Practical photo shooting - Workshop in BAU campus - Corrections the practical photo shoots - Explaining landscape photography - 1st project

6

- Correction 1st project

7

- Receiving the 1st project

147

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

WEEK

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

STAGE LABEL & DESCRIPTION

8

- Workshop: reflection photograph - Explaining the Architectural Photography - Explaining the Interior Design Photography - Filters - Portraits photography - Lighting (available light) - 2nd Project

9 10 11

- Correction 2nd project

12

- Receiving the 2nd project - Introduction to photography - Brief historical context - Digital photography – scanners - Photography copyrights laws - Review the session

13 14

Evaluation

SSES NO.

1 2 3 4

TO ASSESS

START WEEK NO.

SUBM. WEEK NO.

Project

6

8

30

Project

10

12

30

Absence

Total of 14 weeks

1

14

10

14th Week Exam/Total assessment

Mastering photography

-

-

30

30%

100%

100%

TYPE 7th Week 1st Project 12th Week 2nd Project

Total

SUBM. DATE

WEIGHTING OF ASSES.

70%

List of References

Course Notes: Students are responsible their own camera Essential Books (Textbooks): Recommended Books:

148

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Composition by David Prakel

Landscape Photography by Rob Sheppard

149

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Architectural Photography by Axel Hausberg & Anton Simons

Course Instructor:

Dean of the Faculty:

Mr. Saleh Rifai

Prof. Dr. Ibtehal El-Bastawissi

Date: Jun 2017

150

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

ARCH362. Social Studies in Architecture

Course Code / Title: ARCH362. Social Studies in Architecture

Credits: 2

Instructor: Assoc. Prof. Dr. Baher I.Farahat Course Hours: 2 Hours/Week

Course Duration: 14 Weeks

Academic Semester: Faculty Elective

Semester: Fall 2017/2018

Module Info: Preliminary Level Course (2 hrs. Lecture) Location: A210 – B1 Floor Time:

Thur.

02:00 to 04:00

Course Objectives This course deals with the social and cultural aspects and the design field. The main focus is to reinforce the inter-relation between human behavior and style of life in one side and aspects of the built environment on the other side. The overall aim is to develop awareness enable students toward social aspects involved in the design process. Within this overall aim, the course intends to : Demonstrate how people’s style of life shape and shaped by characteristics of the built environment  Recognize the architect’s role in designing responsive environments with respect to complex social aspects, human aspiration and diverse culture issues.  Have an opportunity to put theories of environmental psychology into practice via work-based learning.  Understand the basic theoretical & applied knowledge in human aspects related to architecture and design.  Employ aspects of visual research methods and tools to investigate human aspects related to architecture and design.

Learning Activities The course is delivered through lectures, seminars, case studies and experimental learning, research-based teaching materials and methods, problem-based learning scenarios including coursework assignments, projects, research paper, workshops. Exposure knowledge pertaining to sociology and psychology and related fields are an important aspect of the teaching and learning methods. Course Outline This course is designed for students of architecture to understand the social aspects in design. The course tends to deal with the question of why in architecture with respect to people needs, motivations, and style of life. Students will explore several issues pertaining cultural variables, man-environment relation and their reflections on architecture and community shaping . During the course students conduct critical reports, and practice design preliminary stages for creating responsive Architecture Week No. 1 Week No. 2 Week No. 3

- Course scope ( why, what, of the course) - Architecture & Society - Ass.1: Successful Physical Environment - Architecture and Human needs

151

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

-

Corrupted / corrupting needs

-

The nature of human nature Maslow expanded Pyramids (needs / wants).

-

Architectural Concerns

-

Ass.2: Designers’ responses to human needs / wants

-

Establishing Connections

Week No. 4

-

Stage one: Connecting People (People and the built environment (friendship formation, social interaction ) )

Week No. 5

-

Connecting People 2 : Successful social places Ass. 3: Students workshop + Questionnaire

Week No. 6

-

Ass. 3:reading list

Week No. 7

-

7thweek Evaluation

Week No. 8

-

Student research 2 presentation

-

Stage two: Connection to the place (space and sense of place) People and the built environment ( territoriality, and sense of belonging).

Week No. 9 -

-Ass 4: Reflections on Architecture Stage three: Connection to the place 2 (People and the built environment ( communication , cue searching, way finding ) )

-

Research project

-

Stage Four: Empowering people (People and the built environment (motivation, the Architecture of power, rebel architecture).

-

Visual research methods in architecture methods, behavior Mapping, multiple sorting, observation techniques.

-

Students research presentations

-

Students research presentations

Week No. 10

Week No. 11 Week No. 12 Week No. 13 Week No. 14

Evaluation ASSES NO.

TYPE Exercise.1

1

2

3 5

Exercise.2

Exercise.3

Mid term Exercise.4

TO ASSESS Successful physical environment Ability to Identify human needs pertaining to the design of the built environment Understanding and demonstrating the successful place/space relation

START WEEK NO.

SUBM. WEEK NO.

2

3

5%

3

7

10 %

5

7

5%

WEIGHTING OF ASSES.

30 %

Total assessment Ability to analyze buildings and spaces in terms of their attribution

SUBM. DATE

8 9

10

10% 10%

152

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

to human activities

6

Research

7

Final exam

- Ability to Employ aspects of visual research methods and tools to investigate human aspects related to architecture and design.

10

13

Total comprehension of the given material Total

20%

30%

40%

40%

100%

100%

REFERENCE (cc)

Course notes

(dd)

Essential Books (Textbooks): 

Deasy, C.M. (1974). Design for Human affairs, shen kman com, Cambridge, mass.



. Deasy C.M. , Thomas E. Lasswell (1990). Designing Places for People: A Handbook on Human Behavior for Architects, Designers and Facility Managers. Watson-Guptill Publications, Incorporated.  Lawson, Bryan (2006). The language of space, Elsevier, Oxford, UK  Canter, D. and Lee, T. (eds) (1974). Psychology and the Built Environment. London: The Architectural press.  Salam, Ashraf (1998). Human Factors in Environmental Design. An Introductory Approach to Architecture. The Anglo Egyptian Bookshop, Cairo, Egypt. . (ee) Recommended Books:  Sommer, R. (1969). Personal space: The Behavioral Basis of design. Englewood Cliffs, Prentic Hall.  Rapoport, A. (1988 ) , Meaning of the Built Environment, Sage Pub., London.  

David Wang, Linda Groat (2001). Architectural Research Methods. Wiley, John & Sons, Incorporated. Rapaport, A. (1969). House Form and Culture (Foundations of Cultural Geography Series). Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice Hall. 150 pp.

Course Instructor: Assoc. Prof. Dr. Baher I. Farahat

Dean of Faculty: Prof. Dr. Ibtihal El- Bastawissi

Date: 29/ 9 / 2018

153

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

ARCH363 – THEORY OF HOUSING

Course Code / Title: ARCH363. Theory of Housing

Credits: 2

Instructor: Assoc. Prof. Baher Farahat Course Hours: 2 Hours/Week

Course Duration: 14Weeks

Academic Semester: Faculty Elective

Semester: Fall 2017/2018

Module Info: Advanced Level Course (2 hrs. Lecture) Location: A210 – B1 Floor Time:

Tuesday 10:00 to 11.50 COURSE OBJECTIVES

1-The course objectives are as follows: This course concisely introduces contemporary theories, approaches, and concerns in the field of housing, with particular emphasis on the Third World context. Lectures address broad issues such as the roots of housing problem, and typology of housing. It reviews basic housing theories and their impact on the economies of the housing sector. A review of the mechanisms and forces shaping the housing market, and affecting both supply and demand at various levels. 2- Learning Activities The course is delivered through lectures, seminars, directed reading, videos, case studies, research-based teaching methods, problem-based learning scenarios including coursework assignments, projects, research paper, and coverage of the Housing environment and related projects.

5- Course Outline: September Week No. 1

Introduction and Scope / General Overview- Course Objective and Course Outline

Week No. 2

Definitions and Keywords – General Information about Housing – What is Housing – Roots of the Housing Problem

Week No. 3

Housing Sector and Housing Market Market Dynamics: Factors affecting Supply and Demand

Week No. 4

Housing Typologies and Classification A. Groups specification and choosing title out of this lecture. Research – Definitions / Give examples for analysis.

154

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

(Each group 5 - 6 students) Week No. 5

The Neighborhood Unit / Definition / Main Component

October Week No. 6

Groups discussing the Research / Definitions, Analysis and Examples.

Week No. 7

Classification of Human Settlements

Week No. 8

Feasibility Studies: Cost and Value Assessment

November Week No. 9

Delivering the researches and discussing with students

Week No. 10

Economics of Housing Projects

Week No. 11

Housing Policies and Role of Government

Week No. 12

12 week Evaluation

December Week No. 13

Handing Over and Discussing Researches B. Final Handing of the groups.

Week No. 14

The Perspective of Housing Problem in the Third World Countries and the planning process

6-

Evaluation: Start Week

Sub Week

No.

Type

To Assess

1

Individual and group assignments to be assessed

Assignment/ Assessment 1st:8th week

1

6

2

6th Week Exam

Grade

1

6

3

4

5 6

Individual and group assignments to assess 10th Week Exam Individual and group assignments to be assessed Final Exam

Assignment/ Assessment 10th:12th week

Weighting of Asses. 3% (Att.) 5% 2%(PD)

30%

25% 2% (Att.)

8

3%

10

1%(PD)

Grade Delivering and evaluating research

Subm. Date

20%

17% 2% (Att.) 3

10%

13

8%(PD)

10% 40%

Total

100%

 Assessment 1: PD+ID (2) + Att. (3) + Mid. 1 (25) =

30%

 Assessment 2: PD+ID (1) + Att. (2) + Mid. 2 (17) =

20%

155

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

 Assessment 3: Ex. (8) + Att. (2) =  Final

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

10% 40%

PD: Personal Discussion IQ: Individual Questionnaire Att.: Attendance Mid: Midterm Exam Ex.: Exercise

9-

List of References:

(ff) Course notes: Lecture Handouts (gg) Essential books (textbooks):  Housing Development, Theory, Process Andrew Golland, Ron Blake, 2004  Housing: the Essential Foundations Maureen Rhoden, Paul N. Balchin, 1998  Housing Policy: an Introduction Paul N. Balchin,1985  Housing Economics & Public Policy, Tony O’sullivan and Kenneth Gibb (hh) Recommended books: 

(ii)

Apostolou Doxiad’s Books: The Inevitable City of the Future An Introduction to the Science of Human Settlements

General References: 

Internet References

Course Instructor: Assoc. Prof. Baher I. Farahat

Dean of Faculty: Prof. Ibtehal Youssef

Date: 01 / 09 / 2017

156

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

ARCH 365. GRAPHIC DESIGN

BASIC INFORMATION Course Title: Graphic Design Code: ARCH 365 Hours:3 Lecture: 1

Tutorial: 2

Credit: 2

Prerequisites: ARCH278 Academic Level: Faculty Elective

Term: Fall

Specialization: Architectural Engineering

8-

COURSE DESCRIPTION AND OVERALL AIMS:

The course aims to help students making use of the principles of visual communication and to combine them successfully with basic production techniques. and to gain awareness of how important ethics and social responsibility are in the creation of visuals. With this overall aim, the course strives to enable students to:  Demonstrate theoretical knowledge and have practical skills and personal attributes and competencies that will be required for Graphic Design. These involve the identification of the required expertise and skills that help students of architecture to design immersive Graphic Design, and capture an active role in this emerging 3D graphical market;  Understand analytical, developmental, legal, managerial and technical principles that relate to the development of Graphic Design, this understanding would provide students of architecture with many helpful uses. It would assist in the brainstorming of new ideas, allowing them as future designers to explore with new issues without making anything permanent;  Have an appropriate balance between the vocational skills necessary for immediate employment in Graphic Design industry and the more fundamental principles necessary for further study;  Develop the academic abilities and personal characteristics required to solve problems relevant to Graphic Design and its use to drastically altering the architect's design process;  Cultivate a professional attitude and develop skills in relation better communication between Graphic Design and Computer Graphics specialists, who are the main builders of such environments;  Demonstrate a systematic understanding of the economic, environmental, political, social and technological influences which relate to the development of Graphic Design.

9-

INTENDED LEARNING OUTCOMES OF THE COURSE (ILO):

All intended learning outcomes (ILO) are aligned with core ARB/RIBA criteria, utilizing all or in part the following five thematic headings: Design, Technology and environment, Cultural Context, Management

157

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

practice and law, and Communication. Each theme utilizes the terms awareness, knowledge, understanding and ability as embedded outcomes [key skills] to indicate the level of achievement required in each theme. (q)

DESIGN (ARB/RIBA part1: GC1.1 / GC1.3 / GC2.2/ GC3.3/ GC6.3) (q 1) -

An Understanding of the nature and operations of the Graphic Design concepts, categories, tools and techniques;

(q 2) -

A knowledge of theories and concepts used in the development of Graphic Design mainly those related to the principles of computer graphical methods which deal with time, and space requirements for the computational, physical, and mathematical algorithms;

(q 3) -

An awareness of the role of architect in making suitable architectural drawings.

(q 4) -

An understanding of the fundamental principles and concepts underlying orthographic, paraline and lineal projection

(q 5) -

An understanding of the role of drawings in the research and analysis phases of the design process.

(q 6) -

An understanding of the qualities that make a drawing an appropriate and clear communication

(q 7) -

An Ability to develop a design that addresses and synthesizes stated goals, constraints and requirements.

(q 8) -

An ability to adopt appropriate theories, principles and concepts relevant to the field of graphic design;

(q 9) -

An ability to critically assess and evaluate a variety of resources relevant to the scope of the graphic design;

(q 10) -

An ability to exercise appropriate judgment in selecting and presenting information using various methods of presentation and interpretation;

(q 11) -

An ability to adopt appropriate theories, principles and concepts relevant to the field of graphic design;

(q 12) -

An ability to critically assess and evaluate a variety of resources relevant to the scope of the graphic design;

(q 13) -

An ability to exercise appropriate judgment in selecting and presenting information using various methods of presentation and interpretation;

(q 14) -

An Awareness of different theoretical and practical issues which are pertinent to the development of a comprehensive project and related contemporary approaches of design;

(q 15) -

An Ability to plan, produce and present a complete graphic design project which reflects adequate emphasis on all the professional and practical requirements achieved through interactive work, innovative concepts, and developed design processes;

(q 16) -

An awareness of the holistic process of design

(q 17) -

An awareness of the totality of the creative design process.

(q 18) -

An understanding of the basic formal concepts and relationship.

158

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

(r)

(s)

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

(q 19) -

An ability to adopt an open-minded approach in the appraisal of design issues, requirements and opportunities.

(q 20) -

An ability to generate alternatives and develop solutions to defined design problems.

CULTURAL CONTEXT (ARB/RIBA part1: GC2.2 / GC2.3/ GC5.1/ GC5.3) (r 1) -

A knowledge of the creative application of fine arts and other such work to studio design projects, in terms of their conceptualisation and representation.

(r 2) -

An understanding of the need to critically review precedents relevant to the function, organisation and technology strategy of design proposals.

(r 3) -

An awareness of the need to inspire and aspire users.

(r 4) -

An understanding of the way in which graphic messages fit into their local social, cultural and physical context.

COMMUNICATION (ARB/RIBA part1: GC1.1 / GC3.3) (s 1) -

An awareness of the relevance and applicability of various methods of visual representation.

(s 2) -

An understanding of the value of representing information in graphic form.

(s 3) -

An ability to use conventional as well as non-conventional techniques of grahic design representation.

(s 4) -

An ability to verbally present in clear manner the essential goals and concepts that underlay a design.

(s 5) -

An ability to identify in writing specific things learned in the process of developing and communicating a design.

(s 6) -

An ability to utilize a range of media, tools, techniques and pictorial systems to represent existing and imagined objects and environments on two- dimensional surfaces.

159

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

10- COURSE OUTLINE: WEEK

STAGE LABEL & DESCRIPTION

1

What is Graphic Design ,The Design Process

2

Graphic design principles

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Logos, Symbols, and Trademarks Influences on Contemporary Graphic Design The Terminology & Typesetting Basics Designing Information Materials 7th week evaluation + Exam Designing Information Materials Designing Information Materials Advertising Design Using Illustrations 12th week evaluation Packaging Working With Color Final Exam

4-A

TEACHING AND LEARNING METHODS:    

10-

Studio-based teaching, review and discussion (one-to-one and in groups), Guidance and orientation lectures Research-based teaching materials and methods, Interim submissions and focused assignments. STUDENT ASSESSMENT METHODS, SCHEDULE AND GRADING:  Open and closed-book examinations to assess knowledge base Graphic Design environment categories, methods and tools;  Class work to assess the ability of the students to carry out series of exercises.  Individual and group assignments to assess the ability of the students to carry out group work;  Individual and group oral presentations to assess the students' ability to acquire skills of analysis, interpretation, and evaluation of Graphic Design tools and applications after being subjected to Graphic Design principles, potentials and limitations. Students are to be able to express their judgment and observation both verbally through discussions and literary through text, and drawings. Start Subm Ass. Weighting of Type To Assess Week Week No. Asses. No. No. 1

Individual and group assignments

Identity project

1

4

Poster Design

4

7

Total Assessment

8

8

Brochure Design

9

10

CD cover

11

12

30%

th

2

7 Week Exam/Total assessment

3

Individual and group assignments

30% 70%

160

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

4

12th Week Exam/Total assessment

Total Assessment

13

13

5

Individual and group assignments

Packaging Design

12

14

10%

6

Final Exam

15

15

30%

100%

11(jj)

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

30%

100%

LIST OF REFERENCES:

Course notes:  Series of lectures cover a wide range of topics that introduce and set the scope of Graphic Design principles, potentials and the support it offers to architect. Guiding principles and basic rules related to Adobe Photoshop are given in a series of introductory lectures prior to tutorial session.

(kk) Essential books (textbooks):  Gordan, Bob. (2005) The complete guide to Digital Graphic Design, Thames and Hudson. ISBN 0-500-28560-8  Toor, Marcelle Lapow. (1998) Graphic Design on the desktop, John Wiley & Sons. (ll)

Recommended books:  A range of Graphic Design textbooks and references cover the principal topics and issues addressed in the course.

161

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

ARCH 462. Vernacular Architecture Course Title: Vernacular Architecture Code: ARCH 462 Hours: 2 Lecture: 2 Prerequisites: None Academic Year / Level: Elective/Intermediate Level: 4 Specialization: Architectural Engineering Location: Faculty of Architectural Engineering - Time:

Tutorial: 0 Year: 2017/2018

Credit: 2 Term: Fall

Course Objectives

The course aims to provide students with the specialist knowledge on Vernacular Architecture which is necessary for carrier in Architectural Design field. This course examines, tools, methods, concepts, theories and criticism through the presentation and study of significant texts and buildings of the present and old past. The goal of the course is to introduce and investigate the formal, technological, social, political, and economic debates at issue within the discipline. Students learn to evaluate and articulate the interactions between theory and practice, cultures and buildings, materials and climate. thereby enabling them to formulate and assess strategies for the making of architectures that respect their environment.

Learning Activities Lectures, discussions and research papers.

Course Outline Scope and key definitions. Surveying vernacular architecture. Culture and place influences. Local trends, traditions and practices. Elements and components. Lesson and values. Connections, continuity and future prospects. COURSE OUTLINE: Week No. 1

Introduction and course overview, Definition of Vernacular Architecture, influence of climate and culture

Week No. 2

Why study Vernacular Architecture. Sustainable features of Vernacular Materials of construction Research 1 starts.

Week No. 3

Mediterrenean and Middleast Vernacular Architecture

Week No. 4

Africa Subsaharian Vernacular Architecture

Week No. 5

Europe and EurAsia Vernacular Architecture

Week No. 6

Research 1 presentation and submission.

Week No. 7

7th week exam

162

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Week No. 8

Vernacular Architecture in Lebanon Research 2 starts.

Week No. 9

Latin America Vernacular Architecture

Week No. 10

North America Vernacular Architecture.

Week No. 11

Oceania and Australasia Vernacular Architecture Progress Research 2 REVIEW

Week No. 12

Asian Vernacular Architecture

Week No. 13

Presentation of Research 2 and Submission of 3D models

Week No. 14

Modern and contemporary Vernacular Architecture – Open Source Architecture General Revision

TBA

Final exam

EVALUATION:

ASSES NO.

TYPE

TO ASSESS

START WEEK NO.

SUBM. WEEK NO.

WEIGHTING OF ASSES.

1

Assign. 1 “Dirty Research” make materials with hands

Knowledge of Vernacular Architecture (Series of Presentations)

3

6

10%

2

7th Week Exam

Basic knowledge

7

3

20%

3

Assign. 2 “Look around” Analysis of architectural types

Traditional Architecture in Lebanon

8

13

20%

4

Assign. 2 “Look around” 3D Model and concept

Traditional Architecture in Lebanon

8

13

10%

5

Final Exam

Total Assessment

TBA

40%

Total

100%

LIST OF REFERENCES:

163

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

(mm)

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Course Notes:

(nn) Essential Books (Textbooks): (textbooks available in Debbeih Campus Library):    

Liger-Belair, J. (2000). “L’habitation au Liban / The dwelling in Lebanon”, Geuthner, France Oliver, p. (1997), ‘Vernacular Architecture of The World" Volume 2-3, Cultures and Habitants. Cambridge University Press, Inc. UK. Reggette, F. (1975). “Architecture in Lebanon”. Syracuse Univ Pr (Sd). Rudofsky, B. (1964), ‘Architecture without Architect. A short introduction to non-pedigreed Architecture’, museum of modern art, New York.

(textbooks not available in Debbeih Campus Library): 

Ratti, C. Claudel M. (2015), “Open Source Architecture”, Thames and Hudson, UK

(c) Websites  

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Open-source_architecture http://www.poval.org.uk/

Course Instructor: Dr. Massimiliano Gotti Porcinari

Dean of Faculty Prof. Ibtihal El Bastawissi

Date: 14/02/2017

164

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

ARCH463. Intelligent Buildings Course Code / Title: ARCH463. Intelligent Buildings

Credits: 2Hr

Instructor: Dr. Osama Mohamed Omar Course Hours: 2 Hours/Week

Course Duration: 16 Weeks

Academic Semester: Faculty Elective

Semester: Fall 2017/2018

Module Info: Advanced Level Course (2 hr. Lecture) Location: A 209 – B2 Floor Time:

Tue

12:00 to 02:00

Course Objectives The course provides the student with advanced knowledge of intelligent buildings. The course is to create an environment that allows organizations to achieve their business objectives and maximize the effectiveness of its occupants, while allowing efficient management of resources with a minimum lifetime cost, and recognizing that intelligent buildings are responsive to human needs. At the end of this course student should know last update of technical innovations Linked to intelligent buildings. Learning Activities  

Power point presentations. Providing advanced materials for intelligent buildings.

 

Applied researches (comparison between two or three intelligent buildings). Evaluating the latest technical innovations applicable to intelligent buildings.



Learning to critically assess the balance between high and low technology. Course Outline

The course addresses the following topics:      

Environmental concerns underlying responsive design. Principles of interactive design. Management of indoor environments. The building envelope, automated technologies and smart materials. Integrated building management systems. Efficient use of energy, utilization of renewable energy systems, sustainable management of resources. Analytical techniques and computing tools for studying and assessing building energy and environmental performance.



WEEK

STAGE LABEL & DESCRIPTION

1

Introduction (general)

2

Intelligent Building Definitions (the need for intelligent building)

3

Environmental Concern (Greenhouse effect, Energy context and Energy use, sustainability, eco- design)

165

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

WEEK

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

STAGE LABEL & DESCRIPTION

4

Management of indoor environment (environmental data, occupant control, ventilation, heating and temperature controllers)

5

Automated technologies (programming and monitoring platforms)

6

Intelligent Skins (the human skin, low- energy building, new glass)

7

7th Exam

8

Zero Energy, Clean Energy, Efficient use of Energy (learning ability)

9

Integrated building management systems

10

Renewable recourses (solar cells, wind turbine, water turbine )

11

Smart Materials (Smart Window, insulation, self-clean, double skin, etc…)

12

12th Exam

13

Principles of interactive design (passive systems in buildings, the building concept)

14

Analytical techniques (for studying assessing building energy and environmental performance)

15

Final Exam

Evaluation

TYPE

TO ASSESS

START WEEK NO.

SUBM. WEEK NO.

SUBM. DATE

Individual assignments to be assessed (Research) 6th Week Exam/Total assessment Group assignments to be assessed (Research)

Definitions and Comparison between two intelligence building (2st week : 5th week)

2

5

04/10/17

15%

Total Assessment

7

7

15/10/17

15%

Comparison between two intelligence building (7thst week : 12th week)

12

12

22/11/17

30%

ASSES NO.

1

2

3

4

WEIGHTING OF ASSES.

15th Week Final Exam Total

60%

40% 100%

100%

List of References Course Notes: N/A

166

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Essential Books (Textbooks):





Wigginton, M. & Harris, J. (2002). Intelligent Skins. Plant a Tree.

Addington, M.D & Schodek, D.L. (2005). Smart Materials and New Technologies for the Architecture and Design Professions. Architecture Press.

Recommended Books:



Wang, Shengwei. (2010). Intelligent Buildings and Building Automation. Spon Press.



Harrison, A. , Leo, E. & Read, J.(1998). Intelligent building in South East Asia.

Course Instructor: Dr. Osama Mohamed Omar

Dean of Faculty: Prof. Dr. Ibtihal El- Bastawissi

Date: 30/ 08 / 2016

167

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

ARCH465. BIM

Course Code / Title: ARCH465.

Building Information Modeling

Instructors: Dr. Samer El Sayary Course Hours: 4 Hours/Week Academic Semester: 7th

Credits: 2

Course Duration: 15 Weeks Semester: Spring 2017/2018

Module Info: Elective Course (1 hr. Lecture, 2 hrs. Studio) Location: Computer Lab Time: Monday

08:00 to 09:50

10:00 Course Description & Objectives

The course objectives focus on fundamentals of Building Information Modeling (BIM) as a construction documentation system. Introduces concepts and features of BIM. It includes software structure and features, modeling and editing techniques, and sheet creation and organization. It focuses on applying BIM software to develop a set of construction documents. The course aims to provide students with the specialist knowledge necessary for architectural engineering carrier in the field of Perspective and Rendering and Contemporary Approaches that address them. The course aims to provide students with the specialist knowledge in Building Information Modeling. Within this overall aim, the course strives to enable students to: a. Demonstrate theoretical knowledge and have practical skills and personal attributes and competencies that will be required for positions in the international Information Modeling industry. b. Understand analytical, developmental, legal, managerial and technical principles that relate to Building Information Modeling. c. Have an appropriate balance between the vocational skills necessary for immediate employment in Building Information Modeling and the more fundamental principles necessary for further study. d. Develop the academic abilities and personal characteristics required to solve problems relevant to Building Information Modeling and critically assess relevant aspects of the industry. e. Cultivate a professional attitude and develop skills in relation to communication, teamwork, project planning and management, and responsibility for individual learning. f. Demonstrate a systematic understanding of the economic, environmental, political, social and technological influences, which relate to the Building Information Modeling field. g. Demonstrate an ability to initiate and sustain in-depth research relevant to Building Information Modeling. h. Have an opportunity to put theory into practice via work-based learning. i. INTENDED LEARNING OUTCOMES (t) Through knowledge and understanding, students will be able to:  Understand the nature and operations of Building Information Modeling;  Demonstrate familiarity with theories and concepts used in the Building Information Modeling;  Understand the domestic and international nature and dimensions of Building Information Modeling;  Discuss the structure and organization of the public and private sectors of the Building Information Modeling;  Understand the factors which influence the development of organizations operating in the Building Information Modeling field and the most appropriate ways to manage this development;

168

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018



Demonstrate an understanding of the contribution and impacts of the Building Information Modeling in social, economic, environmental, political and cultural terms; (u) Through intellectual skills, students will be able to:  Recognize and apply appropriate theories, principles and concepts relevant to the Building Information Modeling;  Critically assess and evaluate the literature within Building Information Modeling;  Analyze and interpret information from a variety of sources relevant to Building Information Modeling;  Exercise appropriate judgment in selecting and presenting information using various methods relevant to Building Information Modeling;  Develop a reasoned argument to the solution of familiar and unfamiliar problems relevant to Building Information Modeling;  Appraise some of the current and emerging issues within the Building Information Modeling sector and debate the potential benefits. (v) Through professional and practical skills, students will be able to:  Plan, design and execute practical activities using techniques and procedures appropriate to Building Information Modeling;  Plan, design, record, execute and communicate a piece of independent research using Building Information Modeling media and techniques;  Recognize moral, ethical and safety issues which are pertinent to Building Information Modeling;  Respond to change within the external and internal Building Information Modeling environments. (w) Through general and transferable skills, students will be able to:  Develop appropriate effective written and oral communication skills relevant to Building Information Modeling;  Demonstrate the ability to work effectively as part of a group, involving leadership, group dynamics and interpersonal skills such as listening, negotiation and persuasion relevant to Building Information Modeling;  Use organization skills (including task and time management) relevant to Building Information Modeling both individually and in a group situation;  Solve problems relevant to Building Information Modeling using ideas and techniques some of which are at the forefront of the discipline;  Develop the ability to self-appraise and reflect on practice relevant to Building Information Modeling. STAGE DATE OF COMPLETION STAGE LABEL & DESCRIPTION NUMBER AND SUBMISSION Introduction and Course Outline – Organizational Instructions 30/1/2017 1 – The Meaning of BIM - BIM Software -Types of BIM DetailingInstructions - How to Install Software-The Revit Interface. Starting a Project-A : Template files - project settings 6/2/2017 2 - Modeling Basics-Based Modeling Components (Walls)-A Starting a Project-B: Modeling Basics - Selection and 13/2/2017 3 modification basics - Options - columns - Sketch-Based Modeling Components (Complex and stacked Walls)-B 20/2/2017 4 Floors - footprint roofs - slope arrows 5

Roof modifications and examples - extrusion roofs - slope arrows

27/2/2017

6

Curtain Walls (curtain grids, mullions, and panels)

6/3/2017

7

Project Revision- Final Submission

13/3/2017

Rooms (Adding and Controlling room numbering - room bounding elements) Schedules and Tags (Adding tags and schedules - key schedule).

20/3/2017

8 9

Visibility and Graphic Controls

27/3/2017

10

Annotation

3/4/2017

169

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

11

Visualization and Presentation-A

10/4/2017

12

Project Revision- Final Submission

24/4/2017

13

Sheets, Plotting, and Publishing

1/5/2017

14

Revision

8/5/2017

15

Final Exam

15/5/2017

170

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Course Calendar / Schedule

Note: Alterations to the above plan and timetable are possible according to the actual progress of work and assessment as monitored by the course teaching staff. Therefore, interim submissions and evaluation could be required and their outcome communicated to the students to provide them with further guidance.

Course Policies The course is delivered through lectures, tutorials, site visits, seminars, directed reading, videos, computer assisted learning, research-based teaching materials and methods, problem-based learning scenarios including coursework assignments, projects, workshops. Exposure to the Execution Design environment and related projects are an important aspect of the teaching and learning methods. General Policies:  Students should respect the general instructions given by the course staff.  Attendance percentage should be above 80%, otherwise attendance warnings would be issued.  Avoid plagiarism, the penalty of a plagiarism is cancelling your project / assignment.  The lecture starts from 8:00 to 8:50 and the studio work starts from 09:00 to 10:50 on Monday. Course Policies:  Each student should create an A4 portfolio contains: Final Project and the Weekly submissions in a digital format.  Each student should create an A4 portfolio contains: Course outline: (Lecture Titles, list of references, and Assignments Titles) - Research briefs – Researches – Reports.  Each student should attend the theoretical and analytical lectures which help him in class and home work.  Training students for continuous learning by provide each lecture’s slide with references.  Each student should make a report for the site visit to evaluate understanding which completes the theoretical information taken in lectures, and present the real construction application for students. Evaluation

ASSES NO.

TYPE

1

BIM definitions

2

Start-up Basics – template file

3

Modifications basics

4

Floors - footprint roofs - slope arrows

5

Roof Modelling and modifications

TO ASSESS intellectual qualities and professional skills intellectual qualities and professional skills intellectual qualities and professional skills intellectual qualities and professional skills intellectual qualities and professional skills

START WEEK NO.

SUBM. WEEK NO.

SUBM. DATE

1

1

30/01/2017

2

2

06/02/2017

3

3

13/02/2017

4

4

20/02/2017

5

5

27/02/2017

WEIGHTING OF ASSES.

60%

171

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

ASSES NO.

TO ASSESS

START WEEK NO.

SUBM. WEEK NO.

SUBM. DATE

knowledge base and intellectual qualities

6

6

06/03/2017

7

7

13/03/2017

8

8

20/03/2017

9

9

27/03/2017

10

10

03/04/2017

11

11

10/04/2017

12

12

24/04/2017

13

13

1/05/2017

14

14

8/05/2017

15

15

As Scheduled

TYPE

6

Curtain Walls (curtain grids, mullions, and panels)

7

Project RevisionFinal Submission

8

Rooms , Schedules and Tags

9

Visibility and Graphic Controls

10

Annotation

11

Visualization and Presentation-A

12

Project RevisionFinal Submission

13

Sheets, Plotting, and Publishing

14

Revision – Final Portfolio preview

15

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Final Exam -Oral Examination-

intellectual qualities and professional skills intellectual qualities and professional skills intellectual qualities and professional skills intellectual qualities and professional skills intellectual qualities and professional skills intellectual qualities and professional skills intellectual qualities and professional skills intellectual qualities and professional skills knowledge base, professional skills and transferable skills Total

WEIGHTING OF ASSES.

40% 100%

Library Resources & Support Services Course Notes:  Course outline: (Lecture Titles, List of References, and Assignments Titles)  Sheets  Projects Briefs Essential Books (Textbooks):  Krygiel, E., Read, P. & Vandezande, J. (2015). Revit Architecture 2015 Essentials. Wiley Publishing, Inc, Canada. Recommended Books:  Krygiel, E., Read, P. & Vandezande J. (2014). Mastering Autodesk Revit Architecture 2014. Wiley Publishing, Inc, Canada.

172

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

ARCH467. Digital modelling

Course Code / Title: ARCH467. Digital Modelling Credits: 2 Instructor: Dr. Marwan Halabi Course Hours: 2 Hours/Week

Course Duration: 14 Weeks

Academic Semester: Faculty Elective

Semester: Fall 2017/2018

Module Info: Advanced Level Course (3 hrs. Lecture) Location: Digital Modelling Lab Time:

Tue

08:00 to 11:00

Course description and Objectives The course will deal with the investigation of design problems through the use of computer graphics from the initial stages of design conceptualization to design development, visualizing a new approach to different issues of computer aided design. This studio will concentrate on the idea of digital design that is giving rise to new architectonic possibilities. Architecture is a question of building, and forms generated on the screen are just utopian fantasies if they do not conform to the tectonic requirements of the real world. There is a big difference between designing according to the algorithmic potential of software programs and the tectonic parameters of actual building materials. At the same time, the old opposition of tectonics versus the digital design has given way to a new tectonics of digital design that can be lead to the desired materialization through the help of CAM technologies. Within this overall aim, the course strives to enable students to: 1. 2.

3. 4.

Further develop the students’ digital skills in modeling techniques as well as applying the computer as a design tool for the generation of a project Investigate new tools in design, which provide the possibility of studying the transformation of a drawing with respect to changing variables, and the integration of different parameters in the design process Present an opportunity for students to creatively explore new ideas, theories and techniques and to integrate their personal research in the generation of a comprehensive design project Explore different strategies to create an architecture composed of complex geometries, solids, complex surfaces and curves such as NURBS (Non-Standard Uniform B-Splines). For such experiment, we will be using different softwares, among them Rhinoceros as the main tool, combined with the traditional CAD and with the flexibility of the Spline-based technology to precisely represent complex forms instead of just vectorial lines o polygon meshes. An up-to-date set of new tools will be introduced lately in order to parametrically control the process of design and construction.

TEACHING AND LEARNING METHODS:  The course is delivered through lectures, tutorials, seminars, directed reading, videos, computer assisted learning, case studies and experimental learning, research-based teaching materials and methods, problem-based learning scenarios including coursework assignments and projects.  Students should have basic computer drafting skills. The course seeks to provide students with digital modelling strategies by using “Rhinoceros” as the main software in addition to complementary programs such as AutoCad, 3D Max, and Photoshop.  In addition, through the realization of a series of exercises of different scales, students will be provided with the following:

173

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

1- A set of conceptual and visual tools as supportive information when realizing exercises and designing projects. 2- Exposure to innovative ways to design and obtain complex and, at the same time, rational results. 3- Awareness of the visual qualities of architecture in general, while also learning how to translate observation, knowledge, and intentions into the digital design process. Course Outline WEEK

STAGE LABEL & DESCRIPTION -

Visualization options

-

Basic drawing definitions : lines, splines, fillet, offset, extrude, copy, move, rotate 1d, 2d and 3d

-

Design of basic geometrical shapes

-

Extrusion options Basic descriptive geometry principles : points in space and its relation with volumes

-

Introduction to NURBS

-

Surface generation principles: planar surfaces, edge curves, loft, curve network, revolve and rail sweeping

-

Transforming complex surfaces into volumes Importing design principles and data from different softwares

-

Basic operation differences : Boolean operations, trim, split

-

Basic geometrical deformations: scale 1d, 2d, & 3d, twist

-

Transforming and Deforming shapes Acquisition of data from shapes: duplicate edges, extract wireframe, extract isocurves

-

Fluidity in design

-

Splitting lines, surfaces and volumes

-

Geometrical control

-

Simplification of data for generation of surfaces

-

Joining surfaces

-

Combination of simple and complex shapes

-

Moulding process with splines and control points

-

Projecting data into surfaces and shapes

-

6th Week Assessment

-

Control points in space

-

Design with splines

-

Single curved surfaces

-

Double curved surfaces

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

174

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

WEEK

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

STAGE LABEL & DESCRIPTION -

Boolean operations with simple and complex shapes

-

Building models with digital data using manual approach

-

Building models with digital data for Computer Aided Manufacturing (CAM)

-

Unroll developable surfaces

-

Strategies for shape development and control

-

3d section

-

Introduction to parametric design

-

Form contours

-

Unfolding surfaces techniques for models and real scale components

-

11th Week Assessment

-

Optimization of construction process

-

Exporting data for presentations

-

Exporting data for rendering Basic rendering with Rhino

-

Exporting data for other platforms

-

Transforming designed objects for 3d printing

14

-

Generation of a complex project and building of a model (vertical city)

15

-

Final Exam

8

9

10 11

12

13

Evaluation ASSES NO. 1 2 3

START WEEK NO. 3

SUBM. WEEK NO. 4

26/09/2017

4

5

03/10/2017

Total Assessment

-

6

17/10/2017

Total Assessment

-

11

21/11/2017

TYPE

TO ASSESS

Exercises Individual Exercises and quiz 6th Week Assessment

Digital Files

SUBM. DATE

4

11th Week Assessment

5

Individual assignments to assess

Assign. 2 (Individual work)

7

13

05/12/2017

6

15th Week Final Exam

Total Assessment

-

15

T.B.A.

WEIGHTING OF ASSES.

30%

30%

Total

40%

40%

100%

100%

175

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

General Policies   

The course has introduced to students through lectures, 2 hrs per week. Students should respect the general instructions given by the course staff. Attendance percentage should be above 80%, otherwise attendance warnings would be issued. LIST OF REFERENCES

Rhinoceros for Windows User Guide

-

Rhinoceros modelling tools for designers: Training Maual

Level 1

Rhinoceros modelling tools for designers: Training Maual

Level 2 -

Course Instructor: Dr. Marwan Halabi

www.rhino3d.com

Dean of Faculty: Prof. Dr. Ibtihal El-Bastawissi

Date: 11 / 04 / 2017

176

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

ARCH563. Regionalism in Architecture Course Code / Title: ARCH563. Regionalism in Architecture

Credits: 2

Instructor: Assoc. Prof. Baher Farahat Course Hours: 2 Hours/Week

Course Duration: 14 Weeks

Academic Semester: Faculty Elective

Semester: Fall 2017/2018

Module Info: Advanced Level Course (2 hrs. Lecture) Location: A209 – B1 Floor Time:

Tuesday 8:00 to 09.50

Course Objectives This course is designed to provide an overview of p o s s i b l e n e w i n t e r p r e t a t i o n s a b o u t regionalism in architecture. Students w i l l learn from their own local experiences about architecture and regionalism and issues concerning process and practices. Course Outline The course investigates various definitions of regionalism and theoretical approaches to the problem of designing architecture that reflects its time, place, culture and environment. Thus, the shape of buildings and environments are studied in relation to climate, landscape, availability of resources and cultural backgrounds. I explores the concept of regionalism in architecture; local architectural models around the world; the power of invented regionalism, the persistence of regional revivals; and the impact of regional architecture in historic preservation. WEEK

STAGE LABEL & DESCRIPTION

1

Introduction. Styles of Architecture

2

last-trends-in-architecture

3

Vernacular Architecture (revision)

4

Research work ( case study presentation)

5

Architecture and culture of the place

6

Regionalism in Architecture ( concept and definition)

7

Research work presentation

8

Approaches to Regionalism in Architecture

9

Traditional Mediterranean Architecture

10

Research work ( case study presentation)

11

(local Lebanese Architecture)

12

12 week Exam

13

Pre-final research work presentation

14

Introduction to Conservation of Historic Buildings

177

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Evaluation

ASSES NO.

TYPE

TO ASSESS

START WEEK NO.

SUBM. WEEK NO.

1

Group Assignments

Assignments /assessment (Research on a selected topic)

3rd

6th

20%

2

Group Assignments

Total Assessment

-----

8th

10%

Group Assignments

Assignments /assessment (Research on a selected topic)

4

Individual Assignments

5

Final Exam

3

SUBM. DATE

WEIGHTING OF ASSES.

60% 9

th

12

20%

Assignments /assessment (Research presentation)

-----

14th

10%

Total Assessment

-----

--------

Total

th

---------

40%

40%

100%

100%

List of References

(oo) Course notes: Lectures' handouts. (pp) Essential books (textbooks): Vincent B. Canizaro, 2007, Architectural Regionalism, Princeton Architecture Press, New York. Lefaivre, Liane (2003) Critical Regionalism : Architecture and Identity in a Globalized World / Liane Lefaivre; Alexander Tzonis. — Munich : Prestel Gallion, Arthur B.& Eisner, Simon.(1963). The Urban Pattern : City Planning and Design 2nd ed. — New Jersey : D. Van Nostrand Company, IN

178

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

(qq) Recommended books: Jenks, Mike. Edt. Burton, Elizabeth and Williams, Kate (1996) The Compact City : A Sustainable Urban Form? /— London : E. & F.N. Spon Ltd Nakhla, Samir (1971) An Approach to Regional Architecture : A Case Study of the Middle East With Special Reference to Egypt / Samir Nakhla. — Nurnberg : Druckshnelldienst Proceedings of the Regional Seminar in the series Exploring Architecture in Islamic Cultures (1983 : Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia) Architecture and Identity / Proceedings of the Regional Seminar in the series Exploring Architecture in Islamic Cultures Held in Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia. — Singapore : Concept Media Pte Ltd, 1983 Williams, Katie. Edt. Burton,Elizabeth and Jenks, Mike. (2000) Achieving Sustainable Urban Form .London : E. & F.N. Spon Ltd (rr) General References: Books available in the BAU library. Other texts and links of papers to be proposed by the Instructor during the lessons

Course Instructor: Assoc. Prof. Baher I. Farahat

Dean of Faculty: Prof. Ibtehal Youssef

Date: 01 / 09 / 2017

179

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

ARCH564. SITE PLANNING

Course Code / Title: ARCH564. Site Planning

Credits: 2

Course Hours: 2 Hours/Week

Course Duration: 14 Weeks

Academic Semester: 500 level Elective

Semester: Fall 2017

Module Info: Advanced Level Course (2 hrs. Lecture) Location: Time:

A203 -Level 4 Studio – B1 Floor Tue

12:00 to 14:50

Course Description & Objectives Theory, practice and impacts of site planning: zoning, growth management, methods and techniques of land use control. Site identity and character. Systematic surveys and site analysis. Physical, cultural and economic contexts. Critique of recent cases of site planning. Developing land use plans and guidelines, land use ordinances and legal frameworks. THE GOALS OF SITE PLANNING ARE TO CONTRIBUTE TO THE OVERALL FUNCTIONAL EFFICIENCY, CONSERVATION OF RESOURCES, ECONOMIC STABILITY AND QUALITY OF LIFE OF THE INSTALLATION. Learning Activities The course is delivered through lectures and practice surveys and site analysis with hands on researches and applications. theory, practice ( methods and techniques of scientific steps for site planning as a reconnaissance and inventories( physical, biological, cultural and economic contexts), site analysis and evaluate the results . The course including project a compound for residential area. The students will learn how to apply the previous subjects according to the program, site analysis, site environmental issues and there exists regulations and constraints .

Course Outline

WEEK

STAGE LABEL & DESCRIPTION

1

Introduction and definitions

2

Site Planning and Design Principles

3

Scientific steps for Site Planning

4

Site visit (Site selection).

5

Systematic Surveys & Site Analysis.

6

Principles of Neighborhood Design.

7

7th Week Exam (oral)

8

Developing land use plans and guidelines

9

Conceptual Design.

10

Design Development.

11

Construction Documentation

12

12th Week Evaluation (oral)

180

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

WEEK

STAGE LABEL & DESCRIPTION

13

Project implementation

14

Final presentation group / Open discussion & assignment submission

List of References: (ss) Course notes: Lectures' handouts (tt) Recommended books:

Mumford, Lewis (1961). The city in History: Its Origin, its Transformations, and its Prospects, New York: Harcourt Inc.

Gallion, Arthur B. The Urban Pattern

Howard, E. (1965). Garden Cities of Tomorrow. Intro. by Lewis Mumford. Cambridge, Massachusetts: The MIT Press.

Hall, G. (1996). Cities of Tomorrow: An Intellectual History of Urban Planning and Design in the Twentieth Century.

Dean of Faculty Prof. Dr. Ibtihal El- Bastawissi

Date: 10/ 02 / 2017

181

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

ARCH566.

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Environmental Impact Assessment

Course Code / Title: ARCH566. Environmental Impact Assessment Credits: 2 Instructor: Hiba Mohsen Course Hours: 2 Hours/Week Course Duration: 14 Weeks Academic Semester: 5th Semester: Fall 2017/2018 Module Info: Elective Course (2 hrs. Lecture) Location: Auditorium A209 Time: Thursday 2:00 to 4:00

Course Description & Objectives This course introduces the process of environmental impact assessment, analysis and implementation. It provides a critical overview of the theory and practice of EIA as operated internationally. It also provide a basic understanding of the EIA process as it is used for research, planning, project or program evaluation, monitoring. The student will be able to relate the uses of scientific research to practical situations in project planning and decision making. It also introduce students to the legal, economic, administrative and technical process of preparing and/or evaluating environmental impact documents The intended learning outcomes of the course are: (x)

Through knowledge and understanding, students will be able to:

(x 1) (x 2) (x 3) (y)

Through intellectual skills, students will be able to:

(y 1) (y 2) (y 3) (z)

To identify the purpose and aims of EIA; To define the concept of associated assessment processes; To list the key elements of the EIA process. To analyze the role of public participation; To determine the strengths and limitations of EIA; To classify the options for estimating environmental and social impacts;

Through professional and practical skills, students will be able to:

(z 1) (z 2) (z 3) -

To distinguish the costs and benefits of undertaking EIA To prepare the screening process; To experiment the scoping process and how it is applied;

(aa) Through general and transferable skills, students will be able to:

(aa 1) - To verify the factors that assist, and detract, from the usefulness of the EIA Report; (aa 2) - To propose an EIA Report (Environmental Impact Statement, or Environmental Statement); (aa 3) - To communicate with teams comprised of impact assessment professionals Learning Activities The learning that students will achieve will come from the structured materials that form the basis of the course, the activities that are contained within the course and the research that is approved by the tutor of the course. Research (Group work) Relate your assignment to an every-day situation from the following possibilities:

182

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

An EIA project that is planned in your local area (or anywhere in Lebanon) 

Construction or redevelopment of a road, or public transport facility



Expansion of part of the operations of a heavy engineering firm on a new (but nearby) site



Development (or redevelopment/expansion) of a regional shopping centre

Discuss and agree your choice of what you would like to do, and resources, with your instructor. After you have selected your topic, following negotiation with your instructor, you are asked to prepare a 2000 word maximum report. This report will provide a critically thought-through plan for an EIA (related to the situation you have chosen). You should prepare a framework that could be given to someone else to complete all the details. As part of this report you will: briefly describe the situation to which the EIA applies; discuss why the EIA is needed; identify the components that will constitute the EIA; discuss the purpose/role of each component; and base your discussion on the literature related to EIA theory or practice. Imagine that you are an environmental consultant, and you have been commissioned by a developer to undertake an EIA of a local example of a proposed or current development project or policy. 

In a letter to the developer, outline the local legal and regulatory framework for EIA and its role in gaining permission to apply the policy or construct and operate the proposed development. (10% marks)



Develop a scoping matrix for the development and produce a brief method statement to justify your choice of impacts (15% marks).



Develop a document as if you were an environmental consultant outlining how you would go about carrying out an environmental baseline study for one of the chosen elements taken from scoping list already developed (15% marks).



Create Assessment and mitigation summary table, using information about your proposed project or policy, and supplementary reading (10% marks).



Provide a written commentary explaining your choice of impact magnitude and significance descriptors, and your suggested mitigation measures (15% marks).



Choose the main impacts and explain why they may prevent the project from proceeding (15% marks).

Quizzes: Each class may include a quiz covering the previous week’s reading assignment. These cannot be made up if missed. Course Calendar / Schedule STAGE LABEL & DESCRIPTION Week 1

Introduction to the Course 1.

Background 1-2 Purpose and aims of EIA 1-3 Nature and Scope of environmental issues and impacts 1-4 Principles of EIA administration and practice 1-5 Key elements of the EIA process 1-6 Costs and benefits of EIA

2.

Law, Policy and Institutional Arrangements 2-1 Introduction 2-2 About EIA Systems 2-3 EIA Policy and Legislation 2-4 EIA Requirements of International Organizations 2-5 Principles for a Functional EIA System

Week 2

Week 3

NOTES

183

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

3.

Week 4

Week 5

Week 6

Week 7

Week 8

Week 9

Week 10

Week 11

Pollution 3-1 Air Pollution 3-2 Water Pollution 3-3 Noise Pollution 3-4 Soil contamination 3-5 Light Pollution 3-6 Visual Pollution 3-7 Global warming 3-8 Pollution reduction methods 3-9Renewable resources 4. Public involvement 4-1 Introduction 4-2 What is public involvement? 4-3 Stakeholders involved 4-4 Principles of public involvement 4-5 Scope of involvement 4-6 Planning a public involvement program 4-7 Public involvement techniques 4-8 Arguments for and against public involvement 5. Screening 5-1 Introduction 5-2 Screening procedure 5-3 Project lists for screening 5-4 Preliminary EIA 5-5 Other types of Screening 5-6 Criteria for the determination of the need for, and level of, EIA Mid-Term 6. Scoping 6-1 Introduction 6-2 Purpose of scoping 6-3 Approaches to scoping 6-4 Scoping methods 6-5 Alternatives 6-6 EIA Terms of Reference 7. Impact analysis 7-1 Impact Identification 7-2 Impact Analysis/Prediction 7-3 Characteristics of environmental impacts 7-4 Social Impact Assessment 7-5 Evaluation of impact significance 7-6 Significance Criteria 8. Mitigation and Impact Management 8-1 Link between EIA process and Mitigation 8-2 Main Elements of Mitigation 8-3 Approaches to Mitigation 8-4 Environmental Management Plan and Mitigation Measures 9. EIA Reporting 9-1 What is an EIA Report? 9-2 Typical Elements of an EIA Report 9-3 Shortcomings encountered in Preparing EIA Reports 9-4 Guidelines for effective EIA report preparation and production 10. Review of EIA Quality 10-1 Role and Purpose of the EIA Review Process 10-2 Need for a Systematic Approach 10-3 Procedural Aspects

184

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

10-4 Main Steps in the EIA Review 10-5 Carrying out the review 10-6 Procedures for Evaluating EIA Reports Week 12

Report submission 1 / Discussion

Week 13

Pre-final submission / Discussion 11. Decision-making 11-1 Role of the Decision-makers 11-2 EIA as part of the Decision-making Process 11-3 Responsibility of the Decision-Makers 12. Implementation and Follow-up 12-1 Key Objectives of EIA implementation and follow up 12-2 Tools for Environmental Management and Performance Review 12-3 Monitoring 12-4 Environmental Auditing 12-5 Evaluation of EIA Effectiveness and Performance

Week 14

Course Policies Attendance is mandatory, Tardiness is not acceptable. The use of cell phones is disruptive, and is therefore prohibited during class.

Evaluation

Asses No.

Type

To Assess

Start Week No.

Subm. Week No.

Subm. Date

1

Individual & group assignments

Research/ Quizzes / Week 7 Exam (week 4st : week 7th)

1

6

Refer to schedule

2

6th Week Exam/Total assessment

Total Assessment

7

30% 7 60%

Screening, Scoping 3

Individual & group assignments

4

Quiz

5

Individual and group assignments

6

Final Exam

(week 8thst : week 12th) Total Assessment EIA Report Submission Final Exam

7

12

12

12

12

14

20%

10% 40% Total 100%

40% 100%

185

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

List of References Essential Books Noble, B. (2010) Introduction to Environmental Impact Assessment, Oxford: Oxford University Press. Recommended Books Wood, C. (2002) Environmental Impact Assessment: A Comparative Review (2nd Edition), Harlow: Prentice Hall. Kevin, H. (2009) Environmental Impact Assessment, Oxford: Oxford University Press. UNDP (2010) State and Trends of the Lebanese Environment, UNDP, Beirut. Clayton B. D. & Sadler B. (2005) Strategic Environmental Assessment: A sourcebook and Reference Guide to International Experience. Earthscan, UK

Course Instructor: Hiba Mohsen

Dean of Faculty: Prof. Ibtehal El-Bastawissi

186

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

SPRING

ARCH272 – ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN FUNDAMENTALS: PHYSICAL STUDIES

BASIC INFORMATION Course Title: Architectural Design Fundamentals: Physical Studies Code: ARCH272 Hours Lecture: 02 Tutorial: 8 Prerequisites: ARCH 271 Academic Year / Level: First Specialization: Architectural Engineering

Credit: 05 Term: Spring

11- COURSE DESCRIPTION AND OVERALL AIMS: The course aims to build up the specialized knowledge and develop/ sustain the required skills needed to support, enthuse and inspire students during their early architectural design experimentations and throughout their future practice. Within this overall aim, the course attempts to build-up the students' capabilities to:  Demonstrate theoretical knowledge and have practical skills and personal attributes and competencies that enable them to work efficiently -as architects- in geographically dislocated collaborative design environment.  Understand analytical, developmental, legal, managerial and technical principles that relate to Architectural Design.  Develop an initial balance between the creative/imaginative and rational/ practical thinking skills necessary for the effective design thinking and Architectural Design process.  Develop the academic abilities and personal characteristics required to solve problems relevant to Architectural Design and critically assess relevant aspects of the industry.  Cultivate a professional attitude and develop skills relation to communication, teamwork, project planning and management, and responsibility for individual learning.  Accomplish an initial understanding of the economic, environmental, political, social and technological influences which relate to the architectural design problem.  Demonstrate an ability to initiate and sustain in-depth research relevant to Architectural Design.  Demonstrate an introductory understanding of the formal, environmental, social and technological influences, which relate to Architectural Design.  Have an opportunity to put theory into practice via work-based learning.

12- INTENDED LEARNING OUTCOMES OF THE COURSE (ILO): All intended learning outcomes (ILO) are aligned with core ARB/RIBA criteria, utilizing all or in part the following five thematic headings: Design, Technology and environment, Cultural Context, Management practice and law, and Communication. Each theme utilizes the terms awareness, knowledge, understanding and ability as embedded outcomes [key skills] to indicate the level of achievement required in each theme. (bb) DESIGN

187

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

(ARB/RIBA part1: GC1.1 / GC1.3 / GC2.2/ GC3.3/ GC5.1/ GC5.3/ GC6.3) (bb 1) -

An awareness of the holistic process of architectural design

(bb 2) -

An awareness of the totality of the creative design process, from inception, design development, to fabrication and construction.

(bb 3) -

An understanding of the role of drawings in the research and analysis phases of the design process.

(bb 4) -

An understanding of scale and the way in which building fit into their local context.

(bb 5) -

An understanding of the qualities that make a drawing an appropriate and clear communication.

(bb 6) -

An understanding of the basic formal concepts and relationship.

(bb 7) -

An understanding of the value of the conscious application of the formal concepts to creation, development and communication of ideas.

(bb 8) -

An understanding of a range of basic architectural design concepts (i.e., approach, entry, arrival, open/implied versus closed/explicit space and clear spatial figure.)

(bb 9) -

An ability to plan, carry out and reflect on a process for creating design solutions.

(bb 10) - An ability to design in three dimensions and prepare and present building design projects in response to a brief (bb 11) - An ability to develop a conceptual and critical approach to architectural design that integrates and satisfies the aesthetic and technical aspects of a building and needs of the user (bb 12) - An Ability to develop a design that addresses and synthesizes stated goals, constraints and requirements. (bb 13) - An ability to make cognitive judgement regarding the hierarchical relationship of spaces, and associated volumetric organisation. (bb 14) - An ability to adopt an open-minded approach in the appraisal of design issues, requirements and opportunities. (bb 15) - An ability to generate alternatives and develop solutions to defined design problems. (cc) TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT (ARB/RIBA part1: GC1.2 / GC5.2/ GC8.2/ GC8.3) (cc 1) - An awareness of the opportunities and limitations of material properties on its structural capability on different scales (model making and one unit scale). (cc 2) -

An awareness of Constructability and structural theories.

(cc 3) - A preliminary understanding of the physical properties and characteristics of specific materials, components and systems, and the impact of specification choices. (cc 4) - An ability to design three-dimensional form and spaces that experientially respond to natural and built site characteristics (sun location, glare, heat weather conditions, etc.) (dd) CULTURAL CONTEXT (ARB/RIBA part1: GC2.2 / GC2.3/ GC5.1/ GC5.3/ GC6.3/ GC7.1) (dd 1) - An awareness of the need to inspire and aspire users in physical environments.

188

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

(dd 2) - A knowledge of the creative application of fine arts and other such work to studio design projects, in terms of their conceptualization and representation. (dd 3) - An understanding of the need to critically review precedents in informing the function, organization and technology strategy of design proposals. (dd 4) - An understanding of the way in which buildings fit into their local social, cultural and physical context. (dd 5) - An understanding of the diverse needs, values, behavioral norms, physical abilities, and social and spatial patterns that characterize different cultures and individuals and the implication of this diversity on the societal roles and responsibilities of architects. (ee) COMMUNICATION (ARB/RIBA part1: GC1.1 / GC3.3) (ee 1) - An awareness of the implication and applicability of „scale‟ in methods of representation. (ee 2) - An awareness of the relevance and applicability of various methods of visual representation. (ee 3) - An understanding of the value of representing information in graphic form. (ee 4) - An ability to use conventional (3D model - making) as well as non-conventional techniques of architectural representation. (ee 5) - An ability to verbally present in clear manner the essential goals and concepts that underlay a design. (ee 6) - An ability to identify in writing specific things learned in the process of developing and communicating a design. (ee 7) - An ability to present building design projects of diverse scale, complexity and type in a variety of contexts, using a range of media, and in response to a brief. (ee 8) - An ability to utilize a range of media, tools, techniques and pictorial systems to represent existing and imagined objects and environments on two- dimensional surfaces. (ff) MANAGEMENT PRACTICE AND LAW (ARB/RIBA part1: GC6.2) (ff 1) -

An awareness of the process of evaluation and critical appraisal of one’s own work and the work of others.

(ff 2) -

An ability to work in collaboration with other students as members of a design team.

13- COURSE OUTLINE: Week No. 1

Week No. 2

Week No. 3

Introductory Lectures (Human Needs) First Design/Model Project Group work Human Needs (Housing Unit) Model Making Lecture 1 Shade and Shadow 1 First Design/Model Project Submisision EVALUATION 1 – Human Needs + 1st project

189

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Week No. 4 Week No. 5 Week No. 6 Week No. 7 Week No. 8 Week No. 9 Week No. 10 Week No. 11 Week No. 12 Week No. 13 Week No. 14 Week No. 15

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Second Design/ Model Project Model Making Lecture 2 Research: Site (Analysis & Concept) Shade and Shadow 2 Design Development EVALUATION 2 - Site (Analysis & Concept) + 2nd Project Model Making Lecture 3 Model workshop (7th week assessment) Shade and Shadow 3 TERM Project Design Development (Plans and model development + Elevations) Design review 1 (Drawings & model development + Sections) Client’s character research review Client’s character research submission pre final Submission (12th Week Evaluation) (Layout model, presentation technique, Typography, Diagrams...etc Drawings refinement for final submission Final Submission Final exam

Note that: 1. More orthographic projection sheets might be given during the course of the semester along the design work or as needed by the design tutors. 2. The shade and shadows module, its lectures and assignments will be merged with the course layout in the following sequence:  The effect of light and Shadow. (planar)  The effect of light and Shadow. (volumetric)  Architectural shades & shadows Architectural examples 3. Interim assessments (7th & 12th week) will most probably include grades for shade and shadow exercises. 4. You will be provided with a short reading list to inspire discussion during the design classes. 5. Course files will be inspected from time to time so be prepared. 6. Alterations to the above plan and timetable are possible according to the actual progress of work and assessment as monitored by the course teaching staff. Therefore, interim submissions and evaluation could be required and their outcome communicated to the students to provide them with further guidance.

4-

Teaching and Learning Methods:

The course is delivered through lectures, seminars, directed reading, case studies and experimental learning, research-based teaching materials and methods, problem-based learning scenarios including coursework assignments, projects, and research paper. Exposure to the ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN environment and related projects are an important aspect of the teaching and learning methods.

190

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

5 - Course Policies General Policies:

   

Students should respect the general instructions given by the course staff. Attendance percentage should be above 80%, otherwise attendance warnings would be issued. The studio work starts from 11:00 to 15:50 on Monday and from 08:00 to 12:50 on Wednesday. The break times: 12:30 to 12:45 & 14:15 to 14:30 on Monday 09:30 to 09:45 & 11:15 to 11:30 on Wednesday

Course Policies: 



Each student should create an A2 portfolio contains: Course outline: (Lecture Titles, list of references, and Assignments Titles) – Sheets - Projects briefs – Researches – class sketches – A3 hard copy of the submitted sheets. Refer to your Studio policies at (Studio Etiquette)

191

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

6Asses No. 1 2

Student Assessment Methods, Schedule and Grading:

Type Researches Sheets

To Assess

Start Week No.

Subm. Week No.

EVALUATION 1 - researches & case studies

01

07

Orthographic Projection

01

07

06

07

07

08

08

10

10

12

07

12

5%

11

14

3%

1

7

3

Sheet

4

Sheets Sheets - Model

EVALUATION 2 – 7th week evaluation Pin UP 1 Project (Pin Up2) EVALUATION 3 – pre final Submission

6

Sheets - Model

EVALUATION 4 – 12th week Project 1 Final Submission

7

Sheet

8

Sheet

9

Model

5

10 Total

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Shade & Shadow Shade & Shadow

Evaluation 5 – Model MAKING Final Exam

Subm. Date

Weighting of Asses.

15% 10% 5% 5% 10%

7% 30%

100%

192

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

7-

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

List of References:

Course notes:

Each student has an A2 portfolio contains: Course outline: (Lecture Titles, list of references, and Assignments Titles) – Sheets - Projects briefs –Researches – class sketches – A2 hard copy of the submitted stages. Given Reading List:

 Zumthor, Peter, et al. Thinking architecture. Vol. 113. Birkhäuser, 2006.  Lawson, Bryan. Language of space. Routledge, 2007. Essential Books (Textbooks):

 Ching F. D. K. (2007). Architecture Form. Space and order. 3rd Edition-Van Nostrand Reinhold, New York.  Ching F. D. K. (2009). Architecture Graphics. 5th Edition-Van Nostrand Reinhold, New York.  Edwards, B. (2008). Understanding architecture through drawing. Taylor & Francis.  Farrelly, L. (2012). The fundamentals of architecture. Bloomsbury Publishing Fraser, I., & Henmi, R. (1993). Envisioning architecture: an analysis of drawing. John Wiley & Sons.  Jencks, C., & Baird, G. (Eds.). (1970). Meaning in architecture. Barrie & Jenkins.  Lyall, S. (1991). Designing the new landscape. Thames and Hudson.  Mills, C. B. (2010). Designing with models: A studio guide to making and using architectural design models. John Wiley & Sons.  Mi-Young, P.(2012) Construction and design manual architectural models 1 &2. DOM publisher  Seonwook, K.(2012) Construction and design manual Architectural and Program Diagrams 1 &2. DOM publisher

Recommended Books:

         

(2006). 50 of The World’s Best Apartments. Images Publishing Dist Ac. Callender, J. H. (1997 or latest edition). Time-Saver Standards for Architectural Design Data. New York: McGraw-Hili Book Company. De Chiara J., Panero J. & Zelnik M. (2001 or the latest edition). Time-Saver Standards for Housing and Residential Development. New York: McGraw-Hili Book Company. De Chiara J. (2001 or the latest edition). Time-Saver Standards for Building Types. New York: McGraw-Hili Book Company. Fajardo J. (2008). Design Apartments. h. f. ullmann. Kim, & yong – sam. (2003). Interior Design (ID Series) – Apartments and Villas. CA Press Co. Ltd., Soul, Korea. Kim, and yong – sam. (2003 or the latest edition). Interior Space Series. Arch-world Co. Ltd., Soul, Korea. Binggeli K. (2004). Interior Graphic Standards, Wiley; USA. Laseau, P. (1988 or the latest edition). Graphic Thinking for Architects and Designers. 2nd Edition, Wiley. Neufert, P. (2012). Architect's Data-4th edition. Wiley-Blackwell.

193

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

 

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Ramsey C. G. & Hoke, J. R. (2007). Architectural Graphic Standards. 11th Edition, John, Willey and Sons Inc., USA. Zelnik, M. (2001 or the latest edition). Time-Saver Standards for Interior Design and Space Planning. 2nd Edition, New York: McGraw-Hili Book Company.

Magazines:

   

Architectural Design Magazines Series. Architectural Review Magazines Series. Domus Magazines Series. Ikea catalogs.

194

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

ARCH274 – Building Construction II

Course Title: Building Construction II Code: ARCH274 Hours Lecture: 02 Prerequisites: ARCH273 Academic Year / Level: Level 1 Specialization: Architecture-Design

Tutorial: 04

Credit: 03

Year: 2017-2018

Term: Spring 2018

14- Course Description and Overall Aims: The course aims to provide students with the specialist knowledge necessary for engineering carrier in Building Construction field. Within this overall aim, the course strives to enable students to: - Demonstrate theoretical knowledge and have practical skills and personal attributes and competencies that will be required for Building Construction position in the international Building Construction industry. - Understand analytical, developmental, legal, managerial and technical principles that relate to Building Construction. - Have an appropriate balance between the vocational skills necessary for immediate employment in Building Construction and the more fundamental principles necessary for further study. - Develop the academic abilities and personal characteristics required to solve problems relevant to Building Construction and critically assess relevant aspects of the industry. - Cultivate a professional attitude and develop skills relation to communication, teamwork, project planning and management, and responsibility for individual learning. - Demonstrate a systematic understanding of the economic, environmental, political, social and technological influences, which relate to the Building Construction field. - Demonstrate an ability to initiate and sustain in-depth research relevant to Building Construction. - Have an opportunity to put theory into practice via work-based learning. Week No. 1

Reinforced concrete staircase one flight (Drawings, details, techniques )

Week No. 2

Reinforced concrete staircase Circular (design and construction)

Week No. 3

Walls (solid, cavity) concrete, bricks, stone…

Week No. 4

Walls (retaining) concrete, bricks, stone…

195

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Week No. 5

Site visit [field survey] (under construction site)

Week No. 6

Masonry works (Brick, stone work)

Week No. 7

Masonry works (stone work)

Week No. 8

Midterm Exam

Week No. 9

Wooden Doors and Windows

Week No. 10

Semester Project: Two floors building. Construction system: Skeleton Construction System

Week No. 11

Project Plans by courses (studio work)

Week No. 12

Feedback on Plans by courses (lecture) and start Sections (studio)

Week No. 13

Project Sections (studio work)

Week No. 14

Feedback on Sections (lecture) and start Elevations (studio) Final Exam

4-a

Teaching and Learning Methods:

The course is delivered through lectures, tutorials, seminars, directed reading, videos, computer assisted learning, laboratories, case studies and experimental learning, research-based teaching materials and methods, problem-based learning scenarios including coursework assignments, projects, research paper, workshops. Exposure to the BUILDING CONSTRUCTION environment and related projects are an important aspect of the teaching and learning methods. 4-b Teaching and Learning Methods for Students with Special Needs:

12-

Student Assessment Methods, Schedule and Grading:

Asses No.

Type

To Assess

1

Class work

2

Class work

3 4

Class work Class work

Ex-1 Staircase one flight Ex-2 Staircase Circular Ex-3 Wall Sections Ex-4 Wall Sections Stone work

5 6

Total In class Exam Individual project Step No.1

7 8

Individual project Step No.2 Individual project Step No.3 Total

Midterm Exam Foundation Plan Plans Submission Final Plans + Sections Submission Elevations & Details Submission

Start Week No. 2

Subm. Week No. 3

4

5

5%

6 7

6 7

5% 5%

8 9

8 10

20% 10% 5%

11

12

5% 5%

13

13

5%

Subm. Date

Weighting of Asses. 5%

20%

196

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

9

Individual project Step No.4

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Final Submission

14

Jury

10% 70%

Total

13-

10%

List of References:

(a) Course Notes: Each student has an A4 portfolio contains: Course outline: (Lecture Titles, list of references, and Assignments Titles) – Sheets - Research briefs – Researches – Reports – A3 hard copy of the submitted sheets. (b) Essential books (textbooks):  CHING Francis D.K., Building Construction Illustrated- 4th edition, Van Nostrand Reinhold, New York 2012. 

Ramsey & Sleeper. (1989) Architectural Graphic Standards. John Wiley & Sons; Student edition, abridged from the seventh edition. ISBN 0-471-62060-2



W.B.Mckay, Building Construction- Fifth Edition Volume (1,2,3,4,5)



Chudley R. and Greeno R., Building Construction Handbook 8th Edition, Elsevier, Great Britain, 2008.



Hegger Manfred, Construction Materials Manual ( Construction Manuals Series ), Birkhauser GmbH, 2006.

(c) Recommended books:  CHING Francis D.K., Building Construction Illustrated- 4th edition, Van Nostrand Reinhold, New York 2012. 

Hansen, Jurgen (1971) Architecture in wood. Gerhand stalling verlag, Germany



Liebing, Ralph & Paul Mimi. (1977) Architectural working drawings. John Wiley & Sons. New York.



Barry R. (1970) The Construction of Buildings. Volume 1,2 Granada, London. Second edition.



Ching Francis D. K.(2001) A Visual Dictionary of Architecture. John Wiley & Sons. New York.

Course Instructor: Assoc. Prof. Dr. Baher Farahat Date: 1/2/2018

Dean of Faculty: Prof. Dr. Ibtehal Youssef

197

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

ARCH276. Theory of Architecture I

Course Code / Title: ARCH276. Theory of Architecture I

Credits: 2

Instructor: Dr. Massimiliano Gotti Porcinari Course Hours: 2 Hours/Week Academic Semester: 2nd

Course Duration: 14 Weeks Semester: Spring 2017/2018

Module Info: Mandatory Course (2 hrs. Lecture) Location:

Time:

Course Objectives This course is designed for beginners students of architecture to sensitize them with main aspects involved in the creation of architecture. Students are encouraged to perceive and understand aspects of form, function and structure in buildings as three interrelated component in design. The course provides an in-depth Knowledge of architecture design elements and their inter-relations. The contents include: basic design theories and strategies related to the development of spatial concepts in architectural design, emphasis on concept generation and evaluation morphological study of essential architectural elements of form and space and those principles controlling their organization in the built environment, 2d and 3d design drawings. Also emphases is drawn upon how elements of form, as the primary tool of design, counter and transcend functional aspects. Within this perspective, in class and off campus exercises are designed to analyze models of architecture work .Learning Activities    

Understanding main components of architecture and design Defining architecture and what it should do Determining the inter-relationships among Form, Space, function, structure… Analysing architectural projects; planning, elevations, perspectives…

Course Outline

WEEK

STAGE LABEL & DESCRIPTION

1

INTRODUCTION: architecture fundamentals. Primary elements. Concepts of space and form.

2

SPACE IDENTIFICATION: Activities, boundaries: inside, outside and in-between spaces.Void, space and place. ANTHROPOMETRY: human measurements, ergonomics, distances. Assign. 1 EUCLIDEAN GEOMETRY and other geometries. Primary shapes, Surfaces, solids and their properties, irregular shapes. DIMENSIONS IN ARCHITECTURE: bidimensional, perspective, 4th dimension TRANSFORMATION OF FORM: operations: subtractive, additive (groups), modelling. Articulation of form: Corners, surfaces CONSEQUENCES IN THE SPACE: Urban and architectural spaces Submission of Assign. 1

3

4

5 6 7

THEORIES AND FORMS IN ARCHITECTURAL HISTORY; different types of space and life: from human scale of the Greeks to the plan libre and organic space of modern era. 7th week exam

198

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

8

CONTEMPORARY ARCHITECTURE: new aesthetics and organizations of the space

9

ARCHITECTURE AND PATHS: CLASSICAL PATH SYSTEMS: courtyard, gallery, enfilade and corridor. LINEAR DISTRIBUTION, OPEN DISTRIBUTION, COMPLEX DISTRIBUTION Assign. 2 PROPORTION & SCALE. REVIEW Assignment 2

10 11

Submission 1st phase of Assign. 2

12

13

REVIEW Assignment 2 Principles: Ordering Principles, Axis, Symmetry, Hierarchy, Datum, Rhythm, Repetition, Transformation Submission 2nd and 3rd phase of Assign. 2

14

GENERAL REVIEW

TBA

FINAL EXAM

Evaluation Asses No.

Type

To Assess

Start Week No.

Subm. Week No.

Weighting Asses.

1

Assign. 1

Understanding Architectural Boundaries / Elements

1

6

10

1

7

5

Attendances Weekly assign. 2

7th Week Exam

3

Assign. 2

5

Assign. 2

6

Final Exam

Total

of

5 Total Assessment Learning from architectures: study, evaluate and explain 2 projects of villas in 3 phases; a)Researching materials, b)Analysis: study and investigate Learning from architectures: study, evaluate and explain 2 projects of villas in 3 phases; c)Comparison and explain

-

7

10 60

9

11 13

20

8

13

10

TBA

40

40

100

100

LIST OF REFERENCES Text Books:  Ching, Francis D.K. (1996). Architecture: Form, Space and Order. New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold.

199

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

 Class notes and handouts. Reference Books:  NEUFERT, Ernst – Neufert Architect's Data – 2nd edition – Blackwell Science Ltd., 1997 (ID: Ref. 720 NE-AR)  VON MEISS, Pierre– Elements of Architecture: From Form to Place – E&FN Spon, 1998.  GIEDION Sigfried - Space, Time and Architecture. The Growth of a new tradition - Harvard University Press 1941  EVANS, Robin - “Figures, doors and passages” in Translations from Drawing to Building and Other Essays, Architectural Association, 1997.  ZEVI, Bruno – Saper vedere l’architettura (know how to see architecture) – Einaudi 1948  PRESTINENZA PUGLISI, Luigi – This is tomorrow, avanguardie e architettura contemporanea (this is tomorrow, avantgarde and contemporary architecture) - Testo & Immagine 1999. www.prestinenza.it  DI MARI Anthony, Operative Design: A Catalog of Spatial Verbs, Bis Pub 2013  DI MARI Anthony, Conditional Design: An Introduction to Elemental Architecture, Bis Pub 2014 Course Instructor: Dr. Massimiliano Gotti Porcinari Date: 14/02/2016

Dean of Faculty: Prof.Ibtihal El Bastawissi

200

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

ARCH278 – Computer Graphics Course Title: Computer Graphics Instructor: Assist. Prof. Osama Omar Hours: 03 Lecture: 01 Prerequisites: ARCH277 Academic Year / Level: 2017/2018 - Level Mandatory Course/Intermediate Level Specialization: Architectural Engineering Location: Computer Lab

Code: ARCH278 Tutorial: 02 Year: 2017/2018-Term2

Credit: 02 Semester: 02

Time: Friday 08:00 – 11:00 Friday 13:00 – 15:50

Course Objectives In this course, students learn how to use 3D Studio max as a designing media, to think and explore design possibilities of form making. Students will learn how to model, apply material, add lights and cameras, render still images and animate architectural or interior scenes. Scenes could be either imported from AutoCAD as 2D or fully modeled in Max. Although this course is titled for architects to provide the fundamental knowledge for them to either visualize their designs or to use it as a platform for design and form making. Within this overall aim, the course strives to enable students to:  Understand the use of the different tools used in Computer Graphics software’s.



Learn the basic functions of 3D Studio Max and Adobe Photoshop software’s.



Use the basic manual tools traditionally used in drawings representation.



Maintain a high standard of quality for drawings representation.



Understand the representation of three-dimensional objects presented on a two-dimensional plan.



Create drawings of basic objects in a three-dimensional (3D) environment.

Learning Activities The learning outcomes will include but not limited to Theoretical lectures that will provide them with foundation to understand and apply the practice of 3D. In addition, the Lab. Activities will be integrated with the course assignments to provide the students with the professional practice they need to work and produce still images, and/or animations. Course Outline The course addresses the following topics:  User Interface Basics.  Advanced Geometric Modeling.  Spline based Modeling.  Landscape Modeling and rendering using Daylight (Interior & Exterior).  Photoshop (Rendering Plans and Elevations).  Photoshop (Retouching 3d Images) WEEK

STAGE LABEL & DESCRIPTION

1

User Interface Basics (Transformation & Control Navigation Buttons)

201

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

2

Geometric Modeling ( Object Types, Boolean, Groups)

3

Advanced Geometric Modeling (Furniture Modeling & Building Modeling)

4

Modifiers ( Extrude, Lathe, Bevel, Sweep, Bevel Profile)

5

Spline based Modeling and Vertices

6

Classical Facades Modeling, Lighting (1) (Daylight & Artificial Light) / Applying and editing colors, camera, Walk Through animation.

7

7th Week Exam

8

Lighting (2) (Daylight & Artificial Light) / Applying and editing colors, camera, lighting.

9

Applying and Editing Materials (1), Background

10

Making and Editing Material (2), Layers, Objects ( Diffuse, Bump, Reflection, Refraction, Selfillumination)

11

Landscape Modeling and rendering, using Daylight (Interior & Exterior) Interior Rendering 1 (Living Room) Materials Using Mentalray.

12

12th Week Evaluation (Final Project Submission)

13

Photoshop (Rendering Plans and Elevations and 3d Perspective)

14

Project Monitoring (Editing Objects, Filters and Effects )

15

Final Exam Teaching and Learning Methods:

The course is delivered through lectures, tutorials, seminars, directed reading, videos, computer assisted learning, laboratories, case studies and experimental learning, research-based teaching materials and methods, problem-based learning scenarios including coursework assignments, projects, research paper, workshops. Exposure to the Computer graphics environment and related projects are an important aspect of the teaching and learning methods. Evaluation: Asses No.

1

2

Type Individual assignments to be assessed 7th Week Exam/Total assessment

To Assess

Start Week No.

Subm. Week No.

Subm. Date

Weighting of Asses.

Assignments/assessment (1st week : 7th week)

1

7

17/3/18

20%

Total Assessment

7

7

17/3/18

15

202

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Individual assignments to assess

3

12th Week Exam/Total assessment Individual assignments to assess

4

5

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Assignments/assessment (8thst week : 12th week)

8

11

14/4/18 20%

Total Assessment

12

12

21/4/18

Assignments/assessment (13st week : 15th week)

13

15

12/5/18

15th Week Final Exam

6

15%

30%

Total

70%

100%

30%

100%

List of References: Book references (uu) Course Notes:



3D Studio Max Help 2016 / Adobe Photoshop Help.

(vv) Essential Books (Textbooks):





Murdock K. 3Ds Max 2011 Bible, Wiley Publishing Inc., 2010.

Daylay L. & Daylay B., Adobe Photoshop cs5 Bible, Wiley Publishing Inc., 2010.

(ww) Recommended Books:



Gerhard M. & Harpper J., Mastering Autodesk 3ds Max Design 2011, Focal Press, 2010.

(xx) General References:

203

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment





Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Autodesk 3DsMax Official Help 2016.

Cardoso J. & Cusson R., Realistic Architectural Visualization with 3ds Max and mental ray, Barnes & Noble, 2012.



Randi L. Derakhshani R.& Derakhshani D., Autodesk 3ds Max 2015 Essentials, Autodesk Official Press, 2014. (yy) WEB REFRENCES  www.cgarchitect.com  www.3dtotal.com Course Instructor: Assist. Prof. Osama Omar

Dean of Faculty Prof. Dr. Ibtihal El- Bastawissi

204

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

ARCH280 – Academic Writing

Course Title: Course Code:

Academic Writing ARCH280

Hours: 2

Lecture: 2

Tutorial: 0

Credit: 2

Year: 2017/2018

Term: 2 -Spring

Prerequisites: None Academic Year / Level: 2017/2018 / Level 1 Specialization: Architectural Engineering Course Objectives The course objectives are to:

 Achieve an understanding of the key features of a good essay.  Develop critical analysis skills and reflective writing.  Develop student’s writing style and structure that is appropriate for the task of good quality and easy reading academic assignments.

 Develop student’s writing style to produce a clearly written paper. Learning Activities



The course learning activities highlight the following: Academic writing content: relevant and substantial, to include the use of source materials, referenced evidence, description of factual information, discussion of the issues involved such as an analysis of strengths and weaknesses, reflective discussion of further issues arising out of previous discussion and conclusions

 Written paper Structure: well-organized content in clear sections and paragraphs, allowing a logical flow of reasoning and development of ideas.

 Academic Language: formal style throughout; clear and concise expression of the intended meaning; accuracy in grammar, spelling and punctuation.

 Presentation and layout: consistent throughout in the format of sections, paragraphs and sub-headings to reflect the structure clearly and appropriately; correct style of referencing. Course Outline The course addresses the following topics:  Principles of writing, standards, requisites, considerations, phases, and subject-related requirements.

 Basic knowledge about various steps, stages, and process of production of complete research papers and technical reports.

 Methods and tools needed to prepare academic and professional documents. WEEK

STAGE LABEL & DESCRIPTION

205

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Course Introduction Description of the whole course content, course objectives and Definition of keywords. Generating and Evaluating, edit and organize Pre- Writing, First draft, Re-vision, Editing Reading Critically Comprehension Strategies: note taking Sources and Notes primary and secondary sources, Credible Source WordPress Rating checklist for academic writing Sources and Notes, Notes for comprehension article What is Academic Writing Objective vs subjective language, Creating structure Presentation of Academic Assignment Structure The particulars of academic writing. Abstract, the introductory paragraph, paragraphs, transition words and sentences, grammar and punctuation, sentences, citations, quotations, quantifying reality 7th Week Exam

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Rules in Academic Writing I (text format, cohesion words, things to avoid in academic writing)

8

Rules in Academic Writing II (approaches of literature review, taking notes, writing types, summarizing, paraphrasing) Referencing (What is referencing, why referencing is importance, how to reference – in text reference and list of reference, referencing styles – Harvard, APA, Oxford) How to Prepare for a good Presentation (Why a good presentation really matters, how to be ready for an oral presentation, presentations tips to be covered – outline, slide structure, font, background, background, animation) 12th Week presentation academic assignment

9 10 11 12

How to Write a Resume, Cover Letter and a CV (The function of the resume, cover letter and the CV, formal structure of resume, cover letter and CV, Things to avoid in writing CV) Software (Organize document format using text styles – headings and subheadings, insert captions for tables for figures, cross referring and generating, Table of Content, list of Figures and list of tables) general review Final Exam

13 14 TBA

Evaluation Assess Formal No. Assess. 1

Assess. 1 2

3

4

Type

To Assess

Start No.

From informal to Communication skills formal writings through oral and written 1 (Assignments) presentation of the Topic

Working group Knowledge base and and use of 1 intellectual qualities WordPress Research topic selection and Knowledge base and Assess. 2 structure Arch. 4 intellectual qualities Documentary Critique From informal to Paraphrasing and Critical Assess. 3 formal writings 8 thinking (Assignments)

Week

Subm. Week No.

Weighing Assessment

6

20%

7

10%

of

60% 12

20%

14

10%

206

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

5 Assess. 4

Written Examination

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Knowledge base and TBA intellectual qualities

T o t a l

40%

40%

100%

100%

List of References  Course Handouts printed material and notes.

 University of Essex (2008) How to Improve your Academic Writing. University of Essex Printing Services.

 Johnson, A.P. (2003) A Short Guide to Academic Writing. Lanham: University Press of America.  Soles, D. (2010) The Essentials of Academic Writing. 2nd Edition, Australia : Wadsworth, Cengage Learning.

 Cornwell, J. & Robertson, S.A. (Ed.) (2011) Guidelines for Academic Writing and Referencing. Grahamstown: Education Department, Rhodes University. Retrieved January 10, 2012. Retrieved from: http://www.ru.ac.za/media/rhodesuniversity/content/education/documents/2011%20Academic%20 Writing%20and%20Reference%20Guide.pdf Course Instructor:

Dean of Faculty

Dr. Massimiliano Gotti Porcinari

Prof./ Ibtihal El-Bastawissi

Date: 14/02/2017

207

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

ARCH292. ARCHITECURAL DESIGN II Course Code / Title: ARCH292. Architectural Design II Instructor: Dr. Baher I. Farhat, Dr. Masimiliano Gotti, Dr. Heba Mohsen, Hours: 10

Lecture: 0

Prerequisites: ARCH 291 Academic Year / Level: Level 2 Specialization: Architectural Engineering Course Objectives

Studio: 10 Year: 2017-2018

Credit: 5 Term: 4

This course involves introductory studio problems in architectural design with highlighting on design process, visual representation, spatial organization, morphology, functional needs, and environmental aspects. Through this course, fundamentals of architectural design through the design process, definition, analysis, concepts, development and presentation are emphasized. The course intends to develop the students’ abilities to produce alternative ideas and solutions to projects with special emphasis on human needs and local environmental conditions The course aims to: - To experience, as a first design studio, projects involving a close fit to human requirements, and containing a full dimension of design experience. - To develop an awareness of the design process, including: The gathering of design data (library research – field research); The establishment of design and evaluation criteria; The generation and testing of design proposals; and The communication of those proposals. - To develop abilities to modulate space in response to human dimensions and perceptions. - To develop abilities to organize and articulate space that satisfies both functional and aesthetic requirements - Develop an ability to initiate research relevant to architecture design. - Emphasize the understanding of functional relationships and the use of space. - Encourage creativity in spatial and building design; - Encourage visual communication through drawing and model making. Learning Activities 

Power point presentations.

 

Applied researches (about the basic building materials and their properties). Evaluating the latest technical innovations applicable to construction drawings techniques.

COURSE OUTLINE

Week No. 1

Project 1: -----------

Week No. 3

Project Brief Site and Context Analysis Research Submission Concept & Study Model Bubble Diagram, Zoning Design development.

Week No. 4

Architectural Drawings -Plans

Week No. 2

208

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Week No. 5

Design development.

Week NO. 6

Pre-Final Submission

Week No. 7

Final Submission

Project 2: -----------

Week No. 8

Week No. 10

Project Brief Site and Context Analysis\ Research Submission Concept & Study Model Bubble Diagram, Zoning Design development.

Week No. 11

Architectural Drawings -Plans

Week No. 12

Pre-Final Submission

Week No. 13

Design development.

Week No. 14

Final Submission

Week No. 9

Course Policies The course is delivered through lectures, tutorials, seminars, class activities, videos, studio project work, computer assisted learning, studies and experimental learning, research-based teaching materials and methods, problem-based learning scenarios including coursework assignments, projects, workshops, and related projects. Evaluation

START WEEK NO.

SUBM. WEEK NO.

First project

1st

7th

25%

2

Second project

8th

14th

35%

3

Jury

ASSES NO.

TYPE

1

TO ASSESS

Total

14-

SUBM. DATE

WEIGHTING OF ASSES.

40% 100%

LIST OF REFERENCES:

(zz) Course notes: Notes are handed out to the students throughout the semester. (aaa) Essential books (textbooks):

209

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment



Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

NEUFERT, Fourth Edition – Architects’ Data – Blackwell,

CALLENDER, John Hancock – Time-Saver – Fourth Edition Standards for Architectural Design Data – McGraw-Hill.



CROSBIE, Michael j. - Time-Saver Standards for Building Type – McGraw-Hill, 2001.



White, Edward T – Space adjacency analysis – Architectural Media Ltd, 1986.

 (bbb)



Laseau, Paul. Graphic Thinking for Architects and Designers, second edition. Recommended books:

Donna, P. Duerk, Architectural Programming Information Management for Design.

210

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

 

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

CALLENDER John Hancock - Time Saver Standards for Standards For Architectural Design Data - 6th ed. - McGraw – Hill Singapore - 1982. Books available in the BAU library

Course Instructor: Dr. Baher I. Farhat, Dr. Heba Mohesn, Dr. Masimiliano Gotti. Dean of Faculty: Prof. Dr. Ibtihal El- Bastawissi Date : 28 /01/2018

211

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

ARCH294. Building Construction IV Course Code / Title: ARCH294. Building Construction IV Credits: 3 Instructor: Dr. Osama Mohamed Omar, Dr. Masemalliano, Mr. Mohamed Ghazal, Mrs. Nahed hamawi, Course Hours: 6 Hours/Week Course Duration:15Weeks Academic Semester: 4th Semester:Spring2017/2018 Module Info: Mandatory Course (2 hr. Lecture, 4 hrs. Studio) Location: Level 2 Studio – B1 Time:

Thursday 8:00 to 2:00

Course Objectives The aim of this course is to present a broad perspective of building construction methods, materials and processes. The course will be based on the provision of lectures and exercises for students in order to acquire good knowledge in the field of Architectural Construction and to broaden their insight based on a range of typical components of buildings and details of elements such as External envelope and Internal Features. The course will be based on: - Materials and techniques for internal and external finishes including internal partitions, openings, and façade systems (curtain walls, double skin façade, etc.). - Types and details of skylights; - Landscape detailing and street furniture; - Analysis and applications of standards, material review and selection; - Development of construction drawings and detailing. Learning Activities   

Power point presentations. Applied researches (about the basic building materials and their properties). Evaluating the latest technical innovations applicable to construction drawings techniques. COURSE OUTLINE

The course addresses the following topics:  Typical Components of the Building.  Types and details for Steel Stairs.  Curtain Wall Systems + Double skin façade.  How to apply the working drawing for (Section and Elevation). WEEK

STAGE LABEL & DESCRIPTION

1

Introduction ( Remarks from Jury Notes )

2

Doors

3

Windows

4

Wooden Construction

5

Clay tiles Roof Finishing

6

Cladding

212

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

WEEK

STAGE LABEL & DESCRIPTION

7

7th Week Exam

8

Curtain Wall Systems + Double skin facade

9

Skylights

10

Fire Place.

11

Internal Partitions (Wooden Studs - Metal Studs – Modular Partitions)

12

Steel Stairs.

13

Outdoor Furniture + Detailing.

14

Final Portfolio Submission.

15

Final Exam

Note: Alteration to the above plan and timetable are possible according to the actual progress of work and assessment as monitored by the course teaching staff. Therefore, interim submission and evaluation could be required and their outcome communicated to the students to provide them with further guidance. Course Policies THIS COURSE COMBINES THEORETICAL LECTURES WITH STUDIO-BASED TEACHING METHODS, IN ADDITION TO LEARNING THE TECHNICAL BASICS AND FUNDAMENTALS INVOLVED IN ITS CONTENTS. STUDENTS WILL THUS BENEFIT FROM COMBINING TAUGHT MATERIALS IN LECTURES WITH INDIVIDUAL RESEARCH, GROUP WORK AND APPLIED EXERCISES. WORK AND ASSIGNMENTS WILL BE NORMALLY SCHEDULED AND PROVIDED FOR ONGOING MONITORING AND EVALUATION OF STUDENTS OUTPUT AS WELL AS THEIR DEVELOPMENT IN TERMS OF KNOWLEDGE AND SKILLS.

Evaluation ASSES NO.

TYPE

TO ASSESS

START WEEK NO.

SUBM. WEEK NO.

SUBM. DATE

1

Doors

knowledge base

2

2

09/02/2018

2

Windows

Qualities and Professional Skills

3

3

16/02/2018

knowledge base

4

4

23/02/2018

Qualities and Professional Skills

5

5

02/03/2018

knowledge base

6

6

09/03/2018

3 4 5

Wooden Construction Clay tiles Finishing Cladding

Roof

WEIGHTING OF ASSES.

25%

213

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

6

7th Week Exam

Total Assessment

7

7

16/03/2018

7

Curtain Wall Systems + Double skin facade

knowledge base

8

8

23/03/2018

8

Skylights

Qualities and Professional Skills

9

9

30/03/2018

9

Fire Place.

knowledge base

10

10

06/04/2018

Qualities and Professional Skills

11

11

13/04/2018 35%

knowledge base

12

12

20/04/2018

Qualities and Professional Skills

13

13

27/04/2018

knowledge base

14

14

04/05/2018

10

11 12

Internal Partitions (Wooden Studs Metal Studs – Modular Partitions) Suspended Ceiling (False Ceiling). Steel Stairs.

Outdoor Furniture + Detailing. 15th Week Final Exam(Oral Exam)

13

Total

40% 100%

List of References Essential Books (Textbooks):







Ching, F.D.K. (2008). Building Construction illustrated, 4th edition.

Hoke, John Ray (2000). Architectural Graphic Standards. New York: John Wiley & Sons.

Ching, F.D.K. (1995). A Visual Dictionary of Architecture.

214

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Recommended Books:



Chudley, R., Greeno, R.(2010). Building Construction Handbook, 8th edition.



Huth, Mark W. (2010). Understanding Construction Drawings, 5th edition.



Garcia, David Fernandez. Construction Encyclopedia-2. Cordoba: New Daily Construction Encyclopedias.



Garcia, David Fernandez. Construction Encyclopedia-4. Cordoba: New Daily Construction Encyclopedias.



Basset, C.R. (1973). Construction Technology, Vol.1. London: Longman.

Course Instructor: Dr. Osama Omar, Dr. Masemalliano

Dean of Faculty: Prof. Dr. Ibtihal El-Bastawissi

215

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

ARCH296 – Theory of Architecture II Basic Information Course Title: Theory of Architecture II Code: ARCH296 Hours Lecture: 2 Prerequisites: ARCH196 Academic Year / Level: 2nd Specialization: Architectural Engineering

Tutorial: Year: 2017-2018

Credit: 2 Term: Spring

15- Course Description and Overall Aims: The course explores architectural form, space and scale: form defining space, qualities of architectural space, articulation and organization of form and space, circulation elements and building approaches. It investigates the intentions in architecture: Design process, architectural concept and unity. It also reviews the principles of aesthetics: vocabulary of architectural compositions, visual and aesthetic relationships. The course includes analysis of design principles and their application in various architectural examples. Within this overall aim, the course strives to enable students to: -Explore the spatial interaction between man and architecture, and visual perception of architecture. -Understand the principles of architectural form and space design, through elaborated analysis of ancient and modern architectural examples. -Go through the basics of design process, particularly conceptual design. -Demonstrate spatial, perceptual and conceptual knowledge that will be required for architects & designers. -Understand expression language, tools and principles of architecture.

16- Intended Learning Outcomes of the Course (ILO): (gg) Through knowledge and understanding, students will be able to: (gg 1) Describe spatial, perceptual and conceptual aspects influencing architectural composition; (gg 2) -

Generalize contextual aspects influencing architecture;

(gg 3) -

Describe expression language, tools and principles of architecture;

(gg 4) -

Develop knowledge about ancient and contemporary architectural examples and architects.

(hh) Through intellectual skills, students will be able to: (hh 1) - Determine that both ancient and contemporary architecture expressed the same idea and vocabulary in relevant expression tools and techniques;

(ii)

(hh 2) -

Analyze and evaluate information from variety of sources relevant to Theory of Architecture;

(hh 3) -

Apply appropriate judgment in selecting and presenting information using various methods of research, analysis and appraisal.

Through professional and practical skills, students will be able to: (ii 1) Determine the different theoretical and practical issues which are pertinent to development of architecture and related contemporary approaches;

216

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

(ii 2) -

(jj)

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Plan, prepare and present a piece of collective research using multiple communication media and techniques.

Through general and transferable skills, students will be able to: (jj 1) Develop appropriate effective written and oral skills relevant to the Theory of Architecture; (jj 2) -

Develop the ability to self appraise and reflect on practice relevant to architectural vocabulary.

Course Outline: WEEK

STAGE LABEL & DESCRIPTION

1

INTRODUCTION: architecture fundamentals. Primary elements. Concepts of space and form.

2

SPACE IDENTIFICATION: Activities, boundaries/ Types: in-out spaces. ANTHROPOMETRY: human measurements- ergonomics- distances. Assign. 1 PRIMARY SHAPES. solids and their properties, irregular shapes. TRANSFORMATION OF FORM: Dimensional, subtractive, additive. TRANSFORMATION OF FORM: additive: groups ARTICULATION OF FORM Corners, surfaces SPATIAL ORGANIZATION: 2 spaces, a number of spaces. Submission of Assign. 1 FORM, SPACE AND ACTIVITIES: the influence of activities/ cultural background on spatial formation. 7th week exam

3 4 5 6 7 8

9 10 11 12

13

14

4-a

FORM, SPACE AND ACTIVITIES: the influence of activities/ cultural background on spatial formation CIRCULATION-MOVEMENT THROUGH SPACE. Assign. 2 APPROACHES, ENTRANCES. HORIZONTAL CIRCULATION: Types and principles Circulation elements VERTICAL CIRCULATION. Stairs and ramps, mechanical circulation. REVIEW Submission of Assign. 2 12th week exam Final Submission of individual research papers I ORDERING PRINCIPLES: Theories of proportion ORDERING PRINCIPLES/ ORGANIZATION: visual devices. Axis, symmetry, hierarchy, rhythm Assign. 3 EXPLORING THE DESIGN PROCESS, architectural concept and unity Submission of Assign. 3

Teaching and Learning Methods:

The course is delivered through lectures, seminars, interactive intellectual and critical analytical thinking discussions during lectures, directed reading, research based teaching materials and methods, coursework assignments.

217

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

List of References: Text Books:  Ching, Francis D.K. (1996). Architecture: Form, Space and Order. New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold.  Class notes and handouts. Reference Books:  NEUFERT, Ernst – Neufert Architect's Data – 2nd edition – Blackwell Science Ltd., 1997 (ID: Ref. 720 NE-AR)  VON MEISS, Pierre– Elements of Architecture: From Form to Place – E&FN Spon, 1998.

Course Instructor:

Dean of Faculty Prof. Dr. Ibtihal El-Bastawissi

Date: 26/01/2017

218

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

ARCH298 – Indoor Environmental Controls

Course Title: Indoor Environmental Controls Code: ARCH298 Hours:2 Lecture: 2

Tutorial: -

Credit: 2

Prerequisites: None Academic Year / Level: 2017-2018 /

Level: 2

Term: Spring 2018

Specialization: Architectural Engineering Course Objectives The course objectives are as follow: The students will be able to: 1. Understand principles of lighting (daylight and artificial) in buildings, 2. To work on reducing noise and enhancing sound for communication. 3. Understand how to regulate heat transfer for occupant thermal comfort. 4. Understand the passive means for environmental controls. 5. Comprehend design guidelines for use in the preliminary schematic design phase regarding indoor environment. Learning Activities Course Outline Principles of lighting (daylight and artificial) in buildings, Reducing noise and enhancing sound for communication. Regulating heat transfer for occupant thermal comfort. Description of passive means for environmental control, including presentation of scientific explanation and design guidelines for utilizing these means. Design guidelines for use in the preliminary schematic design phase.

17- Course Outline:

WEEK

STAGE LABEL & DESCRIPTION

1

introduction

2

Architectural acoustics and sound physical properties

3

Sound measuring and sound propagation (reflection, absorption, and transmission)

4

Noise and sound insulation

5

Room acoustics and reverberation time –Simulation software application

219

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

6

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Introduction to Building Illumination

7

-

7th Week Exam (In Acoustics)

-

Light properties

8

Daylight and daylight factor

9

Electrical light

10

Lumen method in lighting design

11

Introduction to Thermal Comfort

12

12th Week Exam – Thermal comfort parameters

13

Conduction and convection

14

Calculation of U-Value

15

Final Exam

Evaluation: Asses No.

Type

To Assess

Start Week No.

Subm. Week No.

Subm. Date

Weighting of Asses.

2

7th Week Exam/Total assessment

Total Assessment (Knowledge base and intellectual skills)

7

7

13-032018

30%

3

Group assignments (Software application)

5

8

20-032018

20%

24-042018

10%

4

Group assignments (Software application)

5

Final Exam

Total

Intellectual

Intellectual

skills

skills

Total Assessment Knowledge base and intellectual skills

8

12

15

15

60%

40%

40%

100%

100%

220

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

15-

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

List of References:

(ccc) Course notes:

Distributed as needed

(ddd) Essential books (textbooks):  Szokolay Steven V., Introduction to ARCHITECTURAL SCIENCE: the basis of sustainable design, Architectural Press, 2014. (eee) Recommended books:  M. David Egan, Architectural Acoustics, McGraw Hill, New York, 2007.  David Lee Smith, Environmental Issues for Architecture, John Wiley and Sons Inc., New Jersey, 2011.  Madan Metha, Jim Johnson, and Jorge Rocafort., Architectural Acoustics: Principles and Design. PrenticeHall, Inc. 1999.  M. David Egan and Victor Olgyay, Architectural Lighting, McGraw Hill, 2002. Course Instructor: Dr. Kareem Galal Date: 27 / 01 /2018

Dean of Faculty

221

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

ARCH332. ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN IV Course Code / Title: ARCH332 Architectural Design IV Credit: 5 Instructors: Professor Dr. Mohamed Fikri, Dr. Marwan Halabi, Dr. Chadi Khoury, & Dr. Maged Youssef Ms. Nahed Hamawi, Mr. Bassam Ali Hassan, Ms. Lamis Mantash, & Mr. Salah Missi Course Hours: 10 tutorials Academic Semester: Spring 2017/2018 Module Info: Location: 3rd year studio - Floor: B2 Time: Monday 11:00 – 16:00 Wednesday 8:00 – 13:00

Course Duration: 10 Semester: 6th

Course Description & Objectives Series of exercises leading to the development of design projects based on the disciplinary or interdisciplinary theme of the design studio. Detailed knowledge of the specialist aspect of design, its presentation and demonstration, both graphically and orally. Portfolio of designs in response to specific aims: advanced study of building context, development and creation of architectural character and identity in the design of spaces and buildings. Demonstrating theoretical and practical knowledge that will be required for architects, designers, engaged in Architectural Design and practices.  Retaining practicing skills of setting down functional relationships and efficient circulation between project elements.    

Practicing principles of designing with natural and manmade context. Being familiar with symbolic and abstraction expressions in architecture. Going through the experience of integrating architectural masses with natural and built environment. Solving contradiction between modern style and techniques, with local and traditional style and making the interaction and interrelationship between indoors and outdoors.  Compromising between Hi-tech and contemporary features and Local Architecture.  The course is mainly concerned with inducing and vitalizing intellectual, mental, logic thinking capabilities of students.  Making response to building context, character and identity.

Course Calendar/Schedule

PHASE NUMBER

STAGE LABEL & DESCRIPTION

DATE OF COMPLETION & SUBMISSION

Submission of Teamwork Research Research, site analysis and programming of the first project

/2/2018

Project One: Phase 1 On Week 2

Phase 3 On Week 6

Submission of concepts + Plans, Site Plan, & 3d Model + Site analysis + Concept Study on A1 Sheets Project pre-final submission including all drawings & details (not presented) on 4 A1 Sheets (Portrait Direction)

Phase 4 On Week 7

Project Final Submission on 4 A1 sheets (Portrait Direction) Complete drawing with details + A3 Portfolio + 3d Model

Phase 2 On Week 4

/2/2018 /3/2018 /3/2018

222

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Project Two: Phase 1 On Week 9

Submission of Teamwork Research Research, site analysis and programming of the first project

/3/2018

Phase 2 On Week 11

Submission of concepts + Plans, Site Plan, & 3d Model + Site analysis + Concept Study on A1 Sheets

/4/2018

Phase 3 On Week 13

Project pre-final submission including all drawings & details (not presented) on 4 A1 Sheets (Portrait Direction)

5/2018

Phase 4 On Week 14

Project Final Submission on 4 A1 sheets (Portrait Direction) Complete drawing with details + A3 Portfolio + 3d Model

/5/2018

Note: Alterations to the above plan and timetable are possible according to the actual progress of work and assessment as monitored by the course teaching staff. Therefore, interim submissions and evaluation could be required and their outcome communicated to the students to provide them with further guidance. Course Policies  

Student attendance must be at least 80% of course hours Students must submit previous stages with current assignments to evaluate academic performance.

Evaluation

Asses No.

Type

To Assess

Start Week No.

Subm. Week No.

Subm. Date

Weighting of Asses.

1

Research Phase: Group research & site analysis (printed sheet & oral presentation)

Observations, research capabilities, data collection, analysis and intellectual qualities

1

2

/2/2018

5%

2

Concept Phase: Plans & study model (sketches & study model)

knowledge base, intellectual abilities, critical thinking

2

4

/2/2018

5%

3

4

Pre-Final Phase: Pre-Final Submission

Final Phase: Final Submission of the 1st project

knowledge base, intellectual abilities, critical thinking & formulation capabilities, communication skills knowledge base, intellectual abilities, critical thinking & formulation capabilities, communication skills

25% 4

6

/3/2018

5%

6

7

/3/2018

10%

223

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

5

Research Phase: Group research & site analysis (printed sheet & oral presentation)

6

Esquisse: Manual Drawings

7

Concept Phase: Plans & study model (sketches & study model)

8

Pre-Final Phase: Pre-Final Submission

9

Final Phase: Final Submission of the 2nd project

Observations, research capabilities, data collection, analysis and intellectual qualities Critical Thinking, analysis, ability on current drawing knowledge base, intellectual abilities, critical thinking knowledge base, intellectual abilities, critical thinking & formulation capabilities knowledge base, intellectual abilities, critical thinking & formulation capabilities, communication skills

8

9

/3/2018

5%

10

10

/4/2018

5%

9

11

/4/2018

5% 35%

11

13

/05/2018

5%

13

14

/05/2018

10%

Attendance

10

Total

5%

Final and exam

oral

knowledge base, intellectual abilities, critical thinking & communication skills, presentation skills

----

----

TBA

40%

40%

100%

224

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

DESCRIPTION

FORM & EXPRESSION COMMUNICATIO N

EVALUATION CRITERIA

STRUCTURAL

FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS

CONCEPT

CONTEXT

Weight Considering site context means that projects respect & interact with the historical, cultural, topographical, and environmental aspects of the site. This criterion evaluates how far students' projects reflect a clear understanding of the site through: - Presenting research site analysis - Applying the building regulations - Recognizing the urban design theories - Considering site-topography in drawings - Presenting surroundings and site-landscape in all design drawings - Applying the real dimensions of the surrounded urban fabric, landscape, and routes Design concept may depend on a variety of sources; art, history, theories, science, literature, nature, technology, structure system, environment, site-interaction, extra. It can reflect one of the contemporary trends of architecture. It should be characterized by depth, philosophy, and supported by research-evidence. In this semester, concept should: - Emphasize on the architectural character and the identity - Represented through a way of assembling units and components into an urban composition. - Have a clear idea which is sequentially developed through a design-process and expressed by (sketches, text, images, conceptual study models, reflective drawings) In this module, residential or recreational functions are required to be assembled into an urban composition. This criterion evaluates how far students' projects fulfil the required functions through: - Applying research data in the design proposal - Solving correctly circulation, zoning, entrances, parking lots, public spaces, and landscape elements - Considering orientation of buildings according to the environmental factors - Following the required areas in the program A modular simple structure should be used in both projects. Students' projects have to: - Show an organized structural module in order to solve the residential or recreational spaces. - Select building materials of construction and finishing reflected the architectural character of the site. - Show how this structural system is correctly drawn in plans, sections, and if externally apparent in elevations and site plan - Select a structure system matched with the new millennium applying the new building technologies and the new materials for the structural elements. This selection should be also based on the site context and the environmental circumstances This criterion evaluates: - The visual, verbal, and written methods and appropriate media (including sketching, modelling, 2D & 3D drawings, digital and electronic techniques) showing an appraisal for the main design concept. - The listening skills, the body-language, the way of response to jury's comments, the correct usage of terms, and the reasonable way of presenting ideas.

TOTAL

30

20

30

10

10

100

Criteria of Evaluation

225

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Library Resources & Support Services (fff) Course notes: Lectures' handouts (ggg) Essential books (textbooks):  Neufert, Ernst & Neufert, Peter. (2000). Architect's Data. Oxford: Black Well Science. (hhh) Recommended books:  A range of Architecture and Urban Design textbooks and references cover the principal topics and issues addressed in the course of Architectural Design.

(iii) General References:  Numerous articles in periodicals covering pertinent topics in most architecture periodicals, namely Architectural Review, Architectural Record, and Urban Design International.

Course Instructors: Prof. Mohamed Fikry Dr. Marwan Halabi Dr. Chadi Khoury Dr. Maged Youssef

Dean of Faculty Prof. Ibtihal Youssef

Date: 20 / 01 / 2018

226

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

ARCH334. EXECUTION DESIGN II

Course Code / Title: ARCH 334 Execution Design II

Credit: 3

Instructors: Dr. Maged Youssef - Dr. Chadi Khoury Mr. Refaat Saad - Arch. Rabie Shbaro Course Hours: Lecture: 1

Tutorial: 4

Academic Semester: Spring 2017/2018 Module Info:

Course Duration: 5 Hrs Semester: 6th

Location: Hall of the 3rd year studio and Lecture Hall No. A209 Time (Thursday): Lecture (section 1): 8:00 – 9:00 Lecture (section 2): 9:00 – 10:00 Studio: 10:00 – 1:50

Course Description & Objectives The course aims to prepare an integrated portfolio of working drawings related to a design project by the student within the same study level. Performing complete and detailed execution drawings, interpreting the components relationships and information relevant to the construction materials, methods and processes.  Identifying typical symbols, and expression methods & tools in Execution Design Drawings.  Going through the experience of presenting legible drawing set containing appropriate information for construction.  Managing such drawing set to make drawing and sheet referencing system and ensures details compatibility.  The course is mainly concerned with inducing and vitalizing intellectual, mental, logic assembling thinking capabilities of students concerning construction industry.

Course Calendar/Schedule

DATE OF COMPLETION WEEK

STAGE LABEL & DESCRIPTION

AND

SUBMISSION 1

INTRODUCTION & PROJECT START

/ 2 / 2018

2

FALSE CEILING DETAILS Submission of the reviewed plans

/ 2 / 2018

227

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

3

CURTAIN WALL DETAILS Submission of Looking Up Plan 1/100 & False Ceiling details

/ 2 / 2018

4

PUBLIC TOILETS' DETAILS Submission of Wall Section & Curtain Wall Details

/ 3 / 2018

5

FIXED FURNITURE DETAILS (KITCHEN & COUNTER) Submission of Public Toilets' Details

/ 3 / 2018

6

EXPANSION JOINTS' DETAILS Submission of Fixed Furniture (Kitchen & Counter)

/ 3 / 2018

7

(Submission of the Joins' Details) (7th Week Submission)

/ 3 / 2018

8

STEEL STAIRS Make Up for the previous submissions, then announcing 7th Marks on I-Connect

/ 4 / 2018

9

SKYLIGHT DETAILS Submission of Steel Staircase Details

/ 4 / 2018

10

SITE PLAN DETAILS Submission of Sky Light Details

/ 4 / 2018

EASTER VACATION

/ 4 / 2018

11

Submission of Site Plan Details

/ 4 / 2018

12

Submission of Site Plan Details + Making Up

/ 5 / 2018

13

PROJECT REVIEW

/ 5 / 2018

14

FINAL SUBMISSION OF PORTFOLIO

/ 5 / 2018

TBA

Final oral exam

TBA

Pre-Final Submission of Portfolio

Note: Alterations to the above plan and timetable are possible according to the actual progress of work and assessment as monitored by the course teaching staff. Therefore, interim submissions and evaluation could be required and their outcome communicated to the students to provide them with further guidance. Course Policies  

Student attendance must be at least 80% of course hours Students must submit corrected sheets by teaching assistants with final submissions to evaluate academic performance and assure attendance.

Evaluation

Asses No.

Type

To Assess

Start Week No.

Subm. Week No.

Subm. Date

Weighting Asses.

of

228

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

1

PLANS (1/100) (CAD DRAWINGS)

2

FALSE CEILING DETAILS 1/100 (CAD DRAWINGS)

3

WALL SECTION AND CURTAIN WALL DETAILS (CAD DRAWINGS)

4

PUBLIC TOILETS DETAILS (CAD DRAWINGS)

5

FIXED FURNITURE DETAILS OF (KITCHEN & COUNTER) (CAD DRAWINGS)

6

EXPANSION JOINT DETAILS (CAD DRAWINGS)

7

STEEL STAIRS (CAD DRAWINGS)

8

SKY LIGHT DETAILS (CAD DRAWINGS)

9

SITE PLAN DETAILS (CAD DRAWINGS)

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Knowledge base, intellectual qualities, professional skills Constructional skills Knowledge base, intellectual qualities, professional & Constructional skills Knowledge base, intellectual qualities, professional & constructional skills Knowledge base, intellectual qualities, professional & Constructional skills Knowledge base, intellectual qualities, professional & Constructional skills Knowledge base, intellectual qualities, professional & Constructional skills Knowledge base, intellectual qualities, professional & constructional skills Knowledge base, intellectual qualities, professional & constructional skills Knowledge base, intellectual qualities, professional skills

1

2

/ 2 / 2018

4%

2

3

/ 2 / 2018

4%

3

4

/ 3 / 2018

4%

25% 4

5

/ 3 / 2018

4%

5

6

/ 3 / 2018

4%

6

7

/ 3 / 2018

5%

8

9

/ 4 / 2018

5%

9

10

/ 4 / 2018

5%

10

11

/ 4 / 2018

5%

60%

35%

229

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

10

13

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Pre-Final Submission of the Portfolio PROJECT REVIEW 1

Knowledge base, intellectual qualities, professional skills

11

13

/ 5 / 2018

15%

Final Submission of the Portfolio

Knowledge base, intellectual qualities, professional skills

13

14

/ 5 / 2018

---

Attendance

14

FINAL ORAL EXAM

5% knowledge base, intellectual abilities& communication skills,

TBA

Total

40%

100%

Criteria of Evaluation

6-

EXECUTION DESIGN STANDARDS 30 Execution Design Standards are the basic principles, regulations, and norms of the execution drawings. These standards include the following items: - Symbols & legend - Axes - Levels - Dimensions - Description and annotation - Referencing system This criterion evaluates how far students' projects were applied correctly these standards.

7-

REFERENCING DOCUMENTS (CATALOGUES & SAMPLES) 20 In Spring Semester of the 3rd year level, students continue working on the same project of the Fall semester, focusing specifically on details of (false ceiling, curtain walls, WC, fixed furniture, sky-lights, steel staircase, expansion joints, & site-plan details). Importantly, students are asked to visit firms, offices, exhibitions, workshops, libraries to bring catalogues & samples. Half of the weekly sheet's mark is on these documents. This criterion evaluates how far students' projects fulfil the following points: - Site-experience - Reflecting data of catalogues & samples into project's details - Best selection of these samples to match with project's functions - Expressing these documents in the right margin of each sheet

8-

DESIGN OF DETAILS 10 This criterion evaluates how far students' projects consider the following points: - Originality of designing the execution detail - Correct drawing of the detail - Understanding of the detail or not - Indicating the reference supported the designing of detail

9-

MATERIALS & LAYERS OF EXECUTION DETAIL 20

230

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

One of the most important aims of this course is to teach student how to combine materials & layers of the execution detail. This criterion evaluates the following points: - Selecting suitable materials for the execution detail - Considering organization of layers and drawing them correctly - Considering isolation materials - Showing the materials' references (samples) 10- COMMUNICATION 20 All execution drawings are generated using CAD or REVIT software programs. They are organized in A1 size sheets, documented in A1 portfolio. Communication criteria evaluates how far students' projects include the following items: - The accurate execution drawings - Representing the referencing documents - Full information & annotation - Legend, text, & details - Graphic skills - Verbal & listening skills - Body language of student - Way of response to jury's comments - Correct use of terms TOTAL 100

16-

List of References:

(jjj) Course notes: Lectures' handouts (kkk) Essential books (textbooks):  Styles, Keith & Richard, Andrew. (2005). Working Drawings Handbook. Amsterdam: Elsevier.  Hoke, John Ray (2000). Architectural Graphic Standards. New York: John Wiley & Sons. (lll) Recommended books:  Boshetti, Joe (1999). Details in Architecture vol. 1. Mulgrave. National Library of Australia.  Boshetti, Joe (2001). Details in Architecture vol. 2. Mulgrave. National Library of Australia.  Barkauskas, Kind (2002). Concrete construction Manual. Birkhauser, Basel.  Lang, Herzog (2004). Façade construction Manual. Birkhauser, Basel.  Hoke, John Ray (2000). Architectural Graphic Standards. New York: John Wiley & Sons.  Brookes, A J (1992). Cladding of Buildings. London: Longman Scientific & Technical. 

A range of Architectural Details and Standards textbooks and references cover the principal topics and issues addressed in the course of Execution Design.

Course Instructors: Dr. Maged N. A. Youssef Arch. Rabie Shbaro

Dean of Faculty Prof. Ibtihal Youssef

Date: 20 / 01 / 2018

231

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

ARCH336. THEORY OF ARCHITECTURE III Course Code / Title: ARCH336. Theory of Architecture III Credits: 2 Instructor: Dr. Maged Youssef Course Hours: 2 Hours/Week Course Duration: 14 Weeks Academic Semester: 6th Semester: Spring 2017/2018 Module Info: Mandatory Course (2 hrs. Lecture) Location: S1: Lecture A210 Time: Tuesday 10:00 to 12:00 Location: S2: Lecture A203 Time: Friday 9:00 to 11:00 Course Objectives The course aims to provide students with the specialist theoretical knowledge on Modern and Contemporary Architecture which is necessary for carrier in Architectural Design field. This course examines modern & contemporary architectural theory and criticism through the presentation and study of significant texts and buildings of the present and recent past. The goal of the course is to introduce and investigate the formal, technological, social, political, and economic debates at issue within the discipline. Students learn to evaluate and articulate the interactions between theory and practice, thereby enabling them to formulate and assess strategies for the making of architecture. Within this overall aim, the course strives to enable students to: - Demonstrate theoretical knowledge and have practical skills and personal attributes and competencies that will be required for ARCHITECT position in the ARCHITECTURE industry. -

Classify analytical, developmental, legal, managerial and technical principles that relate to MODERN & CONTEMPORARY ARCHITECTURE.

-

Have an appropriate balance between the vocational skills necessary for immediate employment in ARCHITECTURAL field and the more fundamental principles necessary for further study.

-

Develop the academic abilities and personal characteristics required to solve problems relevant to ARCHITECTURE and critically assess relevant aspects of the industry.

-

Build a professional attitude and develop skills relation to communication, teamwork, project planning and management, and responsibility for individual learning.

-

Demonstrate a systematic understanding of the economic, environmental, political, social and technological influences which relate to ARCHITECTURAL field.

-

Demonstrate an ability to initiate and sustain in-depth research relevant to MODERN & CONTEMPORARY ARCHITECTURE.

-

Have an opportunity to put theory into practice via study of significant texts and buildings of the present and recent past.

TEACHING & LEARNING METHODS This course is delivered through lectures, tutorials, directed reading, videos, computer assisted learning, case studies and experimental learning, research-base learning, student-base learning, problem-based learning scenarios including coursework assignments, projects and research paper. The main learning activities are arranged in four categories:

232

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

5- Sketch-Book: On two stages, students are asked to submit a sketch-book that gathers all the projects mentioned in lectures. This sketch-book is required to be a manual product to determine accurately the ability of each student on his/her analytical and sketching skills. 6- Teamwork Research: The instructor asks students to conduct a plural research including the whole trends of architecture appeared from 1900 till now. This requires an accurate distribution for tasks and loads among students. This research documents the most important architectural features for the trends of the referred period. To produce it, each group will be consisted of two students who will sketch a single project on A1 Sheet (Landscape Direction) manually, fully presented and inked. This A1 sheet will include a specific template of (Title of the project, its opening date, location, and the name of the architect, and to which architectural trend this project belongs). A student will be entrusted to combine these A1 sheets, adding a cover sheet. 7- The 7th Week Exam: At week no.7, a written exam will be held to examine the ability of students in analyzing, knowing, and sketching the given projects in the first seven weeks. This exam considers refreshment for students' minds to motivate them to study, read, and train on sketching projects. 8- Quiz: At the final lecture of the course, as a concentrated revision, the students will be distributed into groups; each group will consist of five students. This quiz is a presentation for unknown projects. After the presentation, each group will submit a paper recording their opinions in these shown projects; identifying each project's architectural trend. This quiz aims to assure that the students already understand the architectural languages that distinguish every architectural trend.

Course Calendar / Schedule The course materials are arranged into 15 stages. The table below outlines the content of each stage. Week No.1 Tue. /2018 Fri. /2018

GENERAL INTRODUCTION OF THE COURSE Introduction to Modern & Contemporary Architectural Theory The Industrial Revolution Appearance of new ART TRENDS affected on architecture: Futurism, Cubism, Expressionism, Abstractionism, De Stijl, Constructivism, Bauhaus Recognition of the required research

Week No.2 Tue. /2018 Fri. /2018

ARCHITECTURE OF MODERNISM: 1900 - 1955 C.I.A.M. Team /Congrès Internationaux d’Architecture Moderne: Calling for functionalism Organic Approach: Works of Frank Lloyd Wright Functionalism + International Style: Works of Le Corbusier Functionalism + Minimalism: Works of Ludwig Mies van der Rohe Bauhaus: Works of Walter Gropius

Week No.3 Tue. /2018 Fri. /2018

ARCHITECTURE OF LATE MODERNISM: 1960 - 1980 Romanticism: Masterpiece of Le Corbusier; Ronchamp Chapel Brutalism: Works of Paul Rudolph, Le Corbusier, and Louis Khan Metabolism: Works of the Japanese architects as Kisho Kurokawa Archigram: Imaginary works for futuristic cities Symbolism: Works of Eero Saarinen, Jorn Utzon, and Oscar Niemeyer

Week No.4 Tue. /2018 Fri. /2018

Continue… ARCHITECTURE OF LATE MODERNISM: 1960 - 1980 Structuralism: Works of Buckminster Fuller, Frei Otto, and Santiago Calatrava High Tech. Architecture: Works of Richard Rogers, Renzo Piano, Norman Foster, Nicholas

233

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Grimshaw, Helmut Jahn Week No.5 Tue. /2018 Fri. /2018

ARCHITECTURE OF POST-MODERNISM: 1960 - 1980 Theory of 'Double Code' for Charles Jencks + Theory of 'Complexity and Contradiction' for Robert Venturi Historicism: Works of Philip Johnson, Charles Moore, and Paolo Portoghesi Revivalism: Works of Abdel-Wahed Elwakil Vernacular: British examples and works of Hassan Fathy Adhocism: Works of SITE Metaphoric Sculpture: Works of Veldon Simpson and Michael Graves Metaphorical Trend: Works of Kazumasa Yamashita, Ricardo Bofill, and Stanley Tigerman

Week No.6 Tue. /2018 Fri. /2018

(Submission of the 1st phase of the sketch-book) – Mark out of 10 An Evaluation Exam - Mark out of 20

Week No.7 Tue. /2018 Fri. /2018

ANNOUNCEMENT OF THE 7TH WEEK EVALUATION – MARK OUT OF 30 ARCHITECTURE OF DECONSTRUCTION: 1980 - 2000 Theories of Jacques Derrida + Works of Daniel Libeskind

Week No.8 Tue. /2018 Fri. /2018

Continue… ARCHITECTURE OF DECONSTRUCTION: 1980 - 2000 Works of Frank O' Gehry + Works of Peter Eisenman + Bernard Tschumi

Week No.9 Tue. /2018 Fri. /2018

PERFORMATIVE ARCHITECTURE: 2000 - Now Concept of Sustainability Works of Norman Foster

Week No.10 Tue. /2018 Fri. /2018

Continue… PERFORMATIVE ARCHITECTURE: 2000 - Now Concept of Sustainability Works of Toyo Ito + Jean Nouvel

Week No.11 Tue. /2018

DIGITAL ARCHITECTURE: 1990 - NOW Theory of free meaning Cyberspace Architecture: Works of Marcos Novak Hypersurface Architecture: Works of Diller & Scofidio, Peter Cook, and Lars Spuybroek Hybrids: Works of Peter Eisenman and Santiago Calatrava EASTER VACATION

Week No.12 Tue. /2018

(Submission of the 2nd phase of the sketch-book) – mark out of 10 Submission of the team work research groups - Mark out of 10

Week No.13 Tue. /2018

ANNOUNCEMENT OF THE 12TH WEEK EVALUATION – MARK OUT OF 20 Announcing the marks of 12th & 15th

Week No.14 Tue. /2018 Fri. /2018

Individual Oral Quiz - Mark out of 5 + Accounting the attendance – mark out of 5 ANNOUNCEMENT OF THE 14H WEEK EVALUATION – MARK OUT OF 10

TBA

FINAL EXAM - Written, closed book exam

234

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Course Policies

Attendance Policy Faculty work proceeds at such a pace that regular attendance is necessary for each student to obtain maximum benefits for instruction. Regular and punctual attendance at all class sessions is a student obligation, and each student is responsible for all the work, including tests and written work, in all class sessions. Three unexcused absences will result in being withdrawn with failure (WF) from the class.

Evaluation

Asses No.

Type

To Assess

Start Week No.

Subm. Week No.

1

1st stage of the Sketch-Book

Individual assignment

1

6

2

Evaluation Exam closed-book examination

Knowledge base, intellectual qualities, & critical thinking

6

6

3

2nd stage of the Sketch-Book

Individual assignment

7

12

4

Teamwork Research Final Submission

Knowledge base, Class participation, & oral and visual presentation

Oral Quiz Individual evaluation

Class participation, transferable skills, professional skills, intellectual qualities, & critical thinking

5

7

Attendance

8

16th Week Final Exam

Total

3

14

Subm. Date Tue. /2018 Fri. /2018 Tue. /2018 Fri. /2018 Tue. /2018 Fri. /2018

Weighting Asses.

of

10% 30% 20%

10%

60% 20%

12

Tue. /2018 Fri. /2018

10%

14

Tue. /2018 Fri. /2018

5% 10%

5% Knowledge base, intellectual qualities, & critical thinking

16

16

40%

40%

100%

100 %

235

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

List of References (mmm) Course notes: Lectures' handouts. (nnn) Essential books (textbooks): - Jencks, Charles, “Architecture Today”, John Wiley & Sons, West Sussex, England, 1993, new editions, 2000, 2006 - Youssef, Maged, “Architecture and Metaphor”, Published by Beirut Arab University, Printed and distributed by Stephan Library, Beirut, Lebanon, 2016 (ooo) -

Recommended books: Jencks, Charles, “The Language of Post-Modern Architecture”, Academy Edition, Academy Group, London, England, 1987 Fletcher, Banister, “A History of Architecture”, 19th ed., Butterworths, UK, 1996 Weston, R. “Modernism”, Phaidon Press, London, England, 2005 Tietz, Jürgen, “The Story of Architecture of the 20th Century”, Konemann, New York, USA, 1999 Trachtenberg, M. & Hyman I., “Architecture: From Prehistory to Post-Modernism”, 2nd ed., PrenticeHall, New Jersey, USA, 2002 Frampton, K., “Modern Architecture”, Thames and Hudson Ltd., London, England, 2007 Jencks, Charles, “Esctatic Architecture”, Academy Edition, London, England, 1999 Jencks, Charles, “Meaning in Architecture”, Barrie & Rockliff The Crescent Press, London, England, 1969 Jencks, Charles, “The Architecture of Jumping Universe”, Academy Edition, Academy Group, London, England, 1995 Jencks, Charles, “Critical Modernism: Where is Post-Modernism Going?”, John Wiley & Sons, West Sussex, England, 2007

Course Instructor: Dr. Maged Youssef Date: 20 / 01 / 2018

Dean of Faculty: Prof. Ibtihal Youssef

236

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

ARCH337 – Interior Design Course Title: Interior Design Instructor: Nader Azab, Hours: 3 cr.

Lecture: 1

Code: Tutorial: 2

Arch337 Credit: 2

Prerequisites: Academic Year / Level: Architectural Engineering

Year: 2017-2018

Term: Spring

Specialization: Architectural Engineering Course Objectives The course objectives are as follow: The course provides students with an overview introduction to Interior Design in Architectural Engineering. Development of interior spaces from conceptual phase to final design resolution, based on interior considerations and external influences with participation of color, space, form, light and materials. Emphasis on three dimensional design process and detailed graphic representation of designed spaces The course aims to provide the specialist knowledge necessary for students in Interior Design and Architecture field. Within this overall aim, the course strives to enable students to: - Effectively provide from their own structural measurements a set of detailed floor plans. - Use and understand the elements (space, form, line, texture, ornament) and principles (scale, proportion, balance, rhythm, emphasis, harmony) of design through the use of assigned projects and exams. - Use and understand the various aspects of lighting, space planning and color dynamics through the use of related projects and exams. Learning Activities - The course is delivered through lectures, tutorials, directed reading, computer assisted learning, case studies and experimental learning, research-based teaching materials and methods, problem-based learning scenarios including coursework assignments, projects, research paper, workshops. Exposure to the Interior Design environment and related projects are an important aspect of the teaching and learning methods. The course provides students with an overview introduction to Interior Design. Development of interior spaces from conceptual phase to final design resolution, based on interior considerations and external influences with participation of color, space, form, light and materials. Emphasis on three dimensional design process and detailed graphic representation of designed spaces. The course aims to provide the specialist knowledge necessary for students in Interior Design field, the skills and technical image processing

COURSE OUTLINE: WEEK 1 2

STAGE LABEL & DESCRIPTION Intro to interior design, realms, boundaries, practices. Assignment #1 “ THE CUBE.” Interior design process. Studio work ………

237

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

3

4

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

“Mood boards” within the process.

Assignment #3: Term Project: Intro Biomimicry and Re-using materials.

5

Studio work. Mood boards, research

6

Studio work research

7

8

9

Submit the cube (10).

100 cubes composition 5

7th w assessment present. / Submission. (Research in groups) (15). Total grades = 30 Color Schemes in Interior Design. Studio work: users needs, cases, Lighting Design Studio work:

Submit concept development (10).

10

Studio work: Start working on scale 1:1 Model for the building and piece of furniture.

11

Studio work

12

Assessing development (20). Total = 30

13

Pre-final submission of the model

14

Final submission.

10

15

Final Exam

(30).

Asses No.

1

2

3

4

Type Individual and group assignments to be assessed 7th Week Exam/Total assessment Individual and group assignments to assess 12th Week Exam/Total assessment

To Assess

Start Week No.

Subm. Week No.

Assignments/assessment (1st week : 7th week)

1

3

Subm. Date

Weighting of Asses.

30% Total Assessment

7

4, 7

Assignments/assessment (9thst week : 13th week)

8

9 30%

Total Assessment

9

70%

12

238

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

5

Individual and group assignments to assess

6

16th Week Final Exam

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Assignments/assessment (13st week : 15th week)

12

14

10%

15

15

30%

Total

17-

100%

30%

100%

List of References:

1234567-

Understanding Color and Introduction for Designers. Linda Holtzchue. Fourth Edition A Guide to Color Symbolism. Jill Morton. Drawing for Interior Designers. Gilles Ronin. Color in Interior Design. John Pile. Color for Interior design. David Rompilla. Gibbs ,Jenny. (2010). Interior Design (Portfolio). Lauurence King Publishing Ltd Starmer, Anna. (2005). The Color Scheme Bible: Inspirational Palettes for Designing Home Interiors. Firefly Books 8- Judith ,Miller.(2008).The Style Sourcebook: The Definitive Illustrated Directory of Fabrics, Wallpapers, Paints, Flooring, Tiles. Firefly Books 9- Hale, Gill.(1999). The Practical Encyclopedia of Feng Shui: Understanding the Ancient Arts of Placement. Hermes House

Course Instructor: Assoc. Prof. Nader Azab

Dean of Faculty Prof. Ibtihal El Bastawissi

239

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

ARCH339. Environmental Design

Course Code / Title: ARCH339.

Environmental Design

Instructor: Hiba Mohsen Course Hours: 3 Hours/Week

Credits: 2 Course Duration: 14 Weeks

Academic Semester: 5th

Semester: Spring 2017/2018

Module Info: Mandatory Course (1 hr Lecture, 2h Studio) Location: Auditorium A209 and 4th year Studio Time:

Section 1 Mon8:00 to 11:00 Section 2 Wed1:00 to 4:00

Course Description & Objectives

Environmental design is the process of addressing surrounding environmental parameters when devising plans, programs, policies, buildings, or products. It involves the study of built and natural environments. Various forms of practice include architecture, planning, urban design, and social and environmental activism. This course is a survey of relationships between people and environments, designed and non-designed, with an introduction to the literature and professional practices. It will provide fundamental knowledge of sustainable building concepts, current environmental design building rating systems including LEED, BREEAM, Green Globes. The course will examine many case studies exemplifying various sustainability features to determine best practices. The class will also be exposed to a range of examples illustrating the benefits and demands of integrated design. It includes an overview of green building design and construction process; the LEED rating system; integrated design; a high-level overview of how buildings work. The learning outcomes of this course are: o

To identify the conceptual history and emerging issues involving sustainability;

o

To state common sustainability issues from multiple perspectives;

o

To list the placement for building orientations, renewable energy/storage, and ventilation using LEED planning criteria.

o To classify different categories for environmental design; o To differentiate sustainable materials that have to be selected for a project; o To illustrate a working knowledge of sustainable design as it relates to the built environment. o To analyse a substantive applied sustainability project; o To apply the use of indoor quality of air, light, and views as they are specified by LEED criteria; o To design a sustainable project by implementing the concept of whole systems thinking and the use of building simulation software. o To propose sustainable features and communicate ideas to the design project; o To follow aspects of various sustainable building rating systems; o To communicate creatively to propose environmentally responsive interventions in community based projects.

Learning Activities

240

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Students will acquire learning activities from the structured materials that form the basis of the course, the assignments and the research that is approved by the tutor of the course, in addition to the design project. Assignment # 1: LIGHT MEASUREMENT: SELECT ONE OF THE CLASSROOMS IN THE FACULTY, AND USING THE LIGHT METER MAP THE LIGHTING AT DIFFERENT TIMES OF THE DAY. Assignment # 2: Site CHECKLIST (Week 3) The Environmental Site Checklist is a useful tool to analyze numerous elements including location, neighborhood context, site and zoning, natural physical features, biodiversity, circulation, utilities, human and cultural, and climate components. Apply this checklist on your Design project (clarify your analysis with concise text and sketches). Assignment # 3: Design Project- Group Work (Week 4-14) Refer to Design Brief This design project aims to explore the use of building performance simulation as a tool to evaluate the impact of design parameters and reveal the importance of design decisions particularly taken in the early stages and to underline the effects of climatic differences on energy consumption. Exams: 

Final and 6th week Exam reinforce and evaluate students' understanding of the course content and main ideas. Students' work is also monitored and assessed continuously throughout a semester.

Quizzes: Each class may begin or end with a quiz covering the previous week’s reading assignment. These cannot be made up if missed.

Course Calendar / Schedule The course materials are arranged into 14 stages. The table below outlines the content of each stage. WEEK

STAGE LABEL & DESCRIPTION

1

Introduction to the Course – Overview of the Environmental Issues

2

Definitions and Concepts

3

Environmental Design Strategies

4

Environmental Site Planning Urban Greenery and Biodiversity

5

Building rating Systems

6

6th week exam

7

Building rating Systems Presentation of Local projects

NOTES

241

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

8

Indoor environmental quality Research Presentations

9

Research Presentations

10

Comfort, Health and Environment

11

Building Energy Simulation and Modeling

12

Quiz + Introduction to Design Builder

13

Design Builder

14

Project final pre-final submission / Discussion

Course Policies Attendance Policy Attendance is mandatory. Tardiness is not acceptable. In the case that you do miss the class, you are still responsible for all material covered. Disclaimer: Changes or revisions to the course syllabus and/or schedule may be made at any time during the term by announcement of the instructor. Students may request a written copy of the revisions.

Evaluation

Asses No.

Type

To Assess

Start Week No.

Subm. Week No.

Subm. Date

1

Individual quizzes & group assignments

Research/ Quizzes

1

6

Refer to schedule

2

6th Week Exam

3

Individual quizzes

4

Group assignments

5

Group assignments

Course Understanding Student Participation

6

6

10% 30% 20%

8

16

10%

Design Project Phase 2

7

12

10%

Design Project Final Submission

14

14

20%

40%

70%

242

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

6

Final Exam

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Final Exam

Total

30 Marks

30% 100%

30% 100%

Library Resources & Support Services LECTURE HANDOUTS RECOMMENDED BOOKS Attman, O. (2010) Green Architecture: Advanced Technologies and Materials ,New York: McGraw-Hill Professional. Lovell, J. (2010) Building Envelopes An integrated Approach, New York: Princeton Architectural Press. Pelsmarkers, S. (2012) The Environmental Design Pocketbook, London, Riba Publishing Thomas, R. (2006) Environmental Design: an Introduction for architects and engineers, New York: Taylor and Francis E-books: Green Building Council (2013) LEED Reference Guide for Building Design and Construction Vol. 4 - London: Green Building Council. Green Building Council (2013) LEED Core Concepts Guide: An Introduction to LEED and Green Building / 3rd ed. - London: Green Building Council.

Course Instructor: Hiba Mohsen

Dean of Faculty Professor Ibtihal El-Bastawissi

243

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

ARCH432. ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN VI Course Code / Title: ARCH432 Architectural Design VI

Credits: 5

Course Hours: 10 Hours/Week

Course Duration: 14 Weeks

Academic Semester: 8-th

Semester: Spring 2017/2018

Module Info: Mandatory Course (00hr. Lecture, 10 hrs. Studio) Location: Level 4 Studio – Basement 2 Time:

Mon 11:00-16:00 & Wed 8:00-13:00

Course Description &Objectives 

The intention of the Fourth Year Design Studio is to be a critical step in the design student’s development of design awareness, understanding, and ability. This studio will prepare the student for an expansion of these principles to prepare for the Fifth year and penultimate design studio.



While the major portion of the studio time will be spent in the patient search for solutions to architectural design problems, an important component of the work will involve looking into the nature of Architecture, to seek a deeper meaning by way of investigation and criticism. The balance between theoretical and practical aspects of our task will encourage the student to become more thoughtful in their day-to-day work. The student will explore theoretical design issues as well as comprehensive problem solving exercises, addressing a wide range of architectural issues from broadest contextual elements to more detailed technological components.



The role of the faculty is to assist the student in constructing a conceptual framework for design within which to develop their design decisions. The question becomes, what do you value in architecture, and why? The objectives of this course, then, are to explore, evaluate, interpret and communicate the design process, to develop critical thinking, concept generation, transformation and development as a basis for architecture, and to explore the inter-relationship between premise, process, and product.



The design studio projects is structured to enable the student to comprehend the integral relationship between site analysis and design methods, history and theory; program and site; and building technology and environmental sustainability. Individual instructors emphasize different knowledge areas among these based on their own experiences, the specifics of the design problem at hand, and the interests and abilities of individual students.



The student’s “design process” is assumed to be at the intermediate stage where analysis, synthesis, alternative design selection, and scheme development are thoroughly researched and communicated.



Students are expected to have developed knowledge and skills in: site and contextual analysis; researching and understanding the use of building precedents; developing a design concept and the use of digital modelling and representational software; creating physical sketch and presentation models; fundamental sustainable design principles; sketching design ideas; structural system and material selection; essential orthographic and perspective architectural representations; and graphic design and verbal presentation.

Note: Alterations to the above plan and timetable are possible according to the actual progress of work and assessment as monitored by the course teaching staff. Therefore, interim submissions and evaluation could be required and their outcome communicated to the students to provide them with further guidance.

244

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Course Policies

DESIGN CRITIQUES Critiques are the essential format for architectural education and project development. They are the means by which faculty and student discuss and develop a project together. This is a two-way communication, and is only made possible through the student’s responsibility to be prepared with drawings, models, ideas, and questions for discussion each day of studio. PORTFOLIO AND DOCUMENTATION OF DESIGN WORK It is essential for architectural students, like architectural professionals, to thoroughly document and reproduce their work. It is the nature of architectural design work that reproduced images of work are critical to presentation. Reproduction creates backups of drawings and physical models that may eventually be lost or damaged. Students are therefore required to document all studio work in an A3 format. Digital copies of design work are also required after each final project presentation. Proper documentation does not include only images. It also includes preliminary design sketches, concise written descriptions of the design problem; and a basic description of the design proposal or solution. ATTENDANCE POLICY Faculty work proceeds at such a pace that regular attendance is necessary for each student to obtain maximum benefits for instruction. Regular and punctual attendance at all class and studio sessions is a student obligation, and each student is responsible for all the work, including tests and written work, in all class and studio sessions. If a student plan to be away from the studio and are working on project related matters, first notify your studio instructors to discuss the nature of the absence. Three unexcused absences will result in being withdrawn with failure (WF) from the class PLAGIARISM VS., ACCEPTED AND ETHICAL WAYS OF CITING SOURCES Although the issue of plagiarism is more commonly associated with written assignments, issues of plagiarism also apply in design work. Plagiarism “includes the intentional or unintentional copying of language, structure, or ideas of another and attributing the work to one’s own efforts.” In written work, plagiarism is considered the failure to acknowledge references and sources. Similarly, in studio work, two examples of plagiarism are the unacknowledged use or abuse of precedents, and the reproduction and use of images without acknowledging their sources. In case of plagiarism, student will be withdrawn with failure (WF) from the course.

Course Calendar / Evaluation

ASSES NO. TYPE

TO ASSESS

START WEEK NO.

SUBM. WEEK NO.

Phase I: Layout & Site Plan – Study Model. Evaluation of preliminary concepts

1

2

3

Phase II: Commercial and Services Zone (Plans, Sections & Elevations)

3

6

4

Pre Final: (2d & 3D Drawings and Presentation)

5

6

3D Drawings and Presentation

7

Group research

5

Frist project

1

work

final Submission

Second project

2.5 25 5 15 5

Group research

work

Phase I: Layout & Site Plan – Study Model. Evaluation of preliminary concepts

OF

2.5

1st MT Exam

1

WEIGHTING ASSES.

5

2.5 8

9

25

245

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

3

Phase II: Sections & Elevations + study model

9

12

4

Pre Final: (2d & 3D Drawings and Presentation)

12

13

5

final Submission

3D Drawings and Presentation

2nd MT Exam

14

2.5 5

10 5

5

Final Exam (Oral discussion All Submitted Projects)

40

Total

100

246

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Library Resources & Support Services

Course Notes:



Lectures' hand-outs.

Essential Books (Textbooks):



Bassler, B. (ed.) (2008) Architectural Graphic Standards: Student Edition, 11th ed. New York: John Wiley and Sons, Inc.



De Chiara, J. and Hancock Callender, J. (eds) (2001) Time-Saver Standards for Building Types, 4th ed., New York.: McGraw-Hill Book Company.



Watson, D. & Crosbie, M. (2005) Time-Saver Standards for Architectural Design: Technical Data for Professional Practice, 8th ed., New York: McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

Recommended Books:



Sassi, P. (2006) Strategies for Sustainable Architecture, New York: Taylor & Francis.



Williamson, T, A. Radford and H. Bennetts (2003) Understanding Sustainable Architecture, London: Spon Press.

General References:



Periodicals, Websites, etc.

Dean of Faculty: Prof. lbtihal El-Bastiwissi Date: 10 / 02 / 2017

247

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

ARCH434. Execution Design IV

Course Code / Title: ARCH434.

Execution Design IV

Prof. Mohamed Fikry Dr. Kareem Galal Arch. Abdel Razzak Balaa Arch. Bassam Ali Hasan Arch. Huda Zeaiter Course Hours: 5 Hours/Week Academic Semester: 8th

Credits: 3

Instructors:

Course Duration: 14 Weeks Semester: Spring 2017/2018

Module Info: Mandatory Course (1 hr. Lecture, 4 hrs. Studio) Location: Fourth Year Studio – Floor 2 Time: Thursday 08:00 to 10:50 11:00 to 13:50 Course Description & Objectives

Composite drawings illustrating particular execution details of sustainable features considered in a project designed in ARCH431. Preparation of Specification and quantities report for the execution of a part of the project completed in ARCH433. The course aims to provide students with the professional knowledge necessary for engineering carrier in Execution Design. With this overall aim, the course strives to enable students to: 

Demonstrate theoretical knowledge and have practical skills and personal attributes and competencies that will be required for architectural design position in the international Execution Design industry.



Understand analytical, developmental, legal, managerial and technical principles that relate to Execution Design.



Develop the academic abilities and personal characteristics required to solve problems relevant to Execution Design and critically assess relevant aspects of the industry.



Demonstrate a systematic understanding of the economic, environmental, political, social and technological influences which relate to the Execution Design field.

 

Demonstrate an ability to initiate and sustain in-depth research relevant to Execution Design. Have an opportunity to put theory into practice via work-based learning.

248

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Course Calendar / Schedule

Week No. 1 Week No. 2 Week No. 3

Week No. 4

Week No. 5

Week No. 6

Week No. 7

Week No. 8

Week No. 9

Week No. 10

Week No. 11

Week No. 12

Design aspects – Structure systems – Materials -a: - Lecture: Course outline - project brief - Conveying System. - Library Floors materials. - Mar Maroun Design aspects – Structure systems – Materials -b: - Lecture: Façade Finishes. - Revision. - Final Submission: 13:50 Sections and elevations-a: - Lecture: Skylights - Expansion & Seismic building joints. - Library Sections and elevations. - Revision.

Sections and elevations-b: - Lecture: Light weight and modular partitions - Suspended ceilings & noise insulation and absorption. - Final Submission: 10:00. - Revision. Reading area floor details -a: - Lecture: Modern light weight steel & modern wooden stairs – Counters. - Pre Final: 10:00. - Revision Indoor materials – sustainable applications – Smart Materials. Reading area floor details -b: - Lecture: Decorative Metal. - Final Submission: 10:00 - Quiz. Spatial Details-a: - Lecture: Curtain walls - Dry fixed cladding (stone, metal, GRC, ceramic..) - Pre Final: 10:00. - Revision Materials specs –In pattern floor – Color Scheme. Spatial details-b: - Lecture: Wall Lining – Built in Furniture. - Final Submission: 10:00. - Revision. External envelope: - Lecture: Sustainable management of building materials - Natural ventilation: wind towers induced with stack effect. - Pre Final: 10:00. - Revision Sustainable applications - Smart Materials - Wall Sections (Exterior Details for typical floor). Site (Sustainable applications)-a: - Lecture: Roof lighting: systems and efficiency - Glass as a smart material Nano-technology - External envelop Final Submission: 10:00 - Site Pre-Final Submission: 10:00. - Revision Hardscape – Waterscape – Plantation – Fences – Gates – Color scheme. Site (Sustainable applications)-b: - Lecture: Hardware Gates. - Final Submission: 10:00

249

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Week No. 13 Week No. 14

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

- Revision. Restaurant’s Public Toilets (Specs and quantities): - Lecture: Pavements-Green Roof-Fences. - Final Submission: 10:00. - Revision. - Project Final Submission: 10:00

Note: Alterations to the above plan and timetable are possible according to the actual progress of work and assessment as monitored by the course teaching staff. Therefore, interim submissions and evaluation could be required and their outcome communicated to the students to provide them with further guidance.

Course Policies The course is delivered through lectures, tutorials, site visits, seminars, directed reading, videos, computer assisted learning, research-based teaching materials and methods, problem-based learning scenarios including coursework assignments, projects, workshops. Exposure to the Execution Design environment and related projects are an important aspect of the teaching and learning methods. General Policies:  Students should respect the general instructions given by the course staff.  Attendance percentage should be above 80%, otherwise attendance warnings would be issued.  Avoid plagiarism, the penalty of a plagiarism is cancelling your project / assignment.  The lecture starts from 14:00 to 14:50 and the studio work starts from 08:00 to 11:50 on Friday. Course Policies:  Each student should create an A1 portfolio contains: Final Project and the Weekly submissions.  Each student should create an A4 portfolio contains: Course outline: (Lecture Titles, list of references, and Assignments Titles) - Research briefs – Researches – Reports.  Each student should attend the theoretical and analytical lectures which help him in class and home work.  Training students for continuous learning by provide each lecture’s slid with references.  Each student should make a report for the site visit to evaluate understanding which completes the theoretical information taken in lectures, and present the real construction application for students.

Evaluation

WEEK

SUB-DATE

TOPICS

MARKS

03

16-Feb-18

Design aspects – Structure systems – Materials

9.0

05

02-Mar-18

Sections and elevations

9.0

07

16-Mar-18

Reading area floor details

7.0

250

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

WEEK

SUB-DATE

TOPICS

MARKS

10

06-Apr-18

External envelope

10.0

11

27-Apr-18

Site (Sustainable applications)

10.0

12

11-May-18

Restaurant’s Public Toilets (Specs and quantities)

5.0

14

18-May-18

Project Final Submission

10.0

Final Exam -Oral Examination

40.0 100.0

As Scheduled Total

Library Resources & Support Services Course notes: Lectures' handouts. Essential books (textbooks):  CHING Francis D.K., Building Construction Illustrated-4th Edition, Van Nostrand Reinhold, New York 2008.  Chudley R. andGreeno R., BUILDING CONSTRUCTION HANDBOOK 8th Edition, Elsevier, Great Britain, 2008. Recommended books:  Grondzik, W. T., Kwok, A. G., Stein, B. & Reynolds, J. S. (2010). Mechanical and Electrical Equipment for Buildings. New Jersey: John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 

Hegger Manfred, Construction Materials Manual (Construction Manuals series), Birkhäuser GmbH, 2006.



Addington M. & Schodek D. L. (2004). Smart Materials and Technologies in Architecture. Architectural Press.



Bell V. B. & Rand P. (2006). Materials for Architectural Design. Laurence King.



Blanc A. (1994). Internal Components (Mitchell’s Building Series). Longman, UK.



Bouchlaghem, D. (2006). Teaching and Learning Building Design and Construction. London : Earthscan.



Ching Francis D. K.(2001) A Visual Dictionary of Architecture.



Compagno, Andrea (1999). Intelligent glass facades, material practice design. Birkhauser publishers, Berlin Germany.



Deplazes A. (2008). Constructing Architecture: Materials, Processes, Structures. 2nd Extended edition, Birkhauser Verlag AG.



Dernie D. (2003 or latest edition). New Stone Architecture. McGraw Hill Higher Education.

 

Fleming. E. (2005). Construction Technology : An Illustrated. Oxford : Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Foster J. S. & Harington R. (2007). Mitchell’s Structure & Fabric – Part2, 7th Edition (Mitchell’s series), Prentice Hall, UK.



Mcevoy M. (1994 or latest edition), Mitchell’s External Components (Mitchell’s series), Longman, UK.



Ramsey C. G. & Hoke, J. R. (2007). Architectural Graphic Standards. 11th Edition, John, Willey and Sons Inc., USA.



Ritter A. (2006). Smart Materials in Architecture, Interior Architecture and Design: Types, Products, Architecture. Birkhäuser GmbH.

251

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018



Schittich C. (2007). Glass Construction Manual (Construction Manuals series). Birkhäuser GmbH.



Schulitz H. C. and Sobek W. (2000 or latest edition). Steel Construction Manual (Construction Manuals Series). Birkhauser Verlag AG.

252

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

ARCH438 – Specifications and Quantities

Course Title: Specifications and Quantities Code: ARCH438 Hours: 3 Lecture: 1

Tutorial: 2

Credit: 2

Year: 2017-2018

Term: 2nd

Prerequisites: ARCH438 Academic Year / Level: 2017- 2018 / Level 4 Specialization: Architecture Location: Lecture Room ---Course Objectives 

The relationships between the Employer, the Consultant, and the Contractor in terms of duties and responsibilities.



General knowledge pertinent to the preparation of Contract Documents including specifications and Bills of quantities for various trades and works.



Elucidating the General Conditions of Contract between Employer, Consultant and Contractor.



Analytical and technical principles related to Quantity Surveying as well as Methods of Measurement and Calculations.



Method of Preparing, organizing and summarizing Bills of Quantities (BOQ) including preamble, calculation sheets, and summaries.



General knowledge related to materials specifications and various constructional works and execution procedures.



Illustrating the technical writing procedure for Specifications including divisions’ organization.



Bids evaluation process including activities pertinent to the preparation of comparative tables of prices.



Putting theory into practice via work-based learning and develop student’s skills related to communication with different project’s parties, building materials suppliers, and sub-contractors.

Learning Activities The course is delivered through lectures, tutorials, seminars, directed reading, videos and computer assisted learning. However, and while participating to the course, students will be required to attend PowerPoint lectures covering the theoretical part. They will conduct weekly exercises where they acquire ability to fill BOQs with full sense of responsibility, and learn how to handle numerical results of measurements. Students will be divided into groups and asked to submit a research covering a subject related to the course content, and present their work in group seminars, making sure that the student has covered the following learning activities.

253

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Course Outline Being registered in this course, Students will acquire the knowledge of project’s parties’ relationships, duties, and responsibilities. In addition, students will learn the specifications’ writing methodology as well as the structure and the technique of BOQ preparation and tender evaluation. Week No. 1

Introduction / Overview

Week No. 2

Employer / Consultant Relationship - (General Overview)

Week No. 3

Employer / Consultant Relationship - (Duties)

Week No. 4

Employer / Contractor Relationship (Tender Condition)

Week No. 5

Condition of Contract – (General conditions)

Week No. 6

Condition of Contract – (General conditions)

Week No. 7

7th week Exam

Week No. 8

Condition of Contract – (Particular conditions)

Week No. 9

Specifications (General Information)

Week 10 Week 11 Week 12 Week 13 Week 14

No.

Specifications (Main Structure)-a

No.

Specifications (Main Structure)-b

No.

12th week assessment Research presentation and evaluation

No.

Bill of Quantities (Structure of BOQ)

No.

BOQs Compilation / 14th week assessment Final Exam

Evaluation: Asses No.

1

Type

To Assess

Individual and group assignments

Assignments: BOQs preparation Assessment: BOQ organization Methods of calculations

Start Week No.

Subm. Week No.

2 4 5

4 5 6

7

7

Subm. Date

Weighting Asses.

of

30%

(1st week : 7th week) th

2

7 Week Exam/Total assessment

Total Assessment

254

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

3

Individual and group assignments

4

12th Week Individual and group assignment

5

Individual and group assignments

6

Final Exam

Total

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Assignments: BOQs preparation Assessment: BOQ organization Methods of calculations (8thst week : 12th week) Assignments: Research Preparation Assessment: New material provision Research organization Presentation Assignments: BOQs preparation Assessment: BOQ organization Methods of calculations (14st week : 15th week)

70% 8 9 10

9 10 11 30%

8

12

13

14

10%

TBD

30%

30%

100%

100 %

List of References:   

Principles of Measurement (International) For Works of Construction Published by RICS (Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors) MasterFormat® 2010 Update Numbers & Titles April 14, 2010 Deputy Ministry of public Works "General Specifications for Building Construction" Ministry of Public Works and Housing, Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, 2002

١٩٨٠ "‫خلوصي محمد ماجد " الكميات و المواصفات و معدالت األداء ألعمال البناء‬ ١٩٨٠ "‫خلوصي محمد ماجد " الكميات و المواصفات و معدالت األداء لألعمال التكميلية‬ 2٠٠٠ "‫خلوصي محمد ماجد " الموسوعة الھندسية في الكميات و المواصفات و و معدالت األعمال التكمياية في المباني‬ 2٠٠١ ‫الھيئة المصرية للتوحيد القياسي "المواصفات القياسية المصرية" القاھرة‬ ‫ المملكة العربية السعودية‬,‫وزارة األشغال العامة و اإلسكان "المواصفات العامة لتنفيذ المباني" وزارة األشغال العامة و اإلسكان‬ ١٩٨2

Course Instructor: Arch. Khaled Sadek

    

Dean of Faculty Prof. Ibtihal Y. El-Bastawissi

Date: 15 / 02 /2017

255

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

CVEE 332 –Surveying for Architects

Course Title: Surveying for Architects Code: CVEE332 Hours:3 Lecture: 1

LAB: 2

Credit: 2

Year: 2017-2018

Term: 6th

Prerequisites: none Academic Year / Level: third year Specialization: Architectural Engineering Course Objectives An accreditable program in Surveying for Architects will prepare graduates with the technical skills necessary to enter careers in boundary and Surveying , geographic and land information systems , engineering project surveying , mapping , or other related areas. The level and scope of career preparation will depend on the degree level and specific program orientation. Graduates of associate degree programs typically have strengths in utilizing measurement technologies and field mapping. Learning Activities a. utilizing modern measurement technologies to acquire spatial data ; b. Applying technical concepts to the design of measurement systems to meet project requirements ; c. Analyzing data for conformance with precision and accuracy requirements ; d. Employing industry-standard software to solve technical problems. Course Outline Basic principles, Linear Surveying, Compass Surveying, Theodolite Surveying Traverses ,Leveling, Contouring , Areas, Volumes.

WEEK 1 2 3 4 5 6

STAGE LABEL & DESCRIPTION Basic principles Linear Surveying Compass Surveying Compass Surveying (cont.) Theodolite Surveying Traverses

256

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

7

Exam1

8

Engineering Leveling

9

Engineering Leveling (cont.)

10

Areas

11

Volume

12

Exam2

13

Contouring

14

Practical Exam

Asses No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

18-

Type

To Assess

Open &closed book exam Class tests Individual and group assignments Exam 1 Exam2 Lab.Exam Project Final Exam

Knowledge base

Start Week No.

Subm. Date

Weighting of Asses.

TOTAL

Knowledge base Knowledge base 7th 12 14 14 last

5% 25% 15% 15% 10% 30%

5% 30% 45% 60% 70% 100%

List of References:

* Surveying for Construction * Engineering surveying * Solving Problems in surveying Course Instructor: Eng. Mahmoud Rihabi

Dean of Faculty Prof. Dr .Ibtehal El-Bastawissi

Date: 22 / 2 /2017

257

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

ARCH533 – Architectural Criticism

Course Title: Architectural Criticism Code: ARCH533 Hours: 2 Lecture: 2 Tutorial: 0 Credit: 2 Prerequisites: Academic Year / Level: 5th Level Year: 2017-2018 Term: Spring Specialization: Architecture - Design & Built Environment Module Info: Mandatory Course (2 hrs. Lecture) Sec.1: Time: Tuesday 8:00 to 10:00 - Location: Lecture A209 - First Basement Sec.2: Time: Thursday 2:00 to 4:00 - Location: Lecture A303 - Second Basement

---

Course Objectives The course addresses the following topics: - Evaluation of architectural works, ideologies and approaches; - Critical review and assessment of design, interpretation, and responses by different actors; - Criteria and methods of analysis and criticism; and - Appraisal of the delivery process and architectural product. Within this overall aim, the course strives to enable students to: - Introduce students to practices of critical analysis in architecture and urbanism, - Establish criticism's context with regard to professional practice & public opinion. - Explore the ethics, values and responsibility of criticism within the context of the critic's role as a proxy for the public in articulating responses to contemporary building design and urban development; and - Focus on the improvement of writing skills Learning Activities The course learning activities are as follows:

 Develop appropriate effective written and oral communication skills;  Demonstrate the ability to perform an oral presentation, involving any subject presentation and  

performing discussion with audience; Use organization skills (including task and time management) while conducting any evaluation / assessment of an architectural work; and Develop the ability to self appraise and reflect on practice relevant to architecture.

Course Outline Lectures and group seminars addressing the evaluation of architectural works, ideologies and approaches. Critical review and assessment of design, interpretation, and responses by different factors. Criteria and methods of analysis and criticism. Appraisal of the delivery process and architectural product. WEEK

STAGE LABEL & DESCRIPTION

258

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Week 1 Tuesday /2018 Thursday /2018

Week 2 Tuesday /2018 Thursday /2018

Week 3 Tuesday /2018 Thursday /2018

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

COURSE INTRODUCTION Description of the whole course content, course objectives and Definition of keywords. Meaning of Criticism. Types of Criticism: Meaning of architectural criticism What are the objects that will be criticized? Real projects, proposals of architects, proposals of students, architectural research, methods of the architectural education What are the conditions that should be available in the critic? Reasons of Architectural Criticism + What is the right time of criticism? During / After Methods and Levels of Architectural Criticism Selecting the criteria of the Normative Criticism that will be used throughout the course ANALYZING AND CRITICIZING PROJECTS FROM ARCHITECTURES OF MODERNISM & LATEMODERNISM German Pavilion for Mies van der Rohe Falling Water for Frank Lloyd Wright Ronchamp Chapel for Le Corbusier Nakagin Capsule Tower for Kisho Kurokawa Sony Center for Helmut Jahn Teamwork groups, each group consists of 5 students – taking notes, sketches, & opinions The instructor informs students that each group will submit a sketch-book at Week no.6 The sketch-book will be a detailed table criticizing each project using the Normative Criticism within the 7 criteria. A3 submission ANALYZING AND CRITICIZING PROJECTS FROM ARCHITECTURES OF POST-MODERNISM & DECONSTRUCTION Piazza d’Italia for Charles Moore Frankfurt Museum, Court Exhibition - for Stanley Tigerman The Jewish Museum for Daniel Libeskind The same teamwork groups take notes, sketches, & opinions

Week 4 Tuesday /2018 Thursday /2018

Continue ANALYZING AND CRITICIZING DECONSTRUCTION Guggenheim Bilbao Museum for Frank Gehry

Week 5 Tuesday /2018 Thursday /2018

ANALYZING AND CRITICIZING PROJECTS FROM PERFORMATIVE ARCHITECTURE & DIGITAL ARCHITECTURE Reichstag Dome - for Norman Foster Sendai Mediatheque - for Toyo Ito Blur Building - for Diller & Scofidio Kunsthaus Museum - for Peter Cook and Colin Fournier The same teamwork groups take notes, sketches, & opinions

Week 6 Tuesday /2018 Thursday /2018 Week 7 Tuesday /2018 Thursday /2018

PROJECTS

FROM

ARCHITECTURES

OF

SEMINAR AND DISCUSSING STUDENTS' WORKS Each group will make PowerPoint presentation criticizing the previous 13 projects Presentation's mark out of 10 (Submission of the groups' sketch-books (Criticizing Projects) - mark out of 10

7th WEEK EXAM - Written & Closed book exam – mark out of 10

259

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Week 8 Tuesday /2018 Thursday /2018

Week 9 Tuesday /2018 Thursday /2018 Week 10 Tuesday /2018 Thursday /2018 Week 11 Tuesday /2018 Thursday /2018 Week 12 Tuesday /2018 Thursday /2018 Week 13 Tuesday /2018 Thursday /2018 Week 14 Tuesday /2018 Thursday /2018 TBA

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Announcing marks of 7th week – mark out of 30 CRITICIZING THE ARCHITECTURAL RESEARCH Difference between thesis/paper/ and report Using the Normative Criticism to analyze and criticize researches based on the following criteria: Format, Content, Interdependence between parts, Findings, & Referencing Example: Criticizing a scientific paper using the previous criteria - in open discussion The instructor informs students that each group will bring next time a paper that already published in a journal or in a conference to be criticized. CLASS OPEN DISCUSSION ABOUT THE PAPERS / ARTICLES Each group will identify its chosen paper, recognizing its author, title, field, content, length, place of publishing. Each group must take the approval from the instructor that this paper is appropriate or not. Groups are asked to submit next time critiques of papers using the Normative Criticism within the 5 previous criteria. A3 submission EASTER VACATION

The following up of the criticized papers with the teamwork groups

PowerPoint presentation for the criticized papers - mark out of 10

Discussion and the final submission of the criticized papers - mark out of 10

Announcing marks of 12th week – mark out of 20 QUIZ I: - Mark out of 5 Presenting a number of the architectural projects - Individually, the student has to criticize each projects using the Normative Criticism based specifically on the following criteria: Clarity of concept, Form & Composition, Colors, & Context with Site Announcing marks of 14th week – mark out of 10 QUIZ II: - Mark out of 5 Presenting an architectural article - Individually, each student has to criticize this article using the Normative Criticism based specifically on the following criteria: Format, Content, Interdependence between parts, Findings, & Referencing FINAL EXAM - Written & closed book exam

Evaluation: Asse s No.

Type

To Assess

Start Week No.

Subm. Week No.

Subm. Date

Weighting of Asses.

260

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

1

Sketch-Book of criticizing pioneers' projects

Communication skills through written presentation made by teamwork groups

3

6

2

Visual & Oral Presentation For projects

Communication skills through oral presentation of pioneers' projects

3

6

3

7TH Week Exam Closed-book examination

knowledge base, intellectual qualities, & Critical thinking

7

7

4

Visual & Oral Presentation For a selected paper

Communication skills through oral presentation of the criticized papers

8

11

5

Final Submission of the criticized papers

Communication skills through written presentation made by teamwork groups, knowledge base, and intellectual qualities

on

6

Quiz I Projects Individually

knowledge base, intellectual qualities, & Critical thinking

on

7

Quiz II Articles Individually

8

Final Exam Closed-book Examination

13

12

13

knowledge base, intellectual qualities, & Critical thinking

14

14

knowledge base, intellectual qualities, & critical thinking

--

--

Total

19-

8

Tue. /2018 Thu. /2018 Tue. /2018 Thu. /2018 Tue. /2018 Thu. /2018 Tue. /2018 Thu. /2018 Tue. /2018 Thu. /2018 Tue. /2018 Thu. /2018 Tue. /2018 Thu. /2018 TBA

10%

10%

30%

10%

10% 60% 20% 10%

5% 10% 5%

40%

40%

100%

100%

List of References:

(ppp) Course notes: Lectures' handouts. (qqq)

Recommended books:

261

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Youssef, M. (2016) Architecture and Metaphor, published by Beirut Arab University, Printed and distributed by Stephan Library, Beirut, Lebanon Arnold, D. (2002) Reading Architectural History, Routledge, London, UK. Forty, A. (2000) Words and Buildings: A Vocabulary of Modern Architecture, Thames & Hudson, New York, USA Whiffen, M. (1970) The History, Theory and Criticism of Architecture: papers from the 1964; Cambridge: The M. I. T. Press. (rrr) General References: Periodicals, Websites, Architecture documentaries etc.

Course Instructor: Dr. Maged N. A. Youssef Date: 20 / 01 /2018

Dean of Faculty Prof. Ibtihal Youssef

262

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

ARCH 540. SENIOR PROJECT

Course Code / Title:

ARCH 540. Senior Project

Course Hours: 16 Hours/Week Academic Semester: 10th

Credit: 8 Cr.

Course Duration: 16 weeks Semester: Spring 2017-2018

Module Info: Location: 5th Year Studio - Floor B2 Time: Instructors: Course Description & Objectives



 

 



The course explores architectural design work coupled with rigorous analysis, research and experimentation. Studio-based work addresses diverse design topics requiring theoretically informed, viable architectural solutions, and responses to increasing complexity, conditions, and contexts. Students are required to carry out detailed research and subsequently develop a comprehensive design project, covering one approved topic of their choice within the field of architectural design; Based on this research, the project program is developed, followed by a complete and detailed architectural proposal, together aiming to provide general training to handle large architectural problems with emphasis on all professional and technical problems through research work, formulation of concepts, and design processes; Final Submission would include both an architectural project (of which copies are submitted in both printed and electronic formats) in addition to text and explanatory illustrations and diagrams; The submitted portfolio of design drawings should reflect adequate interpretation and together represent innovative solutions considering contemporary concerns, social, economic, structural aspects, within specific contexts, as well as the local, cultural and urban environments. The candidates’ work is to be presented and discussed with a panel of referees that includes internal, external members in addition to course staff and advisors.

Course Calendar/Schedule

Stages

Stage Label & Description

Date of Submission

Marks

Total Year Work /60

10

25

Pre-Concept Design Studies and Alternatives: 1 

Developing the studies and analyses performed in Arch. 539 after incorporating the Juries’ comments / notes (if any).



Performing a Detailed Site Analysis on the Macro and Micro Levels including Studies of building context, architectural character & identity in response to human, social, cultural, & economic/practical needs.



Developing the building program (Schedule of accommodation) including the main elements/components of

(4 weeks)

263

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Stages

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Date of Submission

Stage Label & Description

Marks

Total Year Work /60

the project. 

Presenting Design Alternatives (including Study Models) for the project configuration showing the buildings’ volumes, the main functions distribution and the general zoning in addition to the architectural character of the Project.

Submission Format : A3 & Modelling (Site/ Study Model) Concept Design 2 



Developing the selected alternative solution and preparing conceptual Drawings illustrating the main functions and the relationships of the Project components. These drawings shall include: o Floor Plans o Elevations, o Sections drawings o Diagrams o 3D Model(s) Preparing master Site Plan, showing the Project main building(s) location, parking structures, as well as all proposed on and off-site improvements and amenities. The site study shall cover internal roads, walkways, playgrounds, Fences and Gates.

(4 weeks) 15

Submission Format : A1 & Modelling (Site/ Study Model)

3

Developed Design – Detailed Architectural Drawings:  Elaborating on the design decisions and providing precise architectural drawings while emphasizing on functional requirements & relationships, spatial organization, structural system, study of relationships, circulations, connections & associations. 

Emphasising on the response to increasing complexity of ethical, social, conceptual & formal conditions, such as sustainability, identity, cultural imperatives.



Studying the building context and developing architectural character & identity of the project.



Re-comparing program with selected solution and modify solution/program



Emphasising on applying execution details and the integration of all external & internal details of finishes, services, and construction techniques

the

(4 weeks) 15

35

Submission Format : A1 & Modelling (Site/ Study Model)

264

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Stages

Stage Label & Description Final Submission & Evaluation:  Preparing a Final Detailed representation of complete detailed design project to interpret comprehensive understanding of architectural design as a holistic activity, which would be reviewed & examined by a panel of referees. This would be reached through the development of the optimum alternative solution in response to the design problem selected in the 1st stage.

4

Note: Representation skills are essentially evaluated & should be broadened to include a range of media & not solely CAD.

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Date of Submission

Marks

(Final Submission Evaluation) (2week)

20

Total Year Work /60

Submission Format : A1 (9 Landscape sheets) ,Final Drawings; Site Plan, Plans, Sections, Elevations, Details & Modelling (Site/ Study Model), as well as all analytical diagrams & written explanations necessary for better understanding of the final product.

TOTAL

60

60

Note: Alterations to the above plan and timetable are possible according to the actual progress of work and assessment as monitored by the course teaching staff. Therefore, interim submissions and evaluation could be required and their outcome communicated to the students to provide them with further guidance. Course Policies   



Extensive work within the design studio (16 hrs/week) involves regular and adequate periods of contact, discussion, and review of progress achieved by students; The studio-based course provides necessary guidance and assistance throughout the process of project development by course staff, visiting tutors, and other advisors; The research work involved in this course allows a debate-like review and discussion of a set of selected projects/examples that interpret contemporary directions, applications, and emerging theories in the field of Architecture; The students' regular attendance is accorded utmost priority. Passing the course necessitates a minimum attendance of 80%, by which a student becomes eligible for final stages of submission and examination.

Evaluation

   

Evaluation of work progress will be carried out for phased submissions as indicated in the timetable below. Students are required to submit their work on the marked dates, and have their drawing fixed on the designated boards no later than 10:00 am. Projects will be evaluated in terms of Architectural Excellence which includes the integration and efficiency of architectural and structural solutions as well as the originality of ideas presented The blending of the proposal with the distinct cultural and natural characteristics of each region and site

265

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

   



Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Architectural Expression of the concept Organization of Spaces and Functions inside & out Structure, Construction, materials, and services Quality and Clarity of Presentation materials * The evaluation criteria are to be variably ranked in order of importance according to each project TYPOLOGY After every evaluation, students will be advised on their performance, grades, and also on any comments / relevant guidelines specified by the referees' panel.

Asses No.

1

Type

Individual assignments to assess

2

Individual assignments to assess

3

Individual assignments to assess

4

5 Total

Individual assignments and Individual presentation s to assess Oral Presentation & Jury Examination

To Assess

Start Subm. Week Week No. No.

Subm. Date

Ability to present researchgenerated knowledge

Weighting of Asses.

1

4

10% (Group Staff Evaluation)

5

8

15% (Group Staff Evaluation)

Ability to present design development outcome and creativity

9

12

15% (All Staff Evaluation)

Ability to initiate, develop, interpret & communicate valid design ideas

13

14

20% (All Staff Evaluation)

Knowledge base, professional skills and transferable skills

16

16

- Skills of design, analysis & criticism -Ability to present researchgenerated knowledge & design development outcome -Ability to present design development outcome and creativity

TBA

40% 100%

266

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Library Resources & Support Services 





The specialized library within the Faculty offers a wide range of textbooks, references, and periodicals that cover diverse topics relevant to the field of Design process, approaches, guidelines and contemporary architectural theories and directions. The quality of teaching and research is further supported by first-rate facilities such as a specialized library, computer laboratories, in addition to fully equipped graphics / GIS laboratories and model making workshop. Additional amenities are provided on-campus to all students, such as internet terminals, audio-visual equipment, seminar rooms, printing and copying facilities.

267

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

ARCH 261 – Introduction to Painting

Course Title: Introduction to Painting Code: ARCH261 Hours: 3 Lecture: 1

Tutorial: 2

Credit: 3

Year: 2016-2017

Term: 1

Prerequisites: none Academic

Year

/

Level:

2016-2017

/

Elective/Intermediate Level Specialization: Architectural Engineering Location Studio 2 COURSE OBJECTIVES The course objectives are as follow: This course aims at introducing the students to the study of painting language through color, form, materials and techniques. It also helps them get acquainted with aspects of traditional and modern pictorial composition including proportion, space , and color theory and their role in architectural design through the presentation of a variety of subjects. Moreover, the course also aims at introducing the student to the physical and chemical properties of color as well as methods of use. Learning Activities The students will analyze geometrical form, depth, space, and composition to acquire visual and manual skills in architectural and artistic design. They will also exercise drawing natural scenes and make judgments on aesthetic issues. Course Outline Below is a detailed weekly schedule of this course’s outline. The course is delivered over a period of 16 weeks. There will be two exams and one final exam and grading will be carried out according to the table found on page 3.

18- Course Outline:

WEEK 1 2

STAGE LABEL & DESCRIPTION Introduction to painting as a study Color Theory; A Brief history; Introduction to primary, secondary and tertiary color. Shade and shadow, Principles on basic geometrical forms Tools and methods; Insight on beauty; Hue, value, saturation, and chromatic scales.

3

4

Introduction to aquarelle Technique and monochromatic coloring of cube Perception of color; Color as language; Psychology of color. Aquarelle practice on basic form, composition(cube, cone and square) using different colors.

268

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

The vocabulary of painting; The artists' spectrum, aquarelle practice (fruit composition)

5

Color perspective; shades and shadows, aquarelle practice on naturel scene.

6 7

Exam Painting and Architectural Engineering, introduction to oil pastel

8

The artistic style of painting, practice of oil pastel

9

From classic arts to modern arts, introduction to colored pencils

10

Landscape rendering, introduction to touch markers (water color) practice on different objects.

11 12

Exam Drawing the human body; Illusion and impression, application using Touch Markers

13

Impressionism; Fauvism, Cubism, application using Touch Markers.

14

Revision

15 16

Final Exam

Evaluation: Asses No.

1

2

3

4

5

6

Type Individual and group assignments to be assessed 7th Week Exam/Total assessment Individual and group assignments to assess 12th Week Exam/Total assessment Individual and group assignments to assess 16th Week Final Exam

To Assess

Start Week No.

Subm. Week No.

2

3

4

5

8

9

Subm. Date

Weighting Asses.

of

Acquired knowledge 30%

Total Assessment

60%

Acquired knowledge 10

11

20%

13

14

10%

Total Assessment

Acquired knowledge

Overall learning outcomes

40%

40%

269

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Total

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

100%

20-

100%

List of References:

(sss) Course notes: Delivered by instructor. (ttt) Essential books (textbooks): 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Holtzschue Lina, Understanding Color in Introduction for Designers - fourth edition 2011 Mexico. Crofton, Ian - A Dictionary of Art - London: Routledge, 1988 Danger, Eric Paxton. The Color Handbook, Aldershot England: Gower Technical Press, 1987 Chevreul, Michel Eugene. The Principles of Harmony and Contrast of Color and Their Applications to Arts. New York: Reinhold publishing1967 History of art, by E. H. GOMBTIC, publishing by Phaidon 2012 Histoire mondiale de l’Art, by Hugh Honour, John Fleming, Bordas 1988.

(uuu) Recommended books: .  Koenig Becky. Color workbook (2nd Ed) upper Saddle River , nj : Person Education 2007 .  Feisner, Edith Anderson. Color studies. New York : Fairchild Publications, 2001 (vvv) General References:  ***  ***

Course Instructor: Prof Adnan Khouja Date 06\ 02\2017

Dean of Faculty Prof. Ibtihal El Bastawisy

270

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

ARCH264. INTRODUCTION TO SHAPE GRAMMARS

BASIC INFORMATION Course Title: Introduction to Shape Grammars Code: ARCH264 Hours Lecture: 1 Prerequisites: N/A Academic Year / Level: Faculty elective Specialization: Architectural Engineering

Tutorial: 2

Credit: Term: Spring

19- COURSE DESCRIPTION AND OVERALL AIMS: Shape Grammar’s concept draws on analogies between visual and natural language, capturing a sense of order in matter and form. It is therefore familiar beside other terms like “style” and “theme” that highlight the awareness of form repetitive patterns, constituent parts, compositional rules and families of designs that share common features. Using “grammar” and “language” as metaphor in design is an attempt to make seemingly tacit practice explicit through defined criteria. Shape grammars provide a formal mechanism for generating compositions based on shapes and their spatial relationships by specifying methods to replace parts of shapes with others. The course aims to
introduce
spatial
grammars
and
their
applications,
primarily
to
design
and
composition.

Emphases 
on
the
formal
and
informal
aspects
of
grammars,
evolution
of
grammatical
ideas,
their
relevance,
ap plication
and
use
in
the
analyses
of
‘styles’,
synthesis
of
‘form’,
and
incorporation
of
‘function‘,
and
 not
least,
in
teaching
grammars
to
a
computer. Within this overall aim, the course attempts to build-up the students' capabilities to:       

Understand the meanings behind Design Computation’s concepts, reasoning and approaches. Practice and Understand Shape grammars processes of Analysis and Synthesis. Develop a flexible eye (Visual reasoning). Be able to extract common features of Simple to medium complex designs Develop a better understanding of composition and visual correlations and an ability to develop Innovative design following simple formal rules. Develop the students’ skill of thinking and making respectively as well as a good understanding of and control over their own design processes. Create drawings of basic objects in a three dimensional (3D) environment.

20- INTENDED LEARNING OUTCOMES OF THE COURSE (ILO): All intended learning outcomes (ILO) are aligned with core ARB/RIBA criteria, utilizing all or in part the following five thematic headings: Design, Technology and environment, Cultural Context, Management practice and law, and Communication. Each theme utilizes the terms awareness, knowledge, understanding and ability as embedded outcomes [key skills] to indicate the level of achievement required in each theme.

(kk) DESIGN

271

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

(ARB/RIBA part1: GC1.1 / GC3.1 / GC3.3)

(ll)

(kk 1) -

An awareness of the Architectural process when designing projects.

(kk 2) -

An understanding of composition and visual correlations

(kk 3) -

An ability to think and make respectively as well as a good understanding of and control over the design processes.

(kk 4) -

An ability to Develop a flexible eye capable of extracting common features of simple to medium complex designs

TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT (ARB/RIBA part1: GC2.3/ GC7.1) (ll 1) -

An understanding of the nature and operations of Generative systems.

(ll 2) -

An Ability to apply appropriate theories, principles and concepts relevant to the Shape Grammars;

(ll 3) -

An Ability to build a reasoned argument to the solution of familiar and unfamiliar problems relevant to shape grammars;

(ll 4) -

An Awareness of some of the current and emerging issues within the generative systems sector and debate the potential benefits.

(ll 5) -

An Ability to plan, design and execute practical activities using techniques and procedures appropriate to shape grammars.

(ll 6) -

An Ability to self-appraise and reflect on practice relevant to Shape grammars.

(mm) CULTURAL CONTEXT (ARB/RIBA part1: GC7.1) (mm 1) - An Ability to solve problems relevant to Style recognition using ideas and techniques some of which are at the forefront of the discipline; (nn) COMMUNICATION (ARB/RIBA part1: GC6.2/ GA1.2/ GA1.4) (nn 1) - An ability to write clearly and accurately (nn 2) - An ability to develop appropriate/effective written and oral communication skills. (nn 3) - An Ability to work effectively as part of a group, involving leadership, group dynamics and interpersonal skills such as listening, negotiation and persuasion

21- COURSE OUTLINE: Week No. 1

The Course Outline & Background ( Design and Design reasoning)

Week No. 2

An introduction to Shape grammars (recognition, production and evaluation)

Week No. 3

Recognition / Ambiguity Vocabularies/ Design elements

272

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Week No. 4

Seeing Shape in different perspectives

Week No. 5

Seeing Shape in different perspectives 2

Week No. 6

Production/ Doing Shapes/ Rules Additive Rules

Week No. 7

Subdivision Grammars

Week No. 8

7th Week Exam

Week No. 9

Designing with constraints/ Labeled rules

Week No. 10

Parametric Grammars/ Product Grammars

Week No. 11

The Analytical and design process & SG scenarios

Week No. 12

TERM PROJECT(2)

Week No. 13

TERM PROJECT(3)- Pre-Final Presentation

Week No. 14

Final presentation

Week No. 15

Final Exam

4-

TEACHING AND LEARNING METHODS:

The course is delivered through lectures with hands on experience via practical exercises in the computer lab. Problem-based learning scenarios including coursework assignments, projects, research paper, workshops. Exposure to the DESIGN COMPUTATION environment is an important aspect of the teaching and learning methods.

21-

Student Assessment Methods, Schedule and Grading:

ASSES NO.

TYPE

1

2D assignments

2

7th Week Exam

3

Assignments & 12th week Assessment

4

Term Projects

TO ASSESS intellectual qualities and professional skills knowledge base and intellectual qualities intellectual qualities and professional skills

START WEEK NO.

SUBM. WEEK NO.

WEIGHTING OF ASSES.

3

7

10%

8

8

15%

8

12

30%

11

14

10%

273

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

4 5

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Attendance Final Exam

knowledge base, professional skills and transferable skills

1

14

5%

15

15

30%

Total

22-

100%

LIST OF REFERENCES:

Course notes:  Course Lectures Essential books (textbooks):  KNIGHT, T. 1999. Shape grammars in education and practice: history and prospects. International Journal of Design Computing (IJDC), MIT press, 2. Access the paper online at http://www.mit.edu/¬tknight/IJDC/.  Online resources at : www.Shapegrammars.org Recommended books: 

KALAY, Y. E. 2004. Architecture's new media: Principles, theories, and methods of computer-aided design, The MIT Press.



STINY, G. 2008. Shape: talking about seeing and doing, The MIT Press.



STINY, G. & GIPS, J. 1972. Shape grammars and the generative specification of painting and sculpture. Information processing, 71, 1460-1465.



STINY, G. & MITCHELL, W. J. 1978. The Palladian grammar. Environment and Planning B, 5, 5-18.

274

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Arch 361. Architecture and Environment

Course Code / Title: ARCH361. Architecture and Environment

Credits: 2

Instructor: Dr. Kareem Saad Galal Course Hours: 2 Hours/Week

Course Duration: 15 Weeks

Academic Semester: 300 Level Faculty Elective

Semester: Spring 2017/2018

Module Info: (2 hrs. Lecture) Location: A209 Time: Tuesday 10:00 -11:50 Course Outline Basic theories and interpretations of environmental studies in relation to the built environment. Review of environmental concerns and their scope. Environmental problems, pollution, threats and impacts of human actions. Design of the built environment engaged with the natural environment. Influence of natural elements on the making of architecture. Relationship of architecture to site and landscape. The course objectives are to:

 Provide students with a basic knowledge in the social sciences, humanities, and physical and biological sciences.

 Develop interdisciplinary perspectives on “human interaction with the environment”.  Open doors to a satisfying, healthy, sustainable way of life for Architecture students, their communities and our world as a whole.

 Use interdisciplinary approach for studying environmental issues and human roles to change our environment.

 The environmental control systems to better understand the architectural, cultural, and ecological implications of the technological choices necessarily made in the process of design. Learning Activities The course learning activities highlight the following:

 The use of interdisciplinary approach for studying environmental issues in architecture.  The architect’s role in harming and / or protecting the environment.  The knowledge of environmental friendly design concerns. Course Outline WEEK 1

Tue 31/01/2018

Course outline - Introduction and environmental Definitions: In relation to the built environment

Tue 07/02/2018

Environmental Concerns and their scope: Environmental problems, pollution, threats and impacts of human actions. in relation to the built environment Renewable Energy Systems: Wind power - Hydroelectric - Solar Energy – Biomass - Geothermal energy.

2 3

STAGE LABEL & DESCRIPTION

Tue 14/02/2018

275

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

4 5 6

7

8

9 10 11 12 13 14

Tue 21/02/2018 Tue 28/02/2018 Tue 07/03/2018

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Design of the built environment engaged with the natural environment: Interaction between Architectural Creation and Environmental Impact - Biophilic Architecture Hypothesis. Design of the built environment engaged with the natural environment: Principles of climate - Solar principles in climatic design. Design of the built environment engaged with the natural environment: Wind flow around buildings

Tue 14/03/2018

7th Week Exam - Design of the built environment engaged with the natural environment: Contemporary architectural response - (Passive Buildings).

Tue 21/03/2018

Design of the built environment engaged with the natural environment: Buildings and low energy design - Energy systems in domestic buildings

Tue 28/03/2018

Design of the built environment engaged with the natural environment: Improvement of Thermal Insulation

Tue 04/04/2018

Research-1 (workshop-analytical and problem solving)-a. Design in Hot arid zones - Design in temperate zones - Design in cold zones

Tue 11/04/2018

Relationship of architecture to site and landscape: Microclimate, site planning and bioclimatic design.

Tue 25/04/2018

Relationship of architecture to site and landscape: The Urban Heat Island Phenomenon upon Urban Components.

Tue 02/05/2018 Tue 09/05/2018

Research-2 Presentation-a (Passive Design). Research-2 Presentation-b (Passive Design) - Revision Final Exam

Course Policies The course is delivered through lectures, seminars, directed reading, videos, research-based teaching materials and methods, problem-based learning scenarios including projects. General Policies:  Students should respect the general instructions given by the course staff.  Attendance percentage should be above 80%, otherwise attendance warnings would be issued.  Avoid plagiarism, the penalty of a plagiarism is cancelling your project / assignment. Evaluation ASSES NO.

TYPE

1

7th week exam

2

Group Assignments

TO ASSESS

Assignments/assessment (Research presentation)

START WEEK NO.

SUBM. WEEK NO.

7

7

10

11

SUBM. DATE 14 March 04 April

WEIGHTING ASSES. 30%

OF

30%

10% 30%

3

Group Assignments

4

Final Exam

Assignments/assessment (Research presentation)

13

14 40

09 May

As Scheduled

20% 40%

40%

276

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Total

100%

100%

List of References Course notes: Lectures' handouts. (www) Essential books (textbooks): 

Botkin, Daniel B. and Keller, Edward A. (2011), Environmental Science-Earth as a Living Planet, 8th edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. USA ISBN: 978-0-470-52033-8.

(xxx) Recommended books: 

Almusaed, A.(2011), Biophilic and Bioclimatic Architecture, Springer-Verlag London Limited. ISBN: 978-184996-533-0.



Ahluwalia, V K (2013), Environmental studies basic concepts, The Energy and Resources Institute TERI Press New Delhi, India, ISBN: 978-81-7993-321-3.



Sharples, Steve and Bougdah, Hocine (2010 ), Environment Technology and Sustainability, Taylor & Francis New York ISBN: 0-203-87840-X Master e-book ISBN.



Turner, Tom (2005),Landscape planning and environmental Impact Design, Taylor & Francis e-Library, ISBN: 0-203-21453-6 Master e-book ISBN.



Hernández, S. Brebbia, C. A. and De Wilde, W.P. (2010), Eco-Arch-III-HARMONISATION BETWEEN ARCHITECT RE AND NATURE, WIT Press UK ISBN: 978-1-84564-430-7.



Schröpfer, Thomas (2012), Ecological urban architecture (Qualitative Approaches to Sustainability), Birkhäuser Verlag GmbH, Basel Switzerland ISBN 978-3-0346-0800-8.

Course Instructor: Kareem Saad Galal

Dean of Faculty: Prof. Ebtihal El-Bastawissi

Date: 17 / 01 / 2018

277

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

ARCH461. Landscape Architecture

Course Code / Title: ARCH461. Landscape Architecture

Credits: 2

Instructor: Dr. Massimiliano Gotti Porcinari Course Hours: 2 Hours/Week

Course Duration: 14 Weeks

Academic Semester: Faculty Elective

Semester: Spring 2017/2018

Module Info: Intermediate Level Course (2 hrs. Lecture) Location:

Time:

Course Outline The course brings in fundamentals of landscape including design elements and principles. Students with an indepth understanding of how the two disciplines architecture and landscape can be combined to produce integrated sustainable solutions. The course content focuses on both theoretical and applicable aspects involved in landscape studies. Issues of site analysis, soft and hard landscape elements are introduced and elaborated through an active learning environment to enhance students’ self learning. Course Objectives This course aims to allow students to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of: 1. Elements of landscape architectural design; 2. Functional, aesthetic, social and environmental aspects of landscape architectural design and urban design in particular. 3. Analyizing the different elements and vocabularies of landscape design project, 4. Applying the natural and artificial landscape characteristics of the local environment to form environmentally-friendly buildings and societies. WEEK 1

STAGE LABEL & DESCRIPTION Introduction to the Course - Definitions

2

The History landscape and urban design

3

Research Competition Site and context

4

Inhabiting Research Presentation

5

Spaces concept

6

Paths concept

7

Mid-Term presentation

8

Parc

of

de

Landscape

la

Villette,

the

Paris

Presentation 1982 landscape

and 7th

Architecture

user week

exam

Edge, foci, thresholds, Spatial Characteristics of Plants

278

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

9

Functional Aspect of Landscape linear park; High line New York, Promenade Plantee Paris

Design

10

Aesthetic Burle Marx

Design

11

Holland West 8 Adriaan Geuze

experience

12

Copenhagen landscape Superkilen: Topotek 1 + BIG Architects + Superflex

experience

Aspect

of

Landscape

The anatomy of a project and professional profile

13 14

Presentation/ Pre final Final Exam

TBA

Evaluation ASSES NO.

TYPE

TO ASSESS

START WEEK NO.

SUBM. WEEK NO.

1

Group Assignments

Assignments/assessment (Research presentation)

2rd

4th

Group Assignments Mid-term exam Group/ individual Assignments Group/ individual Assignments

2

3

4 5

Final Exam

Total

WEIGHTING ASSES.

OF

30% Assignments/assessment (concept)

4th

Assignments/assessment (general Project and specific solutions)

8th

12th

20%

Assignments/assessment (pre-final)

10th

14th

10%

TBA

40%

40%

100%

100%

Final

7h 60%

List of References Course notes: Lectures' handouts Architects and landscape architects to know: OMA Rem Koolhaas, BIG architects, Bernard Tschumi, Diller and Scofidio + Renfro, Field Operation, Charles Jencks, Carlos Ferrater, Roberto Burle Marx, Martha Schwartz, Topotek 1, West8 Adriaan Geuze, Kristine Jensen, EMBT Miralles Tagliabue, NL architects, Philippe Rham, Patrick Blanc, Raymond Jungles, Mia Lehrer, Walter Hood Essential books: 

WATERMAN Tim, The fundamentals of landscape architecture, Fairchild books New York 2009

279

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment



Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

DEE Catherine, Form and fabric in landscape architecture a visual introduction, Spon Press 2001

(Books available in the BAU library.)

Course Instructor: Dr. Massimiliano Gotti Porcinari

Dean of Faculty: Prof. Ebtihal El-Bastawissi

Date: 14 / 02 / 2017

280

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

ARCH465. BIM

Course Code / Title: ARCH465.

Building Information Modeling

Instructors: Dr. Samer El Sayary Course Hours: 4 Hours/Week Academic Semester: 7th

Credits: 2

Course Duration: 15 Weeks Semester: Spring 2017/2018

Module Info: Elective Course (1 hr. Lecture, 2 hrs. Studio) Location: Computer Lab Time: Monday 08:00 to 09:50 10:00 to 10:50 Course Description & Objectives

The course objectives focus on fundamentals of Building Information Modeling (BIM) as a construction documentation system. Introduces concepts and features of BIM. It includes software structure and features, modeling and editing techniques, and sheet creation and organization. It focuses on applying BIM software to develop a set of construction documents. The course aims to provide students with the specialist knowledge necessary for architectural engineering carrier in the field of Perspective and Rendering and Contemporary Approaches that address them. The course aims to provide students with the specialist knowledge in Building Information Modeling. Within this overall aim, the course strives to enable students to: a. Demonstrate theoretical knowledge and have practical skills and personal attributes and competencies that will be required for positions in the international Information Modeling industry. b. Understand analytical, developmental, legal, managerial and technical principles that relate to Building Information Modeling. c. Have an appropriate balance between the vocational skills necessary for immediate employment in Building Information Modeling and the more fundamental principles necessary for further study. d. Develop the academic abilities and personal characteristics required to solve problems relevant to Building Information Modeling and critically assess relevant aspects of the industry. e. Cultivate a professional attitude and develop skills in relation to communication, teamwork, project planning and management, and responsibility for individual learning. f. Demonstrate a systematic understanding of the economic, environmental, political, social and technological influences, which relate to the Building Information Modeling field. g. Demonstrate an ability to initiate and sustain in-depth research relevant to Building Information Modeling. h. Have an opportunity to put theory into practice via work-based learning. i. INTENDED LEARNING OUTCOMES (oo) Through knowledge and understanding, students will be able to:  Understand the nature and operations of Building Information Modeling;  Demonstrate familiarity with theories and concepts used in the Building Information Modeling;  Understand the domestic and international nature and dimensions of Building Information Modeling;  Discuss the structure and organization of the public and private sectors of the Building Information Modeling;  Understand the factors which influence the development of organizations operating in the Building Information Modeling field and the most appropriate ways to manage this development;  Demonstrate an understanding of the contribution and impacts of the Building Information Modeling in social, economic, environmental, political and cultural terms; (pp) Through intellectual skills, students will be able to:  Recognize and apply appropriate theories, principles and concepts relevant to the Building Information Modeling;

281

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

 

Critically assess and evaluate the literature within Building Information Modeling; Analyze and interpret information from a variety of sources relevant to Building Information Modeling;  Exercise appropriate judgment in selecting and presenting information using various methods relevant to Building Information Modeling;  Develop a reasoned argument to the solution of familiar and unfamiliar problems relevant to Building Information Modeling;  Appraise some of the current and emerging issues within the Building Information Modeling sector and debate the potential benefits. (qq) Through professional and practical skills, students will be able to:  Plan, design and execute practical activities using techniques and procedures appropriate to Building Information Modeling;  Plan, design, record, execute and communicate a piece of independent research using Building Information Modeling media and techniques;  Recognize moral, ethical and safety issues which are pertinent to Building Information Modeling;  Respond to change within the external and internal Building Information Modeling environments. (rr) Through general and transferable skills, students will be able to:  Develop appropriate effective written and oral communication skills relevant to Building Information Modeling;  Demonstrate the ability to work effectively as part of a group, involving leadership, group dynamics and interpersonal skills such as listening, negotiation and persuasion relevant to Building Information Modeling;  Use organization skills (including task and time management) relevant to Building Information Modeling both individually and in a group situation;  Solve problems relevant to Building Information Modeling using ideas and techniques some of which are at the forefront of the discipline;  Develop the ability to self-appraise and reflect on practice relevant to Building Information Modeling. STAGE DATE OF COMPLETION STAGE LABEL & DESCRIPTION NUMBER AND SUBMISSION Introduction and Course Outline – Organizational Instructions 30/1/2017 1 – The Meaning of BIM - BIM Software -Types of BIM DetailingInstructions - How to Install Software-The Revit Interface. Starting a Project-A : Template files - project settings 6/2/2017 2 - Modeling Basics-Based Modeling Components (Walls)-A Starting a Project-B: Modeling Basics - Selection and 13/2/2017 3 modification basics - Options - columns - Sketch-Based Modeling Components (Complex and stacked Walls)-B 20/2/2017 4 Floors - footprint roofs - slope arrows 5

Roof modifications and examples - extrusion roofs - slope arrows

27/2/2017

6

Curtain Walls (curtain grids, mullions, and panels)

6/3/2017

7

Project Revision- Final Submission

13/3/2017

Rooms (Adding and Controlling room numbering - room bounding elements) Schedules and Tags (Adding tags and schedules - key schedule).

20/3/2017

8 9

Visibility and Graphic Controls

27/3/2017

10

Annotation

3/4/2017

11

Visualization and Presentation-A

10/4/2017

12

Project Revision- Final Submission

24/4/2017

13

Sheets, Plotting, and Publishing

1/5/2017

282

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

14

Revision

8/5/2017

15

Final Exam

15/5/2017

Course Calendar / Schedule

Note: Alterations to the above plan and timetable are possible according to the actual progress of work and assessment as monitored by the course teaching staff. Therefore, interim submissions and evaluation could be required and their outcome communicated to the students to provide them with further guidance.

Course Policies The course is delivered through lectures, tutorials, site visits, seminars, directed reading, videos, computer assisted learning, research-based teaching materials and methods, problem-based learning scenarios including coursework assignments, projects, workshops. Exposure to the Execution Design environment and related projects are an important aspect of the teaching and learning methods. General Policies:  Students should respect the general instructions given by the course staff.  Attendance percentage should be above 80%, otherwise attendance warnings would be issued.  Avoid plagiarism, the penalty of a plagiarism is cancelling your project / assignment.  The lecture starts from 8:00 to 8:50 and the studio work starts from 09:00 to 10:50 on Monday. Course Policies:  Each student should create an A4 portfolio contains: Final Project and the Weekly submissions in a digital format.  Each student should create an A4 portfolio contains: Course outline: (Lecture Titles, list of references, and Assignments Titles) - Research briefs – Researches – Reports.  Each student should attend the theoretical and analytical lectures which help him in class and home work.  Training students for continuous learning by provide each lecture’s slide with references.  Each student should make a report for the site visit to evaluate understanding which completes the theoretical information taken in lectures, and present the real construction application for students. Evaluation

ASSES NO.

TYPE

1

BIM definitions

2

Start-up Basics template file

3

Modifications basics

4

Floors - footprint

TO ASSESS



intellectual qualities and professional skills intellectual qualities and professional skills intellectual qualities and professional skills intellectual

START WEEK NO.

SUBM. WEEK NO.

SUBM. DATE

1

1

30/01/2017

2

2

06/02/2017

3

3

13/02/2017

4

4

20/02/2017

WEIGHTING ASSES.

OF

60%

283

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

ASSES NO.

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

TYPE

TO ASSESS

roofs - slope arrows

qualities and professional skills intellectual qualities and professional skills

5

Roof Modelling and modifications

6

Curtain (curtain mullions, panels)

7

Project RevisionFinal Submission

8

Rooms , Schedules and Tags

9

Visibility and Graphic Controls

10

Annotation

11

Visualization and Presentation-A

12

Project RevisionFinal Submission

13

Sheets, Plotting, and Publishing

14

Revision – Final Portfolio preview

15

Walls grids, and

Final Exam -Oral Examination-

knowledge base and intellectual qualities intellectual qualities and professional skills intellectual qualities and professional skills intellectual qualities and professional skills intellectual qualities and professional skills intellectual qualities and professional skills intellectual qualities and professional skills intellectual qualities and professional skills intellectual qualities and professional skills knowledge base, professional skills and transferable skills

START WEEK NO.

SUBM. WEEK NO.

SUBM. DATE

5

5

27/02/2017

6

6

06/03/2017

7

7

13/03/2017

8

8

20/03/2017

9

9

27/03/2017

10

10

03/04/2017

11

11

10/04/2017

12

12

24/04/2017

13

13

1/05/2017

14

14

8/05/2017

15

15

As Scheduled

Total

WEIGHTING ASSES.

OF

40% 100%

Library Resources & Support Services Course Notes:  Course outline: (Lecture Titles, List of References, and Assignments Titles)  Sheets  Projects Briefs Essential Books (Textbooks):  Krygiel, E., Read, P. & Vandezande, J. (2015). Revit Architecture 2015 Essentials. Wiley Publishing, Inc, Canada. Recommended Books:

284

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

 Krygiel, E., Read, P. & Vandezande J. (2014). Mastering Autodesk Revit Architecture 2014. Wiley Publishing, Inc, Canada.

285

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

ARCH467. Digital modelling

Course Code / Title: ARCH467. Digital Modelling Credits: 2 Instructor: Dr. Marwan Halabi Course Hours: 2 Hours/Week

Course Duration: 14 Weeks

Academic Semester: Faculty Elective

Semester: Fall 2017/2018

Module Info: Advanced Level Course (3 hrs. Lecture) Location: Digital Modelling Lab Time:

Tue

08:00 to 11:00

Course description and Objectives The course will deal with the investigation of design problems through the use of computer graphics from the initial stages of design conceptualization to design development, visualizing a new approach to different issues of computer aided design. This studio will concentrate on the idea of digital design that is giving rise to new architectonic possibilities. Architecture is a question of building, and forms generated on the screen are just utopian fantasies if they do not conform to the tectonic requirements of the real world. There is a big difference between designing according to the algorithmic potential of software programs and the tectonic parameters of actual building materials. At the same time, the old opposition of tectonics versus the digital design has given way to a new tectonics of digital design that can be lead to the desired materialization through the help of CAM technologies. Within this overall aim, the course strives to enable students to: 5. 6.

7. 8.

Further develop the students’ digital skills in modeling techniques as well as applying the computer as a design tool for the generation of a project Investigate new tools in design, which provide the possibility of studying the transformation of a drawing with respect to changing variables, and the integration of different parameters in the design process Present an opportunity for students to creatively explore new ideas, theories and techniques and to integrate their personal research in the generation of a comprehensive design project Explore different strategies to create an architecture composed of complex geometries, solids, complex surfaces and curves such as NURBS (Non-Standard Uniform B-Splines). For such experiment, we will be using different softwares, among them Rhinoceros as the main tool, combined with the traditional CAD and with the flexibility of the Spline-based technology to precisely represent complex forms instead of just vectorial lines o polygon meshes. An up-to-date set of new tools will be introduced lately in order to parametrically control the process of design and construction.

TEACHING AND LEARNING METHODS:  The course is delivered through lectures, tutorials, seminars, directed reading, videos, computer assisted learning, case studies and experimental learning, research-based teaching materials and methods, problem-based learning scenarios including coursework assignments and projects.  Students should have basic computer drafting skills. The course seeks to provide students with digital modelling strategies by using “Rhinoceros” as the main software in addition to complementary programs such as AutoCad, 3D Max, and Photoshop.  In addition, through the realization of a series of exercises of different scales, students will be provided with the following:

286

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

4- A set of conceptual and visual tools as supportive information when realizing exercises and designing projects. 5- Exposure to innovative ways to design and obtain complex and, at the same time, rational results. 6- Awareness of the visual qualities of architecture in general, while also learning how to translate observation, knowledge, and intentions into the digital design process.

Course Outline WEEK

STAGE LABEL & DESCRIPTION -

Visualization options

-

Basic drawing definitions : lines, splines, fillet, offset, extrude, copy, move, rotate 1d, 2d and 3d

-

Design of basic geometrical shapes

-

Extrusion options Basic descriptive geometry principles : points in space and its relation with volumes

-

Introduction to NURBS

-

Surface generation principles: planar surfaces, edge curves, loft, curve network, revolve and rail sweeping

-

Transforming complex surfaces into volumes Importing design principles and data from different softwares

-

Basic operation differences : Boolean operations, trim, split

-

Basic geometrical deformations: scale 1d, 2d, & 3d, twist

-

Transforming and Deforming shapes Acquisition of data from shapes: duplicate edges, extract wireframe, extract isocurves

-

Fluidity in design

-

Splitting lines, surfaces and volumes

-

Geometrical control

-

Simplification of data for generation of surfaces

-

Joining surfaces

-

Combination of simple and complex shapes

-

Moulding process with splines and control points

-

Projecting data into surfaces and shapes

-

6th Week Assessment

-

Control points in space

-

Design with splines

-

Single curved surfaces

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

287

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

WEEK

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

STAGE LABEL & DESCRIPTION -

Double curved surfaces

-

Boolean operations with simple and complex shapes

-

Building models with digital data using manual approach

-

Building models with digital data for Computer Aided Manufacturing (CAM)

-

Unroll developable surfaces

-

Strategies for shape development and control

-

3d section

-

Introduction to parametric design

-

Form contours

-

Unfolding surfaces techniques for models and real scale components

-

11th Week Assessment

-

Optimization of construction process

-

Exporting data for presentations

-

Exporting data for rendering Basic rendering with Rhino

-

Exporting data for other platforms

-

Transforming designed objects for 3d printing

14

-

Generation of a complex project and building of a model (vertical city)

15

-

Final Exam

8

9

10 11

12

13

Evaluation ASSES NO. 1 2 3

START WEEK NO. 3

SUBM. WEEK NO. 4

26/09/2017

4

5

03/10/2017

Total Assessment

-

6

17/10/2017

Total Assessment

-

11

21/11/2017

TYPE

TO ASSESS

Exercises Individual Exercises and quiz 6th Week Assessment

Digital Files

4

11th Week Assessment

5

Individual assignments to assess

SUBM. DATE

WEIGHTING OF ASSES.

30%

30% Assign. 2 (Individual work)

7

13

05/12/2017

288

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

15th Week Final Exam

6

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Total Assessment

-

15

T.B.A.

Total

40%

40%

100%

100%

General Policies   

The course has introduced to students through lectures, 2 hrs per week. Students should respect the general instructions given by the course staff. Attendance percentage should be above 80%, otherwise attendance warnings would be issued. LIST OF REFERENCES

Rhinoceros for Windows User Guide

-

Rhinoceros modelling tools for designers: Training Maual

Level 1

Rhinoceros modelling tools for designers: Training Maual

Level 2 -

Course Instructor: Dr. Marwan Halabi

www.rhino3d.com

Dean of Faculty: Prof. Dr. Ibtihal El-Bastawissi

Date: 11 / 04 / 2017

289

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Arch468. Parametric Design & Digital Fabrication Course Code / Title: Arch468

Credits: 2

Instructor: Dr. Chadi Khoury Course Hours: 3

Course Duration: 3

Academic Semester: 2017/2018

Semester: spring

Module Info: Location: A203/Lab Time: Friday 08:00 – 11:00 Course Objectives

- Learn the overall structure of parametric modeling systems. - Acquire technical fluency in visual programming environments. - Gain experience in the embedding of design knowledge into a parametric model. - Employ appropriate parametric techniques to convey essential formal elements at each stage of the design process.

Course Outline Week No. 1

Week No. 2 Week No. 3

Week No. 4 Week No. 5 Week No. 6

Week No. 7 Week No. 8 Week No. 9 Week No. 10 Week No. 11 Week No. 12 Week No. 13 Week No. 14

Course presentation… Lecture _ Introduction to digital media, computation and design/ Lab _ Introduction to Grasshopper: Installation and first step with the canvas of Grasshopper. Lecture _ Geometry and typology / Lab _ Associative geometries Lecture _ Mathematical and logical functions/ Lab _ Components: [Range], [Series] and [Interval], the component [Function], Boolean operators, trigonometric Lecture _ Theoretical outline of curves/ Lab _ Curve analysis in Grasshopper: [Evaluate curve], [curvature]… Lecture _ Theoretical outline of surfaces/ Lab _ Surface analysis in Grasshopper: [Divide surface], [Evaluate surface], [Isotrim (subSrf)]… Lecture _ Geometrical transformations/ Lab _ Transformation with shape preservation/variation: Vectors, translations, rotations…/ [Paneling], [image sampler], [cluster]… Lecture _ Data Tree/ Lab _ Components: [Flatten tree], [merge], [Graft tree], [tree branch], [path mapper]… 7th week exam Lecture _ Attractors/ Lab _ Attractor point, attractor curve Lecture _ Mesh/ Lab _ NURBS and polygonal surfaces, Mesh topology, triangulations: Delaunay, Voronoi Lecture _ Dynamics Lab _ Consumable Dynamics “objects 1” 12th week exam Lecture _ Fabrication / Lab _ Project and fabrication Final exam

Evaluation ASSES NO.

TYPE

TO ASSESS

START WEEK

SUB M.

SUBM. DATE

WEIGHTING OF ASSES.

290

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

NO.

WEE K

NO. 1

2 3 4

7th Week Exam/Total assessment 12th Week Exam/Total assessment Final exam Attendance

Assignments/assessment (1st week : 7th week)

15/04/2016

30%

Assignments/assessment (8thst week : 12th week)

27/05/2016

30%

06/06/2016

30% 10%

--%

--%

Total

100%

100%

ARCH 561 – History of Islamic Arts

Course Title: History of Islamic Arts Code: ARCH 561 Hours: 2 Lecture: 2

Tutorial: 0

Credit: 2

Year: 2016-2017

Term: 2

Prerequisites: none Academic

Year

/

Level:

2016-2017

/Elective/Intermediate Level Specialization: Architectural Engineering Location 203 Time 14-16 COURSE OBJECTIVES The course objectives are as follow: From this course, students will develop a sound historical memory of Islamic societies as expressed by their art and architecture from the 7th century to the present. This course also aims at increasing the student's knowledge of the history of human architecture , changes in artistic styles, architectural advances in its various forms,including Islamic architecture and art which are part of the region’s civilization. Learning Activities This course introduces to the students the cultural history of the Islamic world and the world of Art during that period. It also uncovers the aesthetics pertaining to Islamic Art and the architectural advances and changes in artistic styles during the Islamic era. Finally , the course will help students understand the influences of Islam on society throughout history . Course Outline Below is a detailed weekly schedule of this course’s outline. The course is delivered over a period of 16 weeks. There will be two exams and one final exam and grading will be carried out according to the table found on page 3.

291

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

22- Course Outline:

WEEK 1 2

STAGE LABEL & DESCRIPTION Introduction to Islamic Art Characteristics of the environment

3

Influence of religious creed, Innovation and originality, Absence of luxury Absence of concretization

4

Elements of Islamic Ornamentation, Types of Ornamentations: Architectural Ornamentations Plant Ornamentation Graphic Ornamentation Animal Ornamentations

5

Orders of Islamic Architecture: The Umayyad Order Religious Architecture \ Umayyad Mosque Urban Architecture \ Damascus Home Applied Arts \ Miniatures , Mosaics

6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

The Abbasid Order, Mutawakkel mosque Exam The Egyptian Fatimid Order The Egyptian Mamlouk Order - Cairo & Tripoli/Lebanon The Moroccan Order, Taj Mahal The Turkish Order, Sultan Ahmed mosque – Istanbul & Tripoli/Lebanon Exam The Indo-Iranian Order Elements of Islamic Architecture, Islamic Painting revision

Final Exam

292

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Evaluation: Asses No.

Type

To Assess

1

Umayyad art(Report)

Ability to gather specific and relevant information

2

Fatimid (Report)

3

7th Week Exam/Total assessment

Total Assessment

4

Islamic ornament (Project)

Overall ability of student’s application

5

12th Week Exam/Total assessment

Total Assessment

6

Turkish Art

Acquired Knowledge

7

16th Week Final Exam

Overall learning outcomes

Start Week No.

2

Subm. Week No.

Subm. Date

Weighting Asses.

of

4

30% Art

Total

23-

Organization of report

4

6 60%

8

10

30%

12

14

40%

100%

40%

100%

List of References:

(yyy) Course notes: Lectures' handouts

293

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

(zzz) Recommended books:    

Islamic Art – An introduction/ David James(Hamlyn London- Newyork 1947) History of Islamic Art & Architecture/Toufiq AbdulJawwad (Cairo 1988) A., L'Islam et L'art Musulman / Papadopulo, Paris 1976 Islamic Art and Architecture 650- 1250 Richard Etteinghausen Oleg Grabar Marilyn JenkisMadina . Yale University press 2001

(aaaa) General References: 1974 Islamic Art, Nicola Sursock museum, Beirut ١٩٩5 ‫ شركة المطبوعات بيروت‬، ‫ وحدة الفنون اإلسالمية‬، ‫غازي مكداشي‬ ١٩٩٩ ‫ بيروتـ‬،‫ مكتبة لبنان‬، ‫ ثروت عكاشة‬،‫موسوعة التصوير اإلسالمي‬ 2٠٠2 ‫ القاھرة‬،‫ التصوير اإلسالمي‬، ‫أبو الحمد محمود فرغلي‬

Course Instructor: Prof Adnan Khouja

Dean of Faculty Prof. Ibtihal Bastawissy

Date: 06 /02/2017

294

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

ARCH563. Regionalism in Architecture Course Code / Title: ARCH563. Regionalism in Architecture

Credits: 2

Instructor: Assoc. Prof. Baher Farahat Course Hours: 2 Hours/Week

Course Duration: 14 Weeks

Academic Semester: Faculty Elective

Semester: Fall 2017/2018

Module Info: Advanced Level Course (2 hrs. Lecture) Location: A209 – B1 Floor Time:

Tuesday 8:00 to 09.50

Course Objectives This course is designed to provide an overview of p o s s i b l e n e w i n t e r p r e t a t i o n s a b o u t regionalism in architecture. Students w i l l learn from their own local experiences about architecture and regionalism and issues concerning process and practices. Course Outline The course investigates various definitions of regionalism and theoretical approaches to the problem of designing architecture that reflects its time, place, culture and environment. Thus, the shape of buildings and environments are studied in relation to climate, landscape, availability of resources and cultural backgrounds. I explores the concept of regionalism in architecture; local architectural models around the world; the power of invented regionalism, the persistence of regional revivals; and the impact of regional architecture in historic preservation. WEEK

STAGE LABEL & DESCRIPTION

1

Introduction. Styles of Architecture

2

last-trends-in-architecture

3

Vernacular Architecture (revision)

4

Research work ( case study presentation)

5

Architecture and culture of the place

6

Regionalism in Architecture ( concept and definition)

7

Research work presentation

8

Approaches to Regionalism in Architecture

9

Traditional Mediterranean Architecture

10

Research work ( case study presentation)

11

(local Lebanese Architecture)

12

12 week Exam

13

Pre-final research work presentation

295

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

WEEK

STAGE LABEL & DESCRIPTION

14

Introduction to Conservation of Historic Buildings

Evaluation

ASSES NO.

TYPE

1

Group Assignments

2

Group Assignments

Total Assessment

Group Assignments

Assignments /assessment (Research on a selected topic)

4

Individual Assignments

5

Final Exam

3

Total

TO ASSESS

START WEEK NO.

Assignments /assessment (Research on a selected 3rd topic) -----

SUBM. WEEK NO.

SUBM. DATE

WEIGHTING ASSES.

6th

20%

8th

10%

OF

60% th

9

th

12

20%

Assignments /assessment (Research presentation)

-----

14th

10%

Total Assessment

-----

--------

---------

40%

40%

100%

100%

List of References

(bbbb) Course notes: Lectures' handouts. (cccc) Essential books (textbooks): Vincent B. Canizaro, 2007, Architectural Regionalism, Princeton Architecture Press, New York. Lefaivre, Liane (2003) Critical Regionalism : Architecture and Identity in a Globalized World / Liane Lefaivre; Alexander Tzonis. — Munich : Prestel Gallion, Arthur B.& Eisner, Simon.(1963). The Urban Pattern : City Planning and Design 2nd ed. — New Jersey : D. Van Nostrand Company, IN

296

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

(dddd) Recommended books: Jenks, Mike. Edt. Burton, Elizabeth and Williams, Kate (1996) The Compact City : A Sustainable Urban Form? /— London : E. & F.N. Spon Ltd Nakhla, Samir (1971) An Approach to Regional Architecture : A Case Study of the Middle East With Special Reference to Egypt / Samir Nakhla. — Nurnberg : Druckshnelldienst Proceedings of the Regional Seminar in the series Exploring Architecture in Islamic Cultures (1983 : Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia) Architecture and Identity / Proceedings of the Regional Seminar in the series Exploring Architecture in Islamic Cultures Held in Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia. — Singapore : Concept Media Pte Ltd, 1983 Williams, Katie. Edt. Burton,Elizabeth and Jenks, Mike. (2000) Achieving Sustainable Urban Form .London : E. & F.N. Spon Ltd (eeee) General References: Books available in the BAU library. Other texts and links of papers to be proposed by the Instructor during the lessons

Course Instructor: Assoc. Prof. Baher I. Farahat

Dean of Faculty: Prof. Ibtehal Youssef

Date: 01 / 09 / 2017

297

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

ARCH565 – URBAN MORPHOLOGY

Course Code / Title: ARCH565 Urban Morphology Instructor: Associate Prof. Dr/ Baher I. Farahat Hours: 2

Lecture: 2

Tutorial: -

Credit: 2

Prerequisites: Academic Year / Level: Elective

Year: 2017-2018

Term: Spring

Specialization: Architectural Engineering Location: Lecture Hall 209

Time: Tuesday 12:00 to 02:00

COURSE OBJECTIVES

1-The course objectives are as follows: Nature of Urban Morphology. Systematic study of Morphology: elements, components and relationships. Morphology in relation to urban contexts. Variables and parameters. Morphology and local identity. Approaches to deal with particular morphologies within urban contexts. 2- Learning Activities The course is delivered through Lectures, seminars, direct reading, case study (will be in an urban district of Beirut based on the principles and basis tutored) and experimental learning, research-based teaching methods. 7- Course Outline:

Week No. 1

Week No. 2

Week No. 3

 General overview about the importance of the course and its constituents, and the relation between these constituents and how to deal with the course and the grade distribution and evaluation.  Determine the urban problems and the absence of harmony between human and environment.  General summary.  Urban Design Keywords and Concepts  The importance and the comprehensive role of urban design.  Urban design and the Urban Morphology.  Definition of Urban Morphology. Specifying the groups and Places of study

Week No. 4  Lessons from History and theories for the elements of Urban Morphology.

298

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Week No. 5 Week No. 6

Week No. 7

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

 The elements of Urban Morphology(Historical and Theoretical backgrounds)  The city and the vocabulary of Urban Morphology.

Negotiating the study zones selection with the groups.

Week No. 8

 Basis, principles and methods of district anatomy.  Anatomy of a district.  Forms, activities, features and details.

Week No. 9

 Theories of Urban Morphology  Concept of Land Use (the model of Urban Land Use)

Week No. 10

Midterm Two

Week No. 11

 The methods of design in the Urban Morphology.  Relation between mass, space and time movement.

Week No. 12

 Relation of simultaneous movement systems with urban design.  Urban Morphology.

Week No. 13

 Case Studies  A conversant study on International and National Square/ Plazas.

Week No. 14

 Practice, implementation and use of technology in urban design.  Urban Morphology studies.

Final Exam

8-

Evaluation:

Asses No.

1

2

Type

4 Assignment

Research and Analysis of an Urban District similar to the study (Group Work)

To Assess - Site analysis Design Principles - Plaza Analysis - Urban Quality

Start Week No.

Subm. Week No.

3

8

Subm. Date

Weighting Asses.

11

Week 10-11

20%

12

Week 12

4-6-

of

15%

299

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

3

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Attendance

Midterm Exam

4

Final Exam

5

1 Knowledge Base, Intellectual Skills and Transferable Skills Knowledge Base, Intellectual Skills to fully understand the course

5%

14 Week 7

Week 12

Some lectures and exercises from the Tutor

Total

5% 15%

40%

100%

24-

List of References:

(ffff) Course notes:  

Lectures’ handouts. Official documents, Syndicate and local authorities’ documents.

(gggg)

Essential books (textbooks):

  

Elsner, Simon. The Urban Pattern, Sixth Edition (1938) Lang, Joon . Urban Design, A Typology of Procedures and Products: Elsevier. Gosling, David & Mitland Barry (2005). Concept of Urban Design: Martin,s Press, Ney York.

   

Hayward, R. & McGlynn, S. (1993). Making Better Places Urban Design Now. London, UK. Lynch, K. (1960). The Image of the City. The M.I.T. Press, Cambridge Mass., USA. Lynch, K. (1972). What Time Is This Place?. The M.I.T. Press, Cambridge Mass., USA. Lynch, K. (1981). A Theory of Good City Form. The M.I.T. Pres: Cambridge, Mass., USA.

(hhhh) Recommended books:       

Kostof, S.(1992). The City Assembled, the Elements of Urban Form through History. London, UK. Alexander, Ch. (1977). A Pattern Language, Towns- Buildings- Construction. Oxford University Press, New York, USA. Bacon, E. (1974). Design of Cities. Thames and Hudson. London, UK Bor, W. (1972). The Making of Cities. Leonard Hill Books, London, UK. Deasy, C.M. (1985). Designing Places For People. Whitney Library of Design New York, USA Giedion, S. (1980). Space, Time and Architecture. Harvard University Press, Cambridge, Mass., USA. Gosling, D. & Mailtland, B. (1984). Concepts of Urban Design. Academy editions, Saint Martin’s press. London, New York.

(iiii) General References:   

Lynch, K. (1990). City Sense and City Design, A Theory of Urban Form. Catherines, David, Lama, and Peter Lynch. London, UK Morris, AEJ. (1974). History of Urban Form, Prehistory to the Renaissance. George Godwin Limited. Saliba, R. (1998). Domestic Architecture Between Tradition and Modernity, Beirut 1920-1940. The Order of Engineering and Architecture, Beirut, Lebanon.

300

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

 

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Spreiregen, P. D. (1965). Urban Design: The Architecture of Towns and Cities. McCraw-Hill Book Co., New York, USA. Whyte, W. H. (1980). The Social Life of Small Urban Spaces. The Conservation Foundation, Washington DC, USA. Course Instructor: Assoc. Prof. Dr. Baher Farahat

Dean of Faculty: Prof. Dr. Ibtehal El Bastawissi

Date: 01/03/2018

301

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Interior Design Program Course Summary

Beirut Arab University FACULTY OF ARCHITECTURE –DESIGN & BUILT ENVIRONMENT – INTERIOR DESIGN PROGRAM FALL SEMESTER 2017/2018, STAGE FOUR

ARTD201.

DESIGN FUNDAMENTALS

Course Code / Title: ARTD 201 . Instructors:

DESIGN FUNDAMENTALS

Credits: 4

Dr. Samer El Sayary Mrs. Farah El Zein Miss Roua Ghosh

Course Hours: 8 Hours/Week Academic Semester: 1ST

Course Duration: 15 Weeks Semester: Fall 2017/2018

Module Info: Mandatory Course (1hr. Lecture, 6 hrs. Studio) Location: First Year Studio – Floor B2 Time: Thursday

08:00 to 09:50

10:00 Course Description & Objectives

This design fundamentals course introduce ideas, methodologies, principles and skills that compromise a common knowledge base important to all disciplines that student should choose from later in the next semester. These fundamentals foster a multidisciplinary design experience among students and prepare them to move to the next level. Course work explores basic design elements and processes of visual communication, through exercises that improve visual and manual drawing skills. These exercises encompass format, line, pattern, proportion, scale, and texture, as well as interpretation of space (edge, perspective, dimension), and conceptualization. This course is intended to develop the following set of skills: 1. Acquired Knowledge: Demonstrate theoretical knowledge about: 1. The principles of art. 2. The elements of composition. 3. The pioneers of design and their schools of though. 4. The furniture types and dimensions and furnishing theories 5. The printed and non-printed graphical materials. 2. Intellectual Skills: The course develops the essential skills of thinking in the field of design fundamentals, like: 1. The critical thinking , 2. Deductive reasoning, 3. Develop the analytical skills essential for the student to start evaluating art principles hence working with and/or developing it. 3. Practice Skills: 1. Projection skills and Architectural drafting.

302

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

2. 3. 4. 5.

How to draw and understand orthographic projections. Express intellectual meanings through artwork. Learning how to express art through poster design and portfolio making Mastering Physical Paper models as a of design development for both exploration and representation of an environment 4. Collaboration techniques: Collaboration and teamwork is highly encouraged to develop their communication skills and effective presentation to mimic real life situations through peer to peer discussions and criticism. Learning Activities The learning outcomes will include but not limited to theoretical lectures that will provide them with foundation to understand and apply the practice of Interior design. In addition, the Lab. Activities will be integrated with the course activities to provide the students with the professional practice they need to work and produce Proper design fundamentals documents. The lecturing Style include: 1.Direct lecturing. 2.Interaction through workshops and Site visits. 3.Using Digital learning media as youtube channel.  4.Practice through the Studio Hours.Course Calendar / Schedule STAGE NUMBER

STAGE LABEL & DESCRIPTION

DATE OF COMPLETION AND SUBMISSION

1

Basics of Geometric Drafting methods 1

5/09/2017

2

Basics of Geometric Drafting methods 2

19/9/2017

3

Art Principles 1

26/9/2017

4

Art Principles 2

3/10/2017

5

Art Principles 3

10/10/2017

6

Art Principles 4

17/10/2017

7

Project Revision- Final Submission

24/10/2017

8

Orthographic Projections

31/10/2017

9

Architectural drawing– Packaging Design – Pattern Making

7/11/2017

10

Model making

14/11/2017

11

Theories and Criteria of Residential design, Personal branding, Fabric textiles.

21/11/2017

12

Experimenting with light (Paper Art)

28/11/2017

13

Pioneers of Design ( Each major is specific )

5/12/2017

14

Sketching for design and design thinking

19/12/2017

15

Final Exam

As Scheduled

Note: Alterations to the above plan and timetable are possible according to the actual progress of work and assessment as monitored by the course teaching staff. Therefore, interim submissions and evaluation could be required and their outcome communicated to the students to provide them with further guidance.

Course Policies The course is delivered through lectures, tutorials, site visits, seminars, directed reading, videos, computer assisted learning, research-based teaching materials and methods, problem-based learning scenarios including

303

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

coursework assignments, projects, workshops. Exposure to the Execution Design environment and related projects are an important aspect of the teaching and learning methods. General Policies:  Students should respect the general instructions given by the course staff.  Attendance percentage should be above 80%, otherwise attendance warnings would be issued.  Avoid plagiarism, the penalty of a plagiarism is cancelling your project / assignment.  The lecture starts Wednesday from 08:00 to 08:50 and the studio work starts from 09:00 to 11:50 on Wednesday and Friday from 08:00 to 10:50. Course Policies:  Each student should create an A1 portfolio contains: Final Project and the Weekly submissions.  Each student should create an A4 portfolio contains: Course outline: (Lecture Titles, list of references, and Assignments Titles) - Research briefs – Researches – Reports.  Each student should attend the theoretical and analytical lectures which help him in class and home work.  Training students for continuous learning by provide each lecture’s slide with references.  Each student should make a report for the site visit to evaluate understanding which completes the theoretical information taken in lectures, and present the real construction application for students. Evaluation

ASSES NO.

TYPE

1

Basics of Geometric Drafting methods 1

2

Art Principles

2

Art Principles

3

Midterm Exam

4

Orthographic Projections

5

Model making

6

7 8

Theories and Criteria of Residential design, Personal branding, Fabric textiles. Pioneers of Design ( Each major is specific ) Final Exam

TO ASSESS intellectual qualities and professional skills intellectual qualities and professional skills intellectual qualities and professional skills intellectual qualities and professional skills intellectual qualities and professional skills knowledge base and intellectual qualities intellectual qualities and professional skills intellectual qualities and professional skills knowledge base, professional skills

START WEEK NO.

SUBM. WEEK NO.

SUBM. DATE

1

3

22/09/2017

05.0%

3

5

06/10/2017

05.0%

5

7

20/10/2017

05.0%

7

7

20/10/2017

10.0%

7

9

03/11/2017

07.5%

9

11

17/12/2017

07.5%

11

13

08/12/2017

07.5%

13

14

15/12/2017

12.5%

15

15

As Scheduled

40.0%

WEIGHTING OF ASSES.

60%

40%

304

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

ASSES NO.

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

TYPE

TO ASSESS

START WEEK NO.

SUBM. WEEK NO.

SUBM. DATE

and transferable skills Total

WEIGHTING OF ASSES.

100%

Library Resources & Support Services (a) Course notes: Lectures' handouts. (b) 1. 2. 3.

Essential Books: Ching, F.D.K, (2007). Architecture: Form, Space, and Order., John Wiley & Sons. Ching, F.D.K, (2009). Architectural Graphics., John Wiley & Sons. To be determined for graphic and design majors

(c) Recommended Books: Ching, F.D.K, (1995). A Visual Dictionary of Architecture., John Wiley and Sons INC.

305

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

BEIRUT ARAB UNIVERSITY FACULTY OF ARCHITECTURE DESIGN PROGRAMS 1ST SEMESTER 2016/2017, STAGE 1 OR MAJOR ELECTIVE

ARTD205. History of Arts 1 Course Code / Title: ARTD205. History of Arts 1

Credits: 3

Instructor: Therese Yared Course Hours: 3 Hours/Week st

Academic Semester: 1

Course Duration: 16 Weeks Semester: Fall 2017/2018

Module Info: Mandatory Course (3 hr. Lecture) Location: Room Number – Floor Number Time: -Course Objectives            

To gain a basic understanding of Western European art history linked to historical events, intellectual history, and scientific and cultural trends Become familiar with key works of art, their artists, styles, materials and working methods. Acquire a working knowledge of the specialized vocabulary used in art history Enhance their visual literacy and critical thinking skills Developing skills in identifying, describing, and analyzing works of art. Recognize and understand major artistic works, artists, methods, and theories, and be able to assess the qualities of works of art and architecture. Visually analyze and communicate relationships between formal elements (style and medium) in works of art within various religious, political, and social contexts in from the Gothic to Romanticism. Apply critical thinking to the thematic and/or ideological traditions of western and non-western works of art and architecture. Understand the importance of visual culture in everyday life – within a historical context and in our modern culture. Compare and contrast works of art in order to understand and express the means through which they are articulating meaning. Clearly express ideas related to the course content through writing and researched presentations Work cooperatively to identify and communicate the associations between works of art across cultures and chronologically.

Learning Activities

   

Learning to identify common characteristics among diverse artworks based on periods/styles and themes. Developing strong writing skills when describing, analyzing, and comparing works of art. Cultivate an appreciation for all styles of art. Relate works of art to their proper cultural and historical origins

306

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Course Outline The course addresses the following topics: WEEK

STAGE LABEL & DESCRIPTION

1

Reading syllabus and introduction

2

Prehistoric age: Paleolithic, Mesolithic and Neolithic

3

Ancient Egypt: Architecture, Sculpture, Paintings and writing

4

Mesopotamia and Sumerian art: Architecture, Sculpture, Paintings and writing

5

Greek Art: Architecture, Sculpture, Paintings and writing

6

1st Exam

7

Roman Art: Architecture, Sculpture, Paintings and writing

8

Christianity and Jewish Art

9

Byzantine and Iconoclasm

10

2nd Exam

11

Byzantine Architecture, Gothic and Romanesque art

12

Islamic art: Writing, architecture and arabesque

13

Early and high Renaissance

14

Baroque and Rococo Neoclassicism and course overview

307

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Evaluation ASSES NO.

1

2

3

4

5 6

TO ASSESS

START WEEK NO.

SUBM. WEEK NO.

Assignments/assessment (1st week: 7th week)

3

6

TYPE Individual and group assignments to be assessed 7th Week Exam/Total assessment Individual and group assignments to assess 12th Week Exam/Total assessment Individual and group assignments to assess Final exam

SUBM. DATE

WEIGHTING OF ASSES.

10 30%

Total Assessment

Assignments/assessment (8thst week: 12th week)

8

Total Assessment

Assignments/assessment (13st week: 15th week)

13

7

20

11

10

12

10

16

10

30%

40% Total

100%

100%

List of References

Essential Books (Textbooks):

  

“A World History of Art”- Laurence King “The history of art”- Phaidon “What makes a master piece? - Christopher dell

Recommended Books:

 

“A World History of Art”, Laurence King “The history of art”, Phaidon

Course Instructor: Ms Therese Yared

Design Programs Coordinator: Dr. Hisham El-Arnaouty

Date: 20 / 6 / 2017

Dean of the Faculty: Prof. Dr. Ibtihal El-Bastawissi

308

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

ARTD207. COMPUTER AIDED DRAFTING AND DESIGN I

BASIC INFORMATION Course Title: ARTD207. Computer Aided Drafting and Design I Code: ARTD207 Hours 4 Lecture: 2 Tutorial: 2 Prerequisites: --Academic Year / Level: 1st /Major Elective Specialization: Art and Design

Credit: 3 Crs Term: spring

23- COURSE DESCRIPTION AND OVERALL AIMS: The course aims to provide students with the specialist knowledge for Basic computer aided drafting skills using the latest release of CAD software. This includes: file management, Cartesian coordinate system, drawing setups, drawing aids, layer usages, drawing 2D geometric shapes, editing objects, array, text applications, dimensions and dimension variables, paper space and view ports, templates, external references and printing/plotting. 3D AutoCAD features and commands including: wire frame construction, surface modeling, solid modeling, extrusion, Boolean operations, 3D editing, and 3D views. The course aims to provide the students with state of the art knowledge regarding Compute Aided Drafting (CAD) software. Special focus is given to 2D and 3D drafting using the latest version of AutoCAD. Within this overall aim, the course strives to enable students to:



Understand the use of different tools used in drafting.



Learn the basic functions of Computer Aided Drafting software.



Use the basic manual tools traditionally used in production drawings.



Maintain a high standard of quality for drawings produced.



Appreciate the concept of scale and proportion.



Understand the representation of three-dimensional objects presented on a two-dimensional plane.



Produce drawings for architectural projects.



Produce working drawings for architectural projects.

Create drawings of basic objects in a three dimensional (3D) environment.

309

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

24- INTENDED LEARNING OUTCOMES OF THE COURSE (ILO): (ss) Through knowledge and understanding, students will be able to: (ss 1) - Understand the nature and operations of CAD Drawing. (tt) Through intellectual skills, students will be able to: (tt 1) Recognize and apply appropriate theories, principles and concepts relevant to the CAD Drawing; (tt 2) -

Analyze and interpret information from a variety of sources relevant to CAD Drawing;

(tt 3) -

Develop a reasoned argument to the solution of familiar and unfamiliar problems relevant to CAD Drawing;

(tt 4) -

Appraise some of the current and emerging issues within the CAD Drawing sector and debate the potential benefits.

(uu) Through professional and practical skills, students will be able to: (uu 1) - Plan, design and execute practical activities using techniques and procedures appropriate to CAD Drawing. (vv) Through general and transferable skills, students will be able to: (vv 1) Solve problems relevant to CAD Drawing using ideas and techniques some of which are at the forefront of the discipline; (vv 2) -

Develop the ability to self appraise and reflect on practice relevant to CAD Drawing.

25- COURSE OUTLINE: Week No. 1

Design Computation and CAD introduction

Week No. 2

X-Y Co-ordinate system, inputting points, AutoCAD interface. Drawing and Modifying Commands.

Week No. 3

Drawing and Modifying Commands 2. Panning and Zooming around a drawing.

Week No. 4

Layers/ Dimensioning / Text/ Scale/ Printing.

Week No. 5

Changing the Properties of Objects. (LType, Lweight,Lsc)

Week No. 6

Planning a drawing (Text, Dimension , polyline)

Week No. 7

7th Week Exam

Week No. 8

(Q&A) , Introduction to Blocks- Creating and Inserting.

Week No. 9

Introduction to 3D, X-Y-Z Co-ordinate system. Working and Viewing 3D objects. Creating Solids ( Primitive Solids) & Extrude

Week No. 10

Creating Solids (Lofting and Revolving), Boolean Operations

Week No. 11

Creating Solids ( Extruding, Lofting and Revolving)

Week No. 12

Introduction to material, light and rendering

Week No. 13

Complementary 3D Assignments

Week No. 14

Complementary 3D Assignments

310

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Week No. 15

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Final Exam

4- TEACHING AND LEARNING METHODS: The course is delivered through lectures with hands on experience via practical exercises in the computer lab.

25-

STUDENT ASSESSMENT METHODS, SCHEDULE AND GRADING:

TO ASSESS

START WEEK NO.

SUBM. WEEK NO.

intellectual qualities and professional skills

3

7

ASSES NO.

TYPE

1

2D assignments

2

7th Week Exam (open book examinations to assess)

knowledge base and intellectual qualities

8

8

15%

3

2D & 3D assignment

intellectual qualities and professional skills

8

13

25%

4

Attendance

1

14

10%

15

15

30%

5

Final Exam

20% 35%

knowledge base, professional skills and transferable skills Total

26-

WEIGHTING OF ASSES.

Total

35 %

100%

LIST OF REFERENCES:

(jjjj) Course notes: a. AutoCAD Help. (kkkk)

Essential books (textbooks): i. Alan J., Lang K., Autocad 2011 Tutor For Engineering Graphics, Autodesk Pess, NY,2011.

(llll) Recommended books:  Finkelstein E., AutoCAD 2010 & AutoCAD LT 2010 : Bible, Wiley Publishing Inc., 2009. (mmmm) General References:  Finkelstein E., AutoCAD 2011 & AutoCAD LT 2011 : Bible, Wiley Publishing Inc., 2011.

311

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

ARTD 209 - FREE HAND DRAWING BASIC INFORMATION Course Title: Free Hand Drawing Code: ARTD 209 Hours Lecture:1 Prerequisites: no prerequisites Academic Year / Level: First / Level 1 Specialization: Design & Art Program - Interior Design

Tutorial: 4

Credit: 3

Year: 2017-2018

Term: Fall

1-COURSE DESCRIPTION AND OVERALL AIMS:



The foundation for all studio courses. The fundamentals of freehand drawing techniques are discussed and worked with in depth. The study of natural forms and three- dimensional still-life objects will be developed based on the study of line, perspective, light and shade, form and proportion.



In this course, students develop effective drawing techniques as a specialized form of visual communication. Quality and expressiveness of line are developed. Life drawing, still life drawing and sketching techniques are utilized, to assist students in creating images of their ideas about twodimensional shapes and three-dimensional forms and spaces, objects from nature, human figure & hands sketches and perspective drawings of architectural & interior environments.

2- INTENDED LEARNING OUTCOMES OF THE COURSE (ILO):



Upon successful completion of this course, the student will have reliably demonstrated the ability to: Appraise intellectual and visual unity through participation in critiques.



Articulate the vocabulary of terms used in art.



Combine effective composition with the development of a personal style.



Observe proportional relationships between objects.



Apply proportional relationships to drawings by utilizing ratios.



Utilize a variety of drawing media to communicate two- and three- dimensions.



Execute the use of line as symbol, as contour, as form, as pattern (texture), as direction and as emphasis.



Create the use of light, shadow, tone and texture on a two-dimensional plane in the production of drawings, which accurately represent still life, figurative and architectural subjects.



Apply and demonstrate a basic understanding of structure, proportion.



Apply the terminology, theories and skills of freehand perspective (one- and two-point) to produce the illustration of three dimensions on a two-dimensional surface.



Produce sketches of interiors which also accurately and expressively delineate the human form to scale, in the architectural context.



Explore the use of graphite, charcoal, pen & ink, colored pencils, and pastels for achieving tonal values, variable lines, and shapes.

312

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018



Apply drawing techniques by observing still life, landscapes, and people, then rendering from the visual information acquired.



Equally concentrate on positive and negative spaces.



Utilize creativity and critical thinking in solving problems.



Identify and analyze the three basic components of a work of art:



Subject, form, and content. Identify and analyze the Spatial Properties of the Elements within a composition: Line, shape, value, texture, and color.



Research and apply specialized knowledge to complete assignments.

3- COURSE OBJECTIVES:



The primary objectives of the course are to explore various approaches to solving drawing problems. Emphasis will be placed on developing the student's ability to see and understand how to create lifelike representation of real forms and how to select appropriate approaches and technique to create effective drawings.

4- COURSE CONTENT: 

Studies of line, tone, light and shade through geometric forms.



Exploration of texture and pattern through line work.



Still- life drawing of plants.



Gesture and sustained drawing of the hands & figure.



One- and two- point freehand perspective drawing.



Still- life drawing of interior furnishings & accessories.

5- STUDENT ASSESSMENT METHODS:

List identified College Learning Outcomes(s)

Oral Communication Appraise intellectual and visual unity. Define and articulate the vocabulary of terms used in art.

Critical Thinking Appraise intellectual and visual unity. Combine effective composition with the development of a personal style.

Specific assessment measure(s)

Assessed through the participation of students in formal and informal critiques. Also, through observation and discussion during studio time.

Assessed through the participation of students in formal and informal critiques. Also, measured through the review of projects. The instructor will provide the students with written and or verbal feedback.

313

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Mathematics Observe proportional relationships between objects. Apply proportional relationships to drawings by utilizing ratios. Other Demonstrate basic freehand drawing techniques such as contour, modeling, and simple perspective.

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Assessed through measurement and accuracy of drawings. Also, measured through the ability of students to translate drawings from sketch to final image.

Assessed through review of final submitted drawings.

6- COURSE SCHEDULE: st 1 Week: Course Overview/Information  Introduction to the course and studio. Assignment: Preparing the materials. 2nd Week: Contour Line Drawing & shading Project Pencil drawing of sphere showing outline & detailed description of surface and shadows & trying many type & style of hatching.

 

Pencil drawing of Cylinder showing detailed description of surface and shadows.



Pencil drawing of a composition between sphere & Cylinder showing detailed description of surface and shadows. (proportion & composition)

3rd Week: Perspectives & Value Drawing Project One point perspective rules.

 

Two points perspective rules.



Pencil drawing of a box (cube), cylinder & cone showing different position of surface in two point perspective.

4rd Week: Composition & Space Drawing Project - Exploring Color – Light Pencil drawing of a composition between sphere, Cylinder & box showing detailed description of outline surface and shadows with color tones of forms then texture. (proportion, composition, eyehand coordination)

 

Pencil drawing of a tree limbs and foliage showing detailed description of surface, texture and shadows. (eye-hand coordination)

5th Week: Value Drawing Project Pencil drawing of a composition between complex shapes (Glass in Composition with pottery , wood, brick & glossy objects) showing detailed description of outline surface and shadows with color tones of forms then texture. (proportion, composition, eye-hand coordination)



6th Week: Creative Drawing Project  Drawing the human hands, lips, ears, mouth, eyes & head with slides (portrait). 7th Week: Exam – (Composition, Values in drawings, methods of shading) October 24/2016  Pencil drawing of a composition between complex shapes (4 or 5 different shapes (objects) in size, form, texture & position) showing detailed description of outline surface and shadows with color tones of forms then texture. (proportion, composition, eye-hand coordination).

314

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Positive and Negative Space Drawing 8th Week:  Charcoal drawing of a composition between complex shapes (4 or 5 different vegetables) in size, form, texture & position) with Draped cloth showing detailed description of outline surface and shadows with color tones of forms. (proportion, composition, eye-hand coordination) Perception & Creative Process (Exploring Chiaroscuro) 9th Week:  Ink drawing of a cropped zone from previous tree limbs or foliage showing detailed description of surface, texture and shadows in positive & negative, then transforming to an abstract form used as a ceramic tile design. Perception & Creative Process (Exploring Dry Coloring) 10th Week:  Pastel drawing of a composition between complex shapes (4 or 5 different fruits & vegetables & glass with Draped cloth) showing detailed description of outline surface and shadows with color tones of forms. (proportion, composition, eye-hand coordination) Perception & Creative Process (Exploring Wet Coloring) 11th Week:  Water color painting of some flowers showing detailed description of outline surface and shadows with color tones of forms. (proportion, composition, eye-hand coordination) 12th Week: Exam – (Composition, Values in drawings, shading & Coloring)  Free style rendering. (pencil, ink, charcoal, pastel, water color) 13th Week: Three Point Perspective – ( Interior & exterior theme)  Free style rendering. (pencil, ink, charcoal, pastel, water color) 14th Week: Imaginative Perspectives  Free style rendering. (pencil, ink, charcoal, pastel, water color)



Ready portfolios. Display of best items for the gallery.

7- RECOMMENDED BOOKS:



Exploring the Basics of Drawing, 2ndEdition, Victoria Vebell, Pratt Institute ©2015, ISBN-13. 8- RECOMMENDED SITES:



Artist Daily website: [email protected]

Course Instructor: Dr. Nael AlSarrag

Program coordinator: Dr. Hisham El-Arnaouty

Dean of Faculty: Prof. Dr. Ibtihal El-Bastawissi

315

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

INTD 301. INTERIOR DESIGN STUDIO II BASIC INFORMATION

Course Title: INTERIOR DESIGN STUDIO II Code: INTD 301 Hours: 8H/Week Lecture: M-W (8 STU) Prerequisites: INTD202 Academic Year / Level: Second Year Specialization: Interior Design -

Tutorial:

Credit: 4

Year: 2017/2018

Term: Fall

COURSE DESCRIPTION AND OVERALL AIMS:

Based on the foundation of Interior Design I, the aim of this course is to develop students’ knowledge of the fundamentals of interior design practice. The concept of place making is much considered in the given projects, emphasizing on the design methods and constraints. Students are introduced to commercial design theories and workspace ergonomics, applying them to specific design conditions to experience and develop an understanding of the designer's role in creating public spaces. Considerations are given to users of various age, culture, income, and physical abilities. - INTENDED LEARNING OUTCOMES OF THE COURSE (ILO): (ww) Through knowledge and understanding, students will be able to: (ww 1) (ww 2) -

Understand the way to design commercial places. Demonstrate familiarity with theories and concepts used in designing public areas.

(ww 3) -

Understand the domestic and international nature and dimensions of needed designs to complete the given projects.

(ww 4) -

Discuss the structure and organization of the public and private sectors of the interior design given project.

(ww 5) -

Understand the factors which influence the development of organizations operating in designing public spaces in interior design field and the most appropriate ways to manage this development.

(ww 6) -

Identify the steps required to carry out a piece of research on a specific related information to design the public space

(ww 7) -

Demonstrate an understanding of the contribution and impacts of designing commercial places in social, economic, environmental, political and cultural terms.

(xx) Through intellectual skills, students will be able to: (xx 1) -

Recognize and apply appropriate theories, principles, inspiration and concepts relevant to design a commercial place.

(xx 2) -

Critically assess and evaluate the function of each area

(xx 3) -

Analyze and interpret information from a variety of sources relevant to accomplish the specific design

(xx 4) -

Exercise appropriate judgment in selecting and presenting information using various methods relevant to implement the idea

(xx 5) -

Develop a reasoned argument to the solution of familiar and unfamiliar problems relevant to execute the project

(xx 6) -

Appraise some of the current and emerging issues within the interior design sector and debate the potential benefits.

(yy) Through professional and practical skills, students will be able to:

316

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

(yy 1) -

Plan, design and execute practical activities using techniques and procedures appropriate to design public area

(yy 2) -

Plan, design, record, execute and communicate a piece of independent research using different media and techniques.

(yy 3) -

Recognize moral, ethical and safety issues which are pertinent to design marketable spaces.

(yy 4) -

Respond to change within the external and internal premeditated environments.

(zz) Through general and transferable skills, students will be able to: (zz 1) -

Develop appropriate effective written and oral communication skills relevant to design viable vendible spaces.

(zz 2) -

Demonstrate the ability to work effectively as part of a group, involving leadership, group dynamics and interpersonal skills such as listening, negotiation and persuasion relevant to this level of designing.

(zz 3) -

Use organization skills (including task and time management) relevant to submit a clear and detailed project.

(zz 4) -

Solve problems related to each assignment of this course using ideas and techniques some of which are at the forefront of the discipline;

(zz 5) -

Develop the ability to self-appraise and reflect on practice relevant to specific planned and studied commercial proposals

COMMERCIAL SPACES AND WORK SPACE ERGONOMICS TOPICS TO BE COVERED 

Programing commercial spaces such as: -

Office Space: As a living office of renowned brand.

-

Outdoor entertaining area: As living office entertainment area. (Could be semi outdoor).

-

Showroom: As Company products showroom or exhibition area (The Façade only).



Executing architectural drawings.



Incorporating codes & standards.



Development of Design process, space planning, circulation & rendering techniques.



Selecting finishes and furniture.

Ground Floor Content:

First Floor Content:

317

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Zone 1: open offices space area managers Entrance + security + reception + waiting area CEO + Small gallery + 5 different departments Each dep. (1 manager + min 2 or max 4 employee room + 2 meeting tables + filling room + server room + men & women bathroom + kitchen + Copier room + creativity studios. Student can add more zones if there is a need & more room space.

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

zone 1: CEO office + secretary + salon + 2 senior + CEO Secretary + big conference room + bathroom for + bathroom for seniors + small kitchen + lounge. Student can add more zones if there is need & more space.

DESCRIPTION This studio course incorporates the study and design of commercial spaces, with a focus on: (Office spaces, entertainment and hospitality spaces). The components of this course include advanced application of interior design concepts, code requirements, and client presentations. INTRODUCTION The office spaces differ to each other according to its purpose, type, identity, and area, to design the office space we should follow the design criteria to provide the space by the necessary and important needs therefore the designer must study all stages and affecting aspects for planning and designing the office space, accommodate and inventory needs of each of these stages and its relation by other Stages, possible connection, determine the priority, apply, choose the most effective solutions and act on accuracy of creating a successful balance between each of planning system that leads to increase the efficiency of the corporate office space, and to create a successful balance in design operation. As well, the related treatments of construction services to see their effects on the design idea such as light & its properties, types and the possibility of practical use and its various characteristics, the study of ventilation, cooling, heating , sound and the possibility of energy distribution, good exploit, information technology use and advanced work systems, and to study some influencing environmental factors on design operation and the importance of psychological aspects of place occupants. The competitive world of interior design demands the development of a visual portfolio that reflects professional knowledge of the discipline and creative solutions to interior design problems. Students must be able to demonstrate the ability to solve the design problem following accepted practices of the profession, focusing on design projects that will provide students with an opportunity to present multidimensional design solutions. COURSE OBJECTIVES 

Use programming data in the designing of functional commercial spaces



Research and collect data, such as appropriate codes and standards, applying this information as the basis for design decisions in the programming phases

318

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment



Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Execute the various types of mechanical drawings involved in a commercial interior project: (floor plans, electrical and lighting layouts, interior elevations, cross-sections, mood boards, axonometric/isometric, details and perspectives).



Demonstrate competency in space planning, furniture layout, and furniture selection through projects with set spatial limitations, space requirements, and specific requirements.



Select materials, lighting, furniture, textiles, color, etc. to satisfy given project requirements, codes and standards to produce a unified design solution for commercial interiors.



Demonstrate continued competency in presentation methods and skills both verbally and visually.

SUGGESTED BRANDS A set of brands was chosen by the students to be the corporate office; goal is to encourage PBL (problem based learning) and to start a discourse between them that would develop their critical thinking skills. Such as (Autodesk co. – Chanel – Lacoste – Aishty – Massimo dutti – Zara – Adidas – Michael Cores – Mini copper – Toshiba – Hugo Boss – Mercedes Benz – Rolls Roys – Infinity – Apple – Lazorde – Burberry – Puma – Converse – Louis Vuitton – Microsoft – H & M – Cadbury - Patchi – Ferrari - Disney – Nike – Ikea – Calvin Clein.. ) etc REQUIRED TASKS TO BE DONE BY STUDENTS  Phase One (Research phase – Studying & development of zone 1) 1- Conduct a research on all theoretical requirements of the Corporate Identity of the selected Brand. 2- Writing a design brief including but not limited to the programmatic study of zone 1

(office spaces).

3- Reviewing a wide range of case studies of interior office spaces 4- Studying the interior design ergonomics, data, codes, dimensions, and color code or specific style or theme (if exists). 5- Listing functional relationships - Take into account the different groups of employee and their working relationships. 6- Adjacency priorities - Identify and prioritize which employee groups need to be located adjacent to each other. 7- Studying the planning process starting by the zoning of the interior space needs & the details, demands of each zone. 8- Developing the interior space planning process with furniture, equipment's, primary & secondary circulation standards. 9- Execute the various types of mechanical: (flooring plans, ceiling with electrical and lighting layouts, interior elevations from cross-sections, axonometric/isometric, details and perspectives, fine finishing details & mood boards). 10- Development of all schematic designs in both tow and tree dimensions. 11- Listing all materials of the space including the material specs.

319

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

12- Presenting each step of the previous tasks in a formal presentation (both printed and oral) that will be evaluated. 

Phase Two (Research phase – Studying & development of zone 2

1- Writing a design brief including but not limited to the programmatic study of zone 2

(entertainment

area as a semi / outdoor coffee shop). 2- Reviewing a wide range of case studies of interior office spaces in addition to the outdoor landscaping & the appropriate coverage ceiling. 3- Studying the interior design ergonomics, data, codes, dimensions, and color code or specific style or theme (if exists). 4- Studying the planning process starting by the zoning of the interior space needs & the details, demands of each zone. 5- Developing the interior space planning process with furniture (in/outdoor), equipment's, primary & secondary circulation standards. 6- Execute the various types of mechanical drawings: (flooring plans, ceiling with electrical and lighting layouts, interior elevations from cross-sections, axonometric/isometric, details and perspectives, fine finishing details & mood boards). 7- Development of all schematic designs in both tow and tree dimensio 8- Listing all materials of the space including the material specs. 9- Presenting each step of the previous tasks in a formal presentation (both printed and oral) that will be evaluated. 

Phase Three (Research phase – Studying & development of zone 3

1- Writing a design brief including but not limited to the programmatic study of zone 3

(showroom

area Facade). 2- Reviewing a wide range of case studies of Showroom & Gallery spaces in addition to the outer façade. 3- Studying the Showroom facade, brand color code or specific style or theme (if exists). 4- Developing the Showroom facade design process. 5- Development of all schematic designs in both tow and tree dimensions. 6- Listing all materials of the space including the material specs. 7- Presenting each step of the previous tasks in a formal presentation (both printed and oral) that will be evaluated.

REQUIRED TEXT BOOK Harmon, S. and Kennon, K. (2005). The Codes Guidebook for Interiors, 4th Edition, Hoboken, NJ, John Wiley and Sons.

320

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Rayfield, J. (1994). The Office Interior Design Guide. Hoboken, NJ, John Wiley and Sons. Recommended Textbooks: Karlen, M. (2007, 2nd edition). Space Planning Basics, Hoboken, NJ, John Wiley and Sons. Kopak, D. (2006). Environmental Psychology for Design. New York, Fairchild Publications. PROJECT SCHEDULE WEEK Week 1

SUBJECT 

Initial research about brand.



Initial research - zone 1 data.



Preliminary sketches zone 1.

Week 2



Zoning & relationship studies zone 1 – ground level.

Week 3



Research review & mood board – zone 1.



Developing ground level interior planning with furniture.



Pre Final handover of researches.



Pre-final schematic drawing of ground level interior planning.



Quiz on First level planning (preliminary).



Handover of researches.



Final schematic drawing of ground & first level interior planning.



Initial research - zone 2 data (entertaining area as coffee shop).



Preliminary sketches zone 2.



Research review & mood board – zone 2.



Developing entertaining area interior planning with furniture.



Preparation for week 7 exam.



Exam on zone 1 ground & first floor Selected Section.



Handover of sections & elevation or 3D perspectives of the office project - zone 1.



Pre Final handover of zone 2 researches.

Week 9



Pre-final schematic drawing of the entertaining area interior planning – zone 2.

Week 10



Handover of zone 2 researches.



Final schematic drawing of entertaining area interior planning - zone 2.



Initial research - zone 3 data (showroom).



Preliminary sketches zone 3.



Research review & mood board – zone 3.



Developing showroom interior planning with furniture.



Handover of sections & elevation or 3D perspectives of the entertaining area project - zone 2.



Evaluation Week 12



Pre Final handover of zone 3 researches.

Week 4

Week 5

Week 6

Week 7

Week 8

Week 11

Week 12

Week 13

321

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Week 14

Course Instructor: Dr. Nael AlSarrag

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018



Pre-final schematic drawing of the Showroom facade – zone 3.



Handover of zone 3 researches & mood board.



Handover of elevation or 3D perspectives of the Showroom facade - zone 3.



Final schematic drawing of the Showroom facade - zone 3.

Program coordinator: Dr. Hisham El-Arnaouty

Dean of Faculty: Prof - Dr. Ibtihal El-Bastawissi

322

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

INTD 303. Interior Materials And Specifications BASIC INFORMATION

Course Title: Interior Materials and Specifications Code: INTD303 Hours: 5 Lecture:1 Prerequisites: INTD204.Building Systems Academic Year / Level: Second / Level 2 Specialization: Interior Design

Tutorial: 4

Credit: 3

Year: 2017-2018

Term: Fall

1- COURSE OBJECTIVES: The teaching approach of this course encourages critical thinking and cooperative learning, as well as independence and self-teaching, since these are necessary skills for working in an interior design professional. 1- Understand material’s visual and physical characteristics, properties, and functions through exploring, studying and designing with interior architecture building and finishing materials. 2- Augment student knowledge about a designer's ability to affect people and the environment. Through the study of interior finish materials, students will learn how material characteristics interact with human perception, psychology and need for comfort; aesthetics, iconography, image, symbolism. 3- Apply knowledge about the performance, maintenance and cost effectiveness of interior design material selection through assessing client and users' needs and through responding to those needs when selecting, and specifying interior finish materials. 4- Increase design skills through applying knowledge of color principles, theories + systems when learning to make finish material selection and through applying and exploring theories of design + design composition when selecting and arranging interior finish material. 5- Improve critical thinking skills and judgment in problem identification and problem solving, and in effective information gathering, product research, and in analysis skills. 6- Deepen students’ ability to communicate effectively through presentation of color, materials & furnishings selections. 7- Promote awareness and understanding about the use of appropriate materials and products taking into account factors including code compliance, standards, with respect to the concept of sustainable resources and design practices. 8- Understand the role of finish materials in the creation of the acoustic environment. 9- Further understanding and knowledge of sources and the installation methods and maintenance requirements for materials & products. 10- Develop consciousness of alternate points of view and appreciation of cultural diversity, when selecting interior finish materials. 11- Boost awareness of the relationship between interior design and the environment, economy and activities in other regions around the world. 2- LEARNING ACTIVITIES:

Phase one (Researches – case study) -

Indoor air quality & Sustainability – IBC & ASHRAE codes - ADA requirements researches.

-

Introduction to interior materials and specification research.

323

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

-

Analysis case study of 2 sample projects : (in 6 groups)

-

A- Lightly regulated: as a small residential space about 40 to 50 m2 used by able-bodies adults. (3 groups)

-

B- Heavily regulated: as a small public space (coffee shop or restaurant) shared by a variety of people. (3 groups)

-

Development of the analysis study:

-

Architectural drawings of the project 2D & 3D - zoning - labelling of all the materials – detailed study about all different type of the interior finishing materials applied in the project even materials used in the furniture – mood board of materials – guidelines that pertain to materials (fire resistance, slip resistance, availability to be cleaned or sanitized) – guidelines that pertain to items: (ease of use, visibility, air quality) – sustainability assessment of each material (in a table).

-

Presenting each step of the previous tasks in a formal presentation (both printed and oral) that will be evaluated.

Phase two (Research development – Detailed project analysis & studies) -

Detailed interior materials and specification research:

-

(Paints, coatings & wall covering – textiles & soft goods – carpeting & area rugs – Wood – resilient materials & flooring – plastic & acrylic materials – gypsum boards – glass – metal – tiles (marble – granite) & brick – stone – terrazzo, composites & RF concrete – acoustics).

-

Each materials research should be presented with a samples board and all specific drawings related to the research.

-

Project B.O.Q & cost analysis.

-

Project detailed construction drawings of materials installation.

-

Replacement of all the inconvenient materials used in the projects by the best choice of materials that meet the codes, standards & to achieve a good indoor air quality.

-

Presenting each step of the previous tasks in a formal presentation (both printed and oral) that will be evaluated.

3- COURSE OUTLINE: This Course introduces students to:  The properties and specifications of appropriate materials, other than those of a structural nature, which are appropriate for the interior environments, including materials for floors, walls, ceilings, windows, and other interior surfaces.



The health effects and environmental impact of material choices in interior design.

324

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment



Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

The designer's role and responsibility in the process of material selection in order to provide aesthetic, standard compliance, and sustainable finish specifications for a variety of spaces. Week No. 1

Week No. 2

Lecture Studio Lecture Studio

Lecture Studio

Week No. 3

Lecture Week No. 4 Studio Lecture Week No. 5 Studio Lecture Week No. 6 Studio Week No. 7 Lecture Week No. 8 Studio

Week No. 9

Lecture Studio Lecture

Week No. 10 Studio Week No. 11

Lecture Studio

 Introduction about interior materials & specification.  Exploring the materials showroom & lab.  Lecture about LEED v4-CI, IAQ, IBC, ADA, ASHRAE & its relationship with interior design.  Preliminary study of a lightly & a heavily regulated small interior finishing materials used in the space. Small apt & Coffee shop (phase 1 project - in groups) (A)  Initial Study then advanced research about all types of interior materials & specifications. (B)  Making material selection.  Developing study of a lightly & a heavily regulated small interior finishing materials used in the space. (phase 1 project in groups) (A)  Zoning & labelling of each material used. (A)  Plan & Elevations studies to identify materials areas, quantities & cost. (A)  Research & mood board of each project based on interior finishing & furniture materials. (A)  Research on LEED v4 – CI , Indoor air quality & materials environmental impact. (C)  Interior finishing & furniture materials specs.  Preparation to wood.  Pre-final of phase 1 Projects & researches (A),(B),(C). + (Seminar on A&C)  Wood as interior finishing & furnishing material.  Preparation to painting.  Handover of phase 1 – Projects & researches (B),(C).  Seminar on (B) –( C).  Painting coatings & wall covering as interior finishing material.  Preparation to tiles (marble – granite) & brick stones.  Handover of group's projects full researches, drawings & presentations & catalogues. (phase 1 project) (A)  Seminar on (B). Projects seminar (Collaborative learning) - phase 1 project. (A) - (oral exam)  (Marble – Granite) & brick stones as interior finishing material.  Preparation to gypsum boards ceiling &walls.  Project phase 2 (Replacement of all the inconvenient materials used in phase 1 by the best selected materials that has no environment impacts & meet the codes, standards & achieve a good indoor air quality. (A)  Gypsum boards as interior finishing material.  Preparation to terrazzo, composites & RF concrete.  Project phase 2 (B.O.Q & cost analysis). (B)  Terrazzo, composites & RF concrete as interior finishing material.  Preparation to Glass.  Project detailed construction drawings of materials installation. (C)  Glass as interior finishing material.  Preparation to textiles & soft goods.  Pre-final of project. (phase 2) – (B) &(C)

325

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Week No. 12 Lecture Week No. 13

Week No. 14

Studio Lecture

Projects seminar (Collaborative learning) - phase 2 project. (A) (oral exam)  Textiles & soft goods as interior finishing & furnishing material.  Preparation to Preparation to resilient materials & flooring.  Samples board and all specific drawings related to project (phase 2).  Resilient materials & flooring as interior finishing material.  Final Collaborative learning seminar for all groups. (6 groups)

Studio Final Oral Exam

4- TEACHING AND LEARNING METHODS: Classes will consist of: 

Research and readings about given project.



Presentation of research and projects.



Application of all designs (in studio setting).



One to one feedback.



Group discussion & feedback.



Digital & physical presentations.

5- STUDENT ASSESSMENT METHODS, SCHEDULE AND GRADING: Asses No. 1

2

3

Start Week Subm. Week No. No.

Type

To Assess

Project A, B, C Phase 1

- Lectures & Collaborative different students base learning methods.

Project A, B, C Phase 2

- Lectures & Collaborative different students base learning methods.

7

11

Project A, B, C Phase 3

- Lectures & Collaborative different students base learning methods.

12

14

Oral Exam

- Final Project showing knowledge base and intellectual qualities.

4

Total

1

Subm. Date

6

-

25% 15% 20%

TBA

40%

100%

100%

6- LIST OF REFERENCES: (nnnn) Essential books (textbooks): Lisa Godsey, (2012, 2nd edition). Interior Design Materials and Specifications, New York, Fairchild Books. (oooo) Recommended Textbooks:

326

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Corky Binggeli, ASID, (2013, 2nd edition). Materials for Interior Environments, NJ, John Wiley & Sons. Axel Ritter, (2007, 2nd edition). Smart Materials in Architecture: Interior Architecture And Design, Birkhauser. Course Instructor: Assistant Prof - Dr. Nael AlSarrag

Design Program Coordinator: Associate Prof - Dr. Hisham El-Arnaouty

Date: 20-06-2017

Dean of Faculty: Prof - Dr. Ibtehal El-Bastawissi

327

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Beirut Arab University FACULTY OF ARCHITECTURE –DESIGN & BUILT ENVIRONMENT FALL SEMESTER 2017/2018, STAGE TWO

INTD 307.

INTERIOR PERSPECTIVES

Course Code / Title: INTD 307.

INTERIOR PERSPECTIVES

Instructors: Dr. Samer El Sayary Course Hours: 3 Hours/Week Academic Semester: 3rd

Credits: 2 Course Duration: 15 Weeks Semester: Fall 2017/2018

Module Info: Mandatory Course (1 hr. Lecture, 4 hrs. Studio) Location: Computer Lab. Ground Floor Time: Thursday

08:00 to 09:50

10:00 Course Description & Objectives

The course aims to provide students with the specialist knowledge necessary for both mechanical and manual perspectives in interior design field. Applications for interior design rendering and the creation, modification, and manipulation of images. Furniture modeling for the conceptual phases of design. 2D & 3D rendering and photo-editing using different modeling technique. Emphasis on 3D geometry, texture mapping, lighting, camera placement, shading, photorealistic rendering, manual techniques, and Photo retouching. The course aims to provide the students with state of the art knowledge regarding Computer Graphics software’s. Special focus is given to 2D and 3D rendering using the lasted versions of Autodesk 3D Studio Max and Adobe Photoshop. Within this overall aim, the course strives to enable students to:  Understand the use of the different techniques used in creating interior perspectives both manual and digitally.  Learn the basic functions of rendering and Adobe Photoshop software’s to create a photo realistic images (Both 3d and Orthographic projection)  Use the basic manual tools traditionally used in one point perspectives.  Maintain a high standard of quality for drawings representation.  Understand the representation of three-dimensional objects presented on a two-dimensional plan.  Create drawings of basic objects in both a three-dimensional (3D) environment and 2D surfaces. Through knowledge and understanding, students will be able to:  Understand the nature and operation of Interior perspectives. Through intellectual skills, students will be able to:  Recognize and apply appropriate theories, principles and concepts relevant to the Interior perspectives.  Analyze and interpret information from a variety of sources relevant to Interior perspectives.  Develop a reasoned argument to the solution of familiar and unfamiliar problems relevant to Interior perspectives.

328

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment



Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Appraise some of the current and emerging issues within the Interior perspectives sector and debate the potential benefits.

Through professional and practical skills, students will be able to:  Plan, design and execute practical activities using techniques and procedures appropriate to interior perspectives.

Through general and transferable skills, students will be able to:  Solve problems relevant to Interior perspectives using ideas and techniques some of which are at the forefront of the discipline.  Develop the ability to self-appraise and reflect on practice relevant to Interior perspectives. Course Calendar / Schedule STAGE NUMBER

STAGE LABEL & DESCRIPTION

DATE OF COMPLETION AND SUBMISSION

1

Basics of interior free hand sketching

05/09/2017

2

Converting Free hand drawing into 3d

12/09/2017

3

Curved furniture sketching

19/03/2017

4

Natural Scenes Rendering

26/04/2017

5

Interior Design Materials design

03/10/2017

6

Textiles and Fabrics Modeling

10/10/2017

th

7

7 Exam

17/10/2017

8

Light & Shadow painting using photoshop

24/10/2017

9

Plan rendering using photoshop

31/10/2017

10

Morphing technique to design adaptive interior facades

07/11/2017

11

Sectioning & Contouring to create surfaces (walls & ceilings)

14/11/2017

12

12th Exam (Final Project Submission)

21/11/2017

13

Voronoi & Voxelization techniques

05/12/2017

14

Digital Fabrication using pepakura & 123d make

19/12/2017

15

Final Exam

As Scheduled

Note: Alterations to the above plan and timetable are possible according to the actual progress of work and assessment as monitored by the course teaching staff. Therefore, interim submissions and evaluation could be required and their outcome communicated to the students to provide them with further guidance.

Course Policies The course is delivered through lectures, tutorials, site visits, seminars, directed reading, videos, computer assisted learning, research-based teaching materials and methods, problem-based learning scenarios including coursework assignments, projects, workshops. Exposure to the Execution Design environment and related projects are an important aspect of the teaching and learning methods. General Policies:

329

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

   

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Students should respect the general instructions given by the course staff. Attendance percentage should be above 80%, otherwise attendance warnings would be issued. Avoid plagiarism, the penalty of a plagiarism is cancelling your project / assignment. The lecture starts from 08:00 to 09:50 and the studio work starts from 10:00 to 11:50 on Monday.

Course Policies:  Each student should create an A1 portfolio contains: Final Project and the Weekly submissions.  Each student should create an A4 portfolio contains: Course outline: (Lecture Titles, list of references, and Assignments Titles) - Research briefs – Researches – Reports.  Each student should attend the theoretical and analytical lectures which help him in class and home work.  Training students for continuous learning by provide each lecture’s slide with references.  Each student should make a report for the site visit to evaluate understanding which completes the theoretical information taken in lectures, and present the real construction application for students. Evaluation

ASSES NO.

TYPE

1

Basics of interior free hand sketching

2

Curved furniture sketching

2

Interior Design Materials design

3

Midterm Exam

4

Light & Shadow painting using photoshop

5

Plan rendering using photoshop

6

7

8

Sectioning & Contouring to create surfaces (walls & ceilings) Voronoi & Voxelization techniques Final Exam -Oral Examination-

TO ASSESS intellectual qualities and professional skills intellectual qualities and professional skills intellectual qualities and professional skills intellectual qualities and professional skills intellectual qualities and professional skills knowledge base and intellectual qualities intellectual qualities and professional skills intellectual qualities and professional skills knowledge base, professional skills and transferable skills Total

START WEEK NO.

SUBM. WEEK NO.

SUBM. DATE

1

3

05/09/2017

05.0%

3

5

19/03/2017

05.0%

5

7

03/10/2017

05.0%

7

7

17/10/2017

10.0%

7

9

17/10/2017

07.5%

9

11

31/10/2017

07.5%

11

13

14/11/2017

07.5%

13

14

05/12/2017

12.5%

15

15

As Scheduled

40.0%

WEIGHTING OF ASSES.

60%

40%

100%

330

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Library Resources & Support Services Course Notes:  3D Studio Max Help / Adobe Photoshop Help. Essential Books (Textbooks):  Murdock K. 3Ds Max 2012 Bible, Wiley Publishing Inc., 2011.  Daylay L. & Daylay B., Adobe Photoshop cs5 Bible, Wiley Publishing Inc., 2010. Recommended Books:  Gerhard M. & Harpper J., Mastering Autodesk 3ds Max Design 2011, Focal Press, 2010.

331

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Beirut Arab University FACULTY OF ARCHITECTURE –DESIGN & BUILT ENVIRONMENT FALL SEMESTER 2017/2018, STAGE FOUR

INTD 401.

INTERIOR DESIGN STUDIO IV

Course Code / Title: INTD 401.

Interior Design Studio IV

Instructors: Dr. Samer El Sayary Course Hours: 8 Hours/Week Academic Semester: 5th

Credits: 4 Course Duration: 15 Weeks Semester: Fall 2017/2018

Module Info: Mandatory Course (8 hrs. Studio) Location: Third Year Studio – B2 Time: Tuesday

12:00 to 15:50

Thursday 08:00 to 11:50 Course Description & Objectives

The course aims to provide students with the specialist knowledge necessary for engineering carrier in building systems field. Within this overall aim, the course strives to enable students to:  Demonstrate theoretical knowledge and have practical skills and personal attributes and competencies that will be required for Interior Design Studio position in the international interior design industry.  Understand analytical, developmental, legal, managerial and technical principles that relate to Interior Design Studio.  Have an appropriate balance between the vocational skills necessary for immediate employment in Interior Design Studio and the more fundamental principles necessary for further study.  Develop the academic abilities and personal characteristics required to solve problems relevant to Interior Design Studio and critically assess relevant aspects of the industry.  Cultivate a professional attitude and develop skills relation to communication, teamwork, project planning and management, and responsibility for individual learning.  Demonstrate a systematic understanding of the economic, environmental, political, social and technological influences which relate to the Interior Design Studio field  Demonstrate an ability to initiate and sustain in-depth research relevant to Interior Design Studio.  Have an opportunity to put theory into practice via work-based learning.

Through knowledge and understanding, students will be able to:  Understand the nature and operations of Interior Design Studio;  Demonstrate familiarity with theories and concepts used in the Interior Design Studio.  Understand the domestic and international nature and dimensions of Interior Design Studio .  Discuss the structure and organization of the public and private sectors of the Interior Design Studio.  Understand the factors which influence the development of organizations operating in the Interior Design Studio field and the most appropriate ways to manage this development;  Identify the steps required to carry out a piece of research on a topic within Interior Design Studio.

332

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment



Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Demonstrate an understanding of the contribution and impacts of the Interior Design Studio in social, economic, environmental, political and cultural terms;

Through intellectual skills, students will be able to:  Recognize and apply appropriate theories, principles and concepts relevant to the Interior Design Studio.  Critically assess and evaluate the literature within Interior Design Studio .  Analyze and interpret information from a variety of sources relevant to Interior Design Studio.  Exercise appropriate judgment in selecting and presenting information using various methods relevant to Interior Design Studio.  Develop a reasoned argument to the solution of familiar and unfamiliar problems relevant to Interior Design Studio .  Appraise some of the current and emerging issues within the Interior Design Studio sector and debate the potential benefits. Through professional and practical skills, students will be able to:  Plan, design and execute practical activities using techniques and procedures appropriate to Interior Design Studio.  Plan, design, record, execute and communicate a piece of independent research using Interior Design Studio media and techniques.  Recognize moral, ethical and safety issues which are pertinent to Interior Design Studio.  Respond to change within the external and internal Design Studio environments. Through general and transferable skills, students will be able to:  Develop appropriate effective written and oral communication skills relevant to Interior Design Studio.  Demonstrate the ability to work effectively as part of a group, involving leadership, group dynamics and interpersonal skills such as listening, negotiation and persuasion relevant to Interior Design Studio.  Use organization skills (including task and time management) relevant to Interior Design Studio both individually and in a group situation;  Solve problems relevant to Interior Design Studio using ideas and techniques some of which are at the forefront of the discipline;  Develop the ability to self appraise and reflect on practice relevant to Interior Design Studio.

Course Calendar / Schedule STAGE NUMBER

STAGE LABEL & DESCRIPTION

DATE OF COMPLETION AND SUBMISSION

1

Research & Preliminary sketches

06/09/2017

2

Final Submission of Research & Developing the room design

13/09/2017

3

Final submission of room design model & Evaluation and criticism

20/09/2017

4

Follow up

27/09/2017

5

Design development evaluation & 3d virtual model

04/10/2017

6

Correcting All orthographic drawings

11/10/2017

7

Correcting All orthographic drawings & Semifinal submission

18/10/2017

8

Finalization of Design. Lecture on presentation skills.

25/10/2017

9

Final submission

01/11/2017

333

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

10

Reception preliminary conceptual design

08/11/2017

11

Developing the reception area

15/11/2017

12

Submission of the reception area

22/11/2017

13

conceptual design- Preliminary Conceptual design of the Ballroom

29/11/2017

14

Project Revision- Final Submission

06/12/2017

15

Final Exam - Oral Examination

As Scheduled

Note: Alterations to the above plan and timetable are possible according to the actual progress of work and assessment as monitored by the course teaching staff. Therefore, interim submissions and evaluation could be required and their outcome communicated to the students to provide them with further guidance.

Course Policies The course is delivered through lectures, tutorials, site visits, seminars, directed reading, videos, computer assisted learning, research-based teaching materials and methods, problem-based learning scenarios including coursework assignments, projects, workshops. Exposure to the Execution Design environment and related projects are an important aspect of the teaching and learning methods. General Policies:  Students should respect the general instructions given by the course staff.  Attendance percentage should be above 80%, otherwise attendance warnings would be issued.  Avoid plagiarism, the penalty of a plagiarism is cancelling your project / assignment.  The lecture starts from 14:00 to 14:50 and the studio work starts from 08:00 to 11:50 on Friday. Course Policies:  Each student should create an A1 portfolio contains: Final Project and the Weekly submissions.  Each student should create an A4 portfolio contains: Course outline: (Lecture Titles, list of references, and Assignments Titles) - Research briefs – Researches – Reports.  Each student should attend the theoretical and analytical lectures which help him in class and home work.  Training students for continuous learning by provide each lecture’s slide with references.  Each student should make a report for the site visit to evaluate understanding which completes the theoretical information taken in lectures, and present the real construction application for students.

Evaluation

ASSES NO. 1

2

TYPE

TO ASSESS

Research & Preliminary sketches Final submission of room design model & Evaluation and

intellectual qualities and professional skills intellectual qualities and professional skills

START WEEK NO.

SUBM. WEEK NO.

SUBM. DATE

1

3

06/09/2017

WEIGHTING OF ASSES. 05.0% 60%

3

5

20/09/2017

05.0%

334

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

ASSES NO.

2

3

4

5

TO ASSESS

START WEEK NO.

SUBM. WEEK NO.

SUBM. DATE

intellectual qualities and professional skills

5

7

04/10/2017

05.0%

intellectual qualities and professional skills

7

7

18/10/2017

10.0%

intellectual qualities and professional skills

7

9

18/10/2017

07.5%

9

11

01/11/2017

07.5%

11

13

15/11/2017

07.5%

13

14

29/11/2017

12.5%

15

15

As Scheduled

40.0%

TYPE criticism Design development evaluation & 3d virtual model Correcting All orthographic drawings & Semifinal submission Correcting All orthographic drawings & Semifinal submission Finalization of Design. Lecture on presentation skills.

6

Developing the reception area

7

Project RevisionFinal Submission

8

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Final Exam -Oral Examination-

knowledge base and intellectual qualities intellectual qualities and professional skills intellectual qualities and professional skills knowledge base, professional skills and transferable skills Total

WEIGHTING OF ASSES.

40%

100%

Library Resources & Support Services Course notes: Essential Books:  1 Ching, F.D.K, (2007). Architecture: Form, Space, and Order., John Wiley & Sons.  Ching, F.D.K, (2009). Architectural Graphics., John Wiley & Sons. Recommended Books:  Ching F., A Visual Dictionary of Architecture, John Wiley and Sons INC., 1995.

335

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Beirut Arab University FACULTY OF ARCHITECTURE –DESIGN & BUILT ENVIRONMENT FALL SEMESTER 2017/2018, STAGE FOUR

INTD221.

BIM

Course Code / Title: INTD 221.

Building Information Modeling

Instructors: Dr. Samer El Sayary Course Hours: 4 Hours/Week Academic Semester: 7th

Credits: 2

Course Duration: 15 Weeks Semester: Spring 2017/2018

Module Info: Elective Course (1 hr. Lecture, 2 hrs. Studio) Location: Computer Lab Time: Wednesday 11:50 to 13:50 - 14:00 to 15:50 Course Description & Objectives

The course objectives focus on fundamentals of Building Information Modeling (BIM) as a construction documentation system. Introduces concepts and features of BIM. It includes software structure and features, modeling and editing techniques, and sheet creation and organization. It focuses on applying BIM software to develop a set of construction documents. The course aims to provide students with the specialist knowledge necessary for architectural engineering carrier in the field of Perspective and Rendering and Contemporary Approaches that address them. The course aims to provide students with the specialist knowledge in Building Information Modeling. Within this overall aim, the course strives to enable students to: a. Demonstrate theoretical knowledge and have practical skills and personal attributes and competencies that will be required for positions in the international Information Modeling industry. b. Understand analytical, developmental, legal, managerial and technical principles that relate to Building Information Modeling. c. Have an appropriate balance between the vocational skills necessary for immediate employment in Building Information Modeling and the more fundamental principles necessary for further study. d. Develop the academic abilities and personal characteristics required to solve problems relevant to Building Information Modeling and critically assess relevant aspects of the industry. e. Cultivate a professional attitude and develop skills in relation to communication, teamwork, project planning and management, and responsibility for individual learning. f. Demonstrate a systematic understanding of the economic, environmental, political, social and technological influences, which relate to the Building Information Modeling field. g. Demonstrate an ability to initiate and sustain in-depth research relevant to Building Information Modeling. h. Have an opportunity to put theory into practice via work-based learning. i. INTENDED LEARNING OUTCOMES (aaa) Through knowledge and understanding, students will be able to:  Understand the nature and operations of Building Information Modeling;  Demonstrate familiarity with theories and concepts used in the Building Information Modeling;  Understand the domestic and international nature and dimensions of Building Information Modeling;  Discuss the structure and organization of the public and private sectors of the Building Information Modeling;

336

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018



Understand the factors which influence the development of organizations operating in the Building Information Modeling field and the most appropriate ways to manage this development;  Demonstrate an understanding of the contribution and impacts of the Building Information Modeling in social, economic, environmental, political and cultural terms; (bbb) Through intellectual skills, students will be able to:  Recognize and apply appropriate theories, principles and concepts relevant to the Building Information Modeling;  Critically assess and evaluate the literature within Building Information Modeling;  Analyze and interpret information from a variety of sources relevant to Building Information Modeling;  Exercise appropriate judgment in selecting and presenting information using various methods relevant to Building Information Modeling;  Develop a reasoned argument to the solution of familiar and unfamiliar problems relevant to Building Information Modeling;  Appraise some of the current and emerging issues within the Building Information Modeling sector and debate the potential benefits. (ccc) Through professional and practical skills, students will be able to:  Plan, design and execute practical activities using techniques and procedures appropriate to Building Information Modeling;  Plan, design, record, execute and communicate a piece of independent research using Building Information Modeling media and techniques;  Recognize moral, ethical and safety issues which are pertinent to Building Information Modeling;  Respond to change within the external and internal Building Information Modeling environments. (ddd) Through general and transferable skills, students will be able to:  Develop appropriate effective written and oral communication skills relevant to Building Information Modeling;  Demonstrate the ability to work effectively as part of a group, involving leadership, group dynamics and interpersonal skills such as listening, negotiation and persuasion relevant to Building Information Modeling;  Use organization skills (including task and time management) relevant to Building Information Modeling both individually and in a group situation;  Solve problems relevant to Building Information Modeling using ideas and techniques some of which are at the forefront of the discipline;  Develop the ability to self-appraise and reflect on practice relevant to Building Information Modeling. STAGE DATE OF COMPLETION STAGE LABEL & DESCRIPTION NUMBER AND SUBMISSION Introduction and Course Outline – Organizational Instructions 31/8/2016 1 – The Meaning of BIM - BIM Software -Types of BIM DetailingInstructions - How to Install Software-The Revit Interface. Starting a Project-A : Template files - project settings 7/9/2016 2 - Modeling Basics-Based Modeling Components (Walls)-A Starting a Project-B: Modeling Basics - Selection and 21/9/2016 3 modification basics - Options - columns - Sketch-Based Modeling Components (Complex and stacked Walls)-B 28/9/2016 4 Floors - footprint roofs - slope arrows 5

Roof modifications and examples - extrusion roofs - slope arrows

5/10/2016

6

Curtain Walls (curtain grids, mullions, and panels)

12/10/2016

7

Project Revision- Final Submission

19/10/2016

Rooms (Adding and Controlling room numbering - room bounding elements) Schedules and Tags (Adding tags and schedules - key schedule).

26/10/2016

8 9

Visibility and Graphic Controls

2/11/2016

337

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

10

Annotation

9/11/2016

11

Visualization and Presentation-A

16/11/2016

12

Project Revision- Final Submission

23/11/2016

13

Sheets, Plotting, and Publishing

30/11/2016

14

Revision

7/12/2016

15

Final Exam

14/12/2016

338

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Course Calendar / Schedule

Note: Alterations to the above plan and timetable are possible according to the actual progress of work and assessment as monitored by the course teaching staff. Therefore, interim submissions and evaluation could be required and their outcome communicated to the students to provide them with further guidance.

Course Policies The course is delivered through lectures, tutorials, site visits, seminars, directed reading, videos, computer assisted learning, research-based teaching materials and methods, problem-based learning scenarios including coursework assignments, projects, workshops. Exposure to the Execution Design environment and related projects are an important aspect of the teaching and learning methods. General Policies:  Students should respect the general instructions given by the course staff.  Attendance percentage should be above 80%, otherwise attendance warnings would be issued.  Avoid plagiarism, the penalty of a plagiarism is cancelling your project / assignment.  The lecture starts from 8:00 to 8:50 and the studio work starts from 09:00 to 10:50 on Monday. Course Policies:  Each student should create an A4 portfolio contains: Final Project and the Weekly submissions in a digital format.  Each student should create an A4 portfolio contains: Course outline: (Lecture Titles, list of references, and Assignments Titles) - Research briefs – Researches – Reports.  Each student should attend the theoretical and analytical lectures which help him in class and home work.  Training students for continuous learning by provide each lecture’s slide with references.  Each student should make a report for the site visit to evaluate understanding which completes the theoretical information taken in lectures, and present the real construction application for students. Evaluation

ASSES NO.

TYPE

1

BIM definitions

2

Start-up Basics – template file

3

Modifications basics

4

Floors - footprint roofs - slope arrows

5

Roof Modelling and modifications

TO ASSESS intellectual qualities and professional skills intellectual qualities and professional skills intellectual qualities and professional skills intellectual qualities and professional skills intellectual qualities and professional skills

START WEEK NO.

SUBM. WEEK NO.

SUBM. DATE

1

1

31/8/2016

2

2

7/9/2016

3

3

21/9/2016

4

4

28/9/2016

5

5

5/10/2016

WEIGHTING OF ASSES.

60%

339

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

ASSES NO.

TO ASSESS

START WEEK NO.

SUBM. WEEK NO.

SUBM. DATE

knowledge base and intellectual qualities

6

6

12/10/2016

7

7

19/10/2016

8

8

26/10/2016

9

9

2/11/2016

10

10

9/11/2016

11

11

16/11/2016

12

12

23/11/2016

13

13

30/11/2016

14

14

7/12/2016

15

15

As Scheduled

TYPE

6

Curtain Walls (curtain grids, mullions, and panels)

7

Project RevisionFinal Submission

8

Rooms , Schedules and Tags

9

Visibility and Graphic Controls

10

Annotation

11

Visualization and Presentation-A

12

Project RevisionFinal Submission

13

Sheets, Plotting, and Publishing

14

Revision – Final Portfolio preview

15

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Final Exam -Oral Examination-

intellectual qualities and professional skills intellectual qualities and professional skills intellectual qualities and professional skills intellectual qualities and professional skills intellectual qualities and professional skills intellectual qualities and professional skills intellectual qualities and professional skills intellectual qualities and professional skills knowledge base, professional skills and transferable skills Total

WEIGHTING OF ASSES.

40% 100%

Library Resources & Support Services Course Notes:  Course outline: (Lecture Titles, List of References, and Assignments Titles)  Sheets  Projects Briefs Essential Books (Textbooks):  Krygiel, E., Read, P. & Vandezande, J. (2015). Revit Architecture 2015 Essentials. Wiley Publishing, Inc, Canada. Recommended Books: Krygiel, E., Read, P. & Vandezande J. (2014). Mastering Autodesk Revit Architecture 2014. Wiley Publishing, Inc, Canada.

340

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Beirut Arab University FACULTY OF ARCHITECTURE –DESIGN & BUILT ENVIRONMENT , INTERIOR DESIGN PROGRAM FALL SEMESTER 2017/2018, STAGE ONE

INTD 202.

INTERIOR DESIGN STUDIO I

Course Code / Title:

Credits: 4

Instructors:

Dr. Samer El Sayary Mrs. Farah Al Zein Miss Roua Ghosh Course Hours: 5 Hours/Week Academic Semester: 7th

Course Duration: 15 Weeks Semester: Fall 2017/2018

Module Info: Mandatory Course (8 hrs. Studio) Location: First Year Studio – B2 Time: Monday Tuesday

12:00 to 15:50 12:00 to 15:50

Course Description & Objectives

This course is an introduction to the field of interior design. Topics of functional and aesthetic elements for residential interiors are covered, including the identification of client needs, programming, standards, space planning, drawings, and presentations. Concept design, development, and articulation are emphasized and represented through the use of sketches, mechanical drawings, and perspectives tools, as well as models. Intended Learning Outcomes This course is intended to develop the following set of skills:  Acquired Knowledge: Demonstrate theoretical knowledge about: 1. The furniture dimensions and their relationship with the space. 2. The required use-space for each furniture element. 3. The typology of each space and its functional and spatial requirements for each activity.  Intellectual Skills: The course develops the essential skills of thinking in the field of residential interior furnishing and use space, like: 1. The critical thinking , 2. Deductive reasoning, 3. Develop the analytical skills essential for the student to start evaluating the building system hence working with and/or developing it.  Practice Skills: 1. Projection skills and Architectural drafting . 2. How to furnish spaces and the relationship between space and furniture. 3. Different Rendering techniques (both manual and computer). 4. Using computer in design process. 5. Mastering Physical Paper models as a of design development for both exploration and representation of an environment  Collaboration techniques: Collaboration and team work is highly encouraged to develop their communication skills and effective presentation to mimic real life situations through peer to peer discussions and criticism. Learning Activities

341

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

The learning outcomes will include but not limited to theoretical lectures that will provide them with foundation to understand and apply the practice of Interior design. In addition, the Lab. Activities will be integrated with the course activities to provide the students with the professional practice they need to work and produce Proper interior design documents. The lecturing Style include: 1.Direct lecturing. 2.Interaction through workshops and Site visits. 3.Using Digital learning media as youtube channel.

4.Practice through the Studio Hours. Course Calendar / Schedule STAGE NUMBER

STAGE LABEL & DESCRIPTION

DATE OF COMPLETION AND SUBMISSION

1

Research and drawing of the Unit. Submission of drawings

30/01/2017

2

Continuation of research and preliminary ideas on the standConsider working models as a way of exploring the space as well as sketches.

06/02/2017

3

Finalizing of ideas and drawings to build up the model to scale.

13/02/2017

4

Model production

03/11/2017

5

Photography workshop to explore the possibilities of your model and finalizing of your drawings for design report.

20/02/2017

6

Design report, model submission and in a public review.

27/02/2017

7

Project Revision- Final Submission

06/03/2017

8

Return of design reports with comments to correct.

13/03/2017

9

Final report submission.

20/03/2017

10

Design development evaluation of the 3D virtual model.

27/03/2017

11

Exam evaluation of Design ideas sketches & model and criticism

03/04/2017

12

Finalization of Design. Lecture on presentation skills.

10/04/2017

13

Final Project Follow up – ASSESMENT AND OVERVIEW

24/04/2017

14

Project Revision- Final Submission

08/05/2017

15

Final Exam - Oral Examination

As Scheduled

Note: Alterations to the above plan and timetable are possible according to the actual progress of work and assessment as monitored by the course teaching staff. Therefore, interim submissions and evaluation could be required and their outcome communicated to the students to provide them with further guidance.

Course Policies The course is delivered through lectures, tutorials, site visits, seminars, directed reading, videos, computer assisted learning, research-based teaching materials and methods, problem-based learning scenarios including coursework assignments, projects, workshops. Exposure to the Execution Design environment and related projects are an important aspect of the teaching and learning methods.

342

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

General Policies:  Students should respect the general instructions given by the course staff.  Attendance percentage should be above 80%, otherwise attendance warnings would be issued.  Avoid plagiarism, the penalty of a plagiarism is cancelling your project / assignment.  The Studio starts from Monday 12:00 to 15:50 and ends on Tuesday 12:00 to 15:50.

Course Policies:  Each student should create an A2 portfolio contains: Final Project and the Weekly submissions.  Each student should create an A4 portfolio contains: Course outline: (Lecture Titles, list of references, and Assignments Titles) - Research briefs – Researches – Reports.  Each student should attend the theoretical and analytical lectures which help him in class and home work.  Training students for continuous learning by provide each lecture’s slide with references.  Each student should make a report for the site visit to evaluate understanding which completes the theoretical information taken in lectures, and present the real construction application for students. Evaluation

ASSES NO.

1

2

2

3

4

5

6

TYPE

TO ASSESS

START WEEK NO.

SUBM. WEEK NO.

SUBM. DATE

Research and drawing of the Unit. Submission of drawings

intellectual qualities and professional skills

1

3

30/01/2017

05.0%

Finalizing of ideas and drawings to build up the model to scale.

intellectual qualities and professional skills

3

5

13/02/2017

05.0%

intellectual qualities and professional skills

5

7

27/02/2017

05.0%

Design report, model submission and in a public review.

intellectual qualities and professional skills

7

7

13/03/2017

10.0%

Return of design reports with comments to correct.

intellectual qualities and professional skills

7

9

13/03/2017

07.5%

knowledge base and intellectual qualities

9

11

27/03/2017

07.5%

intellectual qualities and professional skills

11

13

10/04/2017

07.5%

Model production

Design development evaluation of the 3D virtual model. Finalization of Design. Lecture on presentation skills.

WEIGHTING OF ASSES.

60%

343

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

ASSES NO.

7

8

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

TYPE

Project RevisionFinal Submission Final Exam -Oral Examination-

TO ASSESS

intellectual qualities and professional skills knowledge base, professional skills and transferable skills Total

START WEEK NO.

SUBM. WEEK NO.

SUBM. DATE

13

14

10/04/2017

12.5%

15

15

As Scheduled

40.0%

WEIGHTING OF ASSES.

40%

100%

Library Resources & Support Services Course notes: Lectures' handouts. Essential Books: Ching, F.D.K, (2007). Architecture: Form, Space, and Order., John Wiley & Sons. Ching, F.D.K, (2003). Architectural Graphics., John Wiley & Sons. Recommended Books: Ching, F.D.K, .,(2012). Interior Design Illustrated., John Wiley and Sons.

344

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

INTD204 BUILDING SYSTEMS

BASIC INFORMATION Course Title: Building systems Code: INTD204 Hours: 5 Lecture: 1 Prerequisites: Academic Year / Level: 1st Specialization: Interior Design

Tutorial: 4 Year: 2016/2017

Credit: 3 Term: Spring

26- COURSE DESCRIPTION AND OVERALL AIMS: This course develops an understanding of the basic structural theories systems for buildings. This is followed by an overview of building components with a focus on structural impact for interior design practice. Students are also introduced to the function of environmental support systems, including the basic technical requirements for building systems (mechanical, electrical, and fire detection/control) and how they affect interior design decisions and construction drawings. Within this overall aim, the course strives to enable students to: - Identify and describe building components with an appropriate focus on the interior environment - Develop working drawings basics with an appropriate focus on the interior environment - Evaluate building systems by using a research based tuition approach - Develop presentations and work effectively in a team environment

27- INTENDED LEARNING OUTCOMES OF THE COURSE (ILO): (eee)Through knowledge and understanding, students will be able to: (eee 1) - Understand the nature and operations of Building Systems; (eee 2) - Demonstrate familiarity with theories and concepts used in Building Systems; (eee 3) - Understanding the domestic and international nature and dimensions of Building Systems; (eee 4) - Discuss the structure and organization of the public and private sectors of Building Systems; (eee 5) - Understand the factors which influence the development of organizations operating in the Building Systems field and the most appropriate ways to manage this development; (eee 6) - Identify the steps required to carry out a piece of research on a topic within Building Systems; (eee 7) - Demonstrate an understanding of the contribution and impacts of the Building Systems in social, economic, environmental, political and cultural terms. (fff) Through intellectual skills, students will be able to: (fff 1) -

Recognize and apply appropriate theories, principles and concepts relevant to the field of Building Systems;

(fff 2) -

Critically assess and evaluate the literature within Building Systems;

(fff 3) -

Analyze and interpret information from a variety of sources relevant to Building Systems;

(fff 4) -

Exercise appropriate judgement in selecting and presenting information using various methods relevant to Building Systems;

345

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

(fff 5) -

Develop a reasoned argument to the solution of familiar and unfamiliar problems relevant to Building Systems;

(fff 6) -

Appraise some of the current and emerging issues within the Building Systems sector and debate the potential benefits.

(ggg) Through professional and practical skills, students will be able to:

(hhh)

(ggg 1) -

Plan, design and execute practical activities using techniques and procedures appropriate to Building Systems;

(ggg 2) -

Plan, design, record, execute and communicate a piece of independent research using Building Systems media and techniques;

(ggg 3) -

Recognize moral, ethical and safety issues which are pertinent to Building Systems;

(ggg 4) -

Respond to change within the external and internal Building Systems environments.

Through general and transferable skills, students will be able to: (hhh 1) - Develop appropriate effective drawn written and oral communication skills relevant to Building Systems; (hhh 2) - Demonstrate the ability to work effectively as part of a group, involving leadership, group dynamics and interpersonal skills such as listening; (hhh 3) - Use organization skills (including task and time management) relevant to Building Systems both individually and in group situation; (hhh 4) - Solve problems relevant to Building Systems using ideas and techniques some of which are at the forefront of the discipline; (hhh 5) - Develop the ability to self appraise and reflect on practice relevant to Building Systems.

28- COURSE OUTLINE: Weeks

Date

Stages & Description

1

Course presentation _ Lecture Introduction to the basic structural systems + introduction to building component

2

Lecture: Load bearing wall structural systems, frame structural systems.

MARKS

Lab.: Define and draft the structural system of an interior space (floor plan drawing) 3

Lecture: Foundation, floor slabs, roof slabs, interior partitions, exterior partitions Lab.: Define and draft the structural system of an interior space (floor plan drawing, interior space section cut)

4

Lecture: Unseen architecture: Foundation types, retaining walls Lab.: Define and draft the structural system of an interior space (floor plan drawing, interior space section cut)

5

Lecture: Flooring systems and materials Lab.: Define and draft the structural system of an interior space (flooring construction details)

346

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

6

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Lecture: Flooring systems and materials Lab.: Define and draft the structural system of an interior space (flooring construction details)

7

7th week exam. Presentation and grading

8

Lecture: Basic technical requirement for radiant cooling systems Lab.: Define and draft the structural system of an interior space (reflected ceiling plan with radiant cooling)

9

Lecture: Basic technical requirement for HVAC systems Lab.: Define and draft the structural system of an interior space (reflected ceiling plan with HVAC diffusers and ductwork)

10

Lecture: Basic technical requirement for electrical systems Lab.: Define and draft the structural system of an interior space (reflected ceiling plan with light fixtures)

11

Drop ceiling reflected ceiling plan with a fire control/detection system

12

12th week exam. Presentation and grading

13

Final exam review

14

Final review of the execution drawings Final exam. Final presentation and grading

4- TEACHING AND LEARNING METHODS:

The course is delivered through introductory lectures, research, presentation & discussion. It is also introduced through direct instructions and communication. It depends on experience accumulation through phase assignment submissions and assessment.

27ASSES NO.

STUDENT ASSESSMENT METHODS, SCHEDULE AND GRADING:

TYPE

TO ASSESS

START WEEK NO.

SUBM. WEEK NO.

SUBM. DATE

WEIGHTING OF ASSES.

1 2 3 4 5 Total

28-

100%

100%

LIST OF REFERENCES:

(pppp) Course Notes:

347

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Lectures' handouts. (qqqq) Essential Books (Textbooks):



Ballast, D. K. (2010) Interior Detailing: Concept to Construction, Chichester, UK: John Wiley & Sons.



Plunkett, D. (2010) Construction and Detailing for Interior Design, London, Laurence King.

(rrrr) Recommended Books:



Ballast, D. K. (2013) Interior construction & Detailing for Designers and Architects, Sixth Edition, Chichester, UK: John Wiley & Sons.

  

Harmon, S. K. (2003). The Codes Guidebook for Interiors New York: John Wiley and Sons, Inc McLeod, V. (2012) Detail in Contemporary Residential Architecture, London, Laurence King. Rob T. (1996) Graphic Guide to Interior Details for builders and designers, Taunton press.

348

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Beirut Arab University FACULTY OF ARCHITECTURE –DESIGN & BUILT ENVIRONMENT SPRING SEMESTER 2017/2018, STAGE ONE

INTD 208.

COMP. AIDED DRAF. & DESIGN II

Course Code / Title: INTD 208.

COMP. AIDED DRAF. & DESIGN II

Dr. Samer El Sayary Mr. Mohamed Bou Chacra Mr. Ashraf Saada Course Hours: 4 Hours/Week Academic Semester: 1st

Credits: 3

Instructors:

Course Duration: 15 Weeks Semester: Fall 2017/2018

Module Info: Mandatory Course (2 hr. Lecture, 2 hrs. Studio) Location: Fourth Year Studio – Floor 1 Time: Thursday

12:00 to 13:50

14:00 Course Description & Objectives

The course aims to provide students with the specialist knowledge necessary for engineering carrier in Computer graphics field. Applications for interior design rendering and the creation, modification, and manipulation of images. Architectural modeling for the conceptual phases of design. 3D rendering and photo-editing using different modeling technique. Emphasis on 3D geometry, texture mapping, lighting, camera placement, shading, photorealistic rendering, animation techniques, and Photo retouching. The course aims to provide the students with state of the art knowledge regarding Computer Graphics software’s. Special focus is given to 2D and 3D rendering using the lasted versions of Autodesk 3D Studio Max and Adobe Photoshop. Within this overall aim, the course strives to enable students to:      

Understand the use of the different tools used in Computer Graphics software’s. Learn the basic functions of Adobe Illustrator and Adobe Photoshop software’s. Use the basic manual tools traditionally used in drawings representation. Maintain a high standard of quality for drawings representation. Understand the representation of three-dimensional objects presented on a two-dimensional plan. Create drawings of basic objects in a three-dimensional (3D) environment.

Intended Learning Outcomes of the Course (ILO): Through knowledge and understanding, students will be able to:  Understand the nature and operation of Computer Graphics. Through intellectual skills, students will be able to:

349

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

   

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Recognize and apply appropriate theories, principles and concepts relevant to the Computer Graphics. Analyze and interpret information from a variety of sources relevant to Computer Graphics. Develop a reasoned argument to the solution of familiar and unfamiliar problems relevant to Computer Graphics. Appraise some of the current and emerging issues within the Computer Graphics sector and debate the potential benefits.

Through professional and practical skills, students will be able to:  Plan, design and execute practical activities using techniques and procedures appropriate to Computer Graphics. Through general and transferable skills, students will be able to:  Solve problems relevant to Computer Graphics using ideas and techniques some of which are at the forefront of the discipline.  Develop the ability to self-appraise and reflect on practice relevant to Computer Graphics. Course Calendar / Schedule STAGE NUMBER

STAGE LABEL & DESCRIPTION

DATE OF COMPLETION AND SUBMISSION

1

User Interface Basics (Transformation & Control Navigation Buttons)

02/02/2017

2

Furniture Modeling Using Geometric Modeling

16/02/2017

3

Advanced Geometric Modeling

23/02/2017

4

Spline based Modeling 1

02/03/2017

5

Spline based Modeling 2

09/03/2017

6

Classical Facades Modeling & Daylight (Spline Based Modeling)

16/03/2017

7

Exam

23/03/2017

8 9

Landscape Modeling and rendering Using Daylight (Interior & Exterior) Interior Rendering 2 (Living Room) Artificial Lighting Using Mentalray

30/03/2017 06/04/2017

10

Spring Easter Vacation

13/04/2017

11

Interior Rendering 1 (Living Room) Materials Using Mentalray

20/04/2017

12

Exam (Final Project Submission)

27/04/2017

13

Final Layout Panel Design

04/05/2017

14

Photoshop (Rendering Plans and Elevations)

11/05/2017

15

Final Exam

As Scheduled

Note: Alterations to the above plan and timetable are possible according to the actual progress of work and assessment as monitored by the course teaching staff. Therefore, interim submissions and evaluation could be required and their outcome communicated to the students to provide them with further guidance.

Course Policies The course is delivered through lectures, tutorials, site visits, seminars, directed reading, videos, computer assisted learning, research-based teaching materials and methods, problem-based learning scenarios including

350

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

coursework assignments, projects, workshops. Exposure to the Execution Design environment and related projects are an important aspect of the teaching and learning methods. General Policies:  Students should respect the general instructions given by the course staff.  Attendance percentage should be above 80%, otherwise attendance warnings would be issued.  Avoid plagiarism, the penalty of a plagiarism is cancelling your project / assignment.  The lecture starts from Thursday 12:00 to 13:50 and the studio work starts from 14:00 to 15:50. Course Policies:  Each student should create an A1 portfolio contains: Final Project and the Weekly submissions.  Each student should create an A4 portfolio contains: Course outline: (Lecture Titles, list of references, and Assignments Titles) - Research briefs – Researches – Reports.  Each student should attend the theoretical and analytical lectures which help him in class and home work.  Training students for continuous learning by provide each lecture’s slide with references.  Each student should make a report for the site visit to evaluate understanding which completes the theoretical information taken in lectures, and present the real construction application for students. Evaluation

ASSES NO.

TYPE

1

User Interface Basics (Transformation & Control Navigation Buttons)

2

Advanced Geometric Modeling

2

Spline based Modeling

3

Midterm Exam

4

5

6

TO ASSESS

START WEEK NO.

SUBM. WEEK NO.

SUBM. DATE

intellectual qualities and professional skills

1

3

02/02/2017

05.0%

3

5

23/02/2017

05.0%

5

7

09/03/2017

05.0%

7

7

23/03/2017

10.0%

intellectual qualities and professional skills intellectual qualities and professional skills intellectual qualities and professional skills

WEIGHTING OF ASSES.

60%

Classical Facades Modeling & Daylight (Spline Based Modeling)

intellectual qualities and professional skills

7

9

23/03/2017

07.5%

Interior Rendering 2 (Living Room) Artificial Lighting Using Mentalray

knowledge base and intellectual qualities

9

11

06/04/2017

07.5%

intellectual qualities and professional skills

11

13

20/04/2017

07.5%

Photoshop (Rendering Plans and Elevations)

351

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

ASSES NO. 7

8

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

TYPE Project RevisionFinal Submission Final Exam -Oral Examination-

TO ASSESS intellectual qualities and professional skills knowledge base, professional skills and transferable skills Total

START WEEK NO.

SUBM. WEEK NO.

SUBM. DATE

13

14

04/05/2017

12.5%

15

15

As Scheduled

40.0%

WEIGHTING OF ASSES.

40%

100%

Library Resources & Support Services Course Notes: 3D Studio Max Help / Adobe Photoshop Help. Essential Books (Textbooks): Murdock K. 3Ds Max 2012 Bible, Wiley Publishing Inc., 2011. Daylay L. & Daylay B., Adobe Photoshop cs5 Bible, Wiley Publishing Inc., 2010. Recommended Books: Gerhard M. & Harpper J., Mastering Autodesk 3ds Max Design 2011, Focal Press, 2010.

352

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

INTD 304 – Inter. Exec. Design & Detail I BASIC INFORMATION Course Title: Interior Execution Design and Detail I Code: INTD304 Hours Lecture: 1 Prerequisites: INTD303 Academic Year 2017 -2018 / Level: 2nd Specialization: Interior Design.

Tutorial: 4 Year: 2017/2018

Credit: 3 Term :Spring

29- COURSE DESCRIPTION AND OVERALL AIMS: Principles of preparing a complete portfolio of working drawings. Application of a project initially designed by the student. Principles of producing integrated and detailed working drawings. Analysis and applications of standards, material review and selection, execution detailing and documentation. Being familiar with typical symbols, and expression methods & tools in execution design drawings going through the experience of presenting a legible drawing set containing appropriate information for construction. Managing such drawing set to make drawing and sheets referencing system and ensures details compatibility The course is mainly concerned with inducing and vitalizing intellectual, mental, logic assembling thinking capabilities of students concerning the construction industry. -

Within this overall aim, the course strives to enable students to:



Demonstrate theoretical knowledge and have practical skills and personal attributes and competencies that will be required for Execution and details.



Understand analytical, developmental, legal, managerial, technical and mechanical principles that relate to Execution and details.



Have an appropriate balance between the vocational skills necessary for immediate employment in Execution and details and the more fundamental principles necessary for further study.



Develop the academic abilities and personal characteristics required to solve problems relevant to Execution and details also develop drawing skills to be able to express it.



Cultivate a professional attitude and develop skills relation to communication, teamwork, project planning and management, and responsibility for individual learning.



Demonstrate an ability to initiate and sustain in-depth research relevant to Execution and details.



Have an opportunity to put theory into practice via work-based learning.

30- INTENDED LEARNING OUTCOMES OF THE COURSE (ILO): (iii) Through knowledge and understanding, students will be able to: (iii 1) -

Understand the nature and operations of Execution and details;

(iii 2) -

Demonstrate familiarity with theories and concepts used in the Execution and details.

(iii 3) -

Understand the domestic and international nature and dimensions of Execution and details.

(iii 4) -

Discuss the structure and organization of the public and private sectors of the Execution and details;

(iii 5) -

Understand the factors which influence the development of organizations operating in the Execution and details and the most appropriate ways to manage this development.

353

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

(iii 6) -

Identify the steps required to carry out a piece of research on a topic within Execution and details.

(iii 7) -

Demonstrate an understanding of the contribution and impacts of the Execution and details in social, economic, environmental and cultural terms.

(jjj) Through intellectual skills, students will be able to: (jjj 1) -

Recognize and apply appropriate theories, principles and concepts relevant to the Execution and details;

(jjj 2) -

Critically assess and evaluate the literature within Execution and detail.

(jjj 3) -

Analyze and interpret information from a variety of sources relevant to Execution and details.

(jjj 4) -

Exercise appropriate judgment in selecting and presenting information using various methods relevant to Execution and details.

(jjj 5) -

Develop a reasoned argument to the solution of familiar and unfamiliar problems relevant to Execution and details.

(jjj 6) -

Appraise some of the current and emerging issues within the Execution and details sector and debate the potential benefits.

(kkk) Through professional and practical skills, students will be able to: (kkk 1) -

Plan, design and execute practical activities using techniques and procedures appropriate to Execution and details.

(kkk 2) -

Plan, design, record, execute and communicate a piece of independent research using Execution and details media and techniques;

(kkk 3) -

Recognize moral, ethical and safety issues which are pertinent to Execution and details.

(kkk 4) -

Respond to change within the external and internal Execution and details environments.

(lll) Through general and transferable skills, students will be able to: (lll 1) -

Develop appropriate effective written and oral communication skills relevant to Execution and details.

(lll 2) -

Demonstrate the ability to work effectively as part of a group, involving leadership, group dynamics and interpersonal skills such as listening, negotiation and persuasion relevant to Execution and details.

(lll 3) -

Use organization skills (including task and time management) relevant to Execution and details both individually and in a group situation;

(lll 4) -

Solve problems relevant to Execution and details using ideas and techniques some of which are at the forefront of the discipline;

(lll 5) -

Develop the ability to self-appraise and reflect on practice relevant to Execution and details.

31- COURSE OUTLINE: WEEK 1 2 3

STAGE LABEL & DESCRIPTION REVISION ON PREREQUISITES : (BUILDING SYSTEM & INTERIOR MATERIALS & SPECIFICATIONS). PROJECT 1 (P1) – SHEET 1 (P1-01). CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLISHING PLAN WITH ALL ANNOTATIONS AND DIMENSIONS. PROJECT 1 (P1) – SHEET 2 (P1-02). CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLISHING PLAN WITH ALL ANNOTATIONS AND DIMENSIONS & INTERIOR EXECUTION DETAILS.

354

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

PROJECT 1 (P1) – SHEET 3 (P1-03). CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLISHING PLAN WITH ALL ANNOTATIONS, DIMENSIONS & INTERIOR EXECUTION DETAILS. - TILING PLAN WITH ALL ANNOTATIONS, DIMENSIONS & INTERIOR EXECUTION DETAILS. & INSTALLATION.

4

-

WALL CLADDING WITH EXECUTION DETAILS & INSTALLATION.

PROJECT 1 (P1) – SHEET 4 (P1-04). HARD WOOD DOOR WITH ALL DIMENSIONS, EXECUTION DETAILS & INSTALLATION. PROJECT 1 (P1) – SHEET 5 (P1-05). ELECTRICAL AND LIGHTING PLAN WITH ALL ANNOTATIONS, DIMENSIONS & EXECUTION DETAILS & INSTALLATION.

5 6 7

WEEK 7 EXAM – EXECUTION INTERIOR DETAIL DRAWING PROJECT.

8

PROJECT 1 (P1) – SHEET 6 (P1-06). SANITARY AND H.V.A.C. PLAN WITH ALL ANNOTATIONS, DIMENSIONS & INTERIOR EXECUTION DETAILS.

9

PROJECT 2 (P2) – SHEET 1 (P2-01). STAIR DETAIL WITH ALL ANNOTATIONS, DIMENSIONS & INTERIOR EXECUTION DETAILS..

10 11

PROJECT 2 (P2) – SHEET 2 (P2-02). REVISION ON ALL PREVIOUS INSTALLATIONS & INTERIOR EXECUTION DETAILS TO BE APPLIED ON THE NEW PROJECT.

12

WEEK 12 EXAM – EXECUTION INTERIOR DETAIL DRAWING PROJECT. ORGANIZE ALL THE DETAILS AND DRAWINGS WITH ALL DIMENSIONS AND ANNOTATIONS & INTERIOR EXECUTION DETAILS. COURSE REVISION AND DISCUSSION. CONTINUING COURSE REVISION AND DISCUSSION. SUBMITTING THE FINAL PORTFOLIO.

13 14

4- TEACHING AND LEARNING METHODS: The course is delivered through lectures, tutorials with rubrics, seminars, directed reading, videos, computer assisted learning, laboratories, case studies and experimental learning, research-based teaching materials and methods, problem-based learning scenarios including coursework assignments, projects, research paper, workshops. Exposure to the EXECUTION AND DETAILS environment and related projects are an important aspect of the teaching and learning methods.

Asses No.

Type

To Assess

Start Week No.

Subm. Week No.

Weighting of Asses.

7 main plans with all dimensions and annotations With different structural materials

Qualities and Professional Skills

2

Working on all the details that are existing in the main plan

Qualities and Professional Skills

6

6

10%

3

7th Week Exam

Total Assessment

7

7

10%

4

Sections, stair details and bathroom details

Qualities and Professional Skills

8

11

10%

1

1

6 10% 30%

30%

355

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

with all annotations and dimensions 5

12th Week Exam

Total Assessment

12

12

10%

6

Final revision Project & portfolio

Qualities and Professional Skills

13

14

10%

8

(ssss)

Oral Exam - Jury

40%

Total

100%

Course Notes:

Lectures' handouts (tttt) List of references & Recommended Books: -

-

Kilmer, W. Otie. (2009). Construction Drawings and Details for Interiors: Basic Skills. Second edition. New Jersey: John Wiley & Sons, Inc. (BAU Library: 729 K. C.) Francis D.K. Ching, Corky Bingggeli. (2012). Interior Design Illustrated. Third Edition. New Jersey: John Wiley & Sons, Inc. (BAU Library: 729 C. I.) Plunkett D. (2010). Construction and Detailing for Interior Design. London: Laurence King Publishing. (BAU Library 729 P.C.) Winkel S.R., Collins, D.S., Juroszek, S.P. (2010). Residential Building Codes Illustrated: A Guide to Understanding the 2009 International Residential Code. New Jersey: John Wiley & Sons, Inc. (BAU Library: 690.0218 W.R.) Ching, F.D.K., Winkel, S.R. (2003). Building Codes Illustrated: A Guide to Understanding the International Building Code. New Jersey: John Wiley & Sons, Inc. (BAU Library: 690.218 C.F.) Chudley, R. & Greeno, R. (2010). Building Construction Handbook. 8th edition. Oxford: ButterworthHeinemann. (BAU Library 690 C.B.) Ching, Francis. (2008). Building Construction Illustrated. Fourth Edition. New Jersey: John Wiley & Sons, Inc. (BAU Library: 624.1771 C.B.) Francis D. K. Ching; Barry Onouye; Douglas Zuberbuhler. (2014). Building Structures Illustrated : Patterns, Systems, And Design. Second Edition. New Jersey: John Wiley & Sons, Inc. (BAU Library: 624.1771 C.B.)

Course Instructor: Dr. Nael AlSarrag

Program coordinator: Dr. Hisham El-Arnaouty

Dean of Faculty: Prof. Dr. Ibtihal El- Bastawissi

356

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

BEIRUT ARAB UNIVERSITY FACULTY OF ARCHITECTURE-DESIGN & BUILT ENVIRONMENT DESIGN PROGRAMS FALL SEMESTER 2016/2017

INTD306 – TEXTILE & FURNISHING MATERIALS

Course Code / Title: INTD306 Textile & Furnishing Materials

Credits: 3

Instructor: Course Hours: 3 Hours/Week

Course Duration: 14 weeks

Academic Semester: 4th

Semester:

Module Info: Mandatory course (3hr lectures) Location: Time: Course Objectives

This course gives students a broad understanding of textiles and their usage in interior environment. Topics include textile design, fibers, methods of weaving, dyeing, finishes and trims, flammability, consumer protection, specification of textiles for residential and non-residential end-users, and designer responsibility as related to consumer health, safety and welfare. 1.

To develop and stimulate the creative abilities of candidates and to give them the opportunity to respond to design through exploration of materials and processes

2.

To promote an awareness of design and to develop aesthetic appreciation and originality

3.

To foster an appreciation of the physical, social, emotional, intellectual and aesthetic needs of people and to study ways by which various aspects of Textiles and Design can contribute to achieve these needs

4.

To develop taste and appreciation of quality and suitability of fabric

5.

To increase awareness and effective response to the impact of technological changes and the growth of scientific knowledge

6.

To encourage candidates to become discerning consumers able to find and evaluate information as a basis for making informed choices

7.

To develop the knowledge and skills required for the effective and safe organization and management of relevant resources related to textile industry in Lebanon

8.

To develop an awareness of the impact of textiles on the environment

9.

To develop knowledge and competence in practical skills

10. To foster a critical and analytical approach to decision making and problem solving Learning Activities

357

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment



Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Develop a working knowledge of vocabulary related to textiles, and identify their appropriate applications and performance



Understand sustainable fabrics and LEED rating



Identify the role of interior designer in selecting textiles



Understand the environmental impact of textiles



Gain knowledge of fiber sources, creation of yarns and various methods of fabric construction



Develop an understanding of dyeing, printing, finishing processes



Identify and classify textiles according to their yarns and weaves



Understand the applications of textiles in residential and contract contexts



(upholstery, window treatment, wall covering and floor carpetry)



Select textiles provided with technical, aesthetical and practical knowledge



Understand manufacturing processes of textiles, and the transformation of raw fibers before reaching end-user



Understand textiles maintenance and treatments



Understand, define and grasp key terms as well as principles, concepts and theories involved in the textile industry.

Course Outline The course addresses the following topics: WEEK 1 2 3

STAGE LABEL & DESCRIPTION Introduction to course content, structure, rule and regulations The fundamentals of Textiles for Interiors: The Interior Textile Industry Selecting and evaluating textiles for interiors The fundamentals of Textiles for Interiors: Fiber classification and properties

4

The fundamentals of Textiles for Interiors: Textile Fibers

5

The fundamentals of Textiles for Interiors: Textile yarns and yarn-like Structures

6

The fundamentals of Textiles for Interiors: Fabricating textiles for interiors: weaving and other techniques

358

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

WEEK 7 8

9

10

11

12

13 14

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

STAGE LABEL & DESCRIPTION 1st Exam: Quizz + project 1 presentation (Overview on Textile Design nowadays, designers and innovations) The fundamentals of Textiles for Interiors: Textile colorants, color perception and color application Converting interior textile greige goods (general overview) The fundamentals of Textiles for Interiors: Interior textile product labeling and fire Upholstered Furniture Coverings and Fillings: Construction Features of Upholstered Furniture Upholstered Furniture Coverings and Fillings: Upholstery coverings, evaluation and maintenance Window and Wall Coverings: Window treatments selection criteria Window and Wall Coverings: Window treatments styles Project 2 presentation Window and Wall Coverings: Window treatments Coverings and Linings, Evaluation and maintenance Coverings for walls and panels Soft floor covering selection criteria Textile Innovations Today (quick overview) Final Exam

359

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Evaluation ASSES NO.

TYPE

TO ASSESS

START WEEK NO.

SUBM. WEEK NO.

1

Individual exercise

Applicaton of Knowledge

2

7

Knowledge to date

7

7

Professional Application Knowledge to date Professional Application in class

8 10

9 12

13

13

General course knowledge

14

14

3 4

Individual Written exam Group Individual

5

Group

6

Individual Written Exam

2

SUBM. DATE

WEIGHTING OF ASSES.

FINAL

Total

100%

100%

List of References Course Notes: One Field Trip to a local Textile supplier and/or a professional intervention in-house may apply, in coordination with the Administration Essential Books (Textbooks): Willbanks, Oxford, Miller (2015). Textiles for Residential and Commercial Interiors. Bloomsbury. Recommended Books:

Course Instructor:

Art & Design Programs Coordinator: Dr. Hisham El-Arnaouty Dean of the Faculty:

Date:

Prof. Dr. Ibtihal El-Bastawissi

360

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment BEIRUT ARAB UNIVERSITY FACULTY OF ARCHITECTURE DESIGN PROGRAMS FALL SEMESTER 2016/2017

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

INTD308 LIGHTING DESIGN Course Code / Title: INTD308-Lighting Design

Credits: 3

Instructor: Course Hours: 3 Hours/Week

Course Duration: 14 Weeks

Academic Semester:

Semester:

Module Info: Mandatory Course (3hr Lectures) Location: Time: Course Objectives

This Course focuses on the fundamentals of light: its sources, variations, quality, design implications, product variations, technologies and cost/benefits. Students learn how to integrate appropriate lighting choices, from both technical and aesthetic perspectives, covering the four function of light: task, accent, decorative and ambient. Lighting for the specific sectors of built environments (residential, retail, corporate, etc.) is discussed and evaluated as an imperative creative design feature and form-maker. 1- To analyze the visual requirements of any specified visual task, identify the aspects of lighting important for its performance, and make appropriate lighting recommendations. 2- To promote Lighting as an aid to perception of detail, form, color, texture, and surface finish; lighting as part of the physical environment; expectations; mood; positive and negative affect; impacts on behavior. 3- To explore the role of light in architecture and its application by design. 4- To conceive, evaluate, and synthesize solutions that contribute to successful lighting and architectural design. 5- To develop the skills required to interact with the client and to design, present, communicate, and implement lighting systems. 6- To establish appropriate lighting criteria for efficient space utilization, task performance, and energy utilization. 7- To develop designed illumination and lighting control systems, including fixture selection and design, and light source selection.

361

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

8- To conduct lighting evaluations and calculations. 9- To express the desired design in concrete architectural drawings. 10- To develop a sense of professionalism and leadership.

Learning Activities



Understand the principles of lighting design. Concepts, symbols, units, nomenclature and equipment.



Apply Lighting theory and principles to various interior environments.



Determine the function of the space and the visual tasks to be performed.



Determine required light levels for interior design subjects.



Select appropriate lamps and luminaries for interior design subjects.



Determine the appropriate number and location of luminaries



Document lighting designs utilizing a reflected ceiling plan.



Determine how the lights in a space will be switched.



Design custom light fixtures.



Work cooperatively with others, in team and group exercises.



Locate and critically analyze information pertaining to particular lighting questions and issues



Review, synthesize, and communicate the essentials of such information to an interested audience



Understand and design lighting appropriate to specific locations, cultures, and objectives



Develop visual and oral communications skills including presentations, computer visualizations, and other graphic presentations



Understand and practice integrating research, evaluation, and design in design decisionmaking



Broaden their understanding of cultural and economic implications of design decisions



Develop teamwork skills

362

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Course Outline The course addresses the following topics: WEEK 1 2 3 4

STAGE LABEL & DESCRIPTION Introduction to course content, structure, rule and regulations Light as Energy – Natural and Artificial Measurement of Light Natural Light

5

Artificial Light

6

Impact of finishing materials on Lighting use

7

1st Exam

8

Lamp Types (LED, Incadescent, …)

9

Lighting Design Industry and Lighting Designers

10

Architectural Drawings: Reflected Ceiling and EL plans

11

Effects of Lighting Design in Interiors

12

2nd Exam

13

Computer Software Simulation (Dialux and similar)

14

Final Exam

363

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Evaluation ASSES NO.

TYPE

TO ASSESS

START WEEK NO.

SUBM. WEEK NO.

SUBM. DATE

1

Individual exercise

Applicaton of Knowledge

2

7

March 17th

2

Individual Written exam

Knowledge to date

7

7

March 17th

3

Group

Professional Application

8

9

4

Individual

Knowledge to date

10

12

5

Group

Professional Application in class

13

13

May 5th

6

Individual Written Exam

General course knowledge

14

14

FINAL

WEIGHTING OF ASSES.

March 31st April 21st

Total

100%

100%

List of References Course Notes:

One Field Trip to a local Lighting supplier and/or a professional intervention in-house may apply, in coordination with the Administration Essential Books (Textbooks):

Randall McMullan (2002). Environmental Science in Building. Palgrave. Egan,Olgyay (2002). Architectural Lighting, Mc Graw Hill. Kilmer (2016). Construction Drawings and Details for Interiors. Wiley. Recommended Books:

Course Instructor:

Design Programs Coordinator: Dr. Hisham El-Arnaouty Dean of the Faculty:

Date:

Prof. Dr. Ibtihal El-Bastawissi

364

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

INTD404. Interior Design Professional Practice and Ethics BASIC INFORMATION

Course Title: Interior Design Professional Practice and Ethics Code: INTD404 Hours: 3 Lecture: 3 Studio: 0 Prerequisites: No prerequisites Academic Year / Level: Third / Level 6 Year: 2016-2017 Specialization: Interior Design

Credit: 3 Term: Spring

1- COURSE OBJECTIVES: The teaching approach of this course encourages critical thinking and cooperative learning, as well as independence and self-teaching, since these are necessary skills for working in an interior design professional. Students learn professional communication through writing resumes and letters of application for job. They gain technological competence through internet search of interior design firms, and through the use of e-mail and word processing. The course builds critical thinking and problem solving abilities through project management exercices. Students gain professional competence as they learn the language, procedures, and traditions of practice. 12- Understand the profession & the role of the professional interior designer. 13- Understand the Careers options for interior designer& exposure to challenges in the domain. 14- Understand how to promote his/her services; develop clientele and how to handle the first meeting and client interview. 15- Augment student knowledge about interior designer's professional ethics. 16- Understand the importance of ethics in business practice. 17- Apply knowledge about the performance about business formations. 18- Identify the major ways to form a business and the essential counsel necessary in setting a business. 19- Apply knowledge about the performance & business organization & management of interior design projects. 20- Understand the importance of keeping job/project folders for reference. 21- Increase design skills through applying knowledge about preparing full & detailed schematic design & contracts. 22- Augment student knowledge about interior designer's legal responsibilities. 23- Understand determining design offers & supervision fees. 24- Understand and apply the range of discounts and methods of establishing a fee basis. 25- Improve critical thinking skills and judgment in problem identification and problem solving, and in effective information gathering, client, project research, and in analysis skills. 26- Understand the importance of goal and decision-making process, time management and time keeping skills. 27- Promote awareness and understanding about product pricing considerations & offers presented to the clients. 28- Deepen students’ ability to communicate effectively through contract documents & specifications. 29- Understand marketing & promoting interior design practice. 30- Understand the different ways of working with different trade sources.

365

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

31- Further understanding and knowledge of project management techniques. 32- Boost awareness of the relationship between interior design and the environment, the community, the local & international business demands & skills, and to the economy and activities in Lebanon & other targeted regions around the world. 33- Understand what sustainable design practices are and the impact of sustainable design. 2- LEARNING ACTIVITIES:

First phase: (Researches) -

Launching a career in the interior design profession as a professional.

-

The fundamentals of interior design profession.

-

Resume & professional portfolio.

-

Career opportunities in interior design.

-

Attaining an entry-level position in interior design career and working requirements in an interior design firm and personal management strategies and professional ethics.

-

Professional administrative practices and legal responsibilities.

-

Long-term client relationship, project responsibilities, and management skills in the total design projects process.

-

Client relations: Contracts & presentations.

Second phase: (Research development – Virtual project analysis, contracts, drawings, BOQ, offers, approvals, and studies) – group work. -

Detailed interior design professional practice and ethics virtual project & researches:

-

Client & project management strategies.

-

Schematic design & design development. (Based on the group project).

-

Project B.O.Q & cost analysis.

-

Contract brief, Avant project/ schematic design Details & drawings.

-

Relationships and the project management plan.

-

Design development & decisions, programing, and items/ activities coding.

-

Owning and operating and interior design business based on group project experience.

-

Green business management plan for a sustainable residential place. (Based on group the project demands)

-

Professional documents & forms for schematic & detailed drawings submissions, and client required amendments.

-

Contract approval, project details/ schematic design Details & drawings, BOQ and offers, and project management planning final schedule.

-

Relationships and the project management plan update.

-

Design development based on client final approval.

-

Presenting each step of the previous tasks in a formal presentation (both printed and oral) that will be evaluated.

366

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

3- COURSE OUTLINE: Week No. 1

Lecture

 Introduction about interior Design Professional Practice and Ethics and the course objectives.  Exploring the fundamentals & values of interior design profession.  Defining the interior design profession.

Week No. 2

Lecture

      

Week No. 3

Lecture

 Professional business responsibilities.  Personal management strategies & professional ethics.  Multidisciplinary collaboration and virtual teamwork rules & ethics.

Week No. 4

Lecture

    

Week No. 5

Lecture

 Professional compensation & fees.  Determining compensation & fees.  General accounting & administrative practice.

Week No. 6

Lecture

 Enhancing the log-term client relationships & project responsibilities.  Client relations: Interpersonal communication & appointments.  Client relations: Contracts & presentations.  Project management skills: (Elements, strategies, resources, and process).  Integrated design process.  Client & project management strategies: (Predesign & programing).

Week No. 7

Lecture

 (Written exam).

Career opportunities in interior design. Types of interior design firms. Design practice specializations & nontraditional opportunities. Career portfolios & networking strategies. Resumes and traditional digital design portfolios Job search plan & strategizing opportunities. Interviews & negotiations a position.

International & local business practices. Collaboration, ventures, and logistics. Business cultural dimensions: (Attitudes, values, and beliefs). Intercultural business communication styles. Intercultural business protocols: (Meetings, negotiations, and socializing).

367

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Week No. 8

Lecture

 Client & project management strategies: (Schematic design & design development.  Client & project management strategies: (Contract documents, offers & BOQ's, and contract administration).

Week No. 9

Lecture

    

Week No. 10

Lecture

 Group project work update & professional discussions.  Client & project management strategies: (Schematic design & design development. (Based on the group project).

Week No. 11

Lecture

Projects seminar (Collaborative learning) – Contract brief, Avant projet/ schematic design Details & drawings. – Relationships and the project management plan. – Design development & decisions, programing, and items/ activities coding. (Every group should talk about his part).

Week No. 12

Lecture

Week No. 13

Lecture

Week No. 14

Lecture

Owning & operating an interior design business. Interior design business requirements. Business plan & outline of key elements in a business plan. Market analysis and competition. Group virtual professional project for a residential place (3 groups).



Owning, operating, and interior design business based on group project experience.  Green business management plan for a sustainable residential place. (Based on group the project demands)  Professional documents & forms for schematic & detailed drawings submissions, and client required amendments. Projects seminar (Collaborative learning) – Contract approval, project details/ schematic design Details & drawings, BOQ and offers, and project management planning final schedule. – Relationships and the project management plan update. – Design development based on client final approval. (Every group should talk about his part).  Revision Final projects submission. Seminar for all groups. (3 group's presentation). Portfolio submission. (individual work) Final Written Exam.

4- TEACHING AND LEARNING METHODS: The course is delivered through lectures, research-based teaching materials and methods, and problem-based learning scenarios through lectures. In addition to lectures, the information reinforced through including coursework (in class exercises) &assignments related to project management and fee calculations, Group discussions compare and contrast international & local business procedures & practices, and exposure to the interior design professional practice and ethics and to related important aspects of the teaching and learning methods.

368

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

The students learning responsibilities is to explore through:  Essential handbook.  Online research information.  Internship experience.  Contacting manufacturer's representatives and suppliers.  Reading catalog and pricelist information.  How to stay up-to-dated by magazines and periodicals.  Interpretation and discussions skills.  Observation, listening & enhancing professional experience.  Self-continuous development.  Act as professional interior designer with a lot of self-confidence based on great care of client, public, colleagues, and work professional ethics. Technology component:  Students enhance their internet skills through online research of major design firms. Students use word processing, Photoshop, Autocad, 3Dmax, sketchup, and Indesign or similar to create personal marketing and job search materials. Special projects/activities:  Students create an application letter, resume, and a professional portfolio. 5- STUDENT ASSESSMENT METHODS, SCHEDULE AND GRADING: Asses No. 1

2

3

Start Week Subm. Week No. No.

Type

To Assess

-Researches -Oral discussions. -Written exam.

- Knowledge and understanding, intellectual skills.

2

Project discussion & seminar.

- Knowledge and understanding, professional and practical skills,

9

11

-Final virtual group Project demo. -Student professional Portfolio.

- Knowledge and understanding, general and transferable skills. Collaborative different students base learning methods.

12

14

-Written Exam.

- Final written Exam.

-

-

8

Subm. Date From 20% From 10%

From

30%

4

Total

TBA

40%

100%

100%

6- LIST OF REFERENCES: (uuuu) Essential books (textbooks): Susan M.Winchip, (2013, 1nd edition). Professional Practice For Interior Designers In The Global Marketplace, New York, Fairchild Books, Bloomsbury Publishing Inc. (vvvv) Recommended Textbooks: Christine M. Piotrowski, FASID, IIDA. (2014, 5nd edition). Professional Practice For Interior Designers, NJ, John Wiley & Sons.

369

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Gordon T. Kendall, Heidi Painchaud. (2016, 2nd edition). Designing Your Business: Professional Practice For Interior Designers, Bloomsbury Publishing Inc. (wwww) Supplemental materials: Instructor provides handouts for business practices specific to local customs & traditions. (xxxx) Supplemental online materials: Instructor provides a list of suitable, contemporary web sites appropriate for the topics they teach, including local & regional design & architectural firms, and professional organizations. Course Instructor: Assistant Prof - Dr. Nael AlSarrag

Design Program Coordinator: Associate Prof - Dr. Hisham El-Arnaouty

Date: 31-01-2017

Dean of Faculty: Prof - Dr. Ibtehal El-Bastawissi

370

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

INTD405 – Furniture Design BASIC INFORMATION Course Title: INTERIOR DESIGN STUDIO II Code: INTD 301 Hours: 5 Lecture: 1 Prerequisites: INTD202 Academic Year / Level: Third Year Specialization: Interior Design

Tutorial: 4

Credit: 3

Year: 2017/2018

Term: Fall

1-COURSE OBJECTIVES:



This course intends to equip students with basic knowledge and skills to work with the complex mix of technical, functional and aesthetical characteristics that is furniture design.



It familiarizes the students with theoretical aspects of furniture design, various materials for furniture making and respective crafting skills.



This knowledge shall then be applied to develop one piece of furniture from its very first idea-stage to a finished object, that complies to a given class assignment as well as to a contemporary design approach.



This course incorporates the study of the history and design of residential and commercial furniture.



The components of this course focus on advanced application of design theories and principles in the creation of furniture, as well as the specification of furniture in interior design projects.



Establish and demonstrate the specific function and social use of furniture & ergonomics and anthropometrics.



Develop the form, spatial organization and typological orders of furniture.



Demonstrate a working knowledge of famous furniture designers, their designs, and their concepts.



Applying a variety of furniture design theories.



Develop a specific process for the design development of furniture.



Be able to justify the appropriate materials and their application to furniture.



Be familiar with various fabrication processes used in the furniture industry.



Be familiar to apply furniture design theories and concepts into their own unique designs.



Be able to justify the appropriate furniture for various interior spaces.



Create and review shop drawings.



Develop creative ways to solve the problems of a given design-brief using a variety of strategies of the field.



Conceptualize a design-solution through a variety of stages and develop the craftsmanship to produce the furniture designed.



Understand and apply principles of mechanics and ergonomics and functionality in the own designwork.



Extend practice of applying design principles of different types of furniture to concept development and design analysis through standards of professional practice.

371

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

2- LEARNING ACTIVITIES: 1- The researches, projects and exercises in this course will begin with explicit descriptions of the ergonomics, anthropometrics, standards, requirements and priorities. 2- Research furniture styles, famous designers and important different movements. 3- Conduct ongoing professional research in furniture design based on technology knowledge. 4- Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices. 5- Research and select furniture materials and technology. 6- Produce ideation drawings. 7- The student-designer is responsible to study the problem statement and ask questions of the professor in order to glean the essential goals, boundaries and requirements of the problem. 8- Accept and respond to feedback, and use feedback as an opportunity to improve .professional knowledge and skills. 9- Active listening and critical thinking are necessary. In most cases, problem conditions leave ample latitude for creative solutions. 10- Some exercises emphasize technical skills of furniture design solutions.. 11- Other projects emphasize creative/expressive concerns. With identifying and understanding the varied goals and demands, to create the appropriate furniture for various interior spaces. 12- Evaluate furniture design proposals and concepts and Collaborate on design concepts and ideas with other colleagues. 13- Identify shortfalls in knowledge and undertake research or training to fill gaps. 14- Assess competencies in meeting job requirements.

3- COURSE OUTLINE: 1st Week:

 Introduction to the course and studio.

2nd Week:

 Exemplary Furniture Design: - History of furniture. - Typology of furniture. - Important furniture designers.

3rd Week:

 Introduction to Principles and Concepts of Furniture Design: - Anthropometrics. - Ergonomics. - Joinery & other integrated materials.  Group researches about 8 famous furniture designers, (each group will select 2 designers).

 Researches about anthropometrics & ergonomics.  Case study of selected different type of chairs. 4rd Week:

 Furniture Design Practice: - Professional sketching. - Concept & ergonomics analysis.

372

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

- (Technical) drafting. - Analogue and virtual model-building. - Production in the workshop.  Developing group researches about famous furniture designers.

 Developing researches about anthropometrics & ergonomics.  Handover of the selected different type of chairs case study. 5th Week:

 Analysis and study of furniture working details – (wood joints – joints & assembly).  Study of furniture working details – (Upholstery).  Handover of anthropometrics & ergonomics researches.  Handover of famous furniture designers group researches.

6th Week:

 Function and Social Use of Furniture in commercial spaces (coffee shop).  Form, Spatial Organizations, and Typological Orders of Furniture in commercial spaces (coffee shop).

 Furniture case studies (Table, Chair & Service table). 7th Week:

 Exam – (oral & written) - Written exam on researches – (LEED v4 CI , IAQ) or (Famous Furniture designers). - Oral exam on data & standards of commercial Furniture design – (Coffee shop).

8th Week:

 Developing Furniture case studies (Table, Chair & Service table).

9th Week:

 Handover of Furniture case studies (Table, Chair & Service table).  Function and Social Use of a selected bespoke ergonomic piece of furniture.

10th Week:

 Furniture case studies: Group research of a residential space – (Small house). - Design process of the living room Furniture - 4 pieces of furniture (sofa, center table + chair, side table). - Design process of the dining room Furniture - 4 pieces of furniture (table, chair + buffet, niche). - Design process of the bedroom Furniture - 4 pieces of furniture (bed, night stand + wardrobe, coiffeuse). - Design process of the office room Furniture - 4 pieces of furniture (stationary, partition + desk, drawer).

 Developing sketches & drawings of the bespoke ergonomic piece of furniture for making real prototypes for some of the Furniture. 11th Week:

 Developing of Furniture case studies: Group research of a residential space – (Small house).

 Handover of the bespoke ergonomic piece of furniture.  Research about different types 4 style of furniture in market.  Making real prototypes for some of the Furniture. 12th Week:

 Developing of Furniture case studies: Group research of a residential space – (Small house).

 Developing research about the different types of furniture in market.

373

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

13th Week:

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

 Handover of Furniture case studies: Group research of a residential space – (Small house).

 Seminar presentation - week 12 assessments. 14th Week:

 Handover of a research about the different types of furniture in market.  Final portfolios. Display of best items & general revision.  Delivering real prototypes for some of the Furniture.  Final written exam.

/01/2018

5- STUDENT ASSESSMENT METHODS, SCHEDULE AND GRADING: Asses No. 1

Type

To Assess

Oral & Written & researches presentations

- Student work according to the different student base learning methods.

Start Week Subm. Week No. No. 1

5

Subm. Date

Week 7 20% 20% 20%

2 Project 1

- Portfolio: project submission.

6

9

Week 9

Project 2

- Assignment.

9

11

Week 11

Project 3

- Portfolio: project submission - Furniture Prototype.

10

13

Week 13

10%

-

-

/01/2017

30%

100%

100%

3 4 5 Written Exam

- Showing knowledge based on different student base learning methods & different furniture design projects taught in course. Total

6- LIST OF REFERENCES: (yyyy)



Essential books (textbooks): Natale, Christopher. (2009). Furniture Design and Construction for the Interior Designer. New York: Fairchild Books.

(zzzz)Recommended Textbooks:  Ballast, David Kent. (2010). Interior Design Reference Manual. Belmont, CA: Professional Publications Inc.  Design Museum. (2010). How to design a Chair. London: Octopus Books.  Fiell, Charlotte and Peter. (2005). 1000 Chairs (Taschen 25). Italy: Benedict Taschen Verlag GmbH.  Glasgow, Andrew and Hemachandra, Ray. (2009). 500 Tables: Inspiring Interpretations of Function and Style. New York, NY: Lark Books.  Kim, Young-Yun and Thompson, Rob. (2011). Product and Furniture Design. London: Thames and Hudson.  McGowan, Maryrose. (2006). Specifying Interiors. Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley and Sons.

374

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment



Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Saville, Laurel and Stoddard, Brooke. (2008). Design Secrets: Furniture: 50 Real-Life Projects Uncovered. Minneapolis, MN: Rockport Publishers.

Course Instructor: Assistant Prof - Dr. Nael AlSarrag

Design Program Coordinator: Associate Prof - Dr. Hisham El-Arnaouty

Date: 20-06-2017

Dean of Faculty: Prof - Dr. Ibtehal El-Bastawissi

375

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Graphic Design Program Course Summary

Beirut Arab University FACULTY OF ARCHITECTURE –DESIGN & BUILT ENVIRONMENT – INTERIOR DESIGN PROGRAM FALL SEMESTER 2017/2018, STAGE FOUR

ARTD201.

DESIGN FUNDAMENTALS

Course Code / Title: ARTD 201 . DESIGN FUNDAMENTALS Instructors:

Credits: 4

Dr. Samer El Sayary Mrs. Farah El Zein Miss Roua Ghosh

Course Hours: 8 Hours/Week Academic Semester: 1ST

Course Duration: 15 Weeks Semester: Fall 2017/2018

Module Info: Mandatory Course (1hr. Lecture, 6 hrs. Studio) Location: First Year Studio – Floor B2 Time: Thursday

08:00 to 09:50 10:00 to 13:50

Course Description & Objectives

This design fundamentals course introduce ideas, methodologies, principles and skills that compromise a common knowledge base important to all disciplines that student should choose from later in the next semester. These fundamentals foster a multidisciplinary design experience among students and prepare them to move to the next level. Course work explores basic design elements and processes of visual communication, through exercises that improve visual and manual drawing skills. These exercises encompass format, line, pattern, proportion, scale, and texture, as well as interpretation of space (edge, perspective, dimension), and conceptualization. This course is intended to develop the following set of skills: 5. Acquired Knowledge: Demonstrate theoretical knowledge about: 1. The principles of art. 2. The elements of composition. 3. The pioneers of design and their schools of though. 4. The furniture types and dimensions and furnishing theories 5. The printed and non-printed graphical materials. 6. Intellectual Skills: The course develops the essential skills of thinking in the field of design fundamentals, like: 4. The critical thinking , 5. Deductive reasoning, 6. Develop the analytical skills essential for the student to start evaluating art principles hence working with and/or developing it. 7. Practice Skills: 6. Projection skills and Architectural drafting. 7. How to draw and understand orthographic projections.

376

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

8. Express intellectual meanings through artwork. 9. Learning how to express art through poster design and portfolio making 10. Mastering Physical Paper models as a of design development for both exploration and representation of an environment 8. Collaboration techniques: Collaboration and teamwork is highly encouraged to develop their communication skills and effective presentation to mimic real life situations through peer to peer discussions and criticism. Learning Activities The learning outcomes will include but not limited to theoretical lectures that will provide them with foundation to understand and apply the practice of Interior design. In addition, the Lab. Activities will be integrated with the course activities to provide the students with the professional practice they need to work and produce Proper design fundamentals documents. The lecturing Style include: 1.Direct lecturing. 2.Interaction through workshops and Site visits. 3.Using Digital learning media as youtube channel.  4.Practice through the Studio Hours.Course Calendar / Schedule STAGE NUMBER

STAGE LABEL & DESCRIPTION

DATE OF COMPLETION AND SUBMISSION

1

Basics of Geometric Drafting methods 1

5/09/2017

2

Basics of Geometric Drafting methods 2

19/9/2017

3

Art Principles 1

26/9/2017

4

Art Principles 2

3/10/2017

5

Art Principles 3

10/10/2017

6

Art Principles 4

17/10/2017

7

Project Revision- Final Submission

24/10/2017

8

Orthographic Projections

31/10/2017

9

Architectural drawing– Packaging Design – Pattern Making

7/11/2017

10

Model making

14/11/2017

11

Theories and Criteria of Residential design, Personal branding, Fabric textiles.

21/11/2017

12

Experimenting with light (Paper Art)

28/11/2017

13

Pioneers of Design ( Each major is specific )

5/12/2017

14

Sketching for design and design thinking

19/12/2017

15

Final Exam

As Scheduled

Note: Alterations to the above plan and timetable are possible according to the actual progress of work and assessment as monitored by the course teaching staff. Therefore, interim submissions and evaluation could be required and their outcome communicated to the students to provide them with further guidance.

Course Policies The course is delivered through lectures, tutorials, site visits, seminars, directed reading, videos, computer assisted learning, research-based teaching materials and methods, problem-based learning scenarios including

377

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

coursework assignments, projects, workshops. Exposure to the Execution Design environment and related projects are an important aspect of the teaching and learning methods. General Policies:  Students should respect the general instructions given by the course staff.  Attendance percentage should be above 80%, otherwise attendance warnings would be issued.  Avoid plagiarism, the penalty of a plagiarism is cancelling your project / assignment.  The lecture starts Wednesday from 08:00 to 08:50 and the studio work starts from 09:00 to 11:50 on Wednesday and Friday from 08:00 to 10:50. Course Policies:  Each student should create an A1 portfolio contains: Final Project and the Weekly submissions.  Each student should create an A4 portfolio contains: Course outline: (Lecture Titles, list of references, and Assignments Titles) - Research briefs – Researches – Reports.  Each student should attend the theoretical and analytical lectures which help him in class and home work.  Training students for continuous learning by provide each lecture’s slide with references.  Each student should make a report for the site visit to evaluate understanding which completes the theoretical information taken in lectures, and present the real construction application for students. Evaluation

ASSES NO.

TYPE

1

Basics of Geometric Drafting methods 1

2

Art Principles

2

Art Principles

3

Midterm Exam

4

Orthographic Projections

5

Model making

6

7 8

Theories and Criteria of Residential design, Personal branding, Fabric textiles. Pioneers of Design ( Each major is specific ) Final Exam

TO ASSESS intellectual qualities and professional skills intellectual qualities and professional skills intellectual qualities and professional skills intellectual qualities and professional skills intellectual qualities and professional skills knowledge base and intellectual qualities intellectual qualities and professional skills intellectual qualities and professional skills knowledge base, professional skills

START WEEK NO.

SUBM. WEEK NO.

SUBM. DATE

1

3

22/09/2017

05.0%

3

5

06/10/2017

05.0%

5

7

20/10/2017

05.0%

7

7

20/10/2017

10.0%

7

9

03/11/2017

07.5%

9

11

17/12/2017

07.5%

11

13

08/12/2017

07.5%

13

14

15/12/2017

12.5%

15

15

As Scheduled

40.0%

WEIGHTING OF ASSES.

60%

40%

378

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

ASSES NO.

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

TYPE

TO ASSESS

START WEEK NO.

SUBM. WEEK NO.

SUBM. DATE

and transferable skills Total

WEIGHTING OF ASSES.

100%

Library Resources & Support Services (d) Course notes: Lectures' handouts. (e) 1. 2. 3.

Essential Books: Ching, F.D.K, (2007). Architecture: Form, Space, and Order., John Wiley & Sons. Ching, F.D.K, (2009). Architectural Graphics., John Wiley & Sons. To be determined for graphic and design majors

(f) Recommended Books: Ching, F.D.K, (1995). A Visual Dictionary of Architecture., John Wiley and Sons INC.

379

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

BEIRUT ARAB UNIVERSITY FACULTY OF ARCHITECTURE DESIGN AND BUILT ENVIRONMENT DESIGN PROGRAMS SPRING SEMESTER 2016/2017

ARTD203. PHOTOGRAPHY Course Code / Title: ARTD 203

Credits: 3

Instructor: Saleh Rifai Course Hours: 4 Hours/Week

Course Duration: 14 Weeks

Academic Semester: Faculty Elective

Fall 2017/2018

Module Info: preliminary Level Course (4hr. Lecture – workshop- assign.) Location: Debbieh Time:

Thursday 08:00-12:00

Course Objectives The objective of this course is to first provide a fundamental understanding of visual and technical skills necessary to pursue and value photography as a Graphic Design and Interior Design component It is also assumed that they can picturing their actions work personally. Cultural development and how to create and document the work of art through the photo. Learning Activities The course is delivered through PowerPoint slides, practical workshops on campus, and project assignments. Course Outline The course discusses the fundamental principles of photography starting with a brief historical context, camera’s components and elements, camera controls (shutter, speed, ISO, light meter) and processes, lights and exposure, variety of lens and equipments, aperture and depth of field and focus, framing ( rule of thirds , golden points). As a result, assignments and project and practices are going to take place in order to maintain, develop and widen Graphic Design and Interior Design photography.

WEEK 1 2 3 4

STAGE LABEL & DESCRIPTION - Kinds of Camera - Camera elements and Controls - Types and uses of lenses - Aperture and depth of field - The filters - Eye of Photographer - Composition and framing - Practical photo shooting (about aperture and depth of field) - Workshop in BAU campus

380

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

WEEK

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

STAGE LABEL & DESCRIPTION

5

- Corrections of practical photo shoots - 1st project

6

- Correction 1st project

7

- Receiving the 1st project - The landscape photography - Studio lighting & research - The Interior Design Photography - Fashion and Mode Photography - Portraits & models workshop (at campus) - 2nd Project - Correction 2nd project - Correction workshop of portraits

8 9 10 11

- Receiving the 2nd project

12

- Editing photos - Selecting photos for enlarging - Photography copyrights laws - Digital Photography - Introduction to photography – Brief historical context - Review the sessions

13

14

Evaluation SSES

NO. 1 2 3 4

TYPE 7th week Assessment 12th week Assignments Absence & Evaluation 14th Week Exam/

TO ASSESS

START WEEK NO.

SUBM. WEEK NO.

Project

5

7

30

Project

10

12

30

Total of 14 weeks

1

14

10

Mastering photography

1

14

30

30

100%

100%

Total

SUBM. DATE

WEIGHTING OF ASSES.

70%

List of References Course Notes: (a) Students are responsible their own camera (b) Recommended Books:

381

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Course Instructor:

Design Programs Coordinator:

Saleh Rifai

Dr. Hisham El-Arnaouty

Date: July 9, 2017

Dean of Faculty: Prof. Dr. Ibtihal El-Bastawissi

382

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

BEIRUT ARAB UNIVERSITY FACULTY OF ARCHITECTURE DESIGN PROGRAMS 1ST SEMESTER 2016/2017, STAGE 1 OR MAJOR ELECTIVE

ARTD205. History of Arts 1 Course Code / Title: ARTD205. History of Arts 1

Credits: 3

Instructor: Therese Yared Course Hours: 3 Hours/Week st

Academic Semester: 1

Course Duration: 16 Weeks Semester: Fall 2017/2018

Module Info: Mandatory Course (3 hr. Lecture) Location: Room Number – Floor Number Time: -Course Objectives            

To gain a basic understanding of Western European art history linked to historical events, intellectual history, and scientific and cultural trends Become familiar with key works of art, their artists, styles, materials and working methods. Acquire a working knowledge of the specialized vocabulary used in art history Enhance their visual literacy and critical thinking skills Developing skills in identifying, describing, and analyzing works of art. Recognize and understand major artistic works, artists, methods, and theories, and be able to assess the qualities of works of art and architecture. Visually analyze and communicate relationships between formal elements (style and medium) in works of art within various religious, political, and social contexts in from the Gothic to Romanticism. Apply critical thinking to the thematic and/or ideological traditions of western and non-western works of art and architecture. Understand the importance of visual culture in everyday life – within a historical context and in our modern culture. Compare and contrast works of art in order to understand and express the means through which they are articulating meaning. Clearly express ideas related to the course content through writing and researched presentations Work cooperatively to identify and communicate the associations between works of art across cultures and chronologically.

Learning Activities

   

Learning to identify common characteristics among diverse artworks based on periods/styles and themes. Developing strong writing skills when describing, analyzing, and comparing works of art. Cultivate an appreciation for all styles of art. Relate works of art to their proper cultural and historical origins

383

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Course Outline The course addresses the following topics: WEEK

STAGE LABEL & DESCRIPTION

1

Reading syllabus and introduction

2

Prehistoric age: Paleolithic, Mesolithic and Neolithic

3

Ancient Egypt: Architecture, Sculpture, Paintings and writing

4

Mesopotamia and Sumerian art: Architecture, Sculpture, Paintings and writing

5

Greek Art: Architecture, Sculpture, Paintings and writing

6

1st Exam

7

Roman Art: Architecture, Sculpture, Paintings and writing

8

Christianity and Jewish Art

9

Byzantine and Iconoclasm

10

2nd Exam

11

Byzantine Architecture, Gothic and Romanesque art

12

Islamic art: Writing, architecture and arabesque

13

Early and high Renaissance

14

Baroque and Rococo Neoclassicism and course overview

384

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Evaluation ASSES NO.

1

2

3

4

5 6

TO ASSESS

START WEEK NO.

SUBM. WEEK NO.

Assignments/assessment (1st week: 7th week)

3

6

TYPE Individual and group assignments to be assessed 7th Week Exam/Total assessment Individual and group assignments to assess 12th Week Exam/Total assessment Individual and group assignments to assess Final exam

SUBM. DATE

WEIGHTING OF ASSES.

10 30%

Total Assessment

Assignments/assessment (8thst week: 12th week)

8

Total Assessment

Assignments/assessment (13st week: 15th week)

13

7

20

11

10

12

10

16

10

30%

40% Total

100%

100%

List of References

Essential Books (Textbooks):

  

“A World History of Art”- Laurence King “The history of art”- Phaidon “What makes a master piece? - Christopher dell

Recommended Books:

 

“A World History of Art”, Laurence King “The history of art”, Phaidon

Course Instructor: Ms Therese Yared

Design Programs Coordinator: Dr. Hisham El-Arnaouty

Date: 20 / 6 / 2017

Dean of the Faculty: Prof. Dr. Ibtihal El-Bastawissi

385

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

ARTD207. COMPUTER AIDED DRAFTING AND DESIGN I

BASIC INFORMATION Course Title: ARTD207. Computer Aided Drafting and Design I Code: ARTD207 Hours 4 Lecture: 2 Tutorial: 2 Prerequisites: --Academic Year / Level: 1st /Major Elective Specialization: Art and Design

Credit: 3 Crs Term: spring

32- COURSE DESCRIPTION AND OVERALL AIMS: The course aims to provide students with the specialist knowledge for Basic computer aided drafting skills using the latest release of CAD software. This includes: file management, Cartesian coordinate system, drawing setups, drawing aids, layer usages, drawing 2D geometric shapes, editing objects, array, text applications, dimensions and dimension variables, paper space and view ports, templates, external references and printing/plotting. 3D AutoCAD features and commands including: wire frame construction, surface modeling, solid modeling, extrusion, Boolean operations, 3D editing, and 3D views. The course aims to provide the students with state of the art knowledge regarding Compute Aided Drafting (CAD) software. Special focus is given to 2D and 3D drafting using the latest version of AutoCAD. Within this overall aim, the course strives to enable students to:



Understand the use of different tools used in drafting.



Learn the basic functions of Computer Aided Drafting software.



Use the basic manual tools traditionally used in production drawings.



Maintain a high standard of quality for drawings produced.



Appreciate the concept of scale and proportion.



Understand the representation of three-dimensional objects presented on a two-dimensional plane.



Produce drawings for architectural projects.



Produce working drawings for architectural projects.

Create drawings of basic objects in a three dimensional (3D) environment.

386

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

33- INTENDED LEARNING OUTCOMES OF THE COURSE (ILO): (mmm) Through knowledge and understanding, students will be able to: (mmm 1) Understand the nature and operations of CAD Drawing. (nnn) Through intellectual skills, students will be able to: (nnn 1) - Recognize and apply appropriate theories, principles and concepts relevant to the CAD Drawing; (nnn 2) - Analyze and interpret information from a variety of sources relevant to CAD Drawing; (nnn 3) - Develop a reasoned argument to the solution of familiar and unfamiliar problems relevant to CAD Drawing; (nnn 4) - Appraise some of the current and emerging issues within the CAD Drawing sector and debate the potential benefits. (ooo)Through professional and practical skills, students will be able to: (ooo 1) - Plan, design and execute practical activities using techniques and procedures appropriate to CAD Drawing. (ppp) Through general and transferable skills, students will be able to: (ppp 1) - Solve problems relevant to CAD Drawing using ideas and techniques some of which are at the forefront of the discipline; (ppp 2) - Develop the ability to self appraise and reflect on practice relevant to CAD Drawing.

34- COURSE OUTLINE: Week No. 1

Design Computation and CAD introduction

Week No. 2

X-Y Co-ordinate system, inputting points, AutoCAD interface. Drawing and Modifying Commands.

Week No. 3

Drawing and Modifying Commands 2. Panning and Zooming around a drawing.

Week No. 4

Layers/ Dimensioning / Text/ Scale/ Printing.

Week No. 5

Changing the Properties of Objects. (LType, Lweight,Lsc)

Week No. 6

Planning a drawing (Text, Dimension , polyline)

Week No. 7

7th Week Exam

Week No. 8

(Q&A) , Introduction to Blocks- Creating and Inserting.

Week No. 9

Introduction to 3D, X-Y-Z Co-ordinate system. Working and Viewing 3D objects. Creating Solids ( Primitive Solids) & Extrude

Week No. 10

Creating Solids (Lofting and Revolving), Boolean Operations

Week No. 11

Creating Solids ( Extruding, Lofting and Revolving)

Week No. 12

Introduction to material, light and rendering

Week No. 13

Complementary 3D Assignments

Week No. 14

Complementary 3D Assignments

387

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Week No. 15

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Final Exam

4- TEACHING AND LEARNING METHODS: The course is delivered through lectures with hands on experience via practical exercises in the computer lab.

29-

STUDENT ASSESSMENT METHODS, SCHEDULE AND GRADING:

TO ASSESS

START WEEK NO.

SUBM. WEEK NO.

intellectual qualities and professional skills

3

7

ASSES NO.

TYPE

1

2D assignments

2

7th Week Exam (open book examinations to assess)

knowledge base and intellectual qualities

8

8

15%

3

2D & 3D assignment

intellectual qualities and professional skills

8

13

25%

4

Attendance

1

14

10%

15

15

30%

5

Final Exam

20% 35%

knowledge base, professional skills and transferable skills Total

30-

WEIGHTING OF ASSES.

Total

35 %

100%

LIST OF REFERENCES:

(aaaaa) Course notes: a. AutoCAD Help. (bbbbb) Essential books (textbooks): i. Alan J., Lang K., Autocad 2011 Tutor For Engineering Graphics, Autodesk Pess, NY,2011. (ccccc) Recommended books:  Finkelstein E., AutoCAD 2010 & AutoCAD LT 2010 : Bible, Wiley Publishing Inc., 2009. (ddddd) General References:  Finkelstein E., AutoCAD 2011 & AutoCAD LT 2011 : Bible, Wiley Publishing Inc., 2011.

388

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

ARTD 209 - FREE HAND DRAWING BASIC INFORMATION Course Title: Free Hand Drawing Code: ARTD 209 Hours Lecture:1 Prerequisites: no prerequisites Academic Year / Level: First / Level 1 Specialization: Design & Art Program - Interior Design

Tutorial: 4

Credit: 3

Year: 2017-2018

Term: Fall

1-COURSE DESCRIPTION AND OVERALL AIMS:



The foundation for all studio courses. The fundamentals of freehand drawing techniques are discussed and worked with in depth. The study of natural forms and three- dimensional still-life objects will be developed based on the study of line, perspective, light and shade, form and proportion.



In this course, students develop effective drawing techniques as a specialized form of visual communication. Quality and expressiveness of line are developed. Life drawing, still life drawing and sketching techniques are utilized, to assist students in creating images of their ideas about twodimensional shapes and three-dimensional forms and spaces, objects from nature, human figure & hands sketches and perspective drawings of architectural & interior environments.

2- INTENDED LEARNING OUTCOMES OF THE COURSE (ILO):



Upon successful completion of this course, the student will have reliably demonstrated the ability to: Appraise intellectual and visual unity through participation in critiques.



Articulate the vocabulary of terms used in art.



Combine effective composition with the development of a personal style.



Observe proportional relationships between objects.



Apply proportional relationships to drawings by utilizing ratios.



Utilize a variety of drawing media to communicate two- and three- dimensions.



Execute the use of line as symbol, as contour, as form, as pattern (texture), as direction and as emphasis.



Create the use of light, shadow, tone and texture on a two-dimensional plane in the production of drawings, which accurately represent still life, figurative and architectural subjects.



Apply and demonstrate a basic understanding of structure, proportion.



Apply the terminology, theories and skills of freehand perspective (one- and two-point) to produce the illustration of three dimensions on a two-dimensional surface.



Produce sketches of interiors which also accurately and expressively delineate the human form to scale, in the architectural context.



Explore the use of graphite, charcoal, pen & ink, colored pencils, and pastels for achieving tonal values, variable lines, and shapes.

389

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018



Apply drawing techniques by observing still life, landscapes, and people, then rendering from the visual information acquired.



Equally concentrate on positive and negative spaces.



Utilize creativity and critical thinking in solving problems.



Identify and analyze the three basic components of a work of art:



Subject, form, and content. Identify and analyze the Spatial Properties of the Elements within a composition: Line, shape, value, texture, and color.



Research and apply specialized knowledge to complete assignments.

3- COURSE OBJECTIVES:



The primary objectives of the course are to explore various approaches to solving drawing problems. Emphasis will be placed on developing the student's ability to see and understand how to create lifelike representation of real forms and how to select appropriate approaches and technique to create effective drawings.

4- COURSE CONTENT: 

Studies of line, tone, light and shade through geometric forms.



Exploration of texture and pattern through line work.



Still- life drawing of plants.



Gesture and sustained drawing of the hands & figure.



One- and two- point freehand perspective drawing.



Still- life drawing of interior furnishings & accessories.

5- STUDENT ASSESSMENT METHODS:

List identified College Learning Outcomes(s)

Oral Communication Appraise intellectual and visual unity. Define and articulate the vocabulary of terms used in art.

Critical Thinking Appraise intellectual and visual unity. Combine effective composition with the development of a personal style.

Specific assessment measure(s)

Assessed through the participation of students in formal and informal critiques. Also, through observation and discussion during studio time.

Assessed through the participation of students in formal and informal critiques. Also, measured through the review of projects. The instructor will provide the students with written and or verbal feedback.

390

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Mathematics Observe proportional relationships between objects. Apply proportional relationships to drawings by utilizing ratios. Other Demonstrate basic freehand drawing techniques such as contour, modeling, and simple perspective.

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Assessed through measurement and accuracy of drawings. Also, measured through the ability of students to translate drawings from sketch to final image.

Assessed through review of final submitted drawings.

6- COURSE SCHEDULE: st 1 Week: Course Overview/Information  Introduction to the course and studio. Assignment: Preparing the materials. 2nd Week: Contour Line Drawing & shading Project Pencil drawing of sphere showing outline & detailed description of surface and shadows & trying many type & style of hatching.

 

Pencil drawing of Cylinder showing detailed description of surface and shadows.



Pencil drawing of a composition between sphere & Cylinder showing detailed description of surface and shadows. (proportion & composition)

3rd Week: Perspectives & Value Drawing Project One point perspective rules.

 

Two points perspective rules.



Pencil drawing of a box (cube), cylinder & cone showing different position of surface in two point perspective.

4rd Week: Composition & Space Drawing Project - Exploring Color – Light Pencil drawing of a composition between sphere, Cylinder & box showing detailed description of outline surface and shadows with color tones of forms then texture. (proportion, composition, eyehand coordination)

 

Pencil drawing of a tree limbs and foliage showing detailed description of surface, texture and shadows. (eye-hand coordination)

5th Week: Value Drawing Project Pencil drawing of a composition between complex shapes (Glass in Composition with pottery , wood, brick & glossy objects) showing detailed description of outline surface and shadows with color tones of forms then texture. (proportion, composition, eye-hand coordination)



6th Week: Creative Drawing Project  Drawing the human hands, lips, ears, mouth, eyes & head with slides (portrait). 7th Week: Exam – (Composition, Values in drawings, methods of shading) October 24/2016  Pencil drawing of a composition between complex shapes (4 or 5 different shapes (objects) in size, form, texture & position) showing detailed description of outline surface and shadows with color tones of forms then texture. (proportion, composition, eye-hand coordination).

391

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Positive and Negative Space Drawing 8th Week:  Charcoal drawing of a composition between complex shapes (4 or 5 different vegetables) in size, form, texture & position) with Draped cloth showing detailed description of outline surface and shadows with color tones of forms. (proportion, composition, eye-hand coordination) Perception & Creative Process (Exploring Chiaroscuro) 9th Week:  Ink drawing of a cropped zone from previous tree limbs or foliage showing detailed description of surface, texture and shadows in positive & negative, then transforming to an abstract form used as a ceramic tile design. Perception & Creative Process (Exploring Dry Coloring) 10th Week:  Pastel drawing of a composition between complex shapes (4 or 5 different fruits & vegetables & glass with Draped cloth) showing detailed description of outline surface and shadows with color tones of forms. (proportion, composition, eye-hand coordination) Perception & Creative Process (Exploring Wet Coloring) 11th Week:  Water color painting of some flowers showing detailed description of outline surface and shadows with color tones of forms. (proportion, composition, eye-hand coordination) 12th Week: Exam – (Composition, Values in drawings, shading & Coloring)  Free style rendering. (pencil, ink, charcoal, pastel, water color) 13th Week: Three Point Perspective – ( Interior & exterior theme)  Free style rendering. (pencil, ink, charcoal, pastel, water color) 14th Week: Imaginative Perspectives  Free style rendering. (pencil, ink, charcoal, pastel, water color)



Ready portfolios. Display of best items for the gallery.

7- RECOMMENDED BOOKS:



Exploring the Basics of Drawing, 2ndEdition, Victoria Vebell, Pratt Institute ©2015, ISBN-13. 8- RECOMMENDED SITES:



Artist Daily website: [email protected]

Course Instructor: Dr. Nael AlSarrag

Program coordinator: Dr. Hisham El-Arnaouty

Dean of Faculty: Prof. Dr. Ibtihal El-Bastawissi

392

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

BEIRUT ARAB UNIVERSITY FACULTY OF ARCHITECTURE DESIGN PROGRAMS SPRING SEMESTER 2014/2015, STAGE 1ST OR MAJOR ELECTIVE

GRAD 210. Theory of color in visual communication Course Code / Title: GRAD210. Theory of color in visual communication

Credits: 3

Instructor: Therese YARED Course Hours: 3 Hours/Week st

Academic Semester: 1 or Faculty Elective

Course Duration: 16 Weeks Semester: spring 2017/2018

Module Info: Mandatory/Major Elective Course (1 hr. Lecture, 2 hrs. Studio) Location: Room Number – Floor Number Time: -Course Objectives

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20.

Develop a working understanding of the essential traits of color. Establish and demonstrate practicable strategies for selecting color palettes and concept-driven color harmonies using principles, theories and systems of color design and experience.. Establish and demonstrate skill in color mixing and color-discernment. Be familiar with contemporary color specification systems such as Pantone (PMS), RGB, CMYK. Become familiar with the history of human exploration of and use of color. Know in principle the physics of color (light), the chemistry of color (pigment), and the impact of color (psychology). Be familiar with basic issues and techniques involved in color management. Be familiar with basic digital image editing techniques. (scanning & basic color correction/editing) Refine ability to identify the design problem; discern pertinent project needs and goals by reading project description and by questioning the instructor and active listening during project presentation and discussions. Extend practice of applying visual design principles to concept development and design analysis. Communicate clearly your design concepts/goals via concise, written concept statements. Select successful concept-driven color solutions and apply design principles in projects. Be able to justify design choices/solutions relative to client/project’s posed problem and your concept statement. Practice and extend creative problem-solving skills by exploring, presenting and evaluating a multiplicity of ideas for each concept. Practice and develop illustrative sketching and rapid visualization techniques in development sketches, concept presentations and in-process project discussions/critics. Practice and extend ability to think visually, to develop visual concepts and to communicate visual solutions. Practice and develop rendering and presentation techniques in design presentations. Express understanding of color design issues in oral presentations, class discussions and critiques. Recognize the relationship between human behavior and designed environment, graphics and objects. Recognize the relationship between lighting, surface and perception.

393

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Learning Activities



The projects and exercises in this course will begin with explicit descriptions of the goals, limitations, requirements and priorities.



The student-designer is responsible to study the problem statement and ask questions of the professor in order to glean the essential goals, boundaries and requirements of the problem.



Active listening and critical thinking are necessary. In most cases, problem conditions leave ample latitude for creative solutions.



Some exercises emphasize technical control of color and refined visual discrimination between varied aspects of color.



Other projects emphasize creative/expressive concerns. Your job will be to identify and understand the varied goals and limits, to create a formal solution (a color design) that best solves that problem in an aesthetically pleasing manner.

aCourse Outline The course addresses the following topics: WEEK

STAGE LABEL & DESCRIPTION

1

Reading and explaining syllabus

2

Additive and subtractive color

3

Color wheel (color palette)

4

Tint (gradient in colors)

5

Black and white (color distribution with black and white)

6

1st Exam grades

7

Cold, warm, cool colors (3 compositions with different types and moods)

8

Value and contrast (relief with colors)

9

Lightness and darkness (light source composition)

10

2nd Exam

11

Rhythm with color (movement, unity and repetition with colors)

12

Color in 3D (effects of 3 dimensions with colors)

13

Composition based on a topic using the required skills)

14

Final Exam

Evaluation ASSES NO.

1 2

TYPE Individual and group assignments to be assessed 7th Week

TO ASSESS

Assignments/assessment (1st week : 7th week)

START WEEK NO.

SUBM. WEEK NO.

SUBM. DATE

WEIGHTING OF ASSES.

--%

Total Assessment

394

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

3

4

5

Exam/Total assessment Individual and group assignments to assess 12th Week Exam/Total assessment Individual and group assignments to assess

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Assignments/assessment (8thst week : 12th week)

Total Assessment

--%

Assignments/assessment (13st week : 15th week) Total

100%

100%

List of References Course Notes:

Essential Books (Textbooks):



Color, Paul Zelanski and Mary Pat fisher, 6th edition



Acrylic book – a comprehensive resource for artists



Color structure and design, Richard Killinger

Recommended Books:



Color Harmony - rockport



Color Harmony layout – rockport



Color Harmony Packaging - rockport

Course Instructor: Ms Therese Yared

Design Programs Coordinator: Dr. Hisham El-Arnaouty

Date: 20 / 6 / 2017

Dean of the Faculty: Prof. Dr. Ibtihal El-Bastawissi

395

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

BEIRUT ARAB UNIVERSITY FACULTY OF ARCHITECTURE DESIGN PROGRAMS FALL SEMESTER 2015/2016, STAGE 3 OR MAJOR ELECTIVE

GRAD301. GRAPHIC DESIGN STUDIO II Course Code / Title: GRAD301. Graphic Design Studio 2

Credits: 4

Instructor: Therese YARED Course Hours: 8 Hours/Week rd

Academic Semester: 3 or Faculty Elective

Course Duration: 16 Weeks Semester: Fall 2017/2018

Module Info: Mandatory/Major Elective Course (1 hr. Lecture, 7 hrs. Studio) Location: Room Number – Floor Number Time: -Course Objectives

This course requires students to apply the principles and visual elements of design and problem-solving methods to generate concepts through a sequence of several corporate and visual identities projects. 

To be introduced to the principle elements in Graphic Design such as logo, business card, letterhead, etc.



Produce 2D marks for different practice.



To understand the language of Design and Composition.



Understand the relationship between idea/thoughts and visuals.



Use typeface and visual elements on all requested applications.



To study all aspects of a corporate identity.



To work on the concept development of a brand.



To be able to execute all ideas by hand.



To learn how to work on presentation layout.



Understand all aspects of brand building.



To give form to any idea.



Work on research methods and concept development for a brand.

Learning Activities

Students will grow as decision makers, creative problem solvers, and persuasive communicators; to: 

open their minds to see and think in new ways.



practice asking the right questions.



improve self-confidence and assertiveness.

396

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018



practice clear communication of message content.



refine layout, composition, and typography skills.



meet deadlines.



develop valid and persuasive rationale.



make effective oral and written presentations.



work with other students in a team environment.



build a body of impressive design work.

Course Outline The course addresses the following topics: WEEK 1 2 3 4

STAGE LABEL & DESCRIPTION Reading syllabus. Homework: Brand Identity Research lunching the first project Project 1: Logo Word Expression, stationery design Project 2: Uplifting Logo

5 6

Exam 1: Presentation and grading

7 8

Project 3: Brand Identity Guideline

9 10

Exam 2: Presentation and grading

11 12

Project 4: Country Logo

13 14

Final Exam: Final presentation and Jury

Evaluation ASSES NO.

TYPE

TO ASSESS

1

Individual and group assignments

Assignments/assessment (1st week : 7th week)

START WEEK NO.

SUBM. WEEK NO.

SUBM. DATE

WEIGHTING OF ASSES.

--%

397

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

to be assessed

2

3

4

5

7th Week Exam/Total assessment Individual and group assignments to assess 12th Week Exam/Total assessment Individual and group assignments to assess

Total Assessment

Assignments/assessment (8thst week : 12th week)

Total Assessment

--%

Assignments/assessment (13st week : 15th week) Total

100%

100%

List of References Course Notes:       

Lecture Notes and Handouts given with every project. Logo Workbook. The Art of Looking Side Ways, alan Fletcher, Phaidon. Marks of Excellence: The history and taxonomy of tradmarks, Per Mollerup Witty Thinking in graphic design, a smile in the mind, Beryl Mc. Alhone & David Stuart, Phaidon. Decoding design, understanding and using symbols in visual communication, Maggie Macnab All other references will be specified throughout the term.

Essential Books (Textbooks):

 Fundamentals of Branding, by Melissa Davis, AVA academia  Fundamentals of Graphic design, by Gavin Ambrose & Paul Harris, AVA academia Recommended Books:

 Logo Design Workbook, by Adams Morioka, Rockport

Course Instructor: Ms Therese Yared

Design Programs Coordinator: Dr. Hisham El-Arnaouty

Date: 20 / 6 / 2017

Dean of the Faculty: Prof. Dr. Ibtihal El-Bastawissi

398

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

399

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

BEIRUT ARAB UNIVERSITY FACULTY OF ARCHITECTURE DESIGN AND BUILT ENVIRONMENT GRAPHIC DESIGN PROGRAM FALL SEMESTER 2017 / 2018

GRAD303. TYPOGRAPHY I Credits: 3 Course Code / Title: GRAD303 Typography I Instructor: Lara BALAA Course Hours: 3 Hours / Week Academic Semester: 2nd year Module Info: Mandatory / Major (2 lecture, 2 studio) Location: Studio A304 Time: T 12:00 to 4:00 pm

Course Duration: 14 Weeks Semester: Fall 2017/2018

Course Objectives

Typography I is an introductory course to the basic terminology, anatomy and structure of type. Students start to develop their sensitivity to and understanding of the letterform. The course includes a survey of the historical development of typographic forms and classifications. Students will apply their knowledge through practical exercises and designs that focus on typography as a vehicle for meaning in visual communication. By the end of this course, students will be able to:     

Acquire basic knowledge about the evolution of writing systems and type printing techniques. Identify different Latin type classifications and situate typefaces historically and geographically based on their acquired knowledge. Recognize different Arabic calligraphic traditions and their influence on contemporary typefaces in terms of function and esthetics. Build a typographic vocabulary that they can use to describe typographic anatomy, styles, and arrangement. Understand type as a vehicle for meaning, and recognize the central role of typographic choices and arrangements in visual communication.

Learning Activities

This is a practical course; students will acquire knowledge through applied research and project

400

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

assignments, with the help of learning aid such as class lectures, assigned readings, and short videos, as well as instructor feedback delivered in the form of pin-ups and individual critiques. Course Outline The course addresses the following topics:

Week No. 01

Project 01: Letter anatomy and type classifications

Week No. 02

Working session + Feedback

Week No. 03

Working session + Feedback

Week No. 04

Exercise 01: Kerning

Week No. 05

Exercise 02: Comping and Typesetting

Week No. 06

Working session + Feedback

Week No. 07

Exercise: 03 Type Styles

Week No. 08

Project 02: Experimental Typography

Week No. 09

Working session + Feedback

Week No. 10

Project 03: Trash Poetry

Week No. 11

Working session + Feedback

Week No. 12

Project 04: Calligraphic Classifications

Week No. 13

Working session + Feedback

Week No. 14

Working session + Feedback Test Portfolio evaluation, including photographic alphabet poster (W1–14)

TBD

Evaluation

START SUBM. SUBM. DATE WEIGHTING OF ASSES. WEEK NO. WEEK NO.

ASSES NO.

TYPE

TO ASSESS

1

Project 01

Letter anatomy and type classifications (Latin)

1

Kerning

4

2

Exercise 01

4

20 W6

5

30 10

401

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

3

Exercise 02

Comping and typesetting

5

7

4

Exercise 03

Type styles

7

8

5

Project 02

Experimental Typography

8

10

10

6

Project 03

Trash Poetry

10

12

5

7

Project 04

Calligraphic Classifications (Arabic)

12

14

8

Jury

Portfolio evaluation, including photographic alphabet poster (W1–14)

1

14

9

Test

5 W11

5

W14

10 5

30 TBD

14

14

Total

20

40 10 100%

100%

List of References

   

Thinking with Type, 2nd revised and expanded edition: A Critical Guide for Designers, Writers, Editors, & Students / Ellen Lupton / Princeton Architectural Press Stop Stealing Sheep & Find Out How Type Works / Erik Spiekermann / Adobe Press Arabic Typography: A Comprehensive Sourcebook / Huda Smitshuijzen-AbiFarès / Saqi Books www.blog.29lt.com

Course Instructor: Ms. Lara BALAA Date: 21 / 06 / 2017

Dean of Faculty: Dr. Ibtihal YOUSSEF

402

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

BEIRUT ARAB UNIVERSITY FACULTY OF ARCHITECTURE DESIGN AND BUILT ENVIRONMENT GRAPHIC DESIGN PROGRAM FALL SEMESTER 2017 / 2018

GRAD305. HISTORY OF VISUAL COMMUNICATION Credits: 3 Course Code / Title: GRAD305. History of Visual Communication Instructor: Lara BALAA Course Hours: 3 Hours / Week Academic Semester: 2nd year Module Info: Mandatory / Major (3 lecture) Location: Studio A203 Time: M 09:00 to 11:00 am

Course Duration: 14 Weeks Semester: Fall 2017/2018

Course Objectives

This course reviews the historical context for the graphic arts of typography, print design, diagramming, and illustration. Emphasis is placed on the relationship of these applied arts to technology, and social and political history. Through lectures, seminars and directed class discussions, students will be exposed to the history of visual communications starting with a general introduction on writing and the alphabets, passing through printing and the industrial revolution, all the way to contemporary design practices. By the end of this course, students will be able to:     

Understand the evolution of visual communication, and recognize the different periods and movements that have shaped this evolution. Understand how design and technology are interrelated. Recognize the impact of design on society, and the impact of society on design. Understand design as an international practice that emerged simultaneously in different corners of the world, in relation to local contexts and cultural specificities. Become familiar with the work of key historical and contemporary design practitioners and figures.

Learning Activities

This course is delivered through lectures, assigned readings, student presentations, class discussions, film screenings, and coursework assignments (projects, essays, and class presentations).

Course Outline The course addresses the following topics:

403

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Week No. 01

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Course introduction Before Graphic Design / Part 1 + Film Screening: Ancient Mysteries 'The Rosetta Stone' Documentary

Week No. 02

Before Graphic Design / Part 2 + Film Screening: BBC Science and Islam 1 - The Language of Science

Week No. 03

The Nineteenth Century

Week No. 04

Art Nouveau

Week No. 05

Sachplakat, WWI and Dada

Week No. 06

Exam (Assessment W06) + Film Screening: Europe after the Rain – Dadaism and Surrealism

Week No. 07

Modern Art and Modern Graphic Design

Week No. 08

Revolutions in Design

Week No. 09

Bauhaus and the New Typography

Week No. 10

American Modern and WWII

Week No. 11

Exam (Assessment W11) + Film Screening ‘Helvetica’

Week No. 12

The International Style / Student Presentations

Week No. 13

Postmodernism / Student Presentations

Week No. 14

Contemporary Graphic Design / Student Presentations

TBD

Final Exam

Evaluation

TO ASSESS

START SUBM. SUBM. DATE WEIGHTING OF ASSES. WEEK NO. WEEK NO.

ASSES NO.

TYPE

1

Essay 01

1

2

2

Essay 02

2

3

3

Exam 01

4

Essay 03

10 W6

6 6

10 10

7

Bonus W11

4

Exam 02

5

Presentations

12

14

6

Timelines

1

14

11

20 20

W14

10

Final Exam

10

20 TBD

7

30

40 20

404

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Total

100%

100%

List of References

  

Graphic Design: A New History / Stephen J. Eskilson / Laurence King Publishing Meggs' History of Graphic Design / Philip B. Meggs, Alston W. Purvis / John Wiley & Sons Dictionary of Graphic Design and Designers / Alan and Isabella Livingston / Thames and Hudson

Course Instructor: Ms. Lara BALAA Date: 21 / 06 / 2016

Dean of Faculty: Dr. Ibtihal YOUSSEF

405

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

BEIRUT ARAB UNIVERSITY FACULTY OF ARCHITECTURE DESIGN AND BUILT ENVIRONMENT GRAPHIC DESIGN PROGRAM FALL SEMESTER 2017 / 2018

GRAD401. GRAPHIC DESIGN STUDIO IV Credits: 4 Course Code / Title: GRAD401. Graphic Design Studio IV Instructor: Lara BALAA Course Hours: 8 Hours / Week Academic Semester: 3rd year Module Info: Mandatory / Major (8 studio) Location: Studio A304 Time: T 8:00 to 12:00 pm. Th 12:00 to 4:00

Course Duration: 14 Weeks Semester: Fall 2017/2018

Course Objectives This course focuses on the design and construction of three-dimensional forms such as packaging, exhibits, and displays. Students conceptualize and develop preliminary plans, and build three-dimensional models of their design projects using a variety of materials and techniques. Additional emphasis is placed on developing the student’s ability to conduct significant research and analysis. Students may address projects involving the renewal of an existing brand and subsequent packaging applications within a coherent marketing program. This is the last design course that students enroll in before their senior practice. Students should therefore approach it as a chance to consolidate their overall acquired experience from typography, color theory, visual identity, communication, editorial and digital skills, while focusing on the practice of design as a clear iterative work process starting with audience research, ideation and prototyping, and ending with high quality craft and production. By the end of this course, students will be able to: 

    

Understand packaging and environmental design as interdisciplinary design processes that borrow from different knowledge areas such as human factors and ergonomics, spatial and structural design, system thinking, material and technology. Become familiar with various design research techniques and ideation strategies. Understand how form and space carry meaning, particularly within commercial interactions and environments, forming an integral part of contemporary branding practices. Value the relationship between design and user experience, and how design can positively or negatively affect the user’s interaction with a product/brand/space, and alter their perception of it. Recognize the responsibility of the designer towards their environment, and the importance of sustainable thinking when it comes to choice of material and size/type of waste generated. Represent 3-dimensional design ideas through digital and manual simulations and models.

406

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Learning Activities This is a studio course. It is focused on guided practice, where the instructor makes use of various learning aid such as class lectures, video screenings, case study analyses, topical readings, and computer (software) demonstrations, to expand student knowledge, and stimulate critical thinking. As part of their practice, students are encouraged to explore research as the main driver of ideation in any design process. Course Outline The course addresses the following topics: Week No. 01

Course introduction Briefing – Project 1: Package your favorite sin Studio work + Feedback

Week No. 02

Submission – Project 1 Briefing – Project 2: Product packaging redesign Studio work + Feedback

Week No. 03

Studio work + Feedback

Week No. 04

Studio work + Feedback

Week No. 05

Submission – Project 2 Briefing – Project 3: Jewelry package and display

Week No. 06

Studio work + Feedback

Week No. 07

Studio work + Feedback

Week No. 08

Studio work + Feedback

Week No. 09

Submission – Project 3 Briefing – Project 4: Seasonal window display (group) Studio work + Feedback

Week No. 10

Studio work + Feedback

Week No. 11

Submission – Project 4 Briefing – Project 5: Signage for the national museum

Week No. 12

Studio work + Feedback

Week No. 13

Studio work + Feedback

Week No. 14

Studio work + Feedback

TBD

Portfolio evaluation (including project 05)

Evaluation

ASSES NO.

TYPE

TO ASSESS

1

Project 01

Package your favorite sin

START SUBM. SUBM. DATE WEIGHTING OF ASSES. WEEK NO. WEEK NO. 1

2

W6

5

25

407

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

2

Project 02

Product packaging redesign

2

5

3

Project 03

Jewelry package and display

5

9

4

Project 04

Seasonal window display (group)

5

Jury

Portfolio evaluation, includes Project 5: Signage for the national museum (W11–14)

20 20 W11

9

11

1

14

Total

35 15

W14

40

40

100%

100%

List of References

   

Packaging the Brand: The Relationship Between Packaging Design and Brand Identity / Gavin Ambrose, Paul Harris / AVA Publishing Information Design Research and Practice / Alison Black, Paul Luna, Ole Lund, Sue Walker / Routledge Information Design Workbook: Graphic approaches, solutions, and inspiration + 30 case studies / Kim Baer / Rockport Publishers Exhibition Design: An Introduction / Philip Hughes / Laurence King Publishing

Course Instructor: Ms. Lara BALAA Date: 21 / 06 / 2017

Dean of Faculty: Dr. Ibtihal YOUSSEF

408

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

BEIRUT ARAB UNIVERSITY FACULTY OF ARCHITECTURE DESIGN PROGRAMS FALL SEMESTER 2016/2017

Course Name Course Code / Title: GRAD403/Interactive Design

Credits: 3

Instructor: Mr. Salah Al-Shami Course Hours: 2 Lec, 2 Lab

Course Duration: 14 weeks

Academic Semester: Fall 16/17

Semester: Spring

Module Info: Location: Debbieh Campus Time: Wed 11-1 Lec/Wed 1-3 Lab Course Objectives

21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28.

Understand the importance of the interactive designing as a medium of entertainment. Understand the principles of creating an effective animation and mobile applications. Understand and develop the 3 different types of symbols in flash animations. Understand and develop the 2 different types of tweening in flash animations. Understand and develop the 3 different types of layers in flash animations. Be able to embed media content into flash animations, such as music, video, and images. Understand and develop all essential mobile applications using Eclipse Andriod software. Become familiar with graphic design principles that relate to mobile design and learn how to implement these theories into practice. 29. Develop skills using the App Inventor 2 development software. 30. Develop mobile pages that are designed using the xml page, which defines the layout of the mobile application. 31. Understand and analyze the usability of a mobile application. Learning Activities

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

An ability to analyze the local and global impact of designing on individuals, organizations, and society. Recognition of the need for continuing in professional designing. An ability to use current techniques, skills, and tools necessary for computing practice. Student will gain a strong knowledge about the techniques for designing flash animations and mobile applications. Student will be able to develop a working knowledge of Flash, and Android applications as basic languages for designing interactive programs. Student will be able to work effectively independently in lab exercises and assignments using some tools such as Flash, Eclipse Android, and App Inventor 2. Student will gain presentation skills by proposing and analyzing their web sites.

Course Outline The course addresses the following topics:

409

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

WEEK

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

STAGE LABEL & DESCRIPTION

1

Define flash animations, creating gradients, break apart a text

2

Understanding the flash timeline, creating a frame-by-frame animation, shape tweening

3

Defining symbols in flash, motion tweening, the graphic and button symbols

4

Applying examples using button symbol and movie clip symbols

5

Developing examples using motion guide path and mask layers

6

Understanding the different types for syncing sounds in flash animations, learn how to embed flash animations to web pages

7

Midterm Exam

9

Styling Android applications with several layout methods

10

Midterm 2 (Assignment and Lab assessments)

11

Introduction to a new generation mobile application called AppInventor 2

12

Building interactive mobile applications

13

Building interactive mobile applications (Assignment Submision)

14

Final Exam

Evaluation ASSES NO. 1 2

3 4 5 6

Assessment

START WEEK NO. 7

SUBM. WEEK NO. 7

Assignment 1

6

8

10%

Assignment 2

10

12

10%

Assessment

1

12

10%

Assessment

12

13

10%

10%

Assessment

14

14

30%

30%

100%

100%

TYPE

TO ASSESS

Midterm Exam Individual assignments to be assessed Individual assignments to assess Lab Individual work to assess Attendance and Evaluation in Lecture and Lab Final Exam

Total

SUBM. DATE

WEIGHTING OF ASSES. 30%

30%

30%

410

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

List of References Course Notes: 1. Powerpoint Lecture Notes 2. Laboratory Sheets Essential Books (Textbooks): 1. HTML5 Digital Classroom, John Wiley & Sons, 2011 2. Adobe Dreamweaver CS6 Digital Classroom, John Wiley & Sons, 2012 Recommended Books:

Course Instructor:

Design Programs Coordinator:

Mr. Salah Al-Shami

Dr. Hisham El-Arnaouty Dean of Faculty:

Date:

Prof. Dr. Ibtehal El-Bastawissi

411

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

BEIRUT ARAB UNIVERSITY FACULTY OF ARCHITECTURE DESIGN PROGRAMS SPRING SEMESTER 2017/2018

GRAPHIC DESIGN PROFESIONAL PRACTICE & ETHICS Course Code / Title: GRAD404

Credits: 3

Instructor: Lamia El-Sayed

Course Hours: 3

Course Outline The course addresses the following topics:

Week No. 1

Course introduction Class lecture: the various disciplines of design + Hand-out Discussing students portfolios

Week No. 2

Introduction to Offset printing ( CMYK/PANTONE – Coated/Uncoated )

Week No. 3

Field trip to a print house

Week No. 4

Studio work: Working with Pantone Preparing files for printing: Corporate Stationary Discussing Specs ( Paper / Finishing..)

Week No. 5

Studio work: Finishing options/Die Cut Preparing files for printing: Packaging

Week No. 6

Studio work + Feedback

Week No. 7

Project 01: Presenting Artwork files - ready to print Class Lecture – Promoting one’s self as a professional Introducing business forms ( offers, time sheet…) + Reading

Week No. 8

Discussing forms functions ( rights/ethics/duties) + Studio work

Week No. 9

Class Lecture + Reading: Handling a client / project + Reading

Week No. 10

Test + Launching Project 02: Professional Forms Studio work + Feedback

Week No. 11

Studio work + Feedback

Week No. 12

Project 02 Presented Launching Project 03: applying for a pitch (design + printing)

Week No. 13

Studio work + feedback

Week No. 14

Studio work + feedback

412

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

BEIRUT ARAB UNIVERSITY FACULTY OF ARCHITECTURE DESIGN PROGRAMS FALL SEMESTER 2016/2017

GRAD405 PRINT AND PRODUCTION MEDIA Course Code / Title: GRAD405

Credits:3

Instructor: Ibtissam Rifai Course Hours: 3 Hours/Week

Course Duration: 14 Weeks

Academic Semester: Major

Fall 2016/2017

Module Info: preliminary Level Course (1h Lecture – 2h workshop- assign.) Location: Debbie Time:

Thursday 12:00-03:00

Course Objectives To provide students with continued study of advanced screen printing techniques and to extend their general knowledge of printmaking processes. Student will be encouraged to explore their artistic vision, personal imagery and content through the use screen printing as a visually expressive medium. This class complements other courses in the printmaking curriculum while integrating it with other forms of artistic practice. Screen printing offers a bridge to other art media including photography, digital imaging and painting. Students are encouraged to incorporate cross disciplinary processes into their creative works. Successful completion of the course includes the presentation of a comprehensive portfolio that represents evidence of breadth in the technical aptitude of process as well as depth in conceptual motivation. Learning Activities THIS COURSE WILL BE BASED ON LECTURES, INSTRUCTIVE DEMONSTRATIONS, CLASS DISCUSSIONS, CRITIQUES, FIELDTRIPS AND INDIVIDUAL CONSULTATIONS. FURTHERMORE, THIS COURSE WILL DEMAND THAT YOU WORK IN THE STUDIO AS WELL AS DO RESEARCH OUTSIDE THE CLASS.

Course Outline 1- Producing three dimensional photographical images-(Linocut). 2- Creating two dimensional contemporary composition using Arabic letters (Woodcut). 3- Choosing a famous persona and applying it according to pop art techniques. 4- Creating a design utilizing the Bauhaus technique. 5- Creating a book using selected artworks. WEEK STAGE LABEL & DESCRIPTION Week No. 1 Week No. 2 Week No. 3 Week No. 4

- Reading syllabus, review supply list. - lecture - Project 1: Relief prints (Linocuts). - Studio workday - Printing processes – black and white. - Lecture - Project 2: Relief prints (wood cuts).

413

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Week No. 5 Week No. 6 Week No. 7

Week No. 8 Week No. 9

Week No. 10 Week No. 11

Week No. 12 Week No. 13

Week No. 14

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

- Studio workday - printing with 3 or 4 colors. - lecture - Framing projects- discussion. - Presentation and grading. - lecture - project 3 :( Silk Screen) - Outing 1- (Beirut- Sin el Fil). - Process for printing silk screen. - Lecture - Studio workday. - printing with black and white. - Outing 2- (Beirut Sin el Fil). - Process for printing silk screen. - Studio workday - Printing with many colors. - Research. - Presentation and grading. - lecture - Project 4: Mixed media printing. - (digital photo, lino, woodcut, silk screen). - Selecting photos for digital printing. - Studio workday. - Portfolio and presentation.

Evaluation

NO. 1 2 3 4

TYPE 7th week Assessment 12th week Assignments Absence & General evaluation 15th Week Exam/

TO ASSESS

START WEEK NO.

SUBM. WEEK NO.

Evaluation

6

8

30

Evaluation

10

12

20

Total of 14 weeks

1

14

10

Final Exam

15

15

40

40%

100%

100%

Total

SUBM. DATE

WEIGHTING OF ASSES.

60%

414

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

List of References

Course Notes: (a) Students are responsible of their own art material. (b) Recommended Books:

Course Instructor:

Design Programs Coordinator:

Ibtissam Rifai

Dr. Hisham El-Arnaouty

415

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Date: Sept. 2017

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Dean of Faculty: Prof. Dr. Ibtehal El-Bastawissi

416

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

BEIRUT ARAB UNIVERSITY FACULTY OF ARCHITECTURE DESIGN PROGRAMS SPRING SEMESTER 2016/2017

GRAD222.DIGITAL MIXED MEDIA Course Code / Title: Grad 222

Credits:3

Instructor: Ibtissam Rifai Course Hours: 4 Hours/Week

Course Duration: 14 Weeks

Academic Semester: Elective

Spring 2016/2017

Module Info: preliminary Level Course (2h lab – 2h workshop- assign.) Location: Debbie Time:

Monday 11:00-03:00

Course Objectives After successful completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate/perform the following competencies; - Communicate ideas through artworks by selecting and applying media techniques and processes, subject matter and themes. -

Demonstrate a verbal-working use of the art vocabulary relating to the arts.

-

Communicate ideas through artworks by selecting and applying the elements of art and principles of design.

-

Respond aesthetically to artworks based upon their personal experience and cultural values.

-

Analyze, interpret, and evaluate the quality of artwork through art criticism.

-

Understand the role and functions of art in history and culture.

-

Students will produce a portfolio of art using a variety of techniques, styles and media. Learning Activities

THIS COURSE WILL BE BASED ON LAB, INSTRUCTIVE DEMONSTRATIONS, CLASS DISCUSSIONS, CRITIQUES, FIELDTRIPS AND INDIVIDUAL CONSULTATIONS. FURTHERMORE, THIS COURSE WILL DEMAND THAT YOU WORK IN THE STUDIO AS WELL AS DO RESEARCH OUTSIDE THE CLASS.

Course Outline 1- Producing a two dimensional image from the orientalist period, and using it as a digital print. 2- Reproducing three images by using the character in the painting to produce several digital pictures. 3- Choosing a picture from the pharaonic civilization, and reproduce it to a new version. 4- Creating a play card design by using character to produce a digital picture. WEEK

STAGE LABEL & DESCRIPTION

Week No. 1

Reading syllabus, review supply list.

Week No. 2

- Lab workday. - Project 1: Orientalism (digital prints).

417

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

- Project 2: Reproduce characters from orientalist. Week No. 3 Week No. 4 Week No. 5 Week No. 6 Week No. 7 Week No. 8

- Lab work: choosing three images to produce several digital pictures. - Studio work: Transfer – Mixing many kinds of colors. - Lab work: Supplement to the project2. - Studio work: Follow up on the first project. - Studio workday - Printing the three reproduced images. - Studio workday. - Presentation and grading. - Project 3: Pharaohs. - Lab work day. - Gilding and aging.

Week No. 9

- Studio workday.

Week No. 10

- Studio workday. - Making the special dough for paintings.

Week No. 11

- Studio workday.

Week No. 12

- Presentation and grading. - Project 4: Reproducing character on Playing Card.

Week No. 13

- Lab work: Selecting photos for digital printing.

Week No. 14

- Studio workday. - Portfolio and presentation.

Evaluation

NO. 1 2 3 4

TYPE 7th week Assessment 12th week Assignments Absence & General evaluation 15th Week /Jury

TO ASSESS

START WEEK NO.

SUBM. WEEK NO.

Evaluation

6

8

30

Evaluation

9

12

30

Total of 14 weeks

1

14

10

Final Exams

15

15

30

30%

100%

100%

Total

SUBM. DATE

WEIGHTING OF ASSES.

70%

List of References

Course Notes: (a) Students are responsible of their own art material.

(b) Recommended Books:

418

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Course Instructor:

Design Programs Coordinator:

Ibtissam Rifai

Dr. Hisham El-Arnaouty

Date: Feb. 2017

Dean of Faculty: Prof. Dr. Ibtehal El-Bastawissi

419

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

BEIRUT ARAB UNIVERSITY FACULTY OF ARCHITECTURE DESIGN PROGRAMS SPRING SEMESTER 2017/2018

ARABIC TYPOGRAPHY Course Code / Title: GRAD224

Credits: 3

Instructor: Lamia El-Sayed

Course Hours: 3

Course Outline The course addresses the following topics:

Week No. 1

Course introduction Class lecture + Reading: The development of Islamic Arts

Week No. 2

Launching Project 01: Dissecting Type Studio work + feedback

Week No. 3

Studio work + feedback Test 01

Week No. 4

Studio work + feedback

Week No. 5

Studio work +feedback

Week No. 6

Studio work +feedback

Week No. 7

Project 01: Presentation Studio work + feedback

Week No. 8

Launching Project 02: Words/Letters: a meaningful combination

Week No. 9

Studio work + feedback

Week No. 10

Studio work + feedback

Week No. 11

Studio work + feedback

Week No. 12

Project 02: Presentation Launching Project 03: City Type

Week No. 13

Studio work + feedback

Week No. 14

Studio work + feedback

420

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Fashion Design Program Course Summary Beirut Arab University FACULTY OF ARCHITECTURE –DESIGN & BUILT ENVIRONMENT – INTERIOR DESIGN PROGRAM FALL SEMESTER 2017/2018, STAGE FOUR

ARTD201.

DESIGN FUNDAMENTALS

Course Code / Title: ARTD 201 . Instructors:

DESIGN FUNDAMENTALS

Credits: 4

Dr. Samer El Sayary Mrs. Farah El Zein Miss Roua Ghosh

Course Hours: 8 Hours/Week Academic Semester: 1ST

Course Duration: 15 Weeks Semester: Fall 2017/2018

Module Info: Mandatory Course (1hr. Lecture, 6 hrs. Studio) Location: First Year Studio – Floor B2 Time: Thursday

08:00 to 09:50

10:00 Course Description & Objectives

This design fundamentals course introduce ideas, methodologies, principles and skills that compromise a common knowledge base important to all disciplines that student should choose from later in the next semester. These fundamentals foster a multidisciplinary design experience among students and prepare them to move to the next level. Course work explores basic design elements and processes of visual communication, through exercises that improve visual and manual drawing skills. These exercises encompass format, line, pattern, proportion, scale, and texture, as well as interpretation of space (edge, perspective, dimension), and conceptualization. This course is intended to develop the following set of skills: 9. Acquired Knowledge: Demonstrate theoretical knowledge about: 1. The principles of art. 2. The elements of composition. 3. The pioneers of design and their schools of though. 4. The furniture types and dimensions and furnishing theories 5. The printed and non-printed graphical materials. 10. Intellectual Skills: The course develops the essential skills of thinking in the field of design fundamentals, like: 7. The critical thinking , 8. Deductive reasoning, 9. Develop the analytical skills essential for the student to start evaluating art principles hence working with and/or developing it. 11. Practice Skills: 11. Projection skills and Architectural drafting. 12. How to draw and understand orthographic projections.

421

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

13. Express intellectual meanings through artwork. 14. Learning how to express art through poster design and portfolio making 15. Mastering Physical Paper models as a of design development for both exploration and representation of an environment 12. Collaboration techniques: Collaboration and teamwork is highly encouraged to develop their communication skills and effective presentation to mimic real life situations through peer to peer discussions and criticism. Learning Activities The learning outcomes will include but not limited to theoretical lectures that will provide them with foundation to understand and apply the practice of Interior design. In addition, the Lab. Activities will be integrated with the course activities to provide the students with the professional practice they need to work and produce Proper design fundamentals documents. The lecturing Style include: 1.Direct lecturing. 2.Interaction through workshops and Site visits. 3.Using Digital learning media as youtube channel.  4.Practice through the Studio Hours.Course Calendar / Schedule STAGE NUMBER

STAGE LABEL & DESCRIPTION

DATE OF COMPLETION AND SUBMISSION

1

Basics of Geometric Drafting methods 1

5/09/2017

2

Basics of Geometric Drafting methods 2

19/9/2017

3

Art Principles 1

26/9/2017

4

Art Principles 2

3/10/2017

5

Art Principles 3

10/10/2017

6

Art Principles 4

17/10/2017

7

Project Revision- Final Submission

24/10/2017

8

Orthographic Projections

31/10/2017

9

Architectural drawing– Packaging Design – Pattern Making

7/11/2017

10

Model making

14/11/2017

11

Theories and Criteria of Residential design, Personal branding, Fabric textiles.

21/11/2017

12

Experimenting with light (Paper Art)

28/11/2017

13

Pioneers of Design ( Each major is specific )

5/12/2017

14

Sketching for design and design thinking

19/12/2017

15

Final Exam

As Scheduled

Note: Alterations to the above plan and timetable are possible according to the actual progress of work and assessment as monitored by the course teaching staff. Therefore, interim submissions and evaluation could be required and their outcome communicated to the students to provide them with further guidance.

Course Policies The course is delivered through lectures, tutorials, site visits, seminars, directed reading, videos, computer assisted learning, research-based teaching materials and methods, problem-based learning scenarios including

422

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

coursework assignments, projects, workshops. Exposure to the Execution Design environment and related projects are an important aspect of the teaching and learning methods. General Policies:  Students should respect the general instructions given by the course staff.  Attendance percentage should be above 80%, otherwise attendance warnings would be issued.  Avoid plagiarism, the penalty of a plagiarism is cancelling your project / assignment.  The lecture starts Wednesday from 08:00 to 08:50 and the studio work starts from 09:00 to 11:50 on Wednesday and Friday from 08:00 to 10:50. Course Policies:  Each student should create an A1 portfolio contains: Final Project and the Weekly submissions.  Each student should create an A4 portfolio contains: Course outline: (Lecture Titles, list of references, and Assignments Titles) - Research briefs – Researches – Reports.  Each student should attend the theoretical and analytical lectures which help him in class and home work.  Training students for continuous learning by provide each lecture’s slide with references.  Each student should make a report for the site visit to evaluate understanding which completes the theoretical information taken in lectures, and present the real construction application for students. Evaluation

ASSES NO.

TYPE

1

Basics of Geometric Drafting methods 1

2

Art Principles

2

Art Principles

3

Midterm Exam

4

Orthographic Projections

5

Model making

6

7 8

Theories and Criteria of Residential design, Personal branding, Fabric textiles. Pioneers of Design ( Each major is specific ) Final Exam

TO ASSESS intellectual qualities and professional skills intellectual qualities and professional skills intellectual qualities and professional skills intellectual qualities and professional skills intellectual qualities and professional skills knowledge base and intellectual qualities intellectual qualities and professional skills intellectual qualities and professional skills knowledge base, professional skills

START WEEK NO.

SUBM. WEEK NO.

SUBM. DATE

1

3

22/09/2017

05.0%

3

5

06/10/2017

05.0%

5

7

20/10/2017

05.0%

7

7

20/10/2017

10.0%

7

9

03/11/2017

07.5%

9

11

17/12/2017

07.5%

11

13

08/12/2017

07.5%

13

14

15/12/2017

12.5%

15

15

As Scheduled

40.0%

WEIGHTING OF ASSES.

60%

40%

423

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

ASSES NO.

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

TYPE

TO ASSESS

START WEEK NO.

SUBM. WEEK NO.

SUBM. DATE

and transferable skills Total

WEIGHTING OF ASSES.

100%

Library Resources & Support Services (g) Course notes: Lectures' handouts. (h) 1. 2. 3.

Essential Books: Ching, F.D.K, (2007). Architecture: Form, Space, and Order., John Wiley & Sons. Ching, F.D.K, (2009). Architectural Graphics., John Wiley & Sons. To be determined for graphic and design majors

(i) Recommended Books: Ching, F.D.K, (1995). A Visual Dictionary of Architecture., John Wiley and Sons INC.

424

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

BEIRUT ARAB UNIVERSITY FACULTY OF ARCHITECTURE DESIGN AND BUILT ENVIRONMENT DESIGN PROGRAMS SPRING SEMESTER 2016/2017

ARTD203. PHOTOGRAPHY Course Code / Title: ARTD 203

Credits: 3

Instructor: Saleh Rifai Course Hours: 4 Hours/Week

Course Duration: 14 Weeks

Academic Semester: Faculty Elective

Fall 2017/2018

Module Info: preliminary Level Course (4hr. Lecture – workshop- assign.) Location: Debbieh Time:

Thursday 08:00-12:00

Course Objectives The objective of this course is to first provide a fundamental understanding of visual and technical skills necessary to pursue and value photography as a Graphic Design and Interior Design component It is also assumed that they can picturing their actions work personally. Cultural development and how to create and document the work of art through the photo. Learning Activities The course is delivered through PowerPoint slides, practical workshops on campus, and project assignments. Course Outline The course discusses the fundamental principles of photography starting with a brief historical context, camera’s components and elements, camera controls (shutter, speed, ISO, light meter) and processes, lights and exposure, variety of lens and equipments, aperture and depth of field and focus, framing ( rule of thirds , golden points). As a result, assignments and project and practices are going to take place in order to maintain, develop and widen Graphic Design and Interior Design photography.

WEEK 1 2 3 4 5

STAGE LABEL & DESCRIPTION - Kinds of Camera - Camera elements and Controls - Types and uses of lenses - Aperture and depth of field - The filters - Eye of Photographer - Composition and framing - Practical photo shooting (about aperture and depth of field) - Workshop in BAU campus - Corrections of practical photo shoots

425

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

WEEK

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

STAGE LABEL & DESCRIPTION - 1st project

6

- Correction 1st project

7

- Receiving the 1st project - The landscape photography - Studio lighting & research - The Interior Design Photography - Fashion and Mode Photography - Portraits & models workshop (at campus) - 2nd Project - Correction 2nd project - Correction workshop of portraits

8 9 10 11

- Receiving the 2nd project

12

- Editing photos - Selecting photos for enlarging - Photography copyrights laws - Digital Photography - Introduction to photography – Brief historical context - Review the sessions

13

14

Evaluation SSES

NO. 1 2 3 4

TYPE 7th week Assessment 12th week Assignments Absence & Evaluation 14th Week Exam/

TO ASSESS

START WEEK NO.

SUBM. WEEK NO.

Project

5

7

30

Project

10

12

30

Total of 14 weeks

1

14

10

Mastering photography

1

14

30

30

100%

100%

Total

SUBM. DATE

WEIGHTING OF ASSES.

70%

List of References Course Notes: (a) Students are responsible their own camera (b) Recommended Books:

426

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Course Instructor:

Design Programs Coordinator:

Saleh Rifai

Dr. Hisham El-Arnaouty

Date: July 9, 2017

Dean of Faculty:

Prof. Dr. Ibtihal El-Bastawissi

427

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

BEIRUT ARAB UNIVERSITY FACULTY OF ARCHITECTURE DESIGN PROGRAMS 1ST SEMESTER 2016/2017, STAGE 1 OR MAJOR ELECTIVE

ARTD205. History of Arts 1 Course Code / Title: ARTD205. History of Arts 1

Credits: 3

Instructor: Therese Yared Course Hours: 3 Hours/Week st

Academic Semester: 1

Course Duration: 16 Weeks Semester: Fall 2017/2018

Module Info: Mandatory Course (3 hr. Lecture) Location: Room Number – Floor Number Time: -Course Objectives            

To gain a basic understanding of Western European art history linked to historical events, intellectual history, and scientific and cultural trends Become familiar with key works of art, their artists, styles, materials and working methods. Acquire a working knowledge of the specialized vocabulary used in art history Enhance their visual literacy and critical thinking skills Developing skills in identifying, describing, and analyzing works of art. Recognize and understand major artistic works, artists, methods, and theories, and be able to assess the qualities of works of art and architecture. Visually analyze and communicate relationships between formal elements (style and medium) in works of art within various religious, political, and social contexts in from the Gothic to Romanticism. Apply critical thinking to the thematic and/or ideological traditions of western and non-western works of art and architecture. Understand the importance of visual culture in everyday life – within a historical context and in our modern culture. Compare and contrast works of art in order to understand and express the means through which they are articulating meaning. Clearly express ideas related to the course content through writing and researched presentations Work cooperatively to identify and communicate the associations between works of art across cultures and chronologically.

Learning Activities

   

Learning to identify common characteristics among diverse artworks based on periods/styles and themes. Developing strong writing skills when describing, analyzing, and comparing works of art. Cultivate an appreciation for all styles of art. Relate works of art to their proper cultural and historical origins

428

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Course Outline The course addresses the following topics: WEEK

STAGE LABEL & DESCRIPTION

1

Reading syllabus and introduction

2

Prehistoric age: Paleolithic, Mesolithic and Neolithic

3

Ancient Egypt: Architecture, Sculpture, Paintings and writing

4

Mesopotamia and Sumerian art: Architecture, Sculpture, Paintings and writing

5

Greek Art: Architecture, Sculpture, Paintings and writing

6

1st Exam

7

Roman Art: Architecture, Sculpture, Paintings and writing

8

Christianity and Jewish Art

9

Byzantine and Iconoclasm

10

2nd Exam

11

Byzantine Architecture, Gothic and Romanesque art

12

Islamic art: Writing, architecture and arabesque

13

Early and high Renaissance

14

Baroque and Rococo Neoclassicism and course overview

429

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Evaluation ASSES NO.

1

2

3

4

5 6

TO ASSESS

START WEEK NO.

SUBM. WEEK NO.

Assignments/assessment (1st week: 7th week)

3

6

TYPE Individual and group assignments to be assessed 7th Week Exam/Total assessment Individual and group assignments to assess 12th Week Exam/Total assessment Individual and group assignments to assess Final exam

SUBM. DATE

WEIGHTING OF ASSES.

10 30%

Total Assessment

Assignments/assessment (8thst week: 12th week)

8

Total Assessment

Assignments/assessment (13st week: 15th week)

13

7

20

11

10

12

10

16

10

30%

40% Total

100%

100%

List of References

Essential Books (Textbooks):

  

“A World History of Art”- Laurence King “The history of art”- Phaidon “What makes a master piece? - Christopher dell

Recommended Books:

 

“A World History of Art”, Laurence King “The history of art”, Phaidon

Course Instructor: Ms Therese Yared

Design Programs Coordinator: Dr. Hisham El-Arnaouty

Date: 20 / 6 / 2017

Dean of the Faculty: Prof. Dr. Ibtihal El-Bastawissi

430

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

ARTD207. COMPUTER AIDED DRAFTING AND DESIGN I

BASIC INFORMATION Course Title: ARTD207. Computer Aided Drafting and Design I Code: ARTD207 Hours 4 Lecture: 2 Tutorial: 2 Prerequisites: --Academic Year / Level: 1st /Major Elective Specialization: Art and Design

Credit: 3 Crs Term: spring

35- COURSE DESCRIPTION AND OVERALL AIMS: The course aims to provide students with the specialist knowledge for Basic computer aided drafting skills using the latest release of CAD software. This includes: file management, Cartesian coordinate system, drawing setups, drawing aids, layer usages, drawing 2D geometric shapes, editing objects, array, text applications, dimensions and dimension variables, paper space and view ports, templates, external references and printing/plotting. 3D AutoCAD features and commands including: wire frame construction, surface modeling, solid modeling, extrusion, Boolean operations, 3D editing, and 3D views. The course aims to provide the students with state of the art knowledge regarding Compute Aided Drafting (CAD) software. Special focus is given to 2D and 3D drafting using the latest version of AutoCAD. Within this overall aim, the course strives to enable students to:



Understand the use of different tools used in drafting.



Learn the basic functions of Computer Aided Drafting software.



Use the basic manual tools traditionally used in production drawings.



Maintain a high standard of quality for drawings produced.



Appreciate the concept of scale and proportion.



Understand the representation of three-dimensional objects presented on a two-dimensional plane.



Produce drawings for architectural projects.



Produce working drawings for architectural projects.

Create drawings of basic objects in a three dimensional (3D) environment.

431

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

36- INTENDED LEARNING OUTCOMES OF THE COURSE (ILO): (qqq) Through knowledge and understanding, students will be able to: (qqq 1) - Understand the nature and operations of CAD Drawing. (rrr) Through intellectual skills, students will be able to: (rrr 1) - Recognize and apply appropriate theories, principles and concepts relevant to the CAD Drawing; (rrr 2) -

Analyze and interpret information from a variety of sources relevant to CAD Drawing;

(rrr 3) -

Develop a reasoned argument to the solution of familiar and unfamiliar problems relevant to CAD Drawing;

(rrr 4) -

Appraise some of the current and emerging issues within the CAD Drawing sector and debate the potential benefits.

(sss) Through professional and practical skills, students will be able to: (sss 1) - Plan, design and execute practical activities using techniques and procedures appropriate to CAD Drawing. (ttt) Through general and transferable skills, students will be able to: (ttt 1) - Solve problems relevant to CAD Drawing using ideas and techniques some of which are at the forefront of the discipline; (ttt 2) -

Develop the ability to self appraise and reflect on practice relevant to CAD Drawing.

37- COURSE OUTLINE: Week No. 1

Design Computation and CAD introduction

Week No. 2

X-Y Co-ordinate system, inputting points, AutoCAD interface. Drawing and Modifying Commands.

Week No. 3

Drawing and Modifying Commands 2. Panning and Zooming around a drawing.

Week No. 4

Layers/ Dimensioning / Text/ Scale/ Printing.

Week No. 5

Changing the Properties of Objects. (LType, Lweight,Lsc)

Week No. 6

Planning a drawing (Text, Dimension , polyline)

Week No. 7

7th Week Exam

Week No. 8

(Q&A) , Introduction to Blocks- Creating and Inserting.

Week No. 9

Introduction to 3D, X-Y-Z Co-ordinate system. Working and Viewing 3D objects. Creating Solids ( Primitive Solids) & Extrude

Week No. 10

Creating Solids (Lofting and Revolving), Boolean Operations

Week No. 11

Creating Solids ( Extruding, Lofting and Revolving)

Week No. 12

Introduction to material, light and rendering

Week No. 13

Complementary 3D Assignments

Week No. 14

Complementary 3D Assignments

432

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Week No. 15

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Final Exam

4- TEACHING AND LEARNING METHODS: The course is delivered through lectures with hands on experience via practical exercises in the computer lab.

31-

STUDENT ASSESSMENT METHODS, SCHEDULE AND GRADING:

TO ASSESS

START WEEK NO.

SUBM. WEEK NO.

intellectual qualities and professional skills

3

7

ASSES NO.

TYPE

1

2D assignments

2

7th Week Exam (open book examinations to assess)

knowledge base and intellectual qualities

8

8

15%

3

2D & 3D assignment

intellectual qualities and professional skills

8

13

25%

4

Attendance

1

14

10%

15

15

30%

5

Final Exam

20% 35%

knowledge base, professional skills and transferable skills Total

32-

WEIGHTING OF ASSES.

Total

35 %

100%

LIST OF REFERENCES:

(eeeee) Course notes: a. AutoCAD Help. (fffff) Essential books (textbooks): i. Alan J., Lang K., Autocad 2011 Tutor For Engineering Graphics, Autodesk Pess, NY,2011. (ggggg) Recommended books:  Finkelstein E., AutoCAD 2010 & AutoCAD LT 2010 : Bible, Wiley Publishing Inc., 2009. (hhhhh) General References:  Finkelstein E., AutoCAD 2011 & AutoCAD LT 2011 : Bible, Wiley Publishing Inc., 2011.

433

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

ARTD 209 - FREE HAND DRAWING BASIC INFORMATION Course Title: Free Hand Drawing Code: ARTD 209 Hours Lecture:1 Prerequisites: no prerequisites Academic Year / Level: First / Level 1 Specialization: Design & Art Program - Interior Design

Tutorial: 4

Credit: 3

Year: 2017-2018

Term: Fall

1-COURSE DESCRIPTION AND OVERALL AIMS:



The foundation for all studio courses. The fundamentals of freehand drawing techniques are discussed and worked with in depth. The study of natural forms and three- dimensional still-life objects will be developed based on the study of line, perspective, light and shade, form and proportion.



In this course, students develop effective drawing techniques as a specialized form of visual communication. Quality and expressiveness of line are developed. Life drawing, still life drawing and sketching techniques are utilized, to assist students in creating images of their ideas about twodimensional shapes and three-dimensional forms and spaces, objects from nature, human figure & hands sketches and perspective drawings of architectural & interior environments.

2- INTENDED LEARNING OUTCOMES OF THE COURSE (ILO):



Upon successful completion of this course, the student will have reliably demonstrated the ability to: Appraise intellectual and visual unity through participation in critiques.



Articulate the vocabulary of terms used in art.



Combine effective composition with the development of a personal style.



Observe proportional relationships between objects.



Apply proportional relationships to drawings by utilizing ratios.



Utilize a variety of drawing media to communicate two- and three- dimensions.



Execute the use of line as symbol, as contour, as form, as pattern (texture), as direction and as emphasis.



Create the use of light, shadow, tone and texture on a two-dimensional plane in the production of drawings, which accurately represent still life, figurative and architectural subjects.



Apply and demonstrate a basic understanding of structure, proportion.



Apply the terminology, theories and skills of freehand perspective (one- and two-point) to produce the illustration of three dimensions on a two-dimensional surface.



Produce sketches of interiors which also accurately and expressively delineate the human form to scale, in the architectural context.



Explore the use of graphite, charcoal, pen & ink, colored pencils, and pastels for achieving tonal values, variable lines, and shapes.

434

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018



Apply drawing techniques by observing still life, landscapes, and people, then rendering from the visual information acquired.



Equally concentrate on positive and negative spaces.



Utilize creativity and critical thinking in solving problems.



Identify and analyze the three basic components of a work of art:



Subject, form, and content. Identify and analyze the Spatial Properties of the Elements within a composition: Line, shape, value, texture, and color.



Research and apply specialized knowledge to complete assignments.

3- COURSE OBJECTIVES:



The primary objectives of the course are to explore various approaches to solving drawing problems. Emphasis will be placed on developing the student's ability to see and understand how to create lifelike representation of real forms and how to select appropriate approaches and technique to create effective drawings.

4- COURSE CONTENT: 

Studies of line, tone, light and shade through geometric forms.



Exploration of texture and pattern through line work.



Still- life drawing of plants.



Gesture and sustained drawing of the hands & figure.



One- and two- point freehand perspective drawing.



Still- life drawing of interior furnishings & accessories.

5- STUDENT ASSESSMENT METHODS:

List identified College Learning Outcomes(s)

Oral Communication Appraise intellectual and visual unity. Define and articulate the vocabulary of terms used in art.

Critical Thinking Appraise intellectual and visual unity. Combine effective composition with the development of a personal style.

Specific assessment measure(s)

Assessed through the participation of students in formal and informal critiques. Also, through observation and discussion during studio time.

Assessed through the participation of students in formal and informal critiques. Also, measured through the review of projects. The instructor will provide the students with written and or verbal feedback.

435

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Mathematics Observe proportional relationships between objects. Apply proportional relationships to drawings by utilizing ratios. Other Demonstrate basic freehand drawing techniques such as contour, modeling, and simple perspective.

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Assessed through measurement and accuracy of drawings. Also, measured through the ability of students to translate drawings from sketch to final image.

Assessed through review of final submitted drawings.

6- COURSE SCHEDULE: st 1 Week: Course Overview/Information  Introduction to the course and studio. Assignment: Preparing the materials. 2nd Week: Contour Line Drawing & shading Project Pencil drawing of sphere showing outline & detailed description of surface and shadows & trying many type & style of hatching.

 

Pencil drawing of Cylinder showing detailed description of surface and shadows.



Pencil drawing of a composition between sphere & Cylinder showing detailed description of surface and shadows. (proportion & composition)

3rd Week: Perspectives & Value Drawing Project One point perspective rules.

 

Two points perspective rules.



Pencil drawing of a box (cube), cylinder & cone showing different position of surface in two point perspective.

4rd Week: Composition & Space Drawing Project - Exploring Color – Light Pencil drawing of a composition between sphere, Cylinder & box showing detailed description of outline surface and shadows with color tones of forms then texture. (proportion, composition, eyehand coordination)

 

Pencil drawing of a tree limbs and foliage showing detailed description of surface, texture and shadows. (eye-hand coordination)

5th Week: Value Drawing Project Pencil drawing of a composition between complex shapes (Glass in Composition with pottery , wood, brick & glossy objects) showing detailed description of outline surface and shadows with color tones of forms then texture. (proportion, composition, eye-hand coordination)



6th Week: Creative Drawing Project  Drawing the human hands, lips, ears, mouth, eyes & head with slides (portrait). 7th Week: Exam – (Composition, Values in drawings, methods of shading) October 24/2016  Pencil drawing of a composition between complex shapes (4 or 5 different shapes (objects) in size, form, texture & position) showing detailed description of outline surface and shadows with color tones of forms then texture. (proportion, composition, eye-hand coordination).

436

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Positive and Negative Space Drawing 8th Week:  Charcoal drawing of a composition between complex shapes (4 or 5 different vegetables) in size, form, texture & position) with Draped cloth showing detailed description of outline surface and shadows with color tones of forms. (proportion, composition, eye-hand coordination) Perception & Creative Process (Exploring Chiaroscuro) 9th Week:  Ink drawing of a cropped zone from previous tree limbs or foliage showing detailed description of surface, texture and shadows in positive & negative, then transforming to an abstract form used as a ceramic tile design. Perception & Creative Process (Exploring Dry Coloring) 10th Week:  Pastel drawing of a composition between complex shapes (4 or 5 different fruits & vegetables & glass with Draped cloth) showing detailed description of outline surface and shadows with color tones of forms. (proportion, composition, eye-hand coordination) Perception & Creative Process (Exploring Wet Coloring) 11th Week:  Water color painting of some flowers showing detailed description of outline surface and shadows with color tones of forms. (proportion, composition, eye-hand coordination) 12th Week: Exam – (Composition, Values in drawings, shading & Coloring)  Free style rendering. (pencil, ink, charcoal, pastel, water color) 13th Week: Three Point Perspective – ( Interior & exterior theme)  Free style rendering. (pencil, ink, charcoal, pastel, water color) 14th Week: Imaginative Perspectives  Free style rendering. (pencil, ink, charcoal, pastel, water color)



Ready portfolios. Display of best items for the gallery.

7- RECOMMENDED BOOKS:



Exploring the Basics of Drawing, 2ndEdition, Victoria Vebell, Pratt Institute ©2015, ISBN-13. 8- RECOMMENDED SITES:



Artist Daily website: [email protected]

Course Instructor: Dr. Nael AlSarrag

Program coordinator: Dr. Hisham El-Arnaouty

Dean of Faculty: Prof. Dr. Ibtihal El-Bastawissi

437

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Note: Alterations to the above plan and timetable are possible according to the actual progress of work and assessment as monitored by the course teaching staff. Therefore, interim submissions and evaluation could be required and their outcome communicated to the students to provide them with further guidance.

Course Policies The course is delivered through lectures, tutorials, site visits, seminars, directed reading, videos, computer assisted learning, research-based teaching materials and methods, problem-based learning scenarios including coursework assignments, projects, workshops. Exposure to the Execution Design environment and related projects are an important aspect of the teaching and learning methods. General Policies:  Students should respect the general instructions given by the course staff.  Attendance percentage should be above 80%, otherwise attendance warnings would be issued.  Avoid plagiarism, the penalty of a plagiarism is cancelling your project / assignment.  The lecture starts from 8:00 to 8:50 and the studio work starts from 09:00 to 10:50 on Monday. Course Policies:  Each student should create an A4 portfolio contains: Final Project and the Weekly submissions in a digital format.  Each student should create an A4 portfolio contains: Course outline: (Lecture Titles, list of references, and Assignments Titles) - Research briefs – Researches – Reports.  Each student should attend the theoretical and analytical lectures which help him in class and home work.  Training students for continuous learning by provide each lecture’s slide with references.  Each student should make a report for the site visit to evaluate understanding which completes the theoretical information taken in lectures, and present the real construction application for students. Evaluation

ASSES NO.

TYPE

1

BIM definitions

2

Start-up Basics – template file

3

Modifications basics

4

Floors - footprint roofs - slope arrows

5

Roof Modelling and modifications

6

Curtain Walls (curtain grids,

TO ASSESS intellectual qualities and professional skills intellectual qualities and professional skills intellectual qualities and professional skills intellectual qualities and professional skills intellectual qualities and professional skills knowledge base and intellectual

START WEEK NO.

SUBM. WEEK NO.

SUBM. DATE

1

1

31/8/2016

2

2

7/9/2016

3

3

21/9/2016

WEIGHTING OF ASSES.

60% 4

4

28/9/2016

5

5

5/10/2016

6

6

12/10/2016

438

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

ASSES NO.

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

TYPE

TO ASSESS

mullions, and panels) 7

Project RevisionFinal Submission

8

Rooms , Schedules and Tags

9

Visibility and Graphic Controls

10

Annotation

11

Visualization and Presentation-A

12

Project RevisionFinal Submission

13

Sheets, Plotting, and Publishing

14

Revision – Final Portfolio preview

15

Final Exam -Oral Examination-

START WEEK NO.

SUBM. WEEK NO.

SUBM. DATE

7

7

19/10/2016

8

8

26/10/2016

9

9

2/11/2016

10

10

9/11/2016

11

11

16/11/2016

12

12

23/11/2016

13

13

30/11/2016

14

14

7/12/2016

15

15

As Scheduled

WEIGHTING OF ASSES.

qualities intellectual qualities and professional skills intellectual qualities and professional skills intellectual qualities and professional skills intellectual qualities and professional skills intellectual qualities and professional skills intellectual qualities and professional skills intellectual qualities and professional skills intellectual qualities and professional skills knowledge base, professional skills and transferable skills Total

40% 100%

Library Resources & Support Services Course Notes:  Course outline: (Lecture Titles, List of References, and Assignments Titles)  Sheets  Projects Briefs Essential Books (Textbooks):  Krygiel, E., Read, P. & Vandezande, J. (2015). Revit Architecture 2015 Essentials. Wiley Publishing, Inc, Canada. Recommended Books:  Krygiel, E., Read, P. & Vandezande J. (2014). Mastering Autodesk Revit Architecture 2014. Wiley Publishing, Inc, Canada.

439

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

BEIRUT ARAB UNIVERSITY FACULTY OF ARCHITECTURE DESIGN PROGRAMS SPRING SEMESTER 2016/2017

FASD 202 Course Code / Title: FASD202 Fashion Design Studio I

Credits: 4

Instructors: Ms. Jana Halwani Dr. Sana Abbasi Course Hours: 8

Course Duration: M, W 4 hours each

Academic Semester: Spring 2017

Semester: Second

Module Info: Location: Architecture Bld, Debbieh campus Time: M, W 8:00 A.M-12:00 P.M WEEK

1

2

3

4

5

STAGE LABEL & DESCRIPTION Reading and explaining syllabus, rules of the university Introduction to the Fashion Design Sources of Inspirations Understanding Design Process The differences between Haute Couture and Ready-to-Wear Markets Themes of Designers for Spring/Summer 2017 Collections Assignment#2 Skirt Deconstruction Project#1 Mood Board and Collection Board Explanation of different kinds of pockets Explanation of technical drawings Drawing of axes and plumb lines on normal bodies (pictures) Fashion Cycle Talk about Warp and weft, selvage and bias of fabric Skirt draping, explain seams, darts,hem and rectification values Fashion theories Collection board explanation Assignment#1 bring samples of the 3 theories in fashion Explanation of technical file (technical drawing, sewing plan, signs, finishing study, pattern naming) Explanation of different collars and sleeves Explanation of different textiles and weaves(twill, plain and satin weave) Different fibres(natural, animal and synthetic) and how to tell the difference by burning

6

Project#3 deconstruction and reconstruction

7

Mid-term Exam written Project#2 Label

8

9

Discuss target markets Introducing cost sheets Talk about proffessions Brief history through the ages Various sleeves explanation Assignment#4 Different shirt cuts: strap seam cut, princess, gathering, flares on models with

440

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

WEEK

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

STAGE LABEL & DESCRIPTION technical drawings.

10

11

Re-explanation technical file(finishing study, naming table, mounting table, signs, technical description) Color code explanation Difference between fashion and trend Assignment#5 overall and placed print Overall view on plackets Assignment#6 favorite designer

12

12th week exam oral

13

Work on final exam

14

Work on final exam

441

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

BEIRUT ARAB UNIVERSITY FACULTY OF ARCHITECTURE DESIGN PROGRAMS SPRING SEMESTER 2016/2017

FASD-204 Course Code / Title: FASD-204

Credits: 3

Instructors: Ms. Jana Halwani Course Hours: 4

Course Duration: Thursday 4 hours

Academic Semester: Spring 2017

Semester: Second

Module Info: Location: Architecture Bld, Debbieh campus Time: Thursday 8:00 A.M-12:00 P.M WEEK

STAGE LABEL & DESCRIPTION

1

Reading and explaining syllabus, rules of the university Introduction to the pattern making process The differences between Haute Couture and Ready-to-Wear garments Assignment#3 pleats

2

Assignment#1Explanation of patch pocket study piece.

3 4

Assignmet#2 flared skirts on mini pattern. Sewing on straight lines, curves and stairs. Base skirt flat pattern Assignmet#3 open seams, closed seams, overlock, topstitch, hem, zipper and their signs. Project#1 imposed skirt + technical file.

5

Bodice base flat pattern

6

Assignment#5 circle skirts and paneled skirts on mini pattern Assignment#4 Strap seam cut, princess cut, gathering, flares and dart manipulation on mini pattern.

7

Mid-term Exam written

8

Project#2 Imposed shirt

9

Work on Project#2 Imposed shirt

10

Project#3 imposed dress

11

Project#3 imposed dress

12

12th week exam written

13

Work on final exam

14

Work on final exam

442

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Beirut Arab University FACULTY OF ARCHITECTURE –DESIGN & BUILT ENVIRONMENT – FASHION DESIGN PROGRAM SPRING SEMESTER 2017/2018, STAGE ONE

FASD 208.

comp. aided draf. for fashion design

Course Code / Title: Fasd 208. Instructors:

Comp. Aided Draf. For fashion Design

Credits: 3

Dr. Samer El Sayary

Course Hours: 5 Hours/Week Academic Semester: 1st

Course Duration: 15 Weeks Semester: Fall 2017/2018

Module Info: Mandatory Course (1 hr. Lecture, 4 hrs. Studio) Location: Computer Lab. – Floor 1 Time: Wednesday

12:00 to 15:50

Course Description & Objectives

The course aims to provide students with the specialist knowledge necessary for fashion design carrier in Computer graphics field. Applications for Fashion design rendering and the creation, modification, and manipulation of images. Fashion Illustration for the conceptual phases of design. flat rendering and photo-editing using different modeling technique. Emphasis on Illustration, texture mapping, lighting, shading, photo-realistic rendering, and Photo retouching. The course aims to provide the students with state of the art knowledge regarding Computer Graphics software’s. Special focus is given to 2D and 3D rendering using the lasted versions of Adobe Illustrator and Adobe Photoshop. Within this overall aim, the course strives to enable students to: Understand the use of the different tools used in Computer Graphics software’s. Learn the basic functions of Adobe Illustrator and Adobe Photoshop software’s. Use the basic manual tools traditionally used in drawings representation. Maintain a high standard of quality for drawings representation. Understand the representation of three-dimensional objects presented on a two-dimensional plan. Create drawings of basic objects in a flat packing on 2D rendering. Intended Learning Outcomes Through knowledge and understanding, students will be able to:  Understand the nature and operation of Computer Graphics. Through intellectual skills, students will be able to:  Recognize and apply appropriate theories, principles and concepts relevant to the Fashion Computer Graphics.  Analyze and interpret information from a variety of sources relevant to Fashion Computer Graphics.  Develop a reasoned argument to the solution of familiar and unfamiliar problems relevant to Fashion Computer Graphics.  Appraise some of the current and emerging issues within the Fashion Computer Graphics sector and debate the potential benefits. Through professional and practical skills, students will be able to:

443

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018



Plan, design and execute practical activities using techniques and procedures appropriate to Fashion Computer Graphics. Through general and transferable skills, students will be able to:  Solve problems relevant to Fashion Computer Graphics using ideas and techniques some of which are at the forefront of the discipline.  Develop the ability to self-appraise and reflect on practice relevant to Fashion Computer Graphics.

Course Calendar / Schedule STAGE NUMBER

STAGE LABEL & DESCRIPTION

DATE OF COMPLETION AND SUBMISSION

1

User Interface Basics (Photoshop & Adobe Illustrator)

1/02/2017

2

Fashion design using Photoshop Rendering

8/02/2017

3

Advanced Fashion Rendering

15/02/2017

4

Pen tool 1 (Adobe Illustrator)

22/02/2017

5

Pen tool 2 (Adobe Illustrator)

01/03/2017

6

Exporting from Adobe Illustrator to Adobe Photoshop.

08/03/2017

7

Midterm Exam

15/03/2017

8

3D modelling of Garments

22/03/2017

9

Spring Easter Vacation

29/03/2017

10

Adobe Illustrator Rendering

05/04/2017

11

Project Review

12/04/2017

12

Exam (Final Project Submission)

13

Final Layout Portfolio Design

03/05/2017

14

Photoshop (Retouching 3d Images)

10/05/2017

15

Final Exam - Oral Examination

As Scheduled

26/04/2017

Note: Alterations to the above plan and timetable are possible according to the actual progress of work and assessment as monitored by the course teaching staff. Therefore, interim submissions and evaluation could be required and their outcome communicated to the students to provide them with further guidance.

Course Policies The course is delivered through lectures, tutorials, site visits, seminars, directed reading, videos, computer assisted learning, research-based teaching materials and methods, problem-based learning scenarios including coursework assignments, projects, workshops. Exposure to the Execution Design environment and related projects are an important aspect of the teaching and learning methods. General Policies:  Students should respect the general instructions given by the course staff.  Attendance percentage should be above 80%, otherwise attendance warnings would be issued.  Avoid plagiarism, the penalty of a plagiarism is cancelling your project / assignment.  The lecture starts Wednesday from 12:00 to 12:50 and the studio work starts from 12:50 to 15:50 Course Policies:

444

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

    

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

Each student should create an A1 portfolio contains: Final Project and the Weekly submissions. Each student should create an A4 portfolio contains: Course outline: (Lecture Titles, list of references, and Assignments Titles) - Research briefs – Researches – Reports. Each student should attend the theoretical and analytical lectures which help him in class and home work. Training students for continuous learning by provide each lecture’s slide with references. Each student should make a report for the site visit to evaluate understanding which completes the theoretical information taken in lectures, and present the real construction application for students.

Evaluation

ASSES NO. 1

2

TYPE

TO ASSESS

User Interface Basics (Photoshop & Adobe Illustrator) Fashion design using Photoshop Rendering

intellectual qualities and professional skills intellectual qualities and professional skills intellectual qualities and professional skills intellectual qualities and professional skills intellectual qualities and professional skills knowledge base and intellectual qualities intellectual qualities and professional skills intellectual qualities and professional skills knowledge base, professional skills and transferable skills Total

2

Pen tool (Adobe Illustrator)

3

Midterm Exam

4

3D modelling of Garments

5

Adobe Illustrator Rendering

6

Photoshop (Retouching 3d Images)

7

Project RevisionFinal Submission

8

Final Exam

START WEEK NO.

SUBM. WEEK NO.

SUBM. DATE

1

3

22/09/2017

05.0%

3

5

06/10/2017

05.0%

5

7

20/10/2017

05.0%

7

7

20/10/2017

10.0%

WEIGHTING OF ASSES.

60% 7

9

03/11/2017

07.5%

9

11

17/12/2017

07.5%

11

13

08/12/2017

07.5%

13

14

15/12/2017

12.5%

15

15

As Scheduled

40.0%

40%

100%

Library Resources & Support Services Course notes: Lectures' handouts. Essential books (textbooks):

445

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

(iiiii) Essential Books (Textbooks):  Fashion and Textile Design with Photoshop and Illustrator : Professional Creative Practice / Robert Hume. — New York : Bloomsbury, 2016. — 256 pages: color illustrations ; ; 27 cm. — (Required Reading Range). Includes index. — ISBN 9781472578754  CAD for fashion design and merchandising; Stacy Stewart Smith. – Fashion Institute of Technology, Newyork, 2013. Includes index. — ISBN 978-60901-063-8

446

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

BEIRUT ARAB UNIVERSITY FACULTY OF ARCHITECTURE DESIGN PROGRAMS SPRING SEMESTER 2016/2017 FASD 301 Course Code / Title: Fashion Design Studio II

Credits: 4

Instructors: Ms. Jana Halwani Course Hours: 8

Course Duration:

Academic Semester:

Semester:

Module Info: Location: Architecture Bld, Debbieh campus Time: WEEK

STAGE LABEL & DESCRIPTION

1

Reminder source of inspiration mood board/ target group/ muse/textile/warp and weft/ selvage/ bias Start 1st project jacket close to the body with sleeves (3 total looks)/ choose muse and source of inspiration/ target group/ get fabric samples for jacket

2

Pants base acetate/ start personal universe

3

Work on 1st project designs/ choose jacket and get fabric Technical drawings on illustrator

4

Correction of jacket pattern+ cut jacket

5

Sew jacket

6

Delivery 1st project/ Start 2nd project geometric volumes/ research geometric Volumes (6 total looks)/ choose muse and source of inspiration/ target group

7

Work on 2nd project designs/ choose item and get rigid fabric samples Technical drawings on illustrator

8

Star exploring the design on bust

9

Design patterns+ cut design

10

Technical file + finish sewing

11

Delivery 2nd project/ Star final Personal theme (10 total looks) )/ choose muse and source of inspiration/ target group

12

Work on final project designs/ choose item and get fabric samples Technical drawings on illustrator

13

Choose design and start exploring the design on bust/ patterns

14

Sew design Delivery final project

447

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment

Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018

BEIRUT ARAB UNIVERSITY FACULTY OF ARCHITECTURE DESIGN PROGRAMS SPRING SEMESTER 2016/2017 FASD 307 Course Code / Title: Draping I

Credits: 3

Instructors: Ms. Jana Halwani Course Hours: 4

Course Duration:

Academic Semester:

Semester:

Module Info: Location: Architecture Bld, Debbieh campus Time: WEEK

STAGE LABEL & DESCRIPTION

1

Draping the body shape and more understanding the darts/ research on different details and choose strong ideas

2

Draping jacket + sleeves and collar

3

Draping jacket + sleeves and collar/ Research big collars sand sleeves

4

Draping big collar and sleeves

5

Draping big collar and sleeves

6

Delivery 1st project/ get muslin

7

Circular and geometrical cuts, to start big volumes

8

Design draping

9

Design draping

10

Sew design

11

Delivery 2nd project Start pants imposed pattern with detail ( drape, cuts...)

12

Sew pants

13 14

Draping design Sew design Delivery final project

448

Loading...

Volume II - Beirut Arab University

Beirut Arab University Faculty of Architecture Design & Built Environment Handbook Academic Year 2017/2018 Volume II Table of Contents I. Architect...

8MB Sizes 4 Downloads 16 Views

Recommend Documents

Faculty of - Beirut Arab University
Hold the official Lebanese Secondary School Certificate in a branch relevant to the chosen undergraduate field ... Accou

Escorts Beirut, Escort Beirut
Welcome to Escort in Lebanon, a well-known agency for the Free, most luring and hot escort’s advantage. Our realism clas

Escorts in Beirut, Escort Beirut
We are giving Escorts Agency in Beirut extend after 2000. Beirut Top Escorts conveyed the best Escort Beirut near your d

2009 - American University of Beirut
Oct 10, 2009 - llill•h r Adhom, Dial• W Harfousb. Sobar Siddik,~oyr!d: Analge•ic Efficacy of. Subn.rucl1n0id .....

Escorts in Beirut, Escort Beirut
This is the motivation behind why I demand them to send me finish points of interest of their prerequisites, for example

Escorts in Beirut, Escort Beirut
They look for some hot escort model who can give them enchant and sexual joy. Beirut has all shades of the nation, so we

Escorts in Beirut, Escort Beirut
We are giving Escorts Agency in Beirut extend after 2000. Beirut Top Escorts conveyed the best Escort Beirut near your d

Escort Beirut, Escort in Beirut
Is it accurate to say that you are anticipating discovering the best Beirut escort hot model in Beirut to serve you? In

Escorts in Beirut, Escort Beirut
Beirut Escorts has taken to colossal disrespect and acknowledgment and the most fundamental credit goes to the normal Se

Escorts in Beirut,Beirut Escorts Services,Escort in Beirut,Beirut Escort,Beirut Escorts Service
Here you can select your young lady by simply making a call. The choice of well taught and customers turned escorts is a